UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA OF UNIVERSITY 2009/2010 UNDERGRADUATE CALENDAR ACADEMIC

UndergraduateUndergraduate ACADEMICACADEMIC CALENDARCALENDAR 2009/20102009/2010

www.ub.bwwww.ub.bw www.ub.bw contents

The University of Botswana Vice Chancellor’s Office Public Affairs Office Student Mail Produced by Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 0022 Private Bag UB 00709 Public Affairs Gaborone, Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Gaborone Botswana Tel: (+267) 355-0000 Tel: (+267) 395-2252 Tel: (+267) 355-2284 Tel: (+267) 391-3420 Design and layout by (Switchboard) Fax: (+267) 318-4747 Fax: (+267) 391-2420 (Direct Line) Jafta Serero (+26) 355 + Extension E-mail: [email protected] Fax: (+267) 395-6591 Fax: (+267)395 -6591 Website: www.ub.bw

 CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION 5 FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES 128 Contents 5 Department of Environmental Health 129 Vision, Mission & Values 6 School of Medicine 130 Principal Officers 7 Department of Nursing Education 131 The Almanac 8 Course Listings 133

GENERAL INFORMATION 10 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES 136 Historical Note 10 Department of African Languages & Literature 138 The University Organisation 11 Department of English 139 Student Financial Procedures 12 Department of French 143 Schedule of Fees 13 Department of History 145 Student Admissions 14 Department of Library & Information Studies 149 General Academic Regulations 14 Department of Media Studies 153 General Education Courses 21 Department of Theology & Religious Studies 154 Regulations for Awards & Fellowships 22 Course Listings 157 Examination Regulations 27 Academic Appeals and Procedures 28 FACULTY OF SCIENCE 174 Department of Biological Sciences 175 FACULTY OF BUSINESS 30 Department of Chemistry 176 Department of Accounting & Finance 32 Department of Computer Science 178 Department of Management 34 Department of Environmental Science 181 Department of Marketing 37 Department of Geology 186 Department of Mathematics 188 FACULTY OF EDUCATION 38 Department of Physics 191 Department of Adult Education 40 Course Listings 193 Department of Educational Foundations 42 Department of Educational Technology 61 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 204 Department of Home Economics Education 61 Department of Economics 205 Department of Languages & Social Sciences Education 62 Department of Law 206 Department of Mathematics & Science Education 64 Department of Political & Department of Physical Education 69 Administrative Studies 210 Department of Primary Education 70 Department of Population Studies 215 Department of Psychology 217 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY 76 Department of Social Work 219 Certificate and Diploma Programmes Unit 81 Department of Sociology 221 Department of Architecture and Planning 87 Department of Statistics 223 Department of Civil Engineering 89 Course Listings 228 Department of Electrical Engineering 95 Department of Industrial Design & Technology 97 UNIVERSITY ACT AND STATUTES 234 Department of Mechanical Engineering 99 Course Listings 101

 Introduction vision To be a leading centre of academic excellence in Africa and the world. mission The Mission of the University of Botswana is to improve economic and social conditions for the Nation while advancing itself as a distinctively African university with a regional and international outlook. Specifically, the University will: • Provide excellence in the delivery of learning to ensure society is provided with talented, creative and confident graduates • Advance knowledge and understanding through excellence in research and its application • Improve economic and social development by high impact engagement with business, the professions, government and civil society

Values

To achieve its Vision and fulfil its Mission the recreational opportunities that will facilitate achieve the University’s Goals University of Botswana values the following: the full realisation of their potential for • Academic freedom by upholding the spirit of • Students by creating a holistic environment academic and personal growth free and critical thought and enquiry, through which ensures that learning is their central • Staff by fostering a University community the tolerance of a diversity of beliefs and focus, and by establishing and developing through encouraging, supporting, developing understanding, as well as the open exchange a range of learning, social, cultural and and empowering all individuals and groups to of ideas and knowledge

University of Botswana Principal Officers

Chancellor Chairman of Council Vice Chancellor Deputy Vice Chancellor Deputy Vice Chancellor Deputy Vice Chancellor Sir Q. K. J. Masire Mr E. W. M. J. Legwaila Prof. B. K. Otlhogile (Student Affairs) (Academic Affairs) (Finance & Prof. L. Nyati - Ramahobo Prof. F. Youngman Administration) Mr D. B. Katzke

• Academic integrity expressed in creativity, • Professional and ethical standards by decision-making and open review as well as objective analysis, experimentation, critical upholding the highest professional and ethical the full participation of stakeholders in the appraisal, independent thought, informed behaviour and through openness, honesty, development of the institution debate and intellectual honesty tolerance and respect for the individual • Productivity through the setting and rewarding • Cultural authenticity by ensuring that the • Social responsibility by promoting an of high standards of performance underpinned diversity of Botswana’s individual values and awareness of, and providing leadership in by a dedication to quality, efficiency and cultural heritage forms an important part of responding to, the issues and problems facing effectiveness throughout the institution the academic and organisational life of the society • Environmental Sustainability by deepening institution and reflects its distinctiveness as an • Equity by ensuring equal opportunity and non- awareness and ensuring environmental issues African university discrimination on the basis of personal, ethnic, are incorporated into student learning and • Internationalism through participation in the religious, gender or other social characteristics teaching and research, the development of global world of scholarship, by being receptive • Autonomy as an institution that is, through its environmentally sustainable campuses and and responsive to issues within the international self-governing structures, independent in action through contributing to the environmental environment as well as the recruitment of an while being responsive to societal needs sustainability agenda in Botswana and beyond international staff and student body • Public accountability by ensuring transparent

 2009/2010 ACADEMIC YEAR ALMANAC semester one 2009 Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 2 July Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 August University Research Committee 9 July Last Day of Late Registration 7 August DABS Registration Period 6-10 July Last Day to Add a Course 7 August University Research Committee 9 July Business Degrees-DE Residential Session 1 8-9 August DABS Classes Begin 13 July (Level 3, 4, 5) DABS Last Day of Late Registration 17 July Senate 12 August DABS Last Day to Add a Course 17 July Last Day to Drop a Course 14 August DABS Last Day to Drop a Course 24 July Finance & Audit Committee Meeting 14 August University Research Committee 16 July Business Degrees-DE Residential Session 1 15-16 AugustAugust Open registration ends for undergraduate Students 8 July (Level 1, 2) President’s Day 20 July DABS mid – Semester Break 31August - 4 Sept Public Holiday 21 July Tender Committee Meeting 27 August New Students Orientation and Registration 15-24 July Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 September (New Undergraduate) Council 4 September Arrival and Registration (All continuing Students) 27- 31 July Business Degrees-DE Test 1 (Level 3, 4, 5) 5-6 September��������� Registration (Graduate students) 27th July to 31 July DABS Classes Resume 7 September DDE Registration Period 28 July-31 July Business Faculty Board 7 September DDE New Students Orientation 31 July Education Faculty Board 8 September New Graduate Student Orientation 30 July CCE Board 9 September Library Orientation for DDE New Students 30 July FET Faculty Board 9 September Orientation ( Graduate students) 4th August Humanities Faculty Board 10 September DAE, DNGOM, DYD Residential Session 1 1 -5 August School of Graduate Studies Board 11 September Business Degrees-DE Introductory Session (All Levels) 1-2 August Business Degrees-DE Test 1 (Level 1, 2) 12-13 Sept Faculty Executive Committees 3-4 August Science Faculty Board 14 September Classes Begin 3 August Social Science Faculty Board 15 September Late Registration and Course Add/Drop Period 3 August Health Sciences Faculty Board 16 September Begins Centre for Academic Dev Board 17th September semester two 2010 University Reopens 4 January University Research Committee 5 February Faculty Executive Committees 4-5 January Finance & Audit Committee Meeting 12 February Registration Period 5-8 January Business Degrees-DE (levels 3, 4, 5) Residential 1 6-7 February DDE Registration Period 6-8 January Business Degrees-DE (levels 1-2) Residential 1 13-14 February* Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 7 January Senate 17 February DAE, DNGOM, DYD Residential Session 1 9-10 January Business Degrees-DE Test I (Levels, 3, 4, 5) 20-21 February* Business Degrees-DE Introductory Session 9-10 January Mid-Semester Break Begins 22 February (levels 1-5) Committee Meeting 25 February Classes Begin 11 January Business Degrees-DE Test I (Levels 1, 2) 27-28 February* Late Registration and Course Add/Drop 11 January DAE, DNGOM, DYD Residential Session 2 &Test 1-5 March Period Begins Classes Resume 1 March Social Sciences Faculty Board 11 January DABS Classes Resume 2 March Health Sciences Faculty Board 12 January Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 4 March Senate Executive Committee 13 January Council 5 March Business Faculty Board 13 January Business Degrees-DE (levels 3, 4, 5) 6-7 March Education Faculty Board 14 January Residential Session 2 Last Day of Late Registration 15 January Business Degree-DE (level 1-5) 7-8 March Last Day to Add a Course 15 January Residential Session 2 CCE Board 15 January Science Faculty Board 8 March FET Faculty Board 18 January Social Sciences Faculty Board 9 March Humanities Faculty Board 19 January Health Sciences Faculty Board 10 March Science Faculty Board 20 January Business Faculty Board 11 March School of Graduate Studies Board 21 January Education Faculty Board 12 March Last Day to Drop a Course 22 January Semester 1 Class Schedule Information Due 12 March Centre for Academic Dev Board 25 January Business Degrees-DE (levels 1-2) 13-14 March Tender Committee Meeting 28 January Residential Session 2 Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 4 February CCE Board 15 March DAE, DNGOM, DYD Residential Session 2 & Test 21-25 Sept Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 5 November Mid-Semester Break Begins 21 September DABS Classes End 6 November Tender Committee Meeting 24 September Business Degrees –DE Test 2 (Level 1, 2) 7 - 8 Nov Classes Resume 28 September DABS Examination Days 7-8, 14-15 November Semester 2 Class Schedule Information Due 28 September Open Registration for Semester 2 9-20 November Botswana Day 30 September Last Day of Classes 13 November Public Holiday 1 October Council 13 November University Research Committee 2 October Reading Days 14-15 November Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 8 October (No classes , Assessments , Examinations Held) Graduation Ceremony 10 October Business Degrees-DE Residential 3 14-15 November Senate 14 October (Level 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) Business Degrees-DE Residential Session 2 17-18 October DAE, DNGOM DYD Residential Session 3 16-17 November (Level 3, 4, 5) Final Examination Period Begins 16 November Social Science Faculty Board 19 October DAE, DNGOM, DYD Examination Days 18-20 November Health Sciences Faculty Board 20 October Business Degrees-DE Examination 23-30 November Business Faculty Board 21 October Tender Committee Meeting 26 November Education Faculty Board 22 October Final Examination Period Ends 27 November Finance & Audit Committee Meeting 23 October Semester 1 Ends 27 November FET Faculty Board 23 October Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 December Business Degrees-DE Residential 2 (1, 2) 24 -25 October Departmental Boards of 7-11 December CCE Board 26 October Examiners/CCE Examiners Board Humanities Faculty Board 27 October Tender Committee Meeting 10 December School of Graduate Studies Board 28 October Faculty Boards 9-14 December Tender Committee Meeting 29 October Final Grades due by 6 p.m. 14 December Science Faculty Board 29 October Senate Executive Committee 15 December Business Degrees-DE Test 2 (Level 3, 4, 5) 31 Oct - 1 Nov All Final Grades Published 15 December Centre for Academic Dev Board 2nd November University closes for Christmas 16 December

FET Faculty Board 16 March Labour Day 1 May Humanities Faculty Board 17 March Winter Session Begins 3 May School of Graduate Studies 18 March Business Degrees-DE Final Examination 3-7 May Business Degrees-DE Test 2 (Levels 3, 4, 5) 20- 21 March (levels 1-5) Centre for Academic Dev Board 22ndMarch DABS Examination Period 5- 6, 12-13 May Tender Committee Meeting 25 March Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 6 May Business Degrees-DE Test 2 (Levels 1, 2) 27-28 March Departmental Boards of Examiners 12-14 May University Research Committee 27 March Faculty Boards 12-18 May Academic Policy Review and Planning 1 April Finance & Audit Committee Meeting 14 May Committee Final Grades Due by 6 p.m. 18 May Good Friday (Public Holiday) 2 April Senate Executive Committee 19 May Easter Monday (Public Holiday) 5 April All Final Grades Published 20 May Open Registration for Semester 1 Begins 12 April Tender Committee Meeting 27 May Senate 14 April DABS Grades due by 6 p.m. 2 June Last Day of Classes 16 April Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 3 June Readings Days (No Classes, Assessments and 17-18 April Council 4 June Examinations Held) DABS Examiners Boards 7 June Business Degrees-DE (levels 3, 4, 5) 17-18 April DABS Grades Published 9 June Residential Session 3 Tender Committee Meeting 24 June Final Examination Period Begins 19 April Sir Seretse Khama Day 1 July DAE, DNGOM, DYD Residential Session 3 19-20 April Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee 8 July DAE, DNGOM, DYD Examination Session 21-25 April University Research Committee 15 July Business Degrees-DE (levels 1-2) President’s Day 19 July Residential Session 3 24-25 April Public Holiday 20 July Tender Committee Meeting 29 April Winter Session Ends 23 July Final Examination Period Ends 30 April Semester 2 Ends 30 April GENERAL INFORMATION

Historical Note administration complex and workshops. Courses Government funds, purchased the assets of the The opening of the University of Basutoland, followed at Pius XII College were taught and Roma Campus for an indemnity of half of its Bechuanaland and Swaziland (UBBS) on January examined under a special relationship entered value, in exchange for guarantees of a continuing 1st 1964 was the outcome of an agreement into in 1955 with the University of South Africa, Catholic presence on the campus. UBBS became reached in mid-1962 between the High which awarded students its degrees and diplomas UBLS (The University of Botswana, Lesotho and Commission Territories and the Oblate of Mary in Arts, Science, Commerce and Education. Pius Swaziland) in 1966 on the Independence of Immaculate of Pius XII Catholic University, Roma, XII College experienced difficulties over finance Botswana and Lesotho. From a total of 188 Lesotho. Pius XII College of Roma, 35 kilometres for the expanding institution and over racial students in 1964, the University grew to 402 from Maseru, was itself the product of the desire restrictions on student residence required by the students in 1970, of whom 145 were from for an institution of higher learning for Africans University of South Africa. Negotiations with the Lesotho, with lesser numbers from Swaziland, by the Catholic hierarchy in Southern Africa. It High Commission Territories to transform the Botswana, Rhodesia, South Africa and elsewhere. opened its doors to students in 1946, with five University College into a fully fledged University UBLS conferred its first degrees in April 1st 1967 students and five priest-lecturers. In 1950, it was were therefore initiated during 1962. On June after a transitional period during which the taken over by the Catholic Order of the Oblate of 13, 1963, a deed of cession and indemnity was former Pius XII College students continued to Mary Immaculate. By 1963 there were 180 signed by the Oblates and the High Commissioner take University of South Africa degrees. UBLS students, both men and women, and several of Basutoland, Bechuanaland and Swaziland. The offered its own four-year undergraduate degrees buildings, including a science block, refectory, new University, with Ford Foundation and British and diplomas in Arts (including Economics and general information

Administration), Science and Education, with Law Campus came towards the end of this phase of Services and the School of Education, and a small students following a five-year degree, including University development and was the association Short-Course Centre built during 1969. With two years tuition at the University of Edinburgh. of the Swaziland Agricultural College of Luyengo independence, the three countries began to take Students seeking specialised degrees in Medicine, with the University, as the Swaziland Agricultural a closer look at the colonial inheritance of Engineering, etc, proceeded to other universities College and University Centre. This College, built education, including their joint University, and after completing Part I (Years 1 and 2) studies in for the Swaziland Government with Oxfam and began to identify the role of UBLS in higher and Science. The number of academic staff grew from ‘Freedom from Hunger’ funds, had been opened middle-level training. A series of academic 31 in 1964 to 78 in 1970. Staff were recruited in 1966. In 1970, the Swaziland Government planning reports for UBLS produced after 1966 from many countries, but the University pursued agreed to hand over the College to UBLS, together culminated in the second Alexander Report of an active localisation policy from 1971. UBLS was with the Research Division of the Ministry of 1970, which combined, ‘The major equally funded by the Governments of Botswana, Agriculture and its experimental station at recommendations of previous reports for the Lesotho and Swaziland, but had comparatively Malkerns near Luyengo. From 1972, these development of university campuses in each little presence in Botswana and Swaziland in the together constituted a new Faculty of Agriculture. country and the unified development of higher first phase of its existence during 1964-1970. The In Botswana, the UBLS presence was limited to education and vocational and teacher training’. only substantial ‘devolution’ of UBLS from Roma the energies of the Division of Extra Mural The report recommended that Part I studies begin

 in Botswana and Swaziland, with eventual within a few months in Botswana (Economics The University Organisation division of Part II (Year 2 and 4) studies among and Social Studies and Science) and in Swaziland The University of Botswana was established the campuses, and the consideration of (Law). Following the acceptance of the Hunter on 1st July 1982 by an Act of Parliament. The ‘polytechnic’ arrangements for technical and Report and further negotiations between the University campus consists of that part of the vocational courses. The second Alexander Report University and the Governments of Botswana two former universities (UBLS and UBS – see was accepted by the University and by the and Swaziland, the University of Botswana, Historical Note above) which was situated in Governments of Botswana, Lesotho and Lesotho and Swaziland (UBLS) became the Botswana and was sometimes referred to as Swaziland, at a meeting in October 1970, on the University of Botswana and Swaziland (UBS), the Gaborone Campus. The University is closely Luyengo campus. It heralded the second phase with two constituent University Colleges of involved in the national development process of (1971-1976) of UBLS development. Plans were Botswana and Swaziland (UCB and UCS Botswana. In this regard the special functions immediately drawn up to spend about one million respectively). The new University structure was of the University are to engage in improving Rand for campus development in each of the dedicated to maintaining and intensifying service the quality and in expanding the quantity of three countries. In Botswana and Swaziland there to the ideals previously laid out for UBLS by the the human resources needed for development, were to be campuses respectively within the Botswana and Swaziland Governments. The and to act as the repository of the collective capital of Gaborone, and at Kwaluseni adjacent ideals were summed up in the Second National knowledge and experience of the nation and to the national high school of Matsapha. Funds Development Plan of Swaziland, which saw UBS the world. The first of these functions is fulfilled were obtained from the United States, British, as playing an ‘increasingly important role in through the teaching programmes offered by Canada, Danish and Netherlands Governments as National Development not only through the University and its affiliated institutions, well as from the Governments of UBLS countries, providing the educated manpower needed, but leading to the award of degrees, diplomas and the Anglo American Corporation and other also through (the university’s) great potential as a certificates. The second function is carried out bodies. Teaching of Part I began and temporary focus for the academic and cultural activities of individually and collectively by the staff of the accommodation at Gaborone and Kwaluseni the nation.’ The ideals were also identified as the University and its affiliated institutions, through campuses became fully operational in 1973. In beginning of the devolution phase of UBLS the research and development, consultancies and Swaziland, the William Pitcher and Nazarene development into Botswana and Swaziland by information services which they undertake. Like Teacher Training Colleges were affiliated to the the then Chancellor, Seretse Khama, in his any other complex organisation, the University local university centre, as were the Francistown, graduation speech in May 1970, on the Luyengo has established certain patterns of authority and Lobatse and Serowe Teacher Training Colleges in campus. “The University must be a committed specialisation, systems, and rules of procedure, in Botswana. Plans for specialised Part II and institution, committed to the fulfillment of the order to perform its functions in an orderly and professional studies on each campus were ambitions and aspirations of the communities it effective manner. These regulate day-today work dramatically advanced by the devolution of Part was created to serve. One of these is rapid within the University. II Humanities teaching to Gaborone and development, another is nonracialism, and the Kwaluseni, as well as Roma, in 1974. Further third is simply pride in ourselves and in our past, The Council negotiations between the three governments which in turn would lead to a greater degree of The governing body of the University is the and the University resulted in agreement on June self-confidence, which is one of the very basic Council, which has the ultimate responsibility for 11, 1975, known as the ‘Luyengo Package’ which ingredients of true independent nationhood.” the work and progress of the University towards was accepted by all parties. Following student The years 1976 and 1982 saw both constituent the achievement of its goals. Its membership unrest at Roma, and strained relations between Colleges of the University develop their physical includes leading figures from the national and the central UBLS administration and the Lesotho resources and their academic programmes in international community as well as senior government over implementation of the ‘Luyengo close cooperation with each other, with a view to personnel within the University. The Council has Package’, the Roma campus was precipitately the eventual establishment of separate national wide powers to make statutes, lay down policy, withdrawn from UBLS and constituted as the universities on the 1st July, 1982. The formal approve programmes and plans, and to establish National University of Lesotho (NUL) on Monday inauguration of the University of Botswana was working procedures governing the organisational October 20, 1975. This occurred at a time when a performed on 23rd October 1982 by His life of the University. It also provides and working group on further devolution of UBLS Excellency Sir Ketumile Masire, President of the controls the resources required to support into three University Colleges was preparing its Republic of Botswana. The University of Botswana both the academic activities and the physical report for the Council of the University. The and Swaziland continued to cooperate for a development and maintenance of the University. nationalization of all facilities, monies and files in further six months to 31 December 1982 for the But as a mainly policy-making body the Council Lesotho meant the central administration of purpose of examining and awarding degrees, cannot, and should not, be engaged in the day- UBLS could operate with only limited effectiveness diplomas and certificates. In terms of an to-day administration of the University. Clearly from premises at Malkerns during 1975-1976, agreement between the Governments of it could not carry out efficiently all its wide and considerable autonomy was devolved onto Botswana and Swaziland, the National responsibilities by itself. On academic matters the Botswana and Swaziland campuses. Students Universities in Botswana and Swaziland were to it consults the Senate; on many other matters, from Botswana and Swaziland were immediately continue to exchange students and to cooperate while retaining overall control and responsibility, withdrawn from the Roma campus on the in certain areas and to that end a consultative it delegates much of the detailed work to the appropriation of all UBLS property in Lesotho by machinery set up to advise on how best to officers and committees. NUL. Part II teaching for students was resumed cooperate.

 GENERAL INFORMATION

The Senate Medicine, a School of Nursing, a School of Allied library books or University property have been The chief academic authority of the University Health Professions and the existing Department recovered. is the Senate, whose membership includes the of Environmental Health. In general, departments 2.27 Any registered student who decides to VC, DVCs, Faculty Deans, Faculty representatives in the same Faculty work closely together withdraw from the University must give notice and Heads of academic support units as well as in offering Degree, Diploma and Certificate of his/her intention to do so in writing to the student representatives. Under the Council, the Programmes. In many cases there is a similar Student Records Office. Senate has the responsibility for the general cooperation between Faculties. Faculties are control and direction of teaching and research headed by Deans, who represent the Faculty on Student Admissions activities, examinations, the conferment of other bodies and who have general responsibility Prospective undergraduate applicants, may degrees and award of diplomas and certificates. for coordinating the work of the Faculty. obtain application forms and information from Much of its statutory authority is exercised Faculties work through their Faculty Boards the University Admissions Office located in Block through its approval and, from time to time, and a variety of committees established by the 210 on the Main Campus. The forms must be amendment of various sets of academic Boards. Proposals from departments are brought returned directly to the Admissions Office at the regulations, all of which are published for general to Faculty Boards for discussion and may then University. For graduate Programmers, admission information in the later sections of this Calendar. be submitted to Senate and, when necessary, applications are made direct to The Dean, School They include general and special academic to Council. Decisions and directions are then of Graduate Studies. It must be stressed that regulations, admissions and examination transmitted back to departments through the application for a Government or other scholarship procedures, degree structures, programmes of same channels. tenable at the University does not take the place study, syllabuses, library regulations, etcetera. of application to the University for admission. Regulations in any organisation may appear to Student Financial Information However, prospective applicants need not wait restrict freedom of action, but are necessary for Student Financial Procedures until they are assured of a scholarship before the orderly conduct of affairs. Additionally, in a 2.21 Reporting to the Finance Office is an integral applying for admission to the University; the two University context, the regulations are the means part of registration; until financial clearance applications can go forward in parallel. Similarly, by which the Senate ensures that the academic has been obtained from the Finance Office, students are free to simultaneously apply to standards and quality of teaching are acceptable registration will be deemed to be incomplete. other universities or educational institutions. For not only to the University and the nation, but also 2.22 All fees must be paid by the first day the admission application to be processed, all the to the wider academic community of the world. of the semester. Sponsored students have to forms and other requirements outlined in the Senate also delegates much of its detailed work produce satisfactory evidence of the award of Admission Regulations must be submitted. to committees, reviewing the recommendations sponsorship. they bring forward for its approval. 2.23 Where a scholarship includes a student’s Fees and Scholarships personal allowance, the University may advance It should be noted that statutory fees, and Faculties and Departments up to one half of it, at its discretion. If a cherub expenses do not include the costs of books, Below the level of the Vice Chancellor’s office, is not honored, a student may be asked to cancel notebooks, stationery, personal laboratory the University is divided broadly into three types registration immediately. equipment, medical attention, repair of clothes, of specialised work: academic affairs, finance 2.24 Scholarships administered by the University dry-cleaning and living expenses. The cost of and administration, and student affairs. The shall be awarded on the understanding that any travel to and from the University is entirely the academic side is represented by the Senate, monies received by the University and disbursed student’s responsibility. Many governments Faculties, Schools, Departments and Institutes. to or on behalf of the student, will be repayable are prepared to offer scholarships or grants Specialisation and the best use of staff expertise by the student, should he or she withdraw to prospective students; information about are achieved on the basis of the division of during the course of the academic year without these scholarships should be obtained from the the academic areas into departments. Each permission of the University. appropriate authority in the country concerned. department has a special focus, involving it in 2.25 Students who damage University property Some industrial trusts and corporations also teaching and research in particular subjects or or equipment will be charged the cost of repair offer awards, usually through the appropriate disciplines. These departments are responsible or replacement of the item(s). An annual caution government, and information about these should for the day-to-day teaching and research fee is held to cover any such charges which are be sought accordingly. Although every effort will work of the University, and they formulate the not otherwise settled upon demand. Before be made to ensure that no student is deprived programmes of study. A number of departments registering for a subsequent academic session, of the opportunity for study by lack of money, and similar or related disciplines are grouped the caution fee must be restored. Unless an acceptance by the University does not imply that together to constitute a Faculty. At present there account for damage is settled immediately a a scholarship is available. are six established Faculties: Business, Education, student may be requested to withdraw. Engineering and Technology, Humanities, Science, 2.26 Should a student leave the University Social Sciences and the School of Graduate without having paid the prescribed fees, including Studies. Detailed planning of the new Faculty of fines due, or without returning any library books, Health Sciences that was formally established on the academic results and transcripts and/or final 1 April 2006 is underway. Currently, the Faculty is certification for which a student is otherwise envisaged as comprising the emerging School of qualified, shall be withheld until such fees,

10 fees 2009/2010

Full Time Programmes Estimated Fee for Part Time Programmes Annual Fee Undergraduate Programmes Annual Fee One Credit Diploma (DABS) 2 090 Certificates (Excluding book costs)

Science and Engineering

19 300 643 Resident Students International Student Fees Non-Resident Students 38 600 1 287 Undergraduate/Postgraduate Other Faculties Resident Students 14 500 483 Administration Fee Non-Resident Students 29 000 967 Students from Africa 2 300 Students from outside Africa 3 220 Diplomas Science and Engineering Group Study Abroad Students from Africa 580 Resident Students 19 300 643 Students from outside Africa 920 38 600 1 287 Non-Resident Students Other Faculties Group Study Abroad (Special Service) =20% Resident Students 14 500 483 of the cost of activity Non-Resident Students 29 000 967 Other Fees Bachelors Science and Engineering Application Fee Resident Students 180 Resident Students 19 300 643 Non-Resident Students 360 Non-Resident Students 38 600 1 287 School of Medicine Late Application Fee Resident Students 21 280 Resident Students 260 Non-Resident Students 42 560 Non-Resident Students 530 Other Faculties Resident Students 14 500 483 Student Life Fee 70 Non-Resident Students 29 000 967 100 Late Registration Fee/Day (Maximum 14 Days)

Postgraduate Programmes Postgraduate Diplomas Late Registration Fee/Day (New Students) 60 Resident Students 12 580 524 (Maximum 14 Days) Non-Resident Students 18 870 786 Masters Programmes Transcript Fee 25 Science and Engineering Resident Students 17 050 710 Identity Card Fee 35

Non-Resident Students 25 575 1 066 MBA Accomodation Fees Resident Students 19 610 817 Non-Resident Students 29 415 1 226 Undergraduate Full Time Student/Annum 4 000 School of Medicine Resident Students 18 750 Undergraduate Hostel Fee 25 Non-Resident Students 28 125 during Holidays/Day Other Faculties 140 Resident Students 13 550 565 Undergraduate Hostel Fee for non-students during Holidays/Day Non-Resident Students 20 325 847

MPhil Science and Engineering Refectory Fees Undergraduate Students/ 8 970 Resident Students 17 050 710 Annum** Non-Resident Students 25 575 1 066 MPhil (Other Faculties) Graduate Hostels/Annum 6 760 Resident Students 13 550 565 Non-Resident Students 20 325 847 Graduate Hostels/Annum (including holidays) 9 660

PhD Science and Engineering Graduate Hostels Fee during Holidays/Day 60 Resident Students 11 970 499

Non-Resident Students Graduate Hostels Fee for non-students during 300 PhD (Other Faculties) Holidays/Day Resident Students 9 350 390 Non-Resident Students Laundry Fee/Annum 430

* Based on normal load of 30 credits for undergraduates and 24 credits for post graduate students **Fees subject to change during 2009/2010

11 GENERAL INFORMATION

Travel and Residence ii) Academic transcripts; International students accepted to the University iii) Certified copy of Secondary School 1.3 Notification of Acceptance of Botswana are required to be in possession certificate; 1.31 The Admissions Office for undergraduate of valid travel documents, visas and residence iv) Appropriate application fee. applicants and the School of Graduate Studies for permits (where applicable) to enter the country. 1.2.3 When returning the application form, the graduate applicants shall notify each applicant applicant must enclose a (non-refundable) whether or not he/she has been accepted for Basic Entrance Qualifications application fee. admission to the University. 1. Admission Regulations 1.2.4 Applications will not be considered until 1.32 No applicant should come to the University 1.1 Qualifications for Entry the University has received the application unless he or she has received a formal offer of 1.1.1 The normal basic requirements for form, relevant academic transcripts and admission. entrance to Undergraduate Degree and Diploma certificates, and the application fee. 1.4 Conditions of Acceptance programmes shall be Botswana General 1.2.5 In addition, an applicant who has attended 1.41 Acceptance of an applicant by the Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) another university or other postsecondary University shall be on the understanding that with a grade C or better in English Language, institution must submit a certificate of good the applicant undertakes to be bound by and but other qualifications may be accepted on conduct, and a transcript, duly signed by the to observe the policies and regulations of the their merit as alternatives. Entry into the Science competent officer of the issuing University. University. Acceptance to the University will Degree programmes shall be on the basis of 1.2.6 Unless an applicant is notified to the be subject to the production of a satisfactory BGCSE Science and Mathematics aggregates contrary, the closing date for the receipt of medical certificate. and a grade D or better in English Language complete application forms and accompanying 1.42 Academic Transcripts or equivalents. (For further details see General documents will be the last working day of March An official transcript will be provided to each Academic Regulations covering the programme immediately preceding the commencement of student free at the conclusion of his/her in question.) the academic year for which application is made. studies. Extra copies thereafter shall be issued at 1.1.2 For all programmes, only the results of (The academic year starts in August.) a cost to be determined by the University from examinations taken before March 1st in the year time to time. of application will be considered in assessing an 1.27 Graduate Degrees applicant’s entrance qualifications. 1.271 Application procedures are as for General Academic Regulations 1.1.3 Full particulars concerning qualifications undergraduate study (1.2.1 to 1.2.6 above). 2 00.0 General Provisions must normally be available to the University 1.272 Admission to a programme leading to a 00.1 Preamble before 1st March. It is the responsibility of the graduate degree must be approved by the School 00.11 Senate reserves the right to alter, applicant to ensure that all examination results of Graduate Studies on the authority of Senate. amend, replace or cancel any of the Academic and other documents are forwarded to the 1.273 On receipt of the completed application Regulations and shall be the final authority for Admissions Office before the deadline. forms, the Dean of the School of Graduate the interpretation of these regulations. 1.1.4 Candidates who are awaiting the issue of Studies shall send one copy to the relevant 00.12 Senate has the power to exempt any a certificate following results of an examination Head of Department who shall submit his/ her student from any of the Academic Regulations. shall normally be required to provide legal recommendation to the Departmental Board for 00.13 In addition to these general academic proof of qualification from an examining body, consideration. The Board shall in turn forward regulations, special faculty and departmental stating the level of the subjects passed, before the application with its recommendation to regulations, which must be approved by Senate, an offer of admission is issued and registration Senate via the Graduate Studies Board. shall also apply. to programmes of the University is effected. 1.274 Permission to pursue a graduate degree 00.14 General regulations shall take precedence Applicants admitted and registered under this programme as a part-time student shall be over special faculty and departmental regulations provision shall not normally be permitted to granted only to persons who can show that they unless Senate has otherwise provided register for, or write final year examinations are able to devote a reasonable proportion of 00.15 Faculty regulations shall take precedence before submitting the certificate. their time to the work prescribed. over departmental special regulations, unless 1.275 Registration for Master’s Degree Senate has otherwise provided. 1.2 Admission Applications programmes by coursework and dissertation 00.16 Should a regulation, according to which 1.2.1 Unless other specific instructions are shall normally take place at the beginning a programme has been compiled, be amended, given, application forms are obtained from and of the first semester of each academic year a student who has started a programme under returned to: but may, in special circumstances, and on the the old regulation and who has not interrupted The Undergraduate Admissions Office recommendation by the Graduate Studies Board, studies, may complete such a programme in University of Botswana take place at the beginning of the semester accordance with the old regulation on condition Private Bag 0022 following that in which the application is that a faculty board may formulate special Gaborone, Botswana approved by the Senate. transitional requirements in order to enable that 1.2.2 Each application shall consist of: 1.276 MPhil and PhD applicants may be student to complete studies in accordance with i) The application form to be completed by the accepted and register anytime during the the new regulation. applicant himself/herself, in ink, clearly and in academic year with permission of the relevant 00.17 A student who has been admitted to capital letters; Department/unit. a programme and fails to register for such a

12 programme in the ensuing two semesters; or is equivalent per week throughout a semester shall those courses which may be selected from an re-admitted to such a programme, is deemed to have a credit value of 1. approved list of courses within a subject of study have interrupted studies and forfeits the right to 00.219 Major Subject: A major subject shall and which count towards the requirements of an continue studies under the old regulation. comprise courses where the subject is treated award. 00.18 Senate shall establish procedures for the in depth during the entire programme of study; 00.243 Elective Courses: Elective courses are approval of all academic programmes of the and the workload shall depend on the type of those courses which may be selected from a list university programme as defined in regulation 00.230. of courses outside a subject of study and which A student shall normally register for a major count towards the requirements of an award. 00.2 Definitions of Key Terms subject either in the third or fifth semester. 00.244 General Education Courses: General In these regulations, the following terms shall be 00.220 Minor Subject: A minor subject shall education courses are those courses taken for used as indicated. comprise courses where the workload shall have the purpose of broadening the knowledge of 00.211 Academic Year and Semester: The fewer credits than those of the major subject as a student and count towards the overall credit academic year shall comprise two semesters, stated in regulation 00.232. requirement for the award, but are not part of each consisting of 14 teaching weeks, a one 00.230 Types of Programmes: Possible the core courses of the programme. week mid-semester break, and two weeks for programme formats shall include single major, 00.245 Pre-requisite: A pre-requisite is a course examinations. combined degree (major/minor, major/major, that must be taken and passed in preparation for 00.212 Programme: A plan of study made up multidisciplinary). another course. of core, optional, electives, and general education 00.231 Single Major: A single major is a 00.246 Co-requisite: A co-requisite is a course courses, lasting over a specified period, which programme of study composed of core and that must be taken concurrently with other leads to a Degree, or Diploma qualification. optional courses from one subject (normally courses to enhance learning in the programme. 00.213 Subject: A collection of core and chosen either in the third or fifth semester), as 00.247 Winter Course: A winter course is that optional courses in a given discipline of study well as electives and general education courses. which is taken during the long vacation, such as, that will constitute a major or minor component 00.232 Combined Degree (major/minor): A teaching practice, industrial training, field work, of the programme. combined degree (major/minor) is a programme internships, and attachments. The curriculum 00.214 Course: For the purpose of teaching, of study composed of core and optional courses and methods of assessment for these courses will each subject shall be divided into one or more from two subjects normally in the ratio of be specified in special faculty and departmental components called courses. A course is a basic major to minor of approximately 70:30, as well regulations. building block of teaching and learning activities as electives and general education courses. A 00.248 Project Course: A project course may be with content designed to meet particular aims student’s major and minor cannot be from the taken in a major subject and the requirements of and objectives. Each course will normally be same subject. such a course and its method of assessment will assessed within the semester in which it is 00.233 Combined Degree (major/major): A be specified in special departmental and faculty offered, except for a year-long course, teaching combined degree (major/major) is a programme regulations. A project course may be taken as a practice, internship, industrial training or any of study composed of core and optional courses semester course or as a year long project course. other attachments. from two equally weighted major subjects which 00.249 Service Course: A service course is 00.215 Course Code: A course code is an are independently studied, as well as electives a course taken in a major or minor subject identification of a course with a prefix of three and general education courses. of one department but is taught by another capital letters followed by three digits. The first 00.234 Combined Degree (multidisciplinary): department. of the three letters shall normally be the same as A combined degree (multidisciplinary) is a 00.250 Audit Course: An audit course is a the first letter of the subject, and the digits shall programme of study composed of core and course taken by a student, but no credit is earned indicate the level, with 100 to 599 for Bachelor’s optional courses from more than two subjects in such a course. Degrees, and Diploma programmes. (for example a combination of three equally 00.251 Attempted Credits: Attempted credits 00.216 Lecture Hour: A lecture hour is a period weighted subjects, or a series of individualised are the total number of credits a student is of instruction of a duration of 50 minutes. courses resulting in a programme constructed officially registered for in a given semester or 00.217 Lecture Hour Equivalent: One by negotiation between a student and a personal in all years/levels of study. They exclude audit lecture hour equivalent shall be equivalent to tutor, and approved by Heads of relevant courses, non - credit courses a student may any of the following modes of teaching and Departments and Deans), as well as electives and take, and courses which a student has officially learning: One lecture hour; Two to three hours general education courses. dropped. Attempted credits are used in the of practical/laboratory work/activity defined by 00.240 Types of Courses: Types of courses calculation of the grade point average (GPA). the department; or any number between one shall include core, optional, elective, general 00.252 Earned Credits: Earned credits are the to four weeks of teaching practice, field work, education, pre-requisite, co-requisite, winter, total number of credit values of the courses a industrial training or any other attachments or project, service and audit. student has passed in a given semester or in all other academic work outside the classroom. 00.241 Core Courses: Core courses are those years/levels of study. Earned credits are used in 00.218 Credit or Credit Value: The number courses which must be taken in order to meet the determination of a student’s year/level of of credits (or credit value) is assigned to a course the requirements of an award, that is, they are study and minimum number of credits required in relation to the work done. In any course, work compulsory or mandatory. for graduation. Audit and non - credit courses do entailing one lecture hour or one lecture hour 00.242 Optional Courses: Optional courses are not count in credits earned within a particular

13 GENERAL INFORMATION

programme. relevant Department(s). Grade points are not such a student has banked credits. Once such 00.253 Academic Good Standing: Students transferable, and the cumulative GPA of transfer exemption has been granted, the programme are in academic good standing at the university students will be computed on the basis of the for which the student is currently registered will when their cumulative grade point average is work done at UB only. be credited with the original marks obtained for 2.00 or above. Such students are considered 00.314 Visiting/Exchange/Audit Student: the credit course(s) and the corresponding grade to be making satisfactory progress toward a A visiting/exchange/audit student is one who points. qualification. satisfies the university entrance requirements b) Exemption(s) may be given to a student if such 00.254 Academic Warning: Students may be and is registered for a selected number of a student took a course or courses at another placed on academic warning for failure to make courses for credit or audit. Such students may be recognised university or institution with which satisfactory progress toward a qualification. from within the country, from abroad or under UB has a formal articulation agreement, within Students whose cumulative grade point average exchange programmes. ten semesters prior to registration. Once such is between 1.99 and 1.51 (the actual lower limit 00.315 Special Student: A special student exemptions have been granted, the student is dependant on the number of attempted credits is one who satisfies the university entrance may transfer up to a maximum of one-half of a student has as indicated in regulation 00.9) requirements, but does not have immediate the total credits required for the programme. may be placed on academic warning for their plans to enter a programme and wants to take However, grade points for such students are subsequent semester of enrolment. Students on courses with approval from the department. not transferable, and the cumulative GPA shall academic warning may not enrol for more than Such a student shall be limited to register for a be computed on the basis of the work done at 16 semester credits. They are encouraged to seek maximum of fifteen credits overall. UB only. appropriate advice and services from relevant 00.32 Responsibilities of Students c) Exemption may be granted to a student if offices. 00.321 While the university strives to give such a student took a course or courses at 00.256 Academic Probation: Students may be students proper academic advice, it is the another recognized University or institution with placed on academic probation for failure to make responsibility of the individual student to know which UB has no formal articulation agreement satisfactory progress toward a qualification. and follow all the regulations of the university. within ten semesters prior to registration. Such Students whose cumulative grade point average 00.322 A student registered for a course is exemptions shall be based on course to course is between 1.90 and 1.21 (the actual upper limit expected to fulfil all requirements prescribed for articulation and once they have been granted is dependant on the number of attempted credits that course. a student may transfer up to a maximum of a student has as indicated in regulation 00.9) 00.323 A student who is unable to attend one third of the total credits required for the may be placed on academic probation for their classes due to illness should notify the Director programme. However grade points for such subsequent semester of enrolment. Students on of Student Welfare of this fact within twenty students are not transferable, and the cumulative academic probation may not enrol for more than one consecutive days from the day the student GPA shall be computed on the basis of work done 14 semester credits. They should seek appropriate misses classes. Certification from a recognised at UB only. advice and services from relevant offices. health officer will be required in support. (d) Exemption(s) may be given to a student Prior permission or supporting evidence will for relevant work experience and recognised 00.3 Students be necessary for circumstances other than ill prior learning upon satisfactory performance 00.31 Registered Students health. in assessments of their knowledge, skills and 00.311 Full-time Student: A full-time 00.324 A student who enters or returns to the experience in the area as outlined in Section undergraduate student is one who is registered university late shall not be entitled to extra 6.0 of the policy organised by the Department. with the university and carries a minimum tuition. A student who has performed such tests shall workload of 15 credits per semester, unless 00.325 A student may have access to their be awarded an appropriate grade, and may officially exempted. academic transcript and has the right of appeal be exempted in the relevant courses up to a 00.312 Part-time Student: A part-time on any matters concerning it, to Senate through maximum of one-sixth of the total credits undergraduate student is one who is registered their Faculty Board. required for the programme. with the University and normally carries a 00.42 Articulation agreements between UB and workload of less than 15 credits per semester. 00.4 Exemptions, Credit Banking, Credit other institutions resulting in de facto exemptions 00.313 Transfer Student: A transfer student is Transfer, and recognition of prior learning. shall be applied to general admissions to diploma, one who is registered with UB after transferring higher diploma and degree programmes as academic credits deemed to be equivalent 00.41 Permission for exemptions shall be sought well as to satisfy programme specific internal to UB credits. Such credits may come from in all cases from the Director, Academic Services, requirements another recognised university or equivalent, or and exemption shall be subject to the approval of be the result of various articulation agreements the relevant Head(s) of Department. Exemption between UB and other institutions. Such a from taking certain courses may be granted 00.5 Entrance Qualifications student can only transfer up to a maximum of under the following conditions: 00.51 Normal Entry Scheme one-half of the total credits required for the a) A student who has been registered at UB can 00.511 The normal requirement for entrance to programme, and must complete the remaining bank credits up to a maximum of ten consecutive Diploma Programmes are specified in General one-half in the university. The total credits semesters. Exemption may be given to a former Regulation 10.2. transferred are subject to acceptance by the UB student who subsequently rejoins UB if 00.512 The normal requirements for entrance to

14 Bachelor’s Degree Programmes are specified in if the official class timetable allows the student 00.625 A student should not attend a course General Regulation 20.2. to attend all the classes. unless such a course is officially registered for as 00.52 Mature Age Entry Scheme for 00.616 No student shall be allowed to add indicated on the official registration printout. Undergraduate Programmes a course or courses after the first week of the 00.626 A student cannot earn credit for a course 00.521 Applicants of at least 25 years of age on commencement of classes. unless such a course is officially registered for as the first day of the semester of entry who have 00.617 A student may drop a course or courses indicated on the official registration printout. BGCSE with grade C or better in at least three up to the end of the second week of the 00.627 Any registered for course which is subjects and grade D or better in English Language commencement of classes. abandoned or not attended will be recorded or equivalent but lack the qualifications for entry 00.618 A student who has been admitted to with a zero mark for any graded component into the undergraduate programmes may apply the university can register for a core, optional, not taken. Such a course will be included in the as a mature age applicant. elective or general education course offered in calculation of the student’s cumulative GPA. 00.522 Subject to regulation 00.521, any any of the university programmes, subject to 00.628 The minimum number of students additional entry requirements shall be specified in pre-requisites or any other approved programme re¬quired in order for an optional course to run the appropriate special faculty and departmental restrictions. is 15 students for levels 100 to 200 classes, and regulations. 00.619 An undergraduate student shall register 8 students for classes above level 200 except as 00.523 Subject to regulations 00.521 and 00.522, for general education courses selected from the permitted by Senate. a mature age applicant may use the direct entry following areas: Area 1: Communication and 00.629 The maximum number of students route if such an applicant possesses BGCSE or Study Skills; Area 2: Computer and Information permitted to be enrolled in each course shall equivalent with grade B or better in two subjects Skills; Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical be determined by the Head of Department in and grade C or better in four subjects. Thinking; Area 4: Physical Education, Health and consultation with the Dean. 00.53 Transfer Students Wellness; Area 5: Science and Technology; Area 00.630 Cancellation of Classes: If no class 00.531 Transfer students from other recognised 6: World Civilisation; and Area 7: World Economy cancellation notice is posted on the classroom universities or institutions may be accepted for and Business Skills. door, classes are officially considered cancelled undergraduate studies if they have at least a 00.620 An undergraduate student must, during if an instructor is 15 minutes late. All cases cumulative GPA of 2.00 (on a five point scale) their first two semesters at UB, register for at of cancelled classes must be reported to the or equivalent and are eligible to return to the least four credits in level 100 general education relevant Head of department. university or institution last attended. courses in each of Areas 1 and 2, unless 00.631 A visiting/exchange/special/audit 00.532 Transfer students with a cumulative exempted. student may register to take courses for credit GPA of less than 2.00 (on a five point scale) or 00.621 In addition to the requirements of general or audit. An application to take courses for equivalent shall be subjected to the provisions of academic regulation 00.620, an undergraduate credit or audit should be made to the Director general academic regulation 00.9 to determine degree student must register for a minimum of of Academic Services. The application will be their admissibility for undergraduate studies. an additional twelve credits of general education subject to approval by the relevant Head(s) of Students admitted under such provisions will courses selected from at least two credits from Department(s). have an academic probation status. Area 3, and the balance from at least two areas 00.632 A student may, in addition to their out of Areas 4, 5, 6 and 7 before completing their normal academic programme, register to audit 00.6 Registration programme of study. Where there are problems courses up to a maximum of three credits. 00.611 The normal workload for a full-time of accessing any of Areas 3 to 7 courses, a 00.633 A student on audit courses shall not be undergraduate student shall be 15 to18 credits student shall fulfil the requirement by selecting subject to assessment, but such audited course(s) per semester. optional or elective courses. shall be recorded on the student’s academic 00.612 A full-time undergraduate student may 00.622 The total number of credits earned by transcript. carry 12 to 14 credits per semester if such a a student from elective and general education 00.634 A visiting/exchange/special student who student has approved course exemptions or is on courses shall not exceed one third of the total register for credit course(s) and subsequently academic probation. credits gained in the entire programme. enrols in an academic programme of UB shall 00.613 Subject to the provisions of regulation 00.623 A Dean, on the recommendation of a have their courses treated in accordance with 00.912, a full-time undergraduate student may relevant department may cancel the registration general academic regulation 00.41 (b) on credit carry 19 to a maximum of 21 credits if such a of a student or the registration for a course banking. student has a cumulative GPA of at least 3.50. during a semester, if the student does not meet 00.614 No student shall be registered for any the programme requirements or prerequisite 00.7 Withdrawal programme one week after the commencement requirements for the course. 00.711 Withdrawing refers to withdrawing from of classes. Any exception to this regulation must 00.624 A registered student shall have access to all courses for which a student is enrolled for have the written permission of the Dean of an official registration record printout detailing a given semester, and therefore the student is the Faculty who may consult with the Head of the course(s) registered for. It is the student’s no longer enrolled. The withdrawal application Department and shall not extend beyond the end responsibility to ensure that the registration should be lodged through the relevant Head of of the second week after the commencement of record is correct. Any registration record Department and Dean’s office. classes. amendments should be made by the end of the 00.712 A student may officially withdraw 00.615 A student may register for a course only add/drop/late registration period. from the university by voluntarily terminating

15 GENERAL INFORMATION

enrolment during a semester which is in progress. apply: Such a student shall not receive any credit for 00.821 All final examinations shall be held 00.843 When letter grades are used, they shall courses taken during the semester. If such a during the scheduled examination period at represent the following: student subsequently enrols in the university the end of the semester in which the course is A+ Outstanding the courses previously taken shall be treated in taught. A Excellent accordance with regulation 00.41 (b) on credit 00.822 A paper in a final written examination of A- Excellent banking. a course shall be of one to three hours duration. B+ Very Good 00.713 A student who withdraws prior to the 00.823 Other forms of examination of a course B Very Good end of the eighth week of a semester or who shall be as prescribed in special faculty and B- Good withdraws after the eighth week of a semester departmental regulations. C+ Good where there are documented acceptable 00.824 A student must take final examinations C Satisfactory extenuating circumstances, will receive a grade at the scheduled times. Failure to do so without C- Satisfactory of “W” (withdrawn) otherwise a zero mark will be valid reasons will amount to a candidate D+ Poor - Fail recorded for any graded component not taken. being awarded a zero mark in that particular D Poor - Fail 00.714 If a student is obliged through illness or examination. D- Poor - Fail any other cause to be absent from classes for a 00.825 Special final examinations will be E Very Poor - Fail continuous period exceeding three weeks, the considered on an individual basis for students I Incomplete Dean, in consultation with relevant Departments who miss scheduled final examinations due to W Withdrawn and in light of an appropriate medical report, exceptional and extenuating circumstances. AUD Audit Course. No credit granted shall decide whether such a student shall be 00.826 Once a student has sat for an withdrawn from the university for the duration examination, the student may not afterwards 00.844 An Incomplete grade (I) may be of that semester. apply for a special examination on the basis of awarded when some assigned work comprising 00.715 A student who has withdrawn from the unforeseen circumstances or illness. continuous assessment, for example a project, university may re-enter the programme subject 00.827 In the week preceding the final has not been completed with valid reasons. The I to quota restrictions and compliance with examinations, all lectures and tutorials will letter grade has no grade point. The I grade must existing programme requirements. The university continue, however, no assignment, test, be converted to an appropriate mark within does not guarantee to offer the same courses examination, field trip, or any assessment work the following twelve months; otherwise the as at the time the student withdrew from the may be scheduled. incomplete work will be awarded a zero mark. university. 00.83 Quality Assurance 00.845 Passing a course means obtaining a mark 00.831 Senate shall determine the system of at least 50 percent. 00.8 Assessment of quality assurance of programmes of the 00.85 Completion of Credits in a Programme 00.8 Assessment university. 00.851 A student shall only be awarded a 00.81 Continuous Assessment 00.84 Overall Course Grade qualification after completing a minimum 00.811 The continuous assessment component 00.841 In any course, the weighting between number of credits in a given programme as of each course may include one or more of different components of assessment shall be follows: the following: written assignments, written specified in the special faculty and departmental a) A minimum of 60 credits in a Diploma tests, practicals, projects, research exercises, regulations. programme with a duration of 4 semesters; or essays, open book tests, independent study, 00.842 Overall performance in a course shall be b) A minimum of 90 credits in a Higher Diploma dissertations/theses, oral tests, plus other forms assessed on a percentage scale, a letter grade, programme with a duration of 6 semesters; or of continuous assessment as shall be determined and a grade point as follows: c) A minimum of 120 credits in Bachelors’ Degree by the instructor and approved by the Head of programmes with a duration of 8 semesters; or Department. Marks (%) Letter Grade Grade Point d) A minimum of 150 credits in Bachelors’ Degree 00.812 A student is required to fulfil all 90 – 100 A+ 5.0 programmes with a duration of 10 semesters. requirements prescribed for continuous 85 – 89.9 A 4.9 00.852 To be awarded a qualification, at least assessment. Failure to do so without valid reasons 80 – 84.9 A- 4.7 two thirds of the total credits must come from will normally incur penalties as prescribed in 75 – 79.9 B+ 4.5 core and optional courses prescribed in the special faculty and departmental regulations. 70 – 74.9 B 4.0 programme, and the total number of credits from 00.813 Progress Reports: Each faculty shall 65 – 69.9 B- 3.5 elective courses shall not exceed one third of the report continuous assessment marks for all 60 – 64.9 C+ 3.0 total credits. Where there have been exemptions, undergraduate stu¬dents by the end of the 55 – 59.9 C 2.5 general academic regulation 00.862 shall apply. eighth week of classes. Progress reports are 50 – 54.9 C- 2.0 00.86 Calculating Cumulative GPA made available to students and to the students’ 45 – 49.9 D+ 1.5 00.861 Cumulative GPA associated with advisors through the computer system at UB. 40 – 44.9 D 1.0 courses at UB at any time during the student’s 00.82 Final Examinations 35 – 39.9 D- 0.5 programme is obtained as follows: Where the assessment of a course includes final 0 – 34.9 E 0.0 a) Identify the credits for the course; examinations, the following regulations shall b) Identify the marks (%), corresponding letter

16 grade and the grade point using the table in 00.924 A student on academic warning status elective, a non-core general education course regulation 0.842; must retake any failed core, prerequisite and may retake the course or take a substitute c) Obtain the weighted score by multiplying the co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such course. credits and the grade point for each course; a student shall carry a semester credit load not 00.955 When a student retakes a course, the d) Obtain the total weighted score by adding exceeding sixteen (16) credits. series of retakes with their grades shall appear on the weighted scores for all the courses; 00.925 A student on academic probation status the student’s official academic record and count e) The cumulative GPA is given by the total must retake any failed core, prerequisite and in the cumulative GPA. However, in satisfying weighted score divided by the total number of co-requisite course(s) when next offered. Such the minimum number of credits required for credits. The cumulative GPA shall be computed a student shall carry a semester credit load not graduation the credits shall count only once to two decimal places. exceeding fourteen (14) credits. where a passing grade is recorded. 00.862 Where there have been exemptions for 00.93 Fail and Discontinue 00.96 Prerequisite Courses credits as per regulation 00.4, grade points from 00.931 A student who fails more than half 00.961 A student must achieve at least fifty other institutions are not transferable to UB, and the attempted semester credits or attains a (50 C-) in a prerequisite to enrol in the specific the cumulative GPA shall be computed on the cumulative GPA of 1.20 or less shall be put on course(s) for which the course is a prerequisite. basis of the work done at UB only.. fail and discontinue (FD) status. 00.97 Academic Standing 00.932 A student with two (2) consecutive 00.971 At end of each semester, a student’s 00.9 Progression from Semester to Semester academic probations shall be put on a fail and academic standing shall be reported using the 00.91 Proceed discontinue status. following symbols: 00.911 To remain in academic good standing, a 00.933 A student with any combination of P Proceed (Academic Good Standing) student must pass at least half the attempted three (3) consecutive academic warnings and/or AP Proceed (Academic Probation) semester credits and attain a cumulative GPA of academic probations shall be put on a fail and AW Proceed (Academic Warning) at least 2.00. discontinue status. FD Fail and Discontinue 00.912 A student proceeding on academic good 00.934 A student who fails a course thrice shall FE Fail and Exclude standing who fails a core, prerequisite or co- be put on a fail and discontinue status, even if W Withdrawn with Permission requisite course must retake the course. Such the cumulative GPA is above 2.00. 00.98 Minimum Cumulative GPA Required a student shall carry a semester credit load not 00.935 A student on fail and discontinue status for Graduation exceeding eighteen (18) credits. may apply for readmission to the programme 00.981 A student should attain a minimum 00.913 To proceed on academic warning (AW) after a lapse of at least one (1) semester. To cumulative GPA of 2.00 to be considered for or academic probation (AP) a student must pass return to the programme the student must apply graduation. If the cumulative GPA is below 2.00 at least half the attempted semester credits and and be accepted for re-entry/readmission. after passing the course retakes, the student shall attain a cumulative GPA of at least 1.21. Such 00.936 A student on a fail and discontinue status take additional courses to bring the cumulative a student shall be subject to regulation 00.92 may apply to change to another programme for GPA to at least 2.00. below. which the student qualifies and can enter in the 00.92 Academic Warning and Academic subsequent semester(s). 01.0 Aegrotat Regulations Probation 00.94 Fail and Exclude 01.01 If a student in the final semester of a 00.921 A student must pass at least half 00.941 A student who is placed on fail and programme is prevented by illness, or other the attempted semester credits and attain a discontinue status twice in one programme shall sufficient cause, from undertaking some of cumulative GPA of at least 1.21 for the status be placed on a fail and exclude (FE) status. the requirements for assessment (continuous of academic warning or academic probation to 00.942 A student who has been unsuccessful assessment or final examinations), Senate apply. in two programmes shall be placed on fail and may, upon written report of the Department(s) 00.922 The status of academic warning shall exclude status. concerned, and upon any other evidence as it apply to a student whose cumulative GPA is 00.943 A student placed on fail and exclude shall deem fit, recommend to assign an aegrotat less than 2.00 but higher than the academic status may apply for readmission to the university award. probation level as indicated in regulation 00.923 after a lapse of at least two (2) academic years. The student’s illness or incapacity must be below. 00.95 Retaking Courses reported to the office of the Director of Academic 00.923 The status of academic probation shall 00.951 A student shall not retake a course Services within two weeks of the date on which apply to a student in accordance with cumulative already passed with a minimum grade of fifty the test(s) or examination(s) should have been GPA performance levels as indicated below: (50 C-). written. Attempted Academic����������������� Academic 00.952 Subject to regulations on academic 01.02 The aegrotat award shall be unclassified. Credits Warning Probation warning/probation, fail and discontinue, and fail Up to 30 1.99 to 1.51 1.50 to 1.21 and exclude, a student may retake a failed course 10. General Regulations for Undergraduate 31 to 60 1.99 to 1.61 1.60 to 1.21 up to two (2) times. Diploma and Higher Diploma Programmes 61 to 90 1.99 to 1.81 1.80 to 1.21 00.953 A student who has failed a core, 10.1 Diploma Programmes More than 90 1.99 to 1.91 1.90 to 1.21 prerequisite, co-requisite course or a core general 10.11 Diplomas education course must retake the course. Programme titles appear in Faculty and 00.954 A student who has failed an optional, Departmental sections below.

17 GENERAL INFORMATION

10.12 Higher Diplomas Departmental sections below. 20.41 Subject to regulations 00.85 and 00.98, Programme titles appear in Faculty and 20.2 Entrance Qualifications the overall result of the Degree shall be classified Departmental sections below. 20.21 The normal entry requirement for Degree based on the cumulative GPA (computed to 10.2 Entrance Qualifications programmes shall be at least six subjects not two decimal places) that includes all attempted 10.21 The normal entry requirement for Diploma below grade D in the BGCSE or its equivalent. credits as follows: programmes is at least six subjects not below The grades obtained in five of the subjects shall Classification Cumulative GPA grade D in the BGCSE or equivalent. English be grade C or better from one examination First Class: 4.70 – 5.00 language shall be one of the required subjects. sitting. Grades obtained from two (not more) Second Class, Upper Division: 4.00 – 4.69 Five subjects may be accepted. A grade of C shall examination sittings are acceptable, provided Second Class, Lower Division: 3.00 – 3.99 be required in at least three of the five or six the applicant has grade B or better in two Pass: 2.00 – 2.99 subjects. subjects and grade C or better in four subjects. 10.22 Other entry qualifications for entry to English language must be grade C or better for General Education Courses Diploma programmes may be accepted on their non-Science based programmes and grade D or 1. Overview own merit as alternatives. In particular, attention better in Science-based programmes. In line with the University of Botswana Vision is drawn to the regulations governing mature 20.22 Other entry qualifications may be and Mission statements, the new semesterisation age applicants in 00.52 and the regulation in accepted on their own merit as alternatives. In system incorporates several features into the respect to recognition of prior learning general particular, attention is drawn to the regulations University academic programmes that will assist academic regulation 00.41. governing mature age applicants in 00.52 and UB to become a leading academic centre of 10.23 Subject to regulation 10.21, any additional the regulation in respect to recognition of prior excellence in Africa and the world. One important requirements shall be specified in appropriate learning general academic regulation 00.41. feature of the new undergraduate academic special regulations. 20.23 Applicants possessing an acceptable programme structure is the introduction of the 10.24 The entry requirements specified in 10.21, Certificate qualification with grade C or better General Education Courses (GECs). The GECs 10.22 and 10.23 do not guarantee admission. in at least 4 subjects and grade D in English provide more student determined choice and 10.3 Programme Structure language in the BGCSE or equivalent may be flexibility of programmes. They address such 10.31 Curriculum and Assessment considered for entry to Level 100 of a related crosscutting issues as employers’ expectations, The curriculum and methods of assessment for bachelors programme. competence in communication skills, IT and the undergraduate Diploma programmes shall 20.24 Where entry is on the basis of a Diploma information skills literacy, gender, HIV/AIDS, be specified in special faculty and departmental qualification, the Diploma shall normally be two environment, energy and globalisation. The GECs regulations. years or more and one acceptable to UB. Entry on fall under seven themes that have been approved 10.32 Duration of the Programme the basis of a Diploma of less than two years in by Senate after extensive consultations. These 10.321 Diploma and Higher Diploma duration may be considered if the applicant has areas of study have generally received support Programmes a previous related Certificate qualification. from vital stakeholders such as the Ministry of The normal duration for Diploma or Higher 20.25 Subject to regulation 20.21, any additional Education and various major companies and Diploma programmes shall be as follows: 4 to 6 requirements shall be specified in appropriate organisations in the private sector. The concept of semesters on a full-time basis; 8 to 12 semesters special faculty and departmental regulations. General Education Courses is not new. For many on a part-time basis. 20.26 The entry requirements specified in 20.21, years now, UB has recognised the importance 10.4 Classification of Results 20.22, 20.23, 20.24 and 20.25 do not guarantee of courses such as Communication and Study (Applicable to Undergraduates entering from admission. Skills and Computer Skills for all students at the August 2009) 20.3 Programme Structure University. Thus the GECs are an extension of this 10.41 Subject to regulations 00.85 and 00.98, the 20.31 Curriculum and Assessment concept. overall result of the Diploma or Higher Diploma The curriculum and methods of assessment for 2. Regulations shall be classified based on the cumulative GPA Bachelor’s degree programmes shall be specified Regulations pertaining to the GECs are stated (computed to two decimal places) that includes in special faculty and departmental regulations. in Regulation 00.2124 of the General Academic all attempted credits as follows: 20.32 Duration of the Programme Regulations, stated as follows: Classification Cumulative GPA 20.321 The normal duration for Bachelor’s a) Every undergraduate student shall take Distinction: 4.70 – 5.00 programmes shall be as follows: 8 to 10 semesters General Education Courses. These courses Merit: 4.00 – 4.69 full-time or up to 16 to 20 semesters part-time are taken for the purpose of broadening the Credit: 3.00 – 3.99 respectively. knowledge of a student and count towards the Pass: 2.00 – 2.99 20.322 A student may register for a combined overall credit requirement for the award, but are degree programme (major/major, major/minor not part of the core courses of the programme. or multidisciplinary) or single major programme The purpose of these courses is to enhance 20. General Regulations for Bachelor’s as shall be specified in special departmental and university education so that it is broadly based, Degree Programmes faculty regulations. promotes critical thinking, intellectual growth, 20.4 Degree Classification broader perspective in analysis of issues, and 20.1 Degree Programmes (Applicable to undergraduates entering from general skills for lifelong learning. Programme titles appear in Faculty and August 2009) b) The total number of credits from elective/

18 general education courses shall not exceed one GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I to develop a physically active way of living and third of the total credits gained in the entire (2, CSSU) adopt positive attitudes to health so as to enrich programme. GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II the quality of life. c) General Education Courses can be selected (2, CSSU) from the following: GEC210 Introduction to Legal Language GEC141 Fitness Through Physical Education Area 1: Communication and Study Skills (2, CSSU) (2, Physical Education) Area 2: Computer and Information Skills GEC211 Advanced Writing Skills (2, CSSU) GEC145 Introduction to Swimming (2, Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical Thinking GEC212 Advanced Oral Presentations Physical Education) Area 4: Physical Education, Health and (2, CSSU) GEC148 Health and Wellness (2, Physical Wellness GEC213 Advanced Communication Skills Education) Area 5: Sciences and Technology (2, CSSU) GEC247 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention and Area 6: World Civilisation GEC312 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public Control (3, Nursing Education) Speaking (2, African Languages and GEC248 Human Nutrition (3, Biological Area 7: World Economy and Business Skills. Literature) Sciences) Each of the areas shall have a set of courses at GEC249 Human Sexuality (3, Biological different levels, and students from any Faculty Area 2: Computer and Information Skills Sciences) can enrol in such courses. In addition to courses The objectives of the GECs in Computer and GEC371 Personal Development and in Area 3, all other courses must include critical Information Skills are to promote the utilization GEC441 Special Education (3, Biological inquiry and analytical skills. of computers and Information Technology Sciences) d) All undergraduate students must during their in University studies and to provide vital life first two semesters at UB register for at least long skills. All Faculties are expected to offer Area 5: Science and Technology four credits in 100 level courses in Areas 1 and courses in Computer and Information Skills, and Courses in this area of study will be offered by 2, unless exempted. In addition, all Bachelor’s coordination will be done by the Department of the Faculty of Science and the Faculty of Degree students must register for a minimum of Computer Science. These courses are open to Engineering and Technology. an additional twelve credits of General Education Certificate, Diploma and Degree students. GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources Courses selected from at least two credits from and Development (2, Geology) Area 3, and the balance from at least two areas GEC121 Computing and Information Skills GEC251 Ground Water and Society (2, Geology) out of Areas 4, 5, 6 and 7 before completing their Fundamentals I (2, Computer Science) GEC252 Origins of the Universe (2, Physics) programme of study. GEC122 Computing and Information Skills GEC253 Energy and Society (2, Physics) e) Students taking General Education Courses Fundamentals II (2, Computer Science) GEC254 The Environment: Our Home, Our shall be subject to assessment procedures GEC221 Information Management Skills (2, Resource (2, Environmental Science) as specified in General, Special Faculty and Computer Science) GEC350 Evironmental Change in Southern Departmental Regulations, and the marks GEC222 Problem-Solving with Spreadsheet Africa (2, Environmental Science) obtained shall count towards the semester’s (2, Computer Science) GEC255 Electrical Energy and Rural assessment and the award of the qualification GEC223 Web Application Skills (2, Computer Development (2, Electrical Engineering) for which the student is registered. Science) GEC256 History of Technology (2 Mechanical GEC322 Multimedia Information Engineering) 3. Coding the GECs Presentation Skills (2, Computer Science) GEC257 Ancient and Modern Structures In order to assist students and staff to identify (2, Civil Engineering) Gets, these courses have been given two kinds of Area 3: Modes of Inquiry and Critical GEC258 Art and Science of Design identification: Either: Thinking (2, Technology and Educational Studies) a) With the code GEC followed by three digits, GEC232 Critical Thinking - A Life Tool GEC355 Telecommunications in Society (2, with the first digit indicating level (1 to 4), (2, Theology and Religious Studies) Electrical Engineering) The second digit indicating area (1 to 7 as per GEC233 Logic I: Introduction to Logic GEC356 Renewable Energy (2 credits Regulation 0.2124 (c) of the Revised Academic (2, Theology and Religious Studies) Mechanical Engineering) Regulations), and the third digit (0 to 9) indicates GEC330 Introduction to Research Methods GEC357 Advances in Technology (2 credits the Faculty (or Faculties) offering the GEC; or: (3, All Faculties) Technology and Educational Studies) b) A Departmental code as per General Regulation GEC333 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (2, 00.25, and an indication that such Theology and Religious Studies) Area 6: World Civilisation (Humanities) A course has been declared as a GEC under one GEC334 Epistemology: Theories of Truth (2, The GECs in World Civilisation, offered by the of Areas 1 to 7 as per Regulation 00.2124 (c). Theology and Religious Studies) Faculty of Humanities, will help to promote an GEC441 Introduction to Wetland Research understanding of the diversity and complexity of Area 1: Communication and Study Skills different world cultures. Courses in Communication and Study Skills Area 4: Physical Education and Wellness GEC261 The Languages of Botswana (2, are open to Certificate, Diploma and Degree The purpose of the GECs in Physical Education, African Languages and Literature) students. Health and Wellness is to encourage students GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies (2,

19 GENERAL INFORMATION

African Languages and Literature) University Council. i) All proposals for the award of a fellowship to GEC263 The Politics of Gender (2, Theology 90.13 Special Regulations shall only be amended any student shall first be made to the Fellowship and Religious Studies) with the written agreement of the Selection Committee, which after careful GEC264 Religion and Development (2, donor or executor (unless the donor has since deliberation shall recommend the name(s) of the Theology and Religious Studies) died or after due search cannot be traced). recipient(s) to the Fellowships Committee. GEC268 Literature of Liberation (2, English) 90.14 No award of a fellowship, scholarship, ii) If the recommendation for an award of a GEC362 Africa and Its Past on Film (2, History) studentship, exhibition or other prize shall be fellowship is received and approved by the made in any year in which the accumulated Fellowships Committee, the Vice Chancellor may Area 7: World Economy and Business Skills special funds for that award are less than the approve the award on behalf of the Senate. The GECs in World Economy and Business Skills annual value of the award. iii) No award of a fellowship may be approved will help to instill an appreciation of before the donor has paid to the University how economic and business activities shape 90.20 Fellowships the minimum amount required to establish a human affairs, nationally, regionally and 90.21 Procedures for Instituting Fellowships fellowship. internationally. They will be offered by the i) All proposals for the institution of fellowships iv) All awards of fellowships shall be made subject Faculty of Social Sciences and the Faculty of shall be forwarded to the Fellowships to the Special Regulations for the individual Business. Committee. fellowships. GEC270 Accounting for Non- Business ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name 90.23 Special Regulations for the University of Majors (3, Accounting and Finance) of the fellowship, full reasons for making the Botswana Alumni Fellowship GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and Control proposals and choosing the particular person, The Alumni Fellowship was established in (3, Accounting and Finance) and the conditions under which the fellowship 1996/97 as a result of a donation by the Alumni GEC272 Basic Finance and Taxation may be awarded, including the composition of of the University of Botswana Development Trust (3, Accounting and Finance) the Fellowship Selection Committee. (ALUBDEV) to promote Master’s Degree studies GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship iii) If the proposed fellowship is to be named in and research on some aspect of Botswana culture (3, Management) honour of a particular person or organisation, in any field of study. The Alumni Fellowship GEC275 Basic Concepts in Marketing the donor should not inform the person(s) or will cover the following fees: tuition, book and (3, Management) organisation he/she wishes to honour before caution fee, Identity Card and fieldwork for GEC276 Contemporary Economic Issues the Fellowships Committee has considered the both part and full-time students. For full-time (3, Economics) proposal. Students, residence, refectory and laundry fees GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana (3, Law) iv) Prospective donors of fellowships should will also be covered by the fellowship. GEC278 Population and Society state the intended time span of the fellowship, i) The Alumni Fellowship shall be tenable at the (3, Population Studies) the amount of money they wish to donate to the University of Botswana and may be awarded by GEC279 e-Governance (2, Political and University, and the value of each fellowship. the Senate to citizens of Botswana who qualify Administrative Studies) v) As a general principle, current members of staff for Master’s Degree studies in any field. GEC273 The State and Society (2, Political may not have fellowships named after them. ii) The maximum period of the fellowship shall be and Administrative Studies) vi) When the Fellowships Committee has satisfied two years for full-time study and three years for GEC372 Migration and Globalisation (2, itself as to the suitability of the part-time study. Population Studies) proposed fellowship and its administration, it iii) The Senate shall satisfy itself that the focus GEC441 Special Education (2) shall make a recommendation to the Senate. of the intended Master’s Degree studies by vii) Before making a recommendation to the proposed recipient is on some aspect of The course introduces students to the field of the Senate, the Fellowships Committee may Botswana culture. special education and equips them with request the prospective donor to supply more iv) The recipient of the Fellowship shall be the skills to identify and assist learners with detailed information on the financing, nature of required to maintain a satisfactory performance different disabilities. conditions for the fellowship, and may advise the during the course of study. donor of the need to increase the donation value v) The UB Alumni Fellowship Selection Committee Regulations for the Award of Fellowships, of the award. shall include two representatives of the Alumni Scholarships, Studentship, Exhibitions and viii) On the recommendation of the Fellowships of the University of Botswana Development Prizes Committee, the Senate shall review and set Trust (ALUBDEV). the minimum amount which a donor shall be 0.10 General required to pay to the University in order to 90.30 Scholarships 90.11 The following Regulations are approved as establish a fellowship. 90.40 Studentship per Statute 42d. 9 ix) A fellowship shall be established or terminated 90.50 Exhibitions 90.12 Special Regulations shall be approved to by the University Council on the recommendation 90.60 Prizes govern each fellowship, scholarship, of the Senate. 90.61 Procedures for Instituting Prizes studentship, exhibition or other prize established i) All proposals for the institution of prizes shall as a result of a donation, bequest 90.22 Procedures for the Award of a be forwarded to the Director, Academic Services. or a financial convenant accepted by the Fellowship ii) Proposals shall include the suggested name of

20 the prize, full reasons for making the proposals examinations in the subject Public Administration student who was the only member of the and choosing the particular name, and the for the BA Degree. The Senate may in any year University of Botswana killed by a South African conditions under which the prize may be award the prize jointly or, exceptionally and on Government commando force that invaded awarded. the recommendation of the Board of the Faculty Gaborone in the early hours of Friday 14th iii) If the proposed prize is to be named in honour of Social Sciences, make no award where an June 1985. He had just completed the Degree of a particular person or group, the donor should insufficiently high standard has been achieved. of Bachelor of Science, First Class when he was not inform the person(s) he/she wishes to honour The prize shall be in books, chosen by the winner, killed. The prize may be awarded annually by the before the appropriate University authorities to the value of 15 Pounds in Pula. Senate to a student who studied and showed have considered the proposal. considerable ability in Mathematics and Physics iv) Prospective donors of prizes should state the 2. Isaac Schapera Prize in the second year of the BSc Degree programme intended time span of the prize, the amount of This prize was established in 1983/84 as a result and who demonstrated maturity in his/her money they wish to donate, and the value of of a donation to the University of the royalties relationship with other students and staff. The each award of the prize. They may also indicate accruing from the sale of the book “Land Reform Awarding Committee, comprising the Dean of the nature of the prize. In The Making”, edited by R.P. Werbner. The prize, the Faculty of Science, the Head and an elected v) As a general principle, current members of which is in honour of Professor Isaac Schapera’s member of the Mathematics Department, and staff may not have prizes named after them. major contribution to the Social Sciences in the Head and elected member of the Physics vi) When the Department or Faculty has satisfied Botswana, may be awarded, as income permits, Department, will make a recommendation itself as to the suitability of the prize, it shall by the Senate to a final year degree student through the Science Faculty Board to the Deputy make a recommendation to the Senate. with the best performance or project in one Vice Chancellor. The prize will be in the form of vii) Before making a recommendation to of the following fields of the Social Sciences; books worth P200 chosen by the winner. the Senate, the Department or Faculty may Sociology, Environmental Science, Law, Public request the prospective donor to supply more Administration and Political Sciences. The Senate 5. Bank of Botswana Prize detailed information on the financing, nature of may award the prize jointly or, exceptionally This prize was established in 1989 and may be conditions for the award of the prize, and may and on the recommendation of the Board of awarded annually by the Senate to a Motswana advise the donor of the need to increase the the Faculty of Social Sciences, make no award graduating student with the best marks in donation value of the award. where an insufficiently high standard has been Accountancy and Business Administration and achieved. The prize shall be in books worth P150 Economics. The recipient will be invited to attend 90.62 Procedures for the Award of Prizes chosen by the successful candidate. the annual the Bankers Banquet. i) A prospective donor may suggest a person who qualifies to receive an award for consideration by 3. Vice Chancellor’s Prize 6. PriceWaterhouseCoopers Prize the Department or Faculty. This prize was established in 1989 as a result of a This prize was established in 1990 as a result ii) Any proposal for the institution of a prize generous donation to the University of Botswana of a generous donation to the University of may include the composition of the awarding by the Honourable Mr D. N. Magang and his Botswana by PriceWaterhouseCoopers. The prize committee. family. The prize may be awarded annually by may be awarded annually by the Senate to a iii) All proposals for the award of a prize to any the Senate to the most outstanding full-time second year Motswana Bachelor of Accounting student shall first be made to the awarding first degree graduating student(s). This student(s) student with the best overall performance in any committee, which after careful deliberation shall should have made a significant contribution to particular year. The prize will be in the form of recommend the name(s) of the recipient(s). student life, should be of good conduct and books worth P500 chosen by the winner and a iv) Subject to the Special Regulations for should have consistently outstanding leadership floating trophy. The winner will also be attached individual prizes, the award may be in cash or qualities during his/her period as a student. to the Firm during the vacation periods and will in books to the value of the prize, and the award The prize will be in the form of the following: receive an allowance. The Firm will also pay for may be made jointly to two or more persons in a miniature trophy on which the name of the the student’s registration with the Chartered any one year in which case its value shall be recipient will be appropriately engraved, a scroll Association of Certified Accountants in the U.K. shared equally between them. duly signed by the Vice Chancellor and the donor or other approved body. during his life time, and a shield on which the 7. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Education 90.63 The following Special Regulations name of the prize and the recipient’s name This prize was established in 1984 and was apply to individual prizes: will be inscribed. The shield will be placed at a funded by members of the academic staff of the 1. Roderick Ross Prize in Administration conspicuous place on the University Campus. The Faculty of Education in 1993. The prize may be This prize was established in 1982/83 as a result Senate may award the prize jointly or make no awarded annually by the University Senate to a of an annual donation to the University by award at all, if there is no candidate qualified for final year student(s) adjudged academically the Roderick Ross, a former visiting Registrar (1978) the prize. most outstanding in the Faculty of Education to the then University College of Botswana, to who should have obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The mark its attainment of full University status 4. Michael Hamlyn Prize student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The and to encourage studies in Administration. The This prize was established in 1987 by the staff prize will be in the form of books worth P200 prize may be awarded annually by the Senate members of the Faculty of Science in memory chosen by the winner and a shield. The name of to the student with the best marks in the final of Mr. Michael Hamlyn, a South African refugee the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be

21 GENERAL INFORMATION

placed in the Dean’s office. the shield to be placed in the Dean’s office of Professor John H. Cooke (Founding Head of the Department of Environmental Science). It 8. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Science 12. Deloitte and Touche Prize was established with money collected by the This prize was established in 1984 and was This prize was established in 1994 through Department. The prize may be awarded annually funded by members of the academic staff of a donation from the Deloitte and Touche to the best graduating student in Environmental the Faculty of Science in 1993. The prize may Accounting Firm. The prize may be awarded Science with a degree classification of at least 2(ii) be awarded annually by the University Senate annually by the University Senate to the best and a record of active interest in environmental to a final year student(s) adjudged academically final year all round Accountancy student. The issues. The prize will be in the form of books the most outstanding in the Faculty of Science prize will be P1,500 cash. worth P200 selected by the winner. who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The 13. De Beers Private Sector Trust Prize 17. Botswana Institute of Accountants Prize prize will be in the form of books worth P200 This prize was established in 1996 through a (BIA) chosen by the winner and a shield. The name of generous donation from the De Beers Botswana This prize was established in 1994 through a the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be (Pty) Ltd. to the University of Botswana. The generous donation to the University of Botswana placed in the Dean’s office. prize may be awarded annually by the University by the Botswana Institute of Accountants. The Senate to the best graduating degree MBA prize may be awarded annually by the University 9. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Humanities student(s) who have obtained the highest overall Senate to the most outstanding graduating This prize was established in 1984 and was minimum average of 70 percent. The recipient Bachelor of Accountancy Motswana student(s) funded by members of the academic staff of the should have had a clean academic record and who must have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The Faculty of Humanities in 1992. The prize may be also should not have repeated a course or have prize will be in the form of books worth P300, a awarded annually by the University Senate to a been the subject of disciplinary action while a shield for the winner with his/her name inscribed final year student(s) adjudged academically the student. In the event that a graduating student on it and a floating shield on which the name of most outstanding in the Faculty of Humanities, with the highest overall average is disqualified the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. who should have obtained least 4.0 CGPA. The from winning this prize because of disciplinary student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. The action, the prize will be awarded to the next best 18. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Prize: prize will be in the form of books worth P200 graduating student with the best marks. The Computer Science chosen by the winner and a shield. The name of prize will be in the form of books worth P1,000 This prize was established in 1996 through the recipient will be inscribed on the shield to be and a floating imbua plaque on which the name a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference placed in the Dean’s office. of the recipient(s) shall be inscribed. Organising Committee. The prize may be awarded annually by the University Senate 10. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Social Sciences 14. British High Commissioner’s Prize to the best final year degree student in the This prize was established in 1984 and was This prize was established in 1990 through a Department of Computer Science with at least funded by members of the academic staff of the donation from the then British High Commissioner 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable Faculty of Social Sciences in 1992. The prize may Mr. Brian Smith. The prize may be awarded conduct. The prize will be in the form of P500 be awarded annually by the University Senate annually by the University Senate to a final cash and a floating shield on which the name of to a final year student(s) adjudged academically year degree student(s) adjudged academically the recipient and prize will be inscribed. the most outstanding in the Faculty of Social the most outstanding in either the Faculty of Sciences who should have obtained least 4.0 Education (Department of Mathematics and 19. CISNA ‘93 Information Technology Prize: CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable Science) or the Faculty of Science. The student(s) Engineering and Technology conduct. The prize will be in the form of books should be of acceptable conduct. The prize will This prize was established in 1996 through worth P200 chosen by the winner and a shield. be a floating trophy. a donation from the CISNA ‘93 Conference The name of the recipient will be inscribed on the Organising Committee. The prize may be awarded shield to be placed in the Dean’s office. 15. The Builders World Prize annually by the University Senate to the best This prize was established in 1995 with seed final year degree student(s) in the Department 11. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Business money donated by Builders World Botswana of Engineering and Technology with at least 4.0 This prize was established in 2001 and was funded (Pty) Ltd. The prize may be awarded annually CGPA. The student(s) should be of acceptable by members of the academic staff of the Faculty of to the most outstanding final year BSc Degree conduct. The prize will be in the form of P500 Business in 2000. The prize may be awarded annually female student in the Faculty of Science with cash and a floating shield on which the name of by the University Senate to a final year student a degree classification of at least 2(i). The prize the recipient(s) and prize will be inscribed. adjudged academically the most outstanding in will be in the form of books worth P200 and a the Faculty of Business who should have obtained floating shield engraved with the donor’s and 20. Michael Crowder Prize for History and least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be of acceptable winner’s(s’) names. Archaeology conduct. The prize will be in the form of cash to This prize was established in 1996 and was funded the value of P400, a shield and a Certificate of 16. The John Cooke Prize for Environmental by members of the academic staff of the History Outstanding Performance signed by the Dean of the Conservation Department, well-wishers and supporters. The Faculty. The name of the recipient will be inscribed on This prize was established in 1993 in honour prize may be awarded by the University Senate

22 to the best single or double major graduating 24. Dean’s Prize: Faculty of Engineering and culture, given to the recipient. It will bear on it student(s) in History Or Archaeology who should Technology the name of prize, prize winner, donor and year have obtained a degree classification of at least This prize was established in 1996/97 through of award. The Senate may award the prize jointly 2(i), and who should have obtained a minimum a donation to the University of Botswana by by using the interest money to purchase two or of 70% in History/Archaeology. The prize will be the 1995 Maintenance of Engineering Facilities several cultural artefacts. in the form of books worth P200 chosen by the (MEF ‘95) Conference Organising Committee. The winner. prize may be awarded annually by the University 28. The Association of Chartered Certified Senate to a final year degree student(s) adjudged Accountants Prize in Management (ACCA) 21. The Chartered Institute of Management academically the most outstanding in the Faculty This prize was established in 1996/97 through a Accountants (CIMA) Prize: CABS of Engineering and Technology who should have donation to the University of Botswana by the This prize was established in 1996/97 through a obtained at least 4.0 CGPA. The student(s) should Botswana Branch of the Association of Chartered donation made to the University of Botswana by be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in Certified Accountants. The prize may be awarded the Botswana Branch of the Chartered Institute the form of books worth P200 chosen by the annually by the Senate to the most outstanding of Management Accountants. The prize may be winner, a scroll given to the recipient on which Bachelor of Business Administration Management awarded annually by the Senate to the best final the name of the recipient, donor and prize final year student(s) with at least 4.0 CGPA. The year student in the Certificate in Accounting shall be inscribed, and a shield retained by the recipient should not have repeated a course or year and Business Studies who should have obtained University on which the name of the recipient of the programme and should be of acceptable at least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be of and prize shall be inscribed. The shield shall be conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a scroll acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form placed in the Dean’s office. on which the name of the recipient, donor and of books worth P200 chosen by the winner, and prize shall be inscribed and a plaque retained by a plaque retained by the University in which the 25. The Lady Olebile Masire Prize the University on which the name of the recipient, name of the recipient, donor and prize shall be This prize was established in 1996/97 as a donor and prize shall be inscribed. inscribed. The Senate may award the prize jointly result of a generous donation to the University or make no award at all if there is no candidate of Botswana by Lady Masire. The prize may be 29.The Indian High Commissioner’s Prize qualified for the prize. awarded annually by the Senate to the best This prize was established in 1997/98 as a result of final year degree student(s) in the Faculty of a generous donation from the High Commission 22. The Chartered Institute of Management Engineering and Technology. The student(s) of India to the University of Botswana. The prize Accountants Prize: DABS should be of acceptable conduct. The prize shall may be awarded annually by the Senate to the This prize was established in 1996/97 through a be in the form of a scroll given to the recipient on most outstanding post-graduate student in the donation made to the University of Botswana by which the name of the recipient, donor and prize Faculty of Humanities. Preference will be given the Botswana Branch of the Chartered Institute shall be inscribed, and a shield retained by the to a student(s) who undertook studies on some of Management Accountants. The prize may University on which the name of the recipient, aspect of Asia, particularly of India, if any. The be awarded annually by the Senate to the best donor and prize shall be inscribed. student(s) should be of acceptable conduct. final year student in the Diploma in Accounting The prize will be in the form of a momento and Business Studies who should have obtained 26. The BDF Prize for Physical Education worth P170 bearing the name of the prize, the at least 4.0 CGPA. The student should be of This prize was established in 1996/97 as a result achievement and the recipient’s name inscribed acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form of a donation to the University of Botswana on it, and cash or books worth P300 chosen by of books worth P200 chosen by the winner, and by the Botswana Defence Force. The prize may the winner. a plaque retained by the University in which the be awarded annually by the Senate to the best name of the recipient, donor and prize shall be final year degree student(s) in the Physical 30. The Ernst and Young Prize inscribed. The Senate may award the prize jointly Education programme. The student(s) should be This prize was established in 1998/99 through a or make no award at all if there is no candidate of acceptable conduct. The prize shall be in the generous donation to the University of Botswana qualified for the prize. form of a trophy given to the recipient on which by the Ernst and Young firm of Certified Public the name of the recipient, donor and prize shall Accountants. The prize may be awarded annually 23. Botswana Institute of Engineers Prize be inscribed. by the Senate to the overall top three Bachelor This prize was established in 1996 through a of Accountancy programme first year students generous donation to the University of Botswana 27. Setswana Prize and the best Financial Accounting and Auditing by the Botswana Institute of Engineers. The prize This prize was established in 1998/99 through a third year student(s). The student(s) should be of may be awarded annually by the University donation to the University of Botswana by the acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the form Senate to the most outstanding student(s) in National Setswana Language Council. The prize of cash worth P350 and P750 per student for the final year of the Bachelor of Engineering may be awarded annually by the Senate to the first year and third year students Degree programme and the student(s) should be student(s) with the best performance in African respectively. of acceptable conduct. The prize will be in the Languages and Literature in a single or combined form of P1000 cash. major. The student(s) should be of acceptable 31. Media Communications (Pty) Ltd Prize conduct. The prize shall be in the form of a A prize awarded to the student(s) with the best symbolic cultural artefact, depicting Setswana performance (not below 70%) in each of the

23 GENERAL INFORMATION

courses: integrated marketing communications, everyone, some students have to live off campus. followed: international marketing, marketing ethics, Accommodation, where available, is offered by i) The student shall be given at least two clear product and brand marketing, retail management, the Department of Student Welfare. days’ notice in writing of the time and place of services marketing, contemporary issues in social 3.1.2 Students who are accommodated on the hearing and of the nature and substance of marketing, strategic marketing. campus are required to follow regulations and the charge against him/her. guidelines for Halls of Residence. ii) The Vice Chancellor may designate a member 32. Probe Market Intelligence Prize 3.1.3 Off campus students are not allowed to of staff to be present at the hearing to present A prize awarded to the student with the lodge in Halls of Residence without permission the case against the student. The sole investigator best performance (not below 70%) in course from the Department of Student Welfare. This or the Disciplinary Committee may call witnesses Marketing Research. also applies to non-UB students. 4. Discipline and interrogate them concerning the matters at Regulations Pursuant to Statute 8(ii) of the issue. 33. Sharma and Associates Prize Statutes of the University of Botswana, the iii) The hearing before the sole investigator or A prize awarded to the graduating bachelor’s following are and shall be, until amended, the the Disciplinary Committee shall be conducted degree student with the highest grade in Discipline Regulations: in private. Taxation. In addition, the winner must not have iv) The Secretary of the Disciplinary Committee failed any course in the programme and must 4.1 Misconduct Under the Statute who shall be appointed by the Vice Chancellor, also have a good conduct record. 4.12 A student shall be guilty of misconduct if or the sole investigator, as the case may be, shall he/she: ensure that an accurate record is kept of all the 34. BOCCIM Award i) Engages in conduct (on or off the premises of proceedings and of the evidence pertaining to A prize awarded to the overall best student in the University) which discredits the good name the case. The Director, Legal Services Office shall Business with a degree CGPA of at least 4.5 or is prejudicial to the peace, good order and have custody of records. good government of the University; v) The sole investigator or the Committee, as the 35. IEE Region 8 AFRICON’04 Prize ii) Fails to comply with any Statute of the case may be, shall prepare a written statement A prize awarded to the most outstanding University; of the decision together with a brief summary of graduating Electrical and Electronic degree iii) Wilfully destroys, damages, defaces, alienates the reason(s) thereof. student with a Cumulative GPA of at least 4.5. or appropriates to himself/herself any property vi) When a student is rusticated for a period of the University; iv) Infringes the regulations of longer than a semester, or is dismissed from 36. M.L.A Kgasa Longman Prize the University for the control of Library materials, the University, an appeal may be made to the A prize awarded to the best dissertation or examinations, class tests and assignments or any Council and the student shall be informed of research project. other approved regulations; his/her right to appeal. v) Fails to comply with such instruction relating vii) On receipt of a memorandum of appeal, the 37. English Prize to his/her conduct as a student as he/she may Vice Chancellor shall bring before the Council, A prize awarded to the best graduating student receive from any member of the University staff which shall meet in special session if the in English Language and Literature. in the exercise of his/her duties; Chairperson deems it necessary, without delay, vi) Infringes the traffic rules of the University; a statement of the reasons for the decision, 38. Chibanda, Makgalemele, Ngcongco Prize vii) Is convicted in any court of law of an offence together with a summary of the evidence on A prize awarded to the best graduating student which in the opinion of the Vice Chancellor is which that decision is based, and the student’s in the Department of Law serious enough to warrant disciplinary action. written memorandum of appeal. The case shall then be decided by the Council on the basis of 39. Law Society of Botswana Prize 4.2 Disciplinary Procedures the material thus presented. A prize awarded to the best graduating student 4.21 Any charge of misconduct shall in the first viii) Such appeals may be considered by the in Clinical Legal Education. instance be laid before the Vice Chancellor. whole Council or a Committee of not less than 4.22 i) The Vice Chancellor may decide the case three members appointed by the Chairperson 40. Helfer & Co Prize after taking such advice or seeking such evidence for the purpose. Council or its Committee may A prize awarded to the best graduating student as he/she considers desirable or may refer the make its decision on the basis of the minutes in Conveyancing. case for investigation to a sole investigator or or records of any previous hearing and students 41. The Lady Ruth Khama Prize may appoint a Disciplinary Committee with such shall be given seven clear days’ notice of the day A prize awarded to the graduating student(s) membership as he/she deems appropriate. and time when the appeal will be heard and, in in Social Work with degree CGPA of at least 4.0 ii) The Vice Chancellor may forbid such student any case in which oral representations of any and who performed exceptionally well during to attend lectures and/or participate in any kind are heard, shall be given the opportunity to fieldwork placement/community service. student activities whilst the charge against him/ hear and cross examine any person making such her is being investigated. representations. I 3.1 Residence Regulations 4.23 Where the Vice Chancellor refers the case x) The decision of Council shall be final. 3.1.1 Full-time students normally live in to a sole investigator or appoints a Disciplinary approved Halls of Residence on campus. However, Committee and refers the case to the same 4.3 Criminal Proceedings because accommodation is not enough for Committee, the following procedures shall be 4.31 A finding of guilt or an acquittal in a

24 criminal court shall not preclude proceedings evidence must be received within 14 days after examination. against a student in respect of the same incident, the day of examination in order for it to receive but any sentence or order pronounced shall be full consideration. 4.466 Examination Reading Time taken into account in the imposition of any iii) It is the responsibility of the candidate to On being told to start reading, candidates will penalty. Further, the finding of a criminal court arrange with his/her doctor for any medical check that the question paper is the correct in respect of any incident which is the subject of evidence to be sent to the examinations office. one, all questions are legible and all pages are proceedings against a student, may be used in iv) In the case of absence from an examination attached. Discrepancies must be reported to the evidence in those proceedings. due to serious causes (other than ill health of the invigilator for attention. candidate), the candidate (or someone acting on Examinations Regulations his/her behalf ) must submit to the examinations 4.467 Temporary Withdrawal 4.41 Information and Guidance for office: (a) evidence of the cause, where possible A candidate leaving the examination room Candidates and, (b) a written explanation of the absence. temporarily for personal reasons will be All candidates will be assumed to have read the accompanied by an invigilator or other authorised following rules and regulations. 4.46 Entry into the Examination Room person. (NB: Smoking is not considered a suitable Candidates will be told when they can enter the reason for leaving the examination room.) The 4.42 Examination Rooms examination room and silence must be observed candidate will not take the question paper, The rooms in which examinations are to be held on entry and whilst in the examination room. answer book(s) and other materials and must appear in the examination timetable. Candidates not consult or attempt to consult any materials are responsible for knowing in advance the 4.461 Seating Arrangements in the or persons outside the room that may assist him/ rooms in which they write examinations. Examination Room her in writing the examination. Invigilators and exam assistants will guide 4.43 Examination Numbers candidates to their seat. 4.468 Leaving the Examination Room In line with University policy on anonymous Candidates may not leave the examination room marking, Student Identity Numbers will be used 4.462 Special Arrangements during the first hour of the examination session for examination purposes. Candidates must Candidates who have a disability or suffer from unless they feel unwell. Candidates must also produce a valid Student ID card at each of their any illness or condition that will require special not leave during the last ten minutes of the examinations and display it on the examination examination arrangements should inform the examination and must remain seated until all desk/table for checking by the invigilator. Faculty office well in advance. Where feasible, the examination scripts have been collected and special examination arrangements will be checked by the invigilators. 4.44 Time of Arrival made. If a candidate has completed his/her paper Examinations commence at times stated in before the specified time and wishes to leave, he/ the examination timetable. Candidates must 4.463 Procedures During the Examination she must do so as quietly as possible, so as not to confirm the times of each of their examinations. Candidates must immediately on taking their disturb the other candidates. Such a candidate Candidates will be admitted into the examination examination seats fill in the attendance slip will not be allowed to re-enter the examination room approximately 20 minutes before the provided.. Answer books and other requisite room. Permission to leave at any time must be start of each examination session. Candidates stationery will be provided. Candidates should requested from the supervisor. will be given 10 minutes reading time prior to carefully read the instructions on the front the advertised time of exam commencement. cover of the answer books and then enter 4.469 Illness During Examination Candidates must not make notes or commence their candidate’s ID number and other details Candidates who fall ill during the examination writing during this period. required. No part of the book may be torn off should inform the supervisor or invigilator who and all books used must be left on the desks. shall act or advise as appropriate. 4.45 Absence from an Examination Rough work must be done in the answer book 4.470 Misconduct i) If a candidate fails to take an examination for and should be crossed out to show that it is not The following will be construed as misconduct in no good reason, special papers will not be set part of the answer. an examination: and the candidate will be deemed to have failed a) Taking into the examination room, or the particular examination. Losing, misreading or 4.464 Starting the Examination possessing or using whilst in that room any failure to consult the examination timetable are You will be told by the supervisor when you can unauthorised materials or items. Misconduct is not acceptable reasons for absence or late arrival start the examination and you should not look at presumed from the fact of possession unless an at an examination. the examination question paper before you are innocent explanation is obvious or is established ii) In the case of absence from an examination told to do so. by the candidate; through ill health, the candidate (or someone b) Aiding or attempting to aid, obtaining or acting on his/her behalf) must submit a relevant 4.465 Late Arrival attempting to obtain aid from another candidate. medical certificate which must relate to the day Candidates who are more than one hour late Misconduct is presumed from the fact of or period of the examination. Evidence of illness will not be admitted into the examination room. communication unless an innocent explanation will not normally be taken into account unless Candidates who arrive late will not allowed is obvious or is established by the substantiated by a medical certificate. Such extra time to complete the candidate;

25 GENERAL INFORMATION

c) Consulting or trying to consult during committed misconduct calculated to affect the instructor. the examination any books, notes or other improper examination performance: unauthorised materials, or another candidate a) He/she may be refused credit for any courses 4. Academic Appeals Committee while temporarily outside the examination or examinations completed or attempted; Should the complaint not be satisfactorily room; b) The results may be withheld; resolved at Step 3, either the student or Dean d) Impersonating another candidate or allowing c) He/she may be suspended from writing the may refer the written appeal to the Senate oneself to be impersonated; examinations; Academic Appeals Committee for review and e) Attempting to influence the examiners or d) He/she may be dismissed from the University resolution. The Committee will review the appeal other University officials; for repeated misconduct; and the appeal decisions made at earlier steps f) Failing to obey or comply with any of the iv) A candidate who wishes to appeal shall of the appeals process. The Committee shall examination regulations, or instructions of the follow the procedure set out in the Disciplinary determine its own procedure. The student(s) supervisor/ invigilator acting within the scope Regulations. and the instructor concerned may attend the of his/her authority. Such repeated behaviour hearings to hear and answer allegations and as may in the view of the supervisor prejudice Academic Appeals and Procedures to present their arguments. The Committee the performance of other candidates. It should A. Continuous Assessment shall not itself re-mark/regrade the continuous be noted that the supervisor is empowered to Appeals student may request a review of assessment script but shall direct that this be discontinue the examination of a candidate continuous assessment mark(s) and decisions independently done where appropriate. The suspected of misconduct and to expel him/her during the course of the year. Committee’s decision shall be binding on all from the examination room. parties, may not be appealed, and takes effect Steps in the Process of an Assessment when issued. 4.471 End of the Examination Appeal 5. The Committee may refuse to proceed with Candidates will be told to stop writing at the end 1. Course Instructor an appeal or complaint if it concludes that the of the examination by the supervisor. Candidates First discuss concern with the course instructor appeal or complaint is vexatious or malicious. in the room should then remain seated until they promptly upon receipt of the assessment mark or 6. Appeals which challenge the professional have filled all the details required on the answer decision in an attempt to resolve any differences. academic judgement of individual examiners book and the scripts have been collected. It is the The student has the right to take the matter or Boards of Examiners on the examination responsibility of the candidate to ensure that all directly to the Head of Department if need be. performance of students will not be permitted. the additional loose sheets, charts or papers and 7. Victimisation or harassment of students supplementary answer books are enclosed in the 2. Department/Programme who lodge complaints is prohibited. Procedures first answer book. Candidates may not take any If the complaint has not been satisfactorily relating to Sexual Harassment are dealt with examination materials, used or unused, out of resolved at Step 1, the student may approach separately below. the examination room other the Head of Department (or Dean if the Head of 8. No fee shall be paid. than: Department is the instructor, or DVC/AA if the a) The material they brought into the examination Faculty/School Dean is the instructor) for review, B. Examination Appeals room; mediation or resolution. The student should attach Students may request a review of their b) The question paper (where permissible). to the written complaint all relevant evidence examination marks, results and academic as is available to substantiate the complaint. decisions. However, examination appeals against 4.472 Penalties for Infringement of The Head of Department shall investigate and externally moderated examination marks will not Examination Regulations may endeavour to resolve the matter, or may normally be considered unless evidence exists All candidates will be assumed to have read the seek further advice/ recommendation from the that errors/omissions/ irregularities had occurred above Regulations. The following steps will be Departmental Board or other persons as he/she or new evidence exists which necessitates a taken to impose penalties on any candidate who thinks fit. The Head of Department may direct review of the mark, result or decision. infringes upon examination regulations. that corrective action be taken when justified. i) Any candidate who is considered by the Appeals are heard on the following grounds: invigilator to be committing an infringement of 3. Faculty/School 1. New evidence: i.e. evidence of circumstances the rules will be reported and appropriate action If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2, either affecting the student’s examination performance taken. The supervisor has the power to dismiss the Head of Department or the student will refer that, through no fault of the student, could not a candidate from the room and compel him/her the written complaint to the Dean of the Faculty/ reasonably have been presented at an earlier to surrender the script if deemed to be guilty of School for investigation, review and resolution. date. serious misconduct. The Dean will review the appeal, discuss with 2. Procedural or other irregularities in the ii) In all cases of misconduct, the candidate will the student, the Head of Department, and any conduct of the examination. be warned that his/her conduct will be reported other persons concerned, and may refer it to 3. Procedural irregularities in the marking of the and that the decision as to whether the work the Faculty/School Executive for further advice/ examination, e.g. evidence that the scripts have will be accepted or disciplinary action taken rests recommendation. The Dean may direct that been insufficiently or incorrectly marked. with the authorities. corrective action be taken when justified. He/ she 4. Evidence of prejudice or bias on the part of iii) When it is determined that the student has will report his/her decision to the student and one or more examiners.

26 5. Inappropriate advice from members of 3. If the complaint is not resolved at Step 2 administrative or academic staff on matters above, the student may follow the Steps as affecting the student’s examination candidature in 1.3 through 1.5 under Section 1 above. The or performance. complaint review process is accomplished in a 6. Failure of the University to implement its collegial nonjudicial atmosphere rather than an agreed procedures and regulations. adversarial one and allows the parties involved Grounds for appeal must be specific. Reasons such to participate as appropriate. Complaints must as ‘I deserved a better grade’, or ‘I thought I did be raised and resolved promptly and as soon better’ are unclear and unhelpful. Appeals which as they arise during the course of the year. The challenge the professional academic judgment student and instructor may enlist the aid of a of examiners on the student’s examination neutral third party (e.g. counsellor, academic performance will not be considered. Appeals or advisor) to assist. representations are allowed as a way of ensuring that as far as possible all relevant circumstances For further details of the appeals procedure, surrounding examination performance are please contact the: brought to light and taken into account in Department of Academic Services, formulating results and decisions. Appeals should Tel: (+267) 355 2018/2016 be lodged with the Assistant Director (Records Fax: (+267) 3585 103. and Examinations). Examination appeals must University of Botswana state clearly the grounds for appeal and should include all relevant information. The burden of proof is on the student, and the written appeal should state and support with available evidence the grounds for appeal. The Examinations Appeals Committee will consider the details of the appeal and decide whether the appeal is valid, and if so, what relief should be provided. The Committee does not usually hold hearings. The examination script may be re-marked only if the Committee so directs; there is no automatic re-marking/ regrading of scripts. However, for all appeals and queries received from students, the marks and/or results will be checked for errors, omissions and conformity with regulations, and a correction made where necessary. The Committee’s decision is final and takes effect when issued. Examination scripts and the marks awarded for individual examination questions/ answers are not shown to students.

C. Complaints Relating to Individual Course Instructors A student who has a grievance relating to a course instructor (e.g. unsatisfactory teaching, unsatisfactory relationship with the course instructor) may follow these steps: 1. Raise concern with the course instructor as soon as the problem or difficulty arises. Most grievances can be resolved amicably and quickly in this manner. The student may take the matter directly to the Head of Department if need be. 2. Concerns related to an instruct or that cannot be resolved at Step 1 should be discussed with the Head of Department (or Faculty Dean, if the Department Head is the instructor, or DVC/AA if the Dean is instructor).

27 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE MANAGEMENT MARKETING TOURISM & HOSPITALITY

FACULTY OF BUSINESS

DEAN C. R. Sathyamoorthi, BCom (Kerala), MCom (Calicut)

FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS L. B. Molokomme, DipAcc & BusAdmin (BIAC), BCom, MBA(UB) B. Ndaba, BCom, MBA , MA (DVS)(UB)

COORDINATOR, SMALL BUSINESS CLINIC E. D. M. Odirile, BA Economics & Statistics (UBS), PG Dip Economics & Statistics, MA Economics (East Anglia, UK), MBA (UB)

ASSISTANT SUPPORT MANAGER Tefo Kebitseng, BSc Comp. Sc.

IT TECHNICIAN L. Dube, Diploma in Computer Studies (UB)

28 The Faculty of Business comprises the cumulative GPA of 2.8 or above in the DABS or Skills I (2) following: equivalent examination.

Accounting & Finance, Management Assessment Semester 2 and Marketing. Subject to General Academic Regulation 00.8 DAB113 Principles of Management (3) Programmes are categorized as follows: and the Departmental Regulations, the ratio of DAB114 Introduction to Marketing (3) continuous assessment to final examination shall GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) Part-time normally be 2:3. GEC122 Computing and Information • Diploma in Accounting & Business Studies Skills II (2) Progression from Semester to Semester Total Credits Semesters 1&2+20 Full-time and Distance mode General Academic Regulation 00.9 applies. • Bachelor of Accountancy Level 200 • Bachelor of Finance Diploma in Accounting & Business Semester 3 • Bachelor of Business Administration Studies (DABS) DAB211 Intermediate Accounting (3) (Management) Entrance Requirements DAB212 Micro Economics (3) • Bachelor of Business Administration 1. The entrance requirement shall be as specified DAB213 General Psychology (3) (Marketing) in general regulations 10.2.1 DAB214 Business Statistics (3) • Bachelor of Information Systems (Business 2. A pass in CABS will be exempted from some Information Systems) courses in DABS. Semester 4 • Combined Major in Accounting as part of BA DAB215 Macro Economics (3) combined Degree Programme Structure DAB216 Business Finance (3) • Bachelor of Tourism & Hospitality The programme will extend over a period of six DAB217 Business Law (3) Management semesters. Students will take four courses in each DAB218 Taxation (3) semester. Except the General Education Courses, Total Credits Semester 3 & 4 = 24 Full-time and Part-time all courses of this programmme are core courses • Master of Business Administration which must be taken and passed for the award Level 200 of the certificate. Each core course consists of Semester 5 Special Regulations for the Faculty of 3 credits and each General Education Course Core Courses Business consists of 2 credits. The total number of credits DAB311 Quantitative Methods for Business (3) Subject to the provisions of General Academic for the entire programme is 68. DAB312 Financial Management (3) Regulations 00.0 to 20.4, the following special DAB313 Cost Accounting (3) regulations shall apply. Assessment DAB314 Management Information Systems 1. Two pieces of continuous assessment tests Entrance Requirement for each semester course Semester 6 a) Admission shall be as stipulated in General 2. The continuous assessment to final A – Accounting Stream Academic Regulations 20.2, 20.21 and 20.22 examination is in the 2:3 ratio. DAB315 Financial Accounting (3) with the specific requirement of a grade C (60 3. There will be a two-hour end of-semester DAB316 Management Accounting (3) percent) in English and Mathematics. Subject to examination for each course. DAB317 Auditing (3) the General Regulation 00.52 in respect of the DAB318 Financial Institutions & Markets (3) Mature Age Entry Scheme, applicants to the Progression from one Level to the next Bachelor of Accountancy, Bachelor of Finance, 1. The General Academic Regulations 00.9 will B – Management Stream Bachelor of Information Systems (Business apply in this case. DAB319 Human Resource Management (3) Information Systems), Bachelor of Business DAB320 Organisational Design and Administration (Management) and Bachelor of Award of the Certificate Develop. (3) Business Administration (Marketing), Tourism 1. A student must pass all the courses in three DAB321 Small Business Management (3) & Hospitality Management shall undergo an levels with a minimum GPA of 2.0 DAB322 Fundamentals of Materials aptitude test. 2. The Classification of results will be in Management (3) accordance with general regulation 10.4 b) Students with a Diploma in Accounting and C – Marketing Stream Business Studies (DABS) or equivalent with a Level 100 DAB323 Sales Management (3) cumulative GPA of 2.00 or above can be admitted Semester 1 DAB324 Consumer Behaviour (3) in the first semester of the Degree programme. DAB111 Business Mathematics and DAB325 Marketing Management (3) Subject to the Departmental Regulations, a Statistics (3) DAB326 Purchasing Management (3) student with DABS or equivalent can be admitted DAB112 Basic Accounting (3) Total Credits Semesters 5 & 6=24 in the third semester of the Degree programme GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) Total Credits Semesters 1 to 6=68 of the Faculty, provided he/she has secured a GEC121 Computing and Information

29 FACULTY OF BUSINESS

NOTE: 1. The students will choose one of the ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Optional Courses above streams A or B or C in the 6th MGT200 Organisational Design and ACC406 Public Sector Accounting (3) Semester at DABS Level 300 Develop. (3) BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) DEPARTMENT FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I OF ACCOUNTING & FINANCE Level 300 (3, pre-req. FIN200) Semester 5 Bachelor of Accountancy Degree Core Courses Bachelor of Finance Degree Programme ACC300 Financial Accounting II (3, pre-req. Programme Level 100 ACC200) Semester 1 ACC301 Intro to Management Accounting Level 100 Core Courses (3, pre-req. ACC200) Semester 1 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I ACC302 Auditing I (3, pre-req. ACC200) Core Courses (2, GEC) LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) GEC121 Computing and information Skills, GEC121 Computing and Information Skills, MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) (2,GEC) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) Semester 6 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Core Courses MGT100 Principles of Management (3) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social ACC303 Management Accounting PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Sciences I 1 (3) Applications (3, pre-req. ACC301) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social STA114 Introduction to Statistics (4) ACC304 Auditing II (3, pre-req. ACC302) Sciences I (3) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems 3, STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Semester 2 (pre-req. BIS205, ACC200) Core Courses FIN300 Financial Management (3, pre-req. Semester 2 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II FIN200) Core Courses (2, GEC) MGT302 Business Research Methods (3, MGT GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, 203) Fundamentals II (2,GEC) Fundaments II (2, GEC) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) (2, GEC) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Level 400 ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Semester 7 ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social Core Courses MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Sciences II (3) ACC400 Financial Accounting III STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social STA114 Business Statistics I (3) (3, pre-req. ACC300.) Sciences II (3) ACC401 Introduction to Taxation (3, pre-req. STA114 Business Statistics I (3) Level 200 ACC300) Semester 3 ACC443 Industrial Attachment (3) Level 200 Core Courses MGT400 Strategic Management (3) Semester 3 ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting One Optional Course Core Courses (3, pre-req. ACC100) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (3, pre-req. ACC100) FIN200 Business Finance (3, pre-req. ACC100) Semester 8 ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) Core Courses FIN200 Business Finance (3) MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3, pre-reg. ACC403 Financial Accounting IV (3, pre-req. LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) STA101,STA 102, STA114,STA116) ACC400) MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3, prereg. GEC Area 3 ACC404 Taxation Applications STA101,STA 102, STA114,STA116)) (3, pre-req. ACC401) GEC Area 3 Semester 4 ACC405 Accounting Theory Core Courses (3, pre-req. ACC400) Semester 4 ACC200 Financial Accounting 1(3, pre-req. ACC444 Research Project (4, pre-reg. Core Courses ACC100) MGT 302) ACC200 Financial Accounting I (3, pre-req. ACC203 Cost Acc. Applications (3, pre-req. Elective ACC100) ACC201) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications (3, BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req. pre-req. ACC201) GEC121, GEC122) BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req.

30 GEC121, GEC122) FIN403 Financial Institutions and Markets II GEC121, GEC122) ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3, pre-req. FIN301) FIN200 Business Finance (3) (3; ECO 112 FIN404 Investment Analysis and Portfolio LAW 251 Foundations of Business Law (3) MGT200 Organisational Design and Management (3, pre-req. FIN300) MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3, pre-reg. Development (3) FIN405 Seminars in Finance (2) STA101,STA 102, STA114,STA116) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 FIN444 Research Project (4. MGT 302) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Optional Course Level 300 GEC Area 3 Semester 5 Optional Courses Core Courses BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) Semester 4 ACC300 Financial Accounting II (3, pre-req. FIN304 Principles of Risk Management and Core Courses ACC2000) Insurance BIS204 Data Organisation Methods (3, pre- ACC301 Introduction to Management FIN305 Principles of Real Estate Finance (3) req. BIS201) Accounting (3, pre-req. ACC203) ACC401 Introduction to Taxation (3) CSI252 Operating Systems Concepts (3) FIN301 Financial Institutions and Markets I ACC404 Taxation Applications (3) CSI272 Computer Communications (3, pre-req. FIN200) FIN407 International Trade Finance (3) Networking Fundamentals (2) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) MGT200 Organisational Design & Develop. (3) Elective Bachelor of Business Information GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Systems Optional Course Degree Programme GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 6 Core Courses Level 100 Level 300 BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3, Semester 1 Semester 5 pre-req. BIS205, ACC200) Core Courses Core Courses FIN300 Financial Management (3, pre-req. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills, BIS301 Business Process Re-engineering (3) FIN200) Fundamentals I (2,GEC) BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) FIN302 Financial Planning and Forecasting GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I BIS303 Electronic Commerce 1 (3) (3, pre-req. FIN200) (2, GEC) BIS343 Industrial Attachment (2) FIN303 Financial Statement Analysis I ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3) (3, pre-req. FIN200, AC300) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) MGT302 Business Research Methods PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Optional Course (3, pre-req. STA101,STA102, STA114, STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 STA116) Sciences I (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 STA116 Intro to Statistics (4) Semester 6 Core Courses Elective Semester 2 BIS307 Project Management Info. Optional Course Core Courses Systems (3) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills, CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Level 400 Fundamentals II (2, GEC) MGT302 Business Research Methods (3) Semester 7 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Core Courses (2,GEC) Optional Courses ACC400 Financial Accounting III (3, pre-req. ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) Elective ACC300) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 FIN400 Financial Theory and Analysis MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) (3, pre-req. FIN300) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social Level 400 FIN443 Industrial Attachment (3) Sciences II (3) Semester 7 MGT400 Strategic Management (3) STA114 Business Statistics I (3) Core Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT400 Strategic Management (3) Optional Course Level 200 CSI461 Computer Communications Networks Semester 3 Management (4) Semester 8 Core Courses BIS443 Industrial Attachment (2) Core Courses BIS200 Systems Development I (3, pre-req. GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 FIN401 Financial Statement Analysis II GEC121, GEC122) (3, pre-req. FIN303) BIS201 Foundations of Business Information Optional Course FIN402 International Business Finance Systems (3, pre-req. GEC121, EC122) (3, pre-req.FIN 301) CSI241 Structured Programming (4, pre-req.

31 FACULTY OF BUSINESS

Semester 8 Semester 4 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Core Courses Core Courses MGT100 Principles of Management (3) BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) ACC200 Financial Accounting I (3) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social BIS403 Information Systems Security (3) ACC203 Cost Accounting Applications Sciences I (3) BIS444 Research Project (4) (3, pre-req. GEC 121, GEC 122) STA116 Introuction to Statistics (4) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS205 Information Technology (3, pre-req. ECO 112) Semester 2 Optional Courses GEC122 Computing and Information Skills BIS 205 Information Technology (3) Level 300 Fundamentals II (2, GEC) BIS304 Management Information Systems(3) Semester 5 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II BIS305 Systems Development II (3) Core Courses (2, GEC) BIS306 IS Research and Practice (3) ACC300 Financial Accounting II (3) ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) (Core) BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) ACC301 Introduction to Management ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) (Core) BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) Accounting (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) (Core) BIS314 Multimedia Systems (3) ACC302 Auditing I (3) STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social BIS401 Current Issues in Information Sciences II (3) (Core) Systems (3) Semester 6 STA114 Business Statistics I (3) (Core) BIS402 Information Technology Core Courses Productivity Tools ACC303 Management Accounting Level 200 BIS404 Small Business Information Applications (3) Semester 3 Systems (3) ACC304 Auditing II (3) Core Courses BIS405 Legal and Ethical Issues of BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) Information Systems (3) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics for BIS406 Financial Information Systems (3) Level 400 Business (3, pre-req. ECO 111) BIS407 Electronic Commerce II (3) Semester 7 LAW251 Foundations of Business Law BIS408 Systems Development ACC400 Financial Accounting III (3) (3) Optional Methodologies (3) ACC401 Introduction to Taxation (3) MGT201 Purchasing and Materials BIS409 Advanced Database Systems (3) Management (3) BIS410 Manufacturing Information Semester 8 MGT202 Small Business Management Systems (3) Core Courses MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) ACC403 Financial Accounting IV (3) (3, prereg. STA101,STA 102, CSI312 Expert Systems (3) ACC404 Taxation Applications (3) STA114, STA116) CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) General Education Courses (Area 7) GEC Area 3 CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) GEC270 Accounting for Non-Business CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) Majors (2) Semester 4 CSI471 Object Oriented Systems GEC271 Basic Cost Accounting and Core Courses Development (3) Control (2) BIS205 Information Technology (3) CSI472 Social and Professional Issues of GEC272 Basic Finance and Taxation ECO212 Intermediate Macro- Economics for Computing (3) Business (3) DEPARTMENT OF FIN200 Business Finance (3) Bachelor of Arts Degree (Double MANAGEMENT MGT200 Organisational Design and Major) Development (3, pre-req. MGT100) (Courses offered through the Department) Bachelor of Business Administration MKT303 Sales Management (Management) Degree Programme (3, pre-req. MKT 100) Level 100 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Semester 2 Programme Structure Core Course Level 100 Levels 300 and 400 ACC100 Intro to Accounting (3) All courses at this level, excepting General Stream A: General Management Education Courses (GECs), are core. Semester 5 Level 200 Core Courses Semester 3 Semester 1 LAW351 Introduction to Company Law (4) Core Courses GEC121 Computing and Information Skills (Core) ACC201 Intro to Cost Accounting (3) Fundamentals I (2, GEC) MGT300 Human Resource Management FIN200 Business Finance (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (3, pre-req. MGT 200) LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) (2, GEC) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre-req. PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) MGT 200)

32 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 (3, pre-req. MGT200) Stream C: Project and Logistics Management MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre-req. Optional Course (3) MGT200) (Core) Semester 5 Elective (3) BIS320 Human Resources Information Core Courses Semester 6 Systems (3) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour (3, pre-req. Core Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT200) BIS304 Management Information Systems (3) Optional Course (3) MGT311 Principles and Concepts of Project MGT302 Business Research Methods Elective (3) Management (3, pre-req. MGT200, (3, pre-req. MGT203) MGT203) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Semester 6 MGT312 Management of Logistics Formation (3, pre-req. MGT 202) Core Courses Systems (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 BIS304 Management Information GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Systems (3) Optional Course (3) Optional Course (3) MGT302 Business Research Methods Elective (3) Elective (3) (3, pre-req. MGT203) MGT305 Human Resource Development Semester 6 Semester 7 (3, pre-req. MGT300) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Core Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Formation MGT400 Strategic Management Optional Course (3) MGT302 Business Research Methods (3, (3, pre-req. MGT 301) Elective (3) pre-req. MGT203) MGT402 Operations Management (3) BIS 304 Management Information MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) Semester 7 Systems (3) MGT444 Research Project (4, pre-req. Core Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT 302) MGT400 Strategic Management ( 3, pre-req. Optional Course (3) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT301) Elective (3) MGT412 Foundations of Leadership and Optional Course (3) Teamwork (3, pre-req. MGT300) Semester 7 Elective (3) MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) MGT400 Strategic Management GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 (3, pre-req. MGT301) Semester 8 MGT 409 Project Implementation, Monitoring Core Courses Optional Course (3) Evaluation, and Analysis (3) BIS420 Strategic Information Systems Elective (3) BIS 410 Manufacturing Information (3, BIS 307) Systems (3) MGT405 Corporate Governance (3) (Core)) Semester 8 MGT443 Industrial Attachment (3) MGT445 Research Project (4) Core Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT410 Negotiations and Conflict Optional Course (3) Management Optional Course (3) Elective (3) (3, pre-req. MGT301) Elective (3) BIS 420 Strategic Information Systems Optional Courses (3, pre-req. BIS 307) Semester 8 MGT306 Public Sector Management MGT444 Research Project (4, MGT 302) Core Courses (3, pre-req. MGT200) GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 MGT411 Practicum in Project Management (3, MGT308 Total Quality Management Optional Course (3) pre-req. MGT409) (3, pre-req. MGT302) Elective (3) BIS 420 Strategic Information Systems (3) MGT403 Application of Operations Research MGT444 Research Project (4, MGT 302) Methods for Business Optional Courses GEC Areas 3/4/5/6/7 Decisions (3, pre-req. MGT203) MGT304 Industrial Relations MGT406 Administrative Environment and (3, pre-req. MGT200) Optional Course (3) Public Policy in Botswana MGT305 Entrepreneurship and New Business Elective (3) (3, pre-req. MGT200) Formation (3, pre-req. MGT 202) MGT306 Public Sector Management Optional Courses Stream B: Human Resource Management (3, pre-req. MGT200) MGT306 Public Sector Management MGT307 Compensation and Reward Systems (3, pre-req. MGT200) Semester 5 (3, pre-req. MGT300) MGT310 Purchasing and Supply Chain Core Courses MGT402 Operations Management (3) Management (3) MGT300 Human Resource Management MGT408 Project Financing

33 FACULTY OF BUSINESS

2.0 General Education Course (GEC) the final examination. 2.4. Duration of the Bachelor’s Programme The Department offers the following General 22.3 A student shall undergo three periods of The normal duration of the proposed degree Education Course (in Area 7: World Economy and supervised Industrial Training: May- July (10 programme will be as stipulated in the General Business Skills): weeks) during the vacation between Levels 100 Academic Regulation 20.32 (8 semesters). and 400. GEC371 Small Business Entrepreneurship (2) 2.2.4 Industrial Training course codes shall be as 2.5. Award of Degree follows: To be awarded a degree, a student must Bachelor of Business THM111 Industrial Training I (duration 10 satisfy the requirements of General Academic Administration in Tourism and weeks, 4 credits, core course) Regulation 00.85. Hospitality Management THM222 Industrial Training II (duration 10 Degree Programme weeks, 4 credits, core course) 2.6 Degree Classification THM333 Industrial Training III (duration 10 The degree classification will be as stipulated in 1. Objectives of the Programme weeks, 4 credits, core course) General Academic Regulation 20.4. The following are the objectives of the Bachelor of Business Administration in Tourism and 2.2.5 During the course of Industrial Training, Programme Structure Hospitality Management degree programme: students shall be subjected to such codes, (i) To produce graduates with the necessary procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations as Level 100 knowledge and practical skills to be able to applicable to the industry. Semester 1 efficiently and effectively operate business 2.2.6 Subject to the Regulations Governing Core Courses enterprises in the tourism and hospitality Admissions, Fees, and Discipline Regulation THM101 Principles of Tourism (3) industries. 4.0, and Regulation 2.2.5 above, a student ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) (ii) To produce graduates who can cope with the who receives a final warning for misconduct MGT100 Principles of Management (3) demands of a dynamic and highly competitive during the course of Industrial Training shall be STA116 Introduction to Statistics I (4) tourism and hospitality environment and who subjected to Discipline Regulations. GEC111 Communication and Study Skills i can innovate and manage change. 2.2.7 During the course of the Industrial Training (2 GEC) (iii) To produce graduates who can be managers period, each student shall be visited twice at the GEC121 Computing and Information Skills in tourism and hospitality organisations location of placement to be assessed by the Fundamentals i (2 GEC) or consultants in tourism and hospitality Faculty of Business staff. management. 2.2.8 A student’s performance will be assessed Semester 2 (iv) To develop entrepreneurial skills in graduates by means of: Core Courses so that they can be entrepreneurs in their own a) Continuous assessment by the industrial ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) right in the tourism and hospitality industries. based supervisor and an assessor from the ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Faculty of Business, STA114 Business Statistics (3) 2. Regulations b) Industrial Training report and logbook THM102 Introduction to Hospitality 2.1.1 Entrance Qualifications submitted by the student at the end of the Management (3) 2.1.2 Normal Entry Scheme Industrial Training period, and GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Admission shall be as stipulated in the General c) Oral Presentation. (2 GEC) Academic Regulation 20.2 for Bachelors Degree 2.2.9 THM 111: Industrial Training I and THM GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Programmes, with the specific requirement of a 222: Industrial Training II shall be assessed as Fundamentals II (2 GEC) grade C (60%) in English and Mathematics. based on Regulations 2.2.8 (a) and (b). The ratio THM111 Industrial Training (4) of marks for continuous assessment to Industrial 2.1.3 Mature Age Entry Scheme Training report shall be 1:2. Level 200 Admission shall be as stipulated in the General 2.2.10 THM 333: Industrial Training III shall be Semester 3 Academic Regulation 00.52. evaluated as specified in Regulation 2.2.8. The Core Courses ratio of marks for continuous assessment to THM 201 Accommodation Management 1 (3) 2.1.4 Articulation Industrial Training report to oral presentation THM 202 Tour Operations Management (3) The new articulation policy as may be approved shall be 1:2:1. ENV202 Ecotourism and Sustainable by Senate will apply. 2.2.11 THM 444: Research Project shall be Development (3) assessed according to Faculty of Business HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of 2.2 Assessment Research Project regulations. History (2) 2.2.1 Assessment will be as stipulated in General 3 Optional/Elective Academic Regulation 00.8. 2.3 Progression from Semester to Semester GEC GEC Area 32 GEC 16 2.2.2 There will be variations in the mode of In order to proceed from one semester to the Semester 4 assessment in order to allow for more next, a student must obtain a cumulative Grade Core Courses flexibility. In practical-based courses, continuous Point Average (GPA), which is in accordance with THM 203 Food and Beverage Management 1 assessment shall have a higher weighting than General Academic Regulation 00.9. (3, pre-req.THM 101 and THM 102)

34 MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Menu of optional courses Level 100 MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business FRE114 Basic French Language Semester 1 Formation (3) FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension Core Courses THM204 Heritage Interpretation (3, pre-req. MKT200 Marketing Communications GEC121 Computing and Information Skills THM 101) FIN200 Business Finance Fundamentals I (2, GEC) 3 Optional/Elective GEC ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I GEC Area 4/5/6/72 GEC 17 PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development (2, GEC) THM222 Industrial Training II May-July 4 THM308 Basic Taxation PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) MGT301 Organisational Behaviour ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Level 300 MGT300 Human Resource Management STA101 Mathematics for Business and Semester 5 PAD307 Human Resource Development Social Sciences I (3) Core Courses MGT308 Total Quality Management STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) THM301 Accommodation Management 2 (3 MGT304 Industrial Relations pre-req.THM 201) MKT308 Services Marketing Semester 2 THM302 Food and Beverage Management 2 (3 MKT305 Public Relations GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills pre-req.THM203) ARC417 Heritage Management Fundamentals II (2, GEC) THM303 Research Methods (3) PHR141 Recreation and Leisure GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II Optional/Elective (3) ENH322 Food Safety and Hygiene (2, GEC) GEC Area 4/5/6/73 (2) ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety ACC100 Introduction to Accounting (3) Optional/Elective and Hygiene ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ENV418 Environnemental Policy MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) Semester 6 ENV 412 Environnemental Impact Assessment STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social Core Courses ENV312 Sustainable Development Sciences II (3) BIS 326 Tourism and Hospitality Information ENV 301 Environmental Issues Level 200 Systems (3) ENV310 Medical Geography Semester 3 MKT405 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing (3) ENG373 Botswana Literature MKT202 Distribution Management (3) THM304 Events and Conference Management URP200 Introduction to Town Planning MGT100 Principles of Management (3) (3, pre-req. THM 101) Techniques ACC201 Introduction to Cost Accounting (3) THM306 Tourism Business Law and Ethics (3) URP205 Land Use Planning FIN200 Business Finance Optional/Elective (3) HEE445 Quantity Food Production (3, pre-req. ACC 100) GEC Area 4/5/6/72 (2) HEE446 Food Service Equipment and Facility LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3) THM333 Industrial Training III (4) Layout HEE343 Food Service Management Semester 4 Semester 7 HEE344 Menu Planning and Design MKT 200 Integrated Marketing Core Courses GEC148 Health and Wellness Communication (3) MGT 400 Strategic Management (3) GEC141 Physical Fitness Through Selected MKT201 Consumer Behaviour (3) ENV428 Wildlife Conservation and Activities STA 114 Business Statistics I (3) Management (3, pre-req. THM 101) GEC145 Introduction to Swimming GEC/Option/Elective (6) ENV 408 Tourism and Development (2 pre-req. THM 101, ENV 202) DEPARTMENT OF MARKETING Level 300 Optional Course (3) Semester 5 Elective (3) Bachelor of Business Administration Core Courses GEC Area 4/5/6/7 (2) (Marketing) Degree MGT300 Human Resource Management (3) MKT300 International Marketing (3) Semester 8 Entrance Qualifications GEC/Option/Elective (9) Core Courses The requirements for admission into BBA THM403 Food and Beverage Control (3) Marketing Degree Programme are as stipulated Semester 6 THM405 Tourism in Southern Africa in the General Academic Regulations 00.0 to 20.4 Core Courses (3, pre-req. THM 101) and the Faculty special Regulations 1.0 to 1.3 MKT310 Marketing Research Methods (3) THM444 Research Project (4) MKT 315 Pricing Strategy Optional Course (3) Course Requirements GEC/Option/Elective (9 ) Elective (3) Students pursuing the Bachelor of Business GEC Area 4/5/6/7 (2) Administration (Marketing) Degree Programme Level 400 are required to take and pass the following Semester 7 courses at Levels 100,200,300,400: MKT 443 Industrial Attachment (3) MKT409 Brand Management (3)

35 FACULTY OF BUSINESS

Option/Elective/GEC (9)

Semester 8 MKT444 Research Project (4) MKT410 Marketing Management and Strategy (3) MGT 303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Development (3) GEC/Option/Elective

Optional Courses Students can take any of the under-listed optional courses at levels 2, 3 or 4. The number of optional courses offered shall depend on availability of staff.

MGT 201 Purchasing and Materials Management (3) BIS205 Information Technology (3), GEC 121, GEC 122 MGT200 Organizational Design & Development (3) MGT203 Quantitative Methods for Business (3) ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics For Business (3) MKT303 Strategic Sales Management (3) MKT304 Advertising Management (3, pre-req. MKT200) MKT305 Public Relations (3, pre-req. MKT200) MKT306 Business-to-Business Marketing (3) MKT307 Retail Management (3, pre-req. MKT202) MKT308 Services Marketing (3) MKT309 Internet Marketing (3) MKT 311 Strategic Retail Management (3) MKT 312 Public Relations Strategy (3) MKT 313 Services Marketing Theory and Practice (3) MKT 314 Business to Business Marketing Practice (3) MKT402 Applied Marketing Research (3, pre-req. MKT302) MKT403 International Business (3) MKT404 Social marketing (3) MKT405 Tourism and Hospitality Marketing (3) MKT406 Marketing Ethics (3) MKT407 Relationship Marketing (3) MKT408 Contemporary Issues in Marketing (3) MKT409 Contemporary Issues in Marketing (3) MKT 411 Global Business Strategy (3) MKT412 Managing Marketing Relationships (3) MKT413 Applied Marketing Research (3) MKT 414 Social Marketing (3) MKT 415 Tourism and Hospitality

36 ADULT EDUCATION EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION LANGUAGES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATIONEDUCATION MATHEMATICS & SCIENCE EDUCATION PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH & RECREATIONRECREATION PRIMARY EDUCATION PRIMARY EDUCATION

FACULTY OF EDUCATION

DEAN Dr. R. Tabulawa, BA, PGDE (UB), MA,PhD (Birmingham)

DEPUTY DEAN Dr. G. Tsayang, BA, CDE (UBS), MEd (UB), EdD (Bristol)

TEACHING PRACTICE COORDINATOR Dr V. S. Makwinja-Morara, DSE, BEd (UB), MSEd Admin (Syracuse), PhD (Ohio)

FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS Mr. J. J. Tsimako, BA, PGDE (UB), MLMEd (New Castle) Mr. G. F. Gaogane, BAcc (UB), PGDAcc.,MSc (Birmingham)

37 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

The following Departments are housed in the Education) and M. Phil/PhD (Social Studies). Bachelor of Education (Primary) and a Bachelor Faculty of Education: of Education (Educational Management) Degree. Department of Mathematics and Science Masters of Education degrees in Arts and Music Department of Adult Education Education Education are still on hold pending recruitment The Department of Adult Education is responsible The Department of Mathematics and Science of senior staff. for the training of adult educators through full- Education provides programmes in computer time and part-time programmes. Programmes of studies, mathematics and science. It offers a 10.0 Faculty Regulations study are, Diploma in Adult Education, Diploma wide range of courses including: The theory and All programmes in the Faculty shall be governed in NGO Management, Bachelor of Education, practice of teaching school computer studies, by the University General Academic Regulations. Master of Education, MPhil and PhD. mathematics and science education; curriculum Any other relevant information pertaining to development, research and evaluation; the programmes shall be as stipulated under the Department of Educational Foundations contemporary issues in computer, mathematics appropriate department in the following pages. The Department of Educational Foundations and science; issues in computer, mathematics offers courses in General Methods, Psychology, and science pedagogical content knowledge; 10.20 Teaching Practice Philosophy, History and Sociology of Education, the impact of ICT on teaching- learning All pre-service students enrolled in a Bachelor Educational Research and Evaluation, and processes; and the philosophy and psychology of Education Programme shall undergo teaching Planning and Administration in selected career of computer, mathematics and science teaching. practice as specified in the Faculty Teaching areas such as Teacher Education. The Department The programmes of study are the Bachelor of Practice Regulations, obtainable from the also provides training in Counseling, Gender Education (Science), Master of Education, MPhil, Teaching Practice office and Faculty website. Education, Curriculum and Instruction and Special and PhD. The department offers service courses Education, and the education component of the for Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Post 10.30 Entrance Requirements Design and Technology Education Program. The Graduate Diploma in Education (PGDE). Also the The University General Regulations shall apply. programmes of study are: Bachelor of Education department has an in-service unit that provides in Special Education, Bachelor of Education in workshops and seminars to school teachers and 10.40 Assessment Counseling, Post Graduate Diploma in Education supports schools to strengthen the structure of For courses taught by the Faculty of Education, and Master’s and Doctoral Programmes in computer, mathematics and science departments continuous assessment shall comprise a Counseling and Human Services, Curriculum and in these schools. minimum of 2 components of work per course Instruction, Educational Management, Gender per semester. Each course shall be examined Education, and Research and Evaluation. Department of Physical Education, Health & by an associated paper of duration between Recreation 1 to 3 hours. Some courses will be assessed by Department of Educational Technology The aim of the Department of Physical Education continuous assessment only, depending on the The Department of Educational Technology is to produce qualified Physical Education, Sport, nature of the course. The ratio of continuous provides guidance and assistance in the design and Recreation specialists who will either teach, assessment to formal examination shall be and implementation of teaching methods and coach or administer Physical Education, Sport, 1:1. For courses taken in other Faculties, the materials, and offers courses in the use and and Recreation programmes in primary and ratio of continuous assessment to examination development of educational resources for other secondary schools, teacher training colleges, results shall be as determined by the Faculties departments of the Faculty of Education. sports councils, rehabilitation and recreation concerned. centres in the country. The Programme of Department of Home Economics Education study is the Bachelor’s Degree in Physical 10.50 Progression The Department of Home Economics Education is Education. An MEd in Physical Education will The University General Academic Regulations responsible for the training of Home Economics be offered soon. Areas of concentration include shall apply. specialists to teach in the formal education teacher education and preparation, sport and system, as well as to serve in extension and athletic administration, research training and 10.60 Award of Degree other non-formal education programmes. The coaching, with an emphasis on recreation The University General Academic Regulations programme of study is the Bachelor of Education and tourism, pedagogical, scientific (Exercise, shall apply. in Home Economics. Physiology, Biomechanics, Kinesiology, Adapted Physical Education), and the psychological and Department of Adult Department of Languages and Social sociological dimensions of human performance. Education Sciences Education The Department of Languages and Social Sciences Department of Primary Education 1.0 Departmental Special Regulations for the Education offers undergraduate, postgraduate The Department of Primary Education provides Diploma in Adult Education diploma and graduate level courses in the areas in-service programmes to upgrade the skills of 2.0 Subject to the provisions of General of Languages and Social Sciences Education. primary and secondary teacher educators, such Regulations 000 and 100, the following Special There are two graduate programmes: M. Ed as teacher training college tutors, education Regulations shall apply: (Religious Education) and M. Ed (Social Studies). officers, members of the school management Plans are underway to introduce M. Ed (Moral teams and teachers. The Department offers a

38 1.1 Entrance Requirements university-wide menu: 1.3.3 Continuous assessment for Adult Education The normal entrance requirements shall be as GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) courses shall be based on extended follows: GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Assignments and tests as well as other forms of a) For Level 100, a minimum of 5 credits in Fundamentals II (2) assessment, such as periodic tests, projects and the BGCSE or its equivalent or requirements presentations. as specified in General Regulation 10.21, with Level 200 preference given to those with some experience Semester 3 1.4 Award of Diploma in Adult Education. Core Courses The award of the diploma shall be in accordance b) For Level 200, a Certificate in Adult Education DAE200 Historical and Philosophical with General Academic Regulations 00.85 or its equivalent in a related field. Foundations of Adult Education (3) DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning (3) 1.5 Progression to the Bachelor of Education 1.2 Programme Structure DAE202 Programme Planning and Evaluation Programme (Adult Education) 1.2.1 The Programme shall extend over two full in Adult Education (3) A student who successfully completes Levels academic years. DAE208 Rural Development and Rural 100 and 200 of the Diploma Programme may be Extension (3) admitted directly into Level 300 of the Degree 1.2.2 Course Listings DAE206 Supervising Adult Education (3) Programme. Level 100 Semester 1 Optional Courses 2.0 Departmental Special Regulations for Core Courses Students shall choose one of the following: the Bachelor of Education Degree in Adult DAE100 Principles of Adult Education (3) DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) Education DAE101 Introduction to the Psychology of DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises Subject to the provision of the General Adult Education (3) and Economic Projects (3) Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special DAE102 Introduction to Planning Programmes DAE216 Adult Education and Special Regulations shall apply: for Adult Learners (3) Groups (3) Optional Courses DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) 2.1 Entrance Requirements Students shall choose one of the following: EFR220 Introduction to Educational The normal entrance qualifi cations shall be the DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) Research (3) (new entrants only) following: DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises a) For Level 100, a minimum of 5 credits in the and Economic Projects (3) Semester 4 BGCSE or its equivalent, with credit in English DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) Core Courses Language, or as specifi ed in General Regulations DAE216 Adult Education and Special DAE203 Teaching Methods for Adult 2.2.2 and 2.2.3. Preference will be given to Groups (3) Education (3) those applicants with some experience in adult General Education courses DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education (3) education; Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the DAE205 Adult Education and the World of b) For Level 200, requirements will be as university wide menu: Work (3) stipulated in General Regulation 2.2.4. GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 (2) DAE207 Community Project Planning and c) For Level 300, the requirement is a Diploma GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Management (3) or its equivalent in Adult Education or a related Fundamentals 1 (2) DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) field. Electives 2.2 Programme Structure Semester 2 One 3-credit elective, to be chosen from 2.2.1 Level 100 courses shall be as stipulated in DAE103 Adult Education and Society (3) any course outside the Department of Adult Departmental Special Regulations 1.2.2. DAE104 Adult Education in Practice (3) Education, for which students are eligible, is 2.2.2 Course Listings EFR220 Introduction to Educational required (except for new entrants). Research (3) Level 200 General Education Courses Semester 3 Optional Courses For new entrants two 2-credit GEC courses are to Core Courses Students shall choose one of the following: be taken from the university wide menu. DAE200 Historical and Philosophical DAE212 Participatory Development These should be GEC111 and GEC121. Foundations of Adult Education (3) Methods (3) DAE201 The Psychology of Adult Learning (3) DAE 213 Adult Basic Education and 1.3 Assessment DAE202 Programme Planning and Evaluation Training (3) 1.3.1 The performance of each student shall be in Adult Education (3) DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult assessed at the end of each semester with a 2- General Education Courses Education (3) hourexamination unless otherwise stated in the One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) course outline. university-wide menu. General Education Courses 1.3.2 The ratio between continuous assessment Electives Two 2-credit GECs are to be taken from the and formal exam shall be 1:1. One 3-credit elective is to be chosen from the

39 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

university-wide menu. Students shall choose one of the following: Optional Courses Optional Courses DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult One optional course from the following: Students shall choose one of the following: Education DAE206 Supervising Adult Education DAE312 Evaluation Methods in Adult DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials Programmes (3) Education Development in Adult Education DAE208 Integrated Extension (3) DAE313 Instructional Media and Materials DAE314 Counselling in Lifelong Learning DAE210 Psychology and the Adult Learner (3) Development in Adult Education DAE315 Organisational Development in DAE211 Promoting Community Enterprises DAE314 Counselling in Lifelong Learning Adult Education and Economic Projects (3) DAE315 Organisational Development in DAE316 Issues in Adult Education DAE214 Vocational Education and Training (3) Adult Education DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable DAE216 Adult Education and Special DAE316 Issues in Adult Education Development Groups (3) DAE317 Adult Education and Sustainable Development Semester 8 Semester 4 Core Courses Core Courses Semester 6 DAE407 Management of Community DAE203 Teaching Methods of Adult Core Courses Economic Projects Education (3) DAE302 Principles of Human Resource DAE408 Policy Development for Lifelong DAE204 Gender Issues in Adult Education (3) Development Learning DAE205 Adult Education and the World of DAE303 Research Design in Adult Education DAE409 Adult Education and Social Exclusion Work (3) DAE304 Practicum in Adult Education Methods General Education Courses General Education Courses One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the General Education Courses university-wide menu. university wide menu. One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Electives Electives university wide menu. One 3-credit elective from any course outside One 3-credit elective from any course outside Electives the Department of Adult Education, for which the Department of Adult Education, for which One 3-credit elective from any course outside students are eligible, is required. students are eligible, is required. the Department of Adult Education, for which students are eligible, is required. Optional Courses Optional Courses Students shall choose one of the following: Students shall choose one of the following: Optional Courses DAE418 Urban Adult Education DAE209 Integrated Skills Project (3) Students shall choose one of the following: DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy DAE207 Community Project Planning and DAE418 Urban Adult Education DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace Management (3) DAE419 Topics in Adult Literacy and Human Rights DAE213 Adult Basic Education and Training (3) DAE420 Adult Education, Democracy, Peace DAE421 Development Policies and Adult DAE215 Computer Applications in Adult and Human Rights Education Education (3) DAE421 Development Policies and Adult DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills Development DAE212 Participatory Development Methods Education (3) DAE422 Entrepreneurship Skills Development 2.3 Assessment DAE217 Lifelong Learning (3) Assessment shall be in accordance with Level 400 Departmental Special Regulations 1.3.1 to 3.3. Level 300 Semester 7 2.4 Progression from Semester to Semester Semester 5 Core Courses Progression from one semester to the next Core Courses DAE406 Political Economy of Adult shall be in accordance with General Academic DAE300 Organisation and Management in Education and Development Regulation 00.9 Adult Education (3) DAE410 Adult Education Research Project (6) 2.5 Award of the Degree DAE301 Leadership in Adult Education (3) DAE411 Training and Development General Award of the Degree shall be in accordance with DAE305 Issues in International Adult Ed. (3) Education Courses General Academic Regulations 00.85 One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the General Education Courses university-wide menu. DEPARTMENT OF One 2-credit GEC is to be chosen from the Electives EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS university wide menu. One 3-credit elective from any course outside Electives the Department of Adult Education, for which Introduction One 3-credit elective from any course outside students are eligible, is required. The Educational Foundations Department the Department of Adult Education, for which provides both foundational courses as well as students are eligible, is required. Optional Courses offers full-fl edged programs. The Department is

40 organized into disciplines as follows: intellectual and professional skills for providing TOTAL cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs Curriculum Studies plus Design & Technology specialized services to exceptional learners courses Education in schools and other institutions such as SPED Core & Area Educational Management rehabilitation and resource centres. In more Courses 3 (1) 9 (3) 12 (4) Education Education Research and Evaluation specific terms the programme will Second Major - Primary Education Psychology Raise the awareness level of the student in Education/Sec. Counselling and Human Services respect to the causes, prevention and intervention Education History and Philosophy of Education Sociology strategies of the various forms of impairment. 6 (2) 6 (2) 12 (4) of Education Produce knowledgeable and skilful special General Education Special Education education teachers for secondary schools. Courses 6 (2) 3 (1) 9 (3) Gender Education Produce knowledgeable and skilful special Options 3 (1) - - 3 (1) The department house the following education teachers for primary schools. Electives programmes: Produce teachers who have the skills to teach Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 school subjects to both disabled and non- NOTE: Articulation is done for Diploma and B.Ed Diploma Programmes disabled persons Special Education (Primary) in both content and A two year full time in-service Diploma in Special Special Education. Articulation for the B.Ed Education A one year full time preservice Post Entry Requirements. (Special Education) secondary is only possible in Graduate Diploma in Education For Level One Special Education and not content. A minimum overall aggregate of Second class in Level 1, Semester 1 First Degree Programmes the Botswana General Certifi cate of Secondary Semester 1 (18) A two year in-service/four year pre-service Education or its equivalent, including at least six Bachelor of Education in Special Education subjects taken in not more than two sittings. Double Major: Special Education And Primary Program Obtain a minimum of grade C in English for Education A two year in-service/four year pre-service in candidates wishing to take a teaching subject in CORE (to be taken by all) Bachelor of Education in Counselling Program humanities. EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Obtain a minimum grade of C in mathematics Children (3) Programmes and Courses Offered in the and a pass in English for candidates wishing to ENV 101 Introduction to Physical and Human Department take a teaching subject in the sciences. Environment (2 ) Department Regulations Or as specifi ed in General Regulation 20:22. EPE 100 Introduction to Algebra (3 ) EPE 102 Introductory Science (3 ) Diploma in Special Education Level Two GEC 111 Communication study skills I (2) Aim Graduates from colleges of education who did GEC 121 Computer and information skills I (2 ) The aim of the Diploma in Special Education is to not major in Special Education and holders of Plus one optional course from the following: prepare teachers for teaching and working with Diploma in Primary Education or its equivalent EFP 100 Introduction to Educational children with different disabilities in special and from other recognized institutions. Candidates in Psychology (3 ) regular primary schools. this category will be awarded 6 credits of level EPE 101 Foundations of Developmental one special education courses. They will however Psychology (3 ) Entry Requirements take courses as recommended by the department Special Education and Primary Education For Level One to make up for any shortfalls at level one (18-20 ) Primary Teachers Certifi cate (PTC) with a BGCSE CORE (To be taken by all) or its equivalent and a minimum of two years of Level Three EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional teaching experience. Applicants who do not have Candidates with Diploma in Special Education Children (3) BGCSE or its equivalent but have JC plus PTC from the University of Botswana or its equivalent ENV 101 Introduction to Physical & Human and two years of teaching experience, should qualifi cation, will be admitted in 3. Environments (2 ) apply through Mature Age Scheme as in General EPE 100 Introduction to Algebra (3) Regulation 20:24. Programme Structure and Content EPE 102 Introductory Science (3 ) All Special Education courses carry three credits GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I (2 ) For Level Two unless otherwise stated. Articulation of Diploma GEC 121 Computer and Information Skills I (2 ) Certificate in Special Education or its equivalent and B. Ed will be done for Diploma and B. Ed Plus 3 credits from the following: Special Education (Primary) in terms of content. EFP 100 Introduction to Educational B.Ed (Special Education) Psychology (3 ) Double Major) Level One: Diploma and B.Ed Content EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental Level One Psychology (3 ) Aim Course Type Special Education and Science The aim of the B.Ed (Special Education) double Semester One (18-20 credits) major is to equip students with relevant Semester Two CORE (To be taken by all)

41 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for Children (3 ) EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional students with learning disabilities/ MAT 111 Introductory Mathematics (4 ) Children (3) difficulties (3) GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I (2 ) ARC 101 Introduction to Archaeology and Pre- Plus one Core and Optional course in relevant GEC 121 Computer and Information Skills I (2 ) history (2) Primary Education concentration chosen in level Plus one course from the following ELC 201 Foundations of Social Studies (3) 1. (4 credits): ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building (3) A.Language Concentration BIO 111 Principles of Biology (4 ) ENG 121 Introduction to English Language CORE CHE101 General Chemistry 1 (4) Description & Usage (2) EPE 212 Introduction to Language Arts (3) PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Plus optional course. Choose two Courses Vibrations and Waves (3) GEC 121 Computing and Information relevant to teaching subject taken in level 1. PHY 119 Physics Practical 1.1 (1) Skills I (2) ENG 211 The Pronunciation of English (2 ) Plus one course from the following (3 ): Plus one 3 credits from the following: ALL 121 Introduction to the study of EFP 100 Introduction to Educational EFP 100 Introduction to Educational Language and Linguistics (2) Psychology (3 ) Psychology (3) ALL 141 Introduction to African Oral Literature EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental (2) Psychology (3 ) Psychology (3) B. Maths and Science concentration Special Education and Environmental Science Special Education Humanities (Religion) (18- CORE (18-20 credits) 20 credits) EPM 226 Algebra and Trigonometry (3) CORE (To be taken by all) CORE (To be taken by all) EPM 228 Foundations of Chemistry and EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Biology (3) Children (3) Children (3) C. Social Studies/Religious Education ENV 101 Introduction to the Physical and TRS 101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (2) concentration Human Environment (2) TRS 102 Religions and Science (2) CORE ENV 103 Elementary Quantitative Techniques TRS 103 Religions of Botswana (2) EPE 211 Language across the curriculum (3) in Geography (3) ENG 121 Introduction to English Language EPS 200 Intro to Social Studies Education (2) MAT 111 Introduction to Mathematics I (4) Description & Usage (2) Plus optional course. Choose one from the GEC 121 Computing and Information GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) following Skills I (2 ) GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills I(2) TRS 102 Religion and Science (2) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Plus one course from the following (3): ENV 211 Elements of Human Environment (2) Plus one of the courses from the following (3 ): EFP 100 Introduction to Educational EFP 100 Introduction to Educational Psychology (3) Level 2 Psychology (3) EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental Semester 1 EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental Psychology (3) Level Two: Diploma and B.Ed Psychology (3) Course Type Special Education Humanities (English and Diploma In Education Semester 3 Semester 4 TOTAL African Languages) (18-20) (Special Education) cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses SPD CORE (To be taken by all) Diploma In Special Education And Primary Core & Area Courses 6-9 2-3 6-9 2-3 12-18 4-6 EFS 101 Introduction to Exceptional Education Second Major- Pri. Ed /Sec. Ed. 3 (1) 3 (1) 6 (2) Children (3) (18-20 credits) General Education Courses ENG 121 Introduction to English Language, CORE (To be taken by all) 6 (2) 6 (2) 12 (4) and Usage (2) EFS 200 Field experience in special Options 3 (1) 3 (1) 6 (2) ENG 113 Introduction to literature Prose (2) education (3) Electives ------ALL 121 Introduction to study of Language EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12-14 and Linguistics (2) Plus one course in the area of specialization D. Practical Subject Concentration ALL 141 Introduction to Oral and Written Visual Impairment CORE Literature (2) EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with Take i, ii or iii GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) visual Impairment (3) i. Art Education GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills I(2) Hearing Impairment EPP 201 Introduction to Art (4) Plus one course from the following (3 credits): EFS 230 Communication Process for students ii. Music Education EFP 100 Introduction to Educational with Hearing impairment (3) EPP 217 Intro to Philosophy of music Psychology (3) Mental retardation Education and Fundamentals of EFP 101 Foundations of Developmental EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional music (4) Psychology (3) Methods for Students with Mild to iii. Home Economics Education ( Take one) Special Education Humanities (History) Moderate Mental Retardation (3) HEE 114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) OR (18-20 credits) Learning Disabilities HEE 115 Family studies Foundations (3)

42 Plus optional course choose one (for Practical music (4) Group chem. (2) Subjects concentration) iii. Home Economics Education (Take one) CHE 223 Inorganic chemistry lab (1) EPE 211 Language across the curriculum (3) HEE 114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Choose One Plus Corresponding Lab III, Physics EPS 200 Intro to Social Studies Education (2) OR PHY 211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 or 4 HEE 115 Family studies Foundations (3) PHY 219 Physics practical 2.1(1) Plus optional course choose one (for Practical PHY 212 Properties of matter and thermo Bachelor of Education Subjects concentration) dynamics (2) (Special Education) EPE 211 Language across the curriculum (3) PHY 219 Physics Practical 2.1(1) Plus 6 Special Education and Primary Education EPS 201 Theory and Practice of Values in credits of GEC Area 2/3/4/5 (18-21 credits) Education (2) Special Education and Environmental CORE (to be taken by all) Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 or 4 Science (18-21 credits) EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) Special Education and Maths/Science CORE (to be taken by all) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization (18-21) EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) Students from colleges of Education are to take CORE (to be taken by all) ELG 290 Theory of geography teaching (3) GEC 441,111 and 121 EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) ENV 215 Introduction to special analysis (3) EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization. visual Impairment (3) Students from colleges of Education are to take Students from colleges of Education are to EFS 230 Communication Process for students GEC 441,111 and121 take an additional 3 credits other than area of with Hearing Impairment (3) EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with specialization EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods visual Impairment (3) EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with for Students with Mild to Moderate EFS 230 Communication Process for students visual Impairment (3) Mental Retardation (3) with Hearing impairment (3) EFS 230 Communication Process for students EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods with Hearing impairment (3) students with learning disabilities/ for Students with Mild to Moderate EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods difficulties Mental Retardation (3) for Students with Mild to Moderate (3 credits) Plus one Core and Optional course in EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for Mental Retardation (3) relevant Primary Education concentration students with Learning disabilities/ EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for chosen in level 1. difficulties (3) Plus A or B students with hearing disabilities/ A. Language Concentration A. Mathematics Core difficulties (3) CORE ESM 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sec. Sch. Plus optional course. Choose one from the EPE 212 Introduction to Language Arts (3) Mathematics. (3) following. Plus optional course. Choose two Plus one optional course. Choose: To be taken by ENV 211 Elements of human geography I (3) Courses Relevant to teaching subject taken in pre-service students ENV 103 Elementary quantitative techniques in level 1. MAT 211 Introductory set and number geography (3) ENG 211 The Pronunciation of English (2) theory (3) ENV 214 Elements of physical geography (3) ALL 121 Introductions to the study of MAT 221 Calculus (3) To be taken by Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 4 or 5 Language and Linguistics (2) in-service students Special Education and Humanities B. Math and Science concentration ESM 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sch. (English/African Languages) CORE Mathematics (3) (18-21 credits) CORE (to be taken by all) EPM 226 Algebra and Trigonometry (3) ESM 203 Inset Algebra (3) EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) EPM 228 Foundations of Chemistry and ESM 213 Inset Differential Calculus (3) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Biology (3) B. Science Core Students from colleges of Education are to take C. Social Studies/Religious Education ESS 261 Basic Teaching Methods in Sec. Sch. GEC 441, 111 and 121 concentration CORE Science (3) EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with EPE 211 Language across the curriculum (3) Plus one optional course in I, II, III visual Impairment (3) EPS 200 Intro to Social Studies Education (2) I, Biology EFS 230 Communication Process for students ENV214 Element of the physical BIO 211 Cell Biology (3) with Hearing impairment (3) environment (3) BIO 213 Plant Structure and Functions (3) EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods D. Practical Subject Concentration BIO 215 Principles of Ecology (3) for Students with Mild to Moderate CORE BIO 217 Animal Diversity (3) Mental Retardation (3) Take i, ii or iii Choose One Plus Corresponding Lab EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for i. Art Education I, Chemistry students with hearing disabilities/ EPP 201 Introduction to Art (4) CHE 211 Introduction to analytical difficulties (3) ii. Music Education Chemistry (2) PLUS EPP 217 Intro to Philosophy of music CHE 213 Analytical chemistry lab (1) ELL 290 Language Education Issues (3) Education and Fundamentals of CHE 221 Atomic Structure Bonding and Hair Plus optional course. Choose two.Courses

43 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Relevant to teaching subject taken in level 1. with Hearing impairment (3) ALL 152 Style in Writing (2) ENG 211 The Pronunciation of English (2) EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods b. Mathematics/Science concentration ENG 213 Prose Literature of Southern Africa (2) for Students with Mild to Moderate EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and ENG 223 The Drama of Southern Africa (2) Mental Retardation (3) statistics (3, pre-req. EPM227) END 212 Introduction to English Literature: the EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for EPM 328 Principles of chemistry and Physics (3) Novel (2) students with Learning disabilities/ EPM 331 Social Studies in the Primary ALL 221 Sound systems in African difficulties (3) Schools (3) languages (2) PLUS c. Social Studies Concentration ALL 241 History and structure of the Setswana ELR 290 Theory of Teaching Religious Core Novel (2) Education (3) EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum ALL 232 Language instructions III (ALL 134 Pre Plus optional course. Choose one from the Development (3) required) (2) following. EPS 331 Social Studies in the Primary Schools ALL 251 Folk Speech in Africa (2) TRS 203 African Traditional Religions in (3) ALL 252 Rites of Passage: A study of social Botswana (2) d. Practical subjects concentration dreams (2) TRS 204 Theologies of Gender (2) Take i, ii or iii Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 2 or 4 TRS 206 Beginning Biblical Greek 1: New i. Art Education Special Education and Humanities Testament Greek (2) EPP 301 Appropriate Art Methods and (History) (18-21 credits) TRS 207 Introd. to Christian Theology (2) Materials for Primary School (4) CORE (to be taken by all) Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 3 or 4 i i . Music Education EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) EPP 327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology Plus one course relevant to SPED Specialization LEVEL 3 (17-21) credits depending on teaching Education (4) Students from colleges of Education are to take subject concentration) iii. Home Economics GEC 441,111 AND121 (Holder of UB Diploma) HEE 229 Child development Pre-natal through EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with Early Childhood (3) visual Impairment (3) Double Major: Special Education & Primary PLUS : Take one course in the area chosen at EFS 230 Communication Process for students Education Level 3. Semester 1 with Hearing impairment (3) CORE (to be taken by all) LEVEL THREE B.ED EFS 240 Curriculum and instructional Methods EFS 201 Psychology of Exceptional Course Type for Students with Mild to Moderate Children (3) Semester 5 Semester 6 TOTAL Mental Retardation (3) Plus one course in SPED concentration Visual cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses cr. hrs courses EFS 250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for Impairment SPED Core & Area students with learning disabilities/ EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation Courses difficulties (3) for students with visual 6 2 6 2 12 4 PLUS impairment (3) Second Major: Pri. Ed./ ELH 290 Theory of Teaching History (3) Hearing Impairment Sec.Ed. HIS 211 The rise of Europe world EFS 330 Communication Processes for 6 2 6 2 12 4 domination (3) students with hearing impairment (3) General Education Plus optional course. Choose one from the Mental Retardation Courses following. EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Subjects 3 1 - - 3 1 HIS 201 African cultures and civilizations to c. to students with Options 3 1 3 1 6 2 1500 (3) mental retardation (3) Electives - - 3 1 3 1 HIS 213 Poverty, economic growth and Learning Disabilities / Difficulties Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 affluence in Western Europe and EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and level 2 from the following: America (3) behavior management of students ALL 221 Sound systems in African Language(2) Plus 6 credits of GEC Area 1 or 2 or 3 with learning disabilities/difficulties. ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2) Special Education and Humanities (3) EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and (Theology and Religious Studies) (18-21 Plus 6 credits from a, b, c or d Statistics (3) credits) a. Language concentration EPM 328 Principles of Chemistry and Biology CORE (to be taken by all) Core (3credit) EFS 201 Psychology of exceptional children (3) ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2) EPM 330 Science Education (3) Plus one course relevant to SPED Specialization ALL 221 Sound Systems in African EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum Students from colleges of Education are to take Languages (2) Development (2) GEC 441 111 and 121 Plus optional courses. Choose one HEE 238 Orientation to Teaching home EFS 220 Braille Reading and Writing with from the following: Economics (3) visual Impairment (3) ALL 241 History and Structure of Setswana Elective: EFR 200 Intro to Measurement in EFS 230 Communication Process for students Novel (2) Education (3credits) GEC Area 4 (2credits)

44 Double major: Special Education & biology (3) Double major: Special Education & Primary Education EPM 330 Science education (3) Environmental Science Core (To be taken by all) EPS 322 Social Studies and curriculum CORE (To be taken by all) EFS301 Ed Asses and Identification of development (3) EFS 301 Educat Assess and Identification of Students with Disabilities (3) Elective: EFR 200 Intro to measurement in Students with Disabilities (3) Plus one area course in SPED specialization. education (3 Credits) GEC Area 4 (3 credits) CATION Visual Impairment Double major: Special Education & Science EEL 301 Introduction to Environmental EFS 320 Advanced Mobil. and Orien for Stud (Specials) Education (3) with Visual Impairment (3) CORE (To be taken by all) ENV 301 Environmental Issues (2) Hearing Impairment EFS 301 Educational Assessment and ENV 304 Quantitative Methods in Human EFS330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Identification of Students with Geography (2) the Deaf. (3) Disabilities (3) Plus one area course relevant to SPED Mental Retardation Plus one area course relevant to SPED specialization EFS 340 Methods in Teaching School Subjects specialization Visual Impairment to Students with Mental Visual Impairment EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation Retardation (3) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation for Students with Visual Learning Disabilities/Difficulties for Students with Visual Impairment (3) EFS 350 Developmental Approach And Impairment (3) Hearing impairment Behavioural Management Of Students Hearing Impairment EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to with Learning EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to the Deaf (3) Disabilities/ Difficulties (3) the Deaf (3) Learning Disabilities Plus 6 credits from courses relevant to area of Learning Disabilities/Difficulties EFS 350 Developmental Approach and concentration in Primary Education. EFS 350 Developmental Approach and Behavioural Management of Students Primary Education Teaching Subject Cluster: Behavioural Management of Students with Learning 1. Language Concentration with Learning Disabilities (3) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ENG 311 Modern English Grammar (2) Choose one of a, b, c or d Optional Courses. Choose one from the ALL 221 Sound Systems in African Language A. Biology Core following: (2) ESS 391 Principles and Practice of Teaching ENV 302 Concepts and Principles in Population Optional courses: take one School Science (3) Geography (2) ALL 241 History and Structure of Setswana BIO 211 Cell Biology (3) ENV 305 Rural Geography (2) and Novel (2) BIO 218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3) ENV 307 Human Settlements: Principles and ALL 152 Style in writing (2) Plus optional course. (Choose one) Morphology (2) 2.Mathematics & Science Concentration BIO 212 Genetics (3) Plus one GEC area 4 or 5 course EPM 330 Science Education (3) BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) GEC EPM 326 Introduction to Probability and BIO214 Intro. To Mammalian Physiology (3) Double major: Special Education & Statistics (3) B. Chemistry Core Humanities (History) 3.Social Studies & Religious Education ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teach Sch. CORE (To be taken by all) EPS 322 Social Studies and Curriculum Science (3) EFS 301 Educational Assessment and Development (3) CHE211 Analytical Chemistry (2) Identification of Students with ELR 301 Theories of Religious Education (3) CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Lab (1) Disabilities. (3) 4.Practical Subject Concentration CHE232 Structure & Survey of Functional Plus one area course relevant to SPED i Art Education Groups 1 (2) specialization EPP 301 Appropriate Art Methods and CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 (1) Visual Impairment Materials for Primary School (4) C. Pure Mathematics Core EFS 320 Advanced Mobil. and Orient for Studs ii Music Education ESM391 Principles and Practice of Teach. Sch. with Visual Impairment (3) EPP 327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology Maths (3) Hearing Impairment Education (4) MAT381 Calculus for Teachers 1(3) EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to iii Home Economics MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) the Deaf (3) HEE 233 Food Science (3) D. Physics Core Learning Disabilities/Difficulties Plus: Take one course in the area chosen at level ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teaching EFS 350 Developmental Approach and 2 from the following list School Science (3) Behavioural Management of Students ALL 221 Sound systems in African PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2 ) with Learning language (2) PHY212 Properties of Matter and Disabilities/Difficulties (3) ENG 311 Modern English grammar (2) Thermodynamics (2) History Core EPM 326 Intro to probability and statistics (3) PHY 219 Physics Practicals 2.1(1) ELC 302 Gender Issues in Social Studies (3) EPM 328 Principles of Chemistry and GEC 2 credits area 4 or 5 HIS 301 Historical Research Methods (3 credit)

45 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

HIS 303 Historiography of Botswana (1) the deaf (3) Hearing Impairment Plus Optional courses. Choose one. Learning Disabilities EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to ELC 321 Education for Self-reliance (3) EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and the Deaf (3) HIS 333 Intro to Foreign Policy, Dipl and Inter Behavioural Management for Learning Disabilities/Difficulties Rela 1800-1945 (3) Students with Learning Disabilities/ EFS 350 Developmental Approaches and HIS 343 Trade & Politics in Central African Difficulties (3) Behavioural Management of Students Kingdoms (3) Plus Core and Options in teaching subject with Learning HIS 341 African Diaspora in the Islamic World Mathematics Core Disabilities/Difficulties (3) & Asia (3) ESM 361 Teaching Strategies for School Home Economics Take All HIS 343 Trade and Politics in Central African Mathematics (3) HEE 229 Child Care and Development (3) Kingdoms (3) Plus one GEC MAT 321 Real Analyses 1(3) HEE 238 Orientation to Teaching Home area 3 or 5 GEC MAT 311 Abstract Algebra 1 Economics (3) Double major: Special Education & (3, pre-req.MAT 212) Area of concentration (Choose One from 1 To 4) Humanities (Theology and Religious Studies) Plus one from the following 1.Food and Nutrition (take all) CORE (To be taken by all) MAT 323 Vector Calculus (3, pre-req. MAT 222) HEE 320 Community Nutrition (3) EFS 301 Educational Assess. & Identification of MAT 251 Vectors & Introductory mechanics (3) HEE 343 Food Service management (3) Students with Disabilities (3) Biology Core 2. Human Development and Family Studies ELR 301 Theories of Religious Education (3) ESB 361 Teaching Strategies for School (take all) TRS 304 African Philosophy and Culture (2) Biology (3) HEE 316 Family Health Education (3) Plus one area course relevant to SPED BIO 316 Plant Physiology (3) HEE 348 Risk and Resiliency in Child Devt. (3) specialization BIO 317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (3) 3. Clothing and Textile (Take all) Visual Impairment Plus one from the following: HEE 353 Analysis & Evaluation of Textile EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation BIO 307 Biochemistry (revised) (3) Performance (3) for Students with Visual BIO 216 General Microbiology HEE 356 Apparel Design & Product Devt. (3) Impairment (3) (pre-req. BIO 310, BIO 312) (3) 4. Housing and Interior Design (Choose 2) Hearing Impairment Chemistry Core HEE 359 Design Fundamentals (3) EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to ESC 361 Teaching Strategies of School HEE 360 Building Construction and Envir. the Deaf (3) Chemistry (3) Systems (3) Learning Disabilities CHE 321 Coordination in Chemistry (2) HEE 362 Housing & Services for Families with EFS 350 Developmental Approach and CHE 323 Inorganic Chemistry Lab 11 (1) Special Needs (3) Behavioural Management of Students CHE 331 Structure and Survey of Functional GEC Area 4 (2) with Learning Disabilities/Difficulties Group (3) (3) CHE 341 Application Thermodynamics & B Ed Special Education Plus optional courses: choose one from the Electro Chemistry (2) (Double major) following. CHE 343 Physical Chemistry Lab 111 (1) TRS 301 Christology (2) Physics Core Semester 1 (16-18) TRS 302 Missionaries in the 19th century ESP 361 Teaching Strategies of School Double major: Special Education and Primary South Africa (2) Physics (3) Education (In-service) TRS 303 Creation and the Bible (2) PHY 311 Mechanics (2) CORE TRS 309 Psychology of Religion (2) PHY 312 Quantum Mechanics (2) EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 GEC PHY 319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) Children with Disabilities (3) Elective: PHY 314 Electronics 1 (2) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization EFR 200 Intro. To Measurement in Plus 2 credits GEC area 5 EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision (3) Education (3) GEC EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Double major: Special Education & Science Double major: Special Education & Home Impairment (3) CORE (To be taken by all) Economics (Secondary In-Service) EFS 440 School- & Comm-Based Progrs for EFS 301 Educational Assessment and CORE (To be taken by all) Indivs with Mental Retardation (3) Identification of students with EFS 301 Educational Assessment and EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Disabilities (3) Identification of Students with with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Plus one area course relevant to SPED Disabilities. (3) across the Life Span (3) specialization Plus one area course relevant to SPED Plus CORE courses and optional course relevant Visual Impairment specialization to concentration in Primary Education EFS 320 Advanced Mobil and Orient for Studs Visual Impairment 1. Language Concentration with Visual Impairment (3) EFS 320 Advanced Mobility and Orientation EPL 411 Teaching Reading in the Primary Hearing Impairment for Students with Visual School (3) EFS 330 Approaches in Teaching Language to Impairment (3) EPL 414 Literature for primary schools (3)

46 ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2) HEE 328 Orientation to Teaching Home ESS 441 Information and communication Plus 0ptional course Economics (3) technology for the science teacher (2) ALL 331 Introduction to Translation (2) Optional Course (Choose one) Plus Two from the following: teaching subjects 2. Mathematics & Science Concentration (6 PHR 309 Adapted Physical Education (2) in Science credits) HEE 338 Consumer Protection (2) BIO 412 Aquatic biology (3) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives & their HEE 337 Human Development across the Life BIO 427 Evolution (3) Application (3 s,pre-req.EPM 327) Span (2) BIO 431 Plant Responses to Environmental EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Physics & Earth EFP 301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Stress (3) Science (3) Development (3) BIO 423 Ex. Physiology (3) Plus Optional course, choose one from the 5. Special Topics concentration BIO 421 Entomology (3) following Students in this concentration shall continue Chemistry Core EPM 430 Maths Applications for Primary with the area chosen at Level 200. ESC 461 Further Issues in Chemistry teaching (3) ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) Pedagogical Content Knowledge (3) EPM 431 Science Applications for Primary ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2 ) ESS 441 Information and communication Schools (3) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives and their technology for the science teacher (2) 3. Social Studies & Religious Education Applications (3) Plus Choose Two from the following teaching Concentration (6 credits) EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Biology and subjects in Science EPS 401 The Role of Democracy in the Chemistry (3 ) CHE 421 Advanced Transition Metal Teaching of Social Studies (3) ENV 307 Human Settlement: Principles and Chemistry (3) ELC 431 Civic education (3) Plus Optional Morphology (2) CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry: Synthetic course (choose one) Plus one from the following areas and the Chemistry and Design of Organic EPS 331 Teaching Social Studies in Primary optional Synthesis (3) Schools (3) Guidance and Counselling CHE 441 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3) EPS 401 The role of Democracy in the teaching EFH 403 Programme Development in CHS (3) Mathematics Core of Social studies (3) Infant Education ESM 461 Advanced Teaching Methods in 4. Practical Subjects: EPI 431 Management of Early Childhood School Maths (3) Choose one in the teaching subject chosen at Programme 3) ESM441 Intro. To Info and Communication Level 200 Environmental Education Technology in Maths Education (2) ALL 321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) EPI 442 Environmental Conservation MAT 421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2) Strategies (3) MAT 423 Mathematical Methods (3) EPM 426 Introduction to Derivatives and their ONE optional course Physics Core Applications (3) EPP 301 Adult-child Intervention and Cognitive ESP 461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for EPM 428 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Development 3) School Physics (3) Chemistry (3) Elective or GEC “2-3 credits” ESS 441 Information and communication ENV 307 Human Settlements: Principles and Retake courses (if any) technology for the science teacher (2) Level 4, semester 1 Semester 1 (17 credits) Pre-service Plus teaching subject s in the Science discipline Level Four Double major: Special Education and Science PHY 411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) Course Type SPED: CORE PHY 412 Statistical Mechanics & Solid State Semester 7 Semester 8 Total cr. hrs courses cr. hrs EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of Physics (2) courses cr. hrs courses Children and Youth with PHY 419 Physics Practicals 4.1(2) SPED Core Courses 6 2 9 3 15 5 Disabilities (3) Special Education and Science- Specials (19 Second Major: Pri. Ed/Sec. Ed. 6 2 6 2 12 4 Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization credits) SPED General Education EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision (3) CORE (To be taken by all) Courses EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing EFS 401 Rehabilitation & Transition of children Options 3 1 - - 3 1 Impairment (3) with disabilities (3) Electives 3 1 3 1 6 2 EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Student Load 18 6 18 6 36 12 Programmes for Individuals with EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision (3) Morphology (2 credits) Mental Retardation (3) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Plus Practical Area Subject and the optional EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Impairment (3) course with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties EFS 440 School- and Community-Based (i) Art Education Across the Life Span (3) Programmes for Individuals with EPP 406 Contemporary Issues in Art Plus CORE and Optional courses relevant to Mental Retardation (3) Education (4) teaching subject. EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals (ii) Music Education Biology Core with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties EPP 447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4) ESB 461 Critical Debates in Biology Across the Life Span (3) (iii) Home Economics Education (3) Second Major: CORE courses in Math/ Science

47 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Teaching subject ENV 404 Rural Development Theory and Children with Disabilities (3) 1. Biology Practice (2) Plus one course relevant to SPED ESB 461 Critical Debates in Biology (3) ENV 424 Industry and Environment (2) specialization BIO 311 Plant Systematics (3) ENV 406 Regional Development studies (2) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision (3) BIO 315 Invertebrate Biology (3) ENV 408 Tourism and Development (2) EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing 2. Chemistry ENV 425 The African Environment (3) Impairment (3) ESC 461 Further Issues in Chemistry Pedagogic. ENV 407 Eco-tourism (2) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Content (3) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Programmes for Individuals with CHE 321 Coordination Chemistry (2 ) Electives (3) a course outside special education Mental Retardation (3) CHE 323 Inorganic Chemistry Lab II (1 ) and second major Retake courses (if any) EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals CHE 341 Applications of thermodynamic & Semester 1 (18 Credits ) Pre-Service Double with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Electrochemistry (2) major: Special Education and Humanities Across the Life Span (3 credits) CHE 343 Physical Chem. Lab III (1) (English: African languages) Second major: Two CORE courses and one 3. Mathematics SPED: CORE (to be taken by all) Optional course in Teaching subject ESM 461 Advanced Teach. Methods in Sch. EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition of 1. Home Economics Maths. (3) Children and Youth with HEE 449 Seminar in Human Development (2) MAT 483 Real Analysis for Teachers I (3 ) Disabilities (3) HEE 451 Public Policy for children and MAT 485 Number Theory & Abstract algebra for Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Families (3) Teac. (3) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low Vision (3) Optional Course, Choose one 4. Physics EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing HEE 362 Housing and Services for Families ESP 461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for Impairment (3) with Special Needs (2) School Physics (3) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based HEE 454 Family Counselling (3) PHY 311 Mechanics (2) Programmes for Individuals with 2. Social Studies PHY 312 Quantum Mechanics (2) Mental Retardation (3) ELC 300 Socialization Issues (3) PHY 319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and Optional course. Choose one from the following with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Integration (3) in your teaching subject: Across the Life Span (3) Optional Course. Choose one ESM 441 Intro. to Inform & Commun. Tech. In English ELC 431 Civic education (3) Maths Education (2) ELL 401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy ELC 421 Global Perspectives & Materials in ESM 471 Contemporary Issues in Maths in Education (3) Social Studies (3) Education (2) ENG 421 Approaches to Syntax (2) ELC 451 Resource Management in Africa (3) ESS 441 Intro. to Inform & Commun. Tech. In Plus all of ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3) Science Education (2) ENG 412 Introduction to Shakespeare (2) 3. Theology & Religious Studies ESS 471 Contemporary Issues in Science ENG 413 The African Novel (2) ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education in Education (2) GEC (2) Or take one language course and one literature Sec. Sch. (3) Special Education and Environmental course (4 credits) TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2 ) Science (19 credits) SPED: African Languages TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2 ) CORE (To be taken by all) ELL 401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy Optional course. Choose one EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition in Education (3) TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2 ) in SPED (3) ALL 421 Intro to Historical and Comparative TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2 ) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Linguistics Based on Africa (2) TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic I (2 ) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision (3) ALL 422 A Sociolinguistic study of Southern TRS 407 Islam’s Socio-Cultural, Legal & EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Africa (2) Political structures (2 ) Impairment (3) Plus one course from the following: TRS 409 African Christian Theologies (2 ) EFS 440 School- and Community- Based ALL 431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics (2) TRS 411 Politics and Development of Biblical Programmes for Individuals with ALL 452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) thought (2 ) Mental Retardation (3) ALL 451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology ((2 ) EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals ALL 453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (2) TRS 413 Hinduism (2 ) with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Plus one Elective (3 credits) Electives (3) One course outside of Special Across the Life Span (3) Education and the second major Second Major: Core courses Special Education and Humanities: English/ EEL 401 Environmental Education African Language/Theology & Religious Special Education and Humanities: Home Conservation Strategies (3) Studies/Social Studies/Home Economics- Economics/ Social Studies/ Theology & ENV 402 Natural Resource Conservation and Specials (21 credits) Religious Studies –Specials (18 credits) Management (3) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) SPED CORE (To be taken by all) Plus two from the following EFS 401 Rehabilitation & Transition for EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition

48 in SPED (3) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision (3) TRS 413 Hinduism (2) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Electives (3) One course outside of special EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision (3) Impairment (3) education and second major EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Diploma Level 1, Semester 2 Impairment (3) Programmes for Individuals with Semester 2 (18-19) Special Education and EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Mental Retardation (3) Primary Education Programmes for Individuals with EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals CORE (to be taken by all) Special Education Mental Retardation (3) with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Courses EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Across the Life Span (3) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Second Major: CORE courses Education (3) Across the Life Span (3) HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble for EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Second major: Two CORE courses and one South Africa (3) Assessment of Disabilities (3) Optional course in Teaching subject HIS 412 Segregation, apartheid and African ETP200 Teaching Practice in Special Education 4. Home Economics Nationalism in South Africa (3) Second Major (Primary Education) HEE 337 Human Development Across the Life ELC 400 Socialization Issues (3) EPE101 Algebra and its Applications (3) Span (3) Or EPE103 Principles of Science (3) HEE 340 Home Economics Teach. Methods and ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and EPE114 Introduction to Education in Evaluation (3 ) integration (3) Botswana (3) Optional Course. Choose one And choose one GEC courses (Take All) HEE 341 Home Economics Curriculum HIS 421 Political Ideas during the ancient and GEC 112 Communications and Study Planning and design (3 ) medieval periods (3) Skills II (2) HEE 460 Clothing for People with Special HIS 301 Historical research Methods (3) GEC 122 Computer and Information Skills II (2) Needs (3 ) Electives (3 credits) One course outside Special Diploma II Semester 2 (18-19 credits) 5. Social Studies Education and second major Retake course (if CORE (to be taken by all) ELC 300 Socialization Issues ((3 ) any) EFS 202 Practicum in Special Education (3) ELC 403 Economic Cooperation and ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education Integration (3 ) Special Education and Theology and Religious Take all courses in area of specialization Optional Course. Choose one Studies (20 credits) Visual Impairment ELC 431 Civic education (3) SPED CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students ELC 421 Global Perspectives & Materials in EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition for with Visual Impairment (3) Social Studies (3 ) Children and Youth with Disabilities(3) EFS 222 Early Stimulation Programs for ELC 451 Resource Management in Africa (3 ) Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization Children with Visual Impairment (3) ELC 461 Human Rights Issues (3 ) EFS 420 Teaching Students with Low vision(3) Primary Education 6. Theology & Religious Studies EFS 430 Educating Students with Hearing Hearing Impairment ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education in Sec. Impairment (3) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Sch. (3 ) EFS 440 School- and Community-Based Hearing (3) TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2) Programmes for Individuals with EFS 232 Early Childhood Education of Children TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2) Mental Retardation (3) with Hearing Impairment (3) Optional course. Choose one EFS 450 Educational Services for Individuals Primary Education TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2) with Learning Disabilities/ Difficulties Mental Retardation TRS 405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) Across the Life Span(3 ) EFS 241 Programme Development for TRS 406 Intermediate Arabic I(2) Second major: CORE course Students with Mental Retardation (3) TRS 407 Islam’s Socio-Cultural, Legal & ELR 401 Teaching Religious Education In EFS 242 Early Childhood Education of Children Political structures (2) Secondary Schools (3) with Mental Retardation (3) TRS 409 African Christian Theologies (2) TRS 401 New Religious Movements (2) Primary Education TRS 411 Politics and Development of Biblical TRS 402 Religion and Politics (2) Learning Disabilities thought (2) Plus optional courses, choose two from the EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2) following: Subjects for Students with Learning TRS 413 Hinduism (2) TRS 403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2) Disabilities (3) Electives (3) One course outside of Special TRS 404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity (2) EFS 252 Early Intervention for At-Risk Education and the second major TRS 407 Islam’s Sociocutural, Legal and Children (3) Special Education and History (21 credits) Political Structures (2 ) Major II Primary Education Areas of concentration SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) TRS 409 African Christian Theology (2 ) (choose one from the following areas of EFS 401 Rehabilitation and Transition in TRS 411 Politics and Development of Biblical concentration) SPED (3) Thoughts (2) 1. Language Concentration Plus one course relevant to SPED specialization TRS 412 Ecumenical Theology (2 ) CORE courses

49 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

ALL 142 Study of Drama (2) Education (2) Physics (3) ENG 221 English Linguistics (2) In addition, take ONE of the following courses PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism Physics (3) Optional course (choose ONE from the i. Art Education PHY 119 Physics Practical 1, 2 (1) following) EPP 202 Pract Art, Craft & Desg Skills for the Plus 2 credits of GEC EPA 203 Classroom Management (3) Classroom Teacher (4) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II (2) ALL 153 Introduction to the African Novel (2) ii. Music Education GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (2) 2. Maths. & Science Concentration EPP218 Listening, Composing and Special Education and Science (Environmental CORE Courses Performing (4) Science) (19 credits) EPM 227 Introduction to functions and the iii. Home Economics CORE (to be taken by all) domains (3) HEE116 Introduction to consumer EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special EPM 228 Foundations of Chemistry and Education (3) Education (3) Physics (3) Level 1, Semester 2 EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education Bachelor Of Education EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Concentration (Special Education) Assessment of Disabilities (3) CORE Courses ENV 102 Introduction to the Physical and EPS 203 Indigenous Peoples and their Special Education and Primary Education Human Environments II (2) Environments (3) (19 credits) ENV 104 Elementary Quantitative Techniques EPS 201 Theories & Practice of Values CORE (to be taken by all) in Geography II (3) Education (2) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building (3) Optional Course (choose ONE from the Education (3) Plus 2 credits of GEC following) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Special Education and Humanities (English) TRS 107 African Traditional Religion (3) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for (19 credits) HIS 202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave Assessment of Disabilities (3) CORE (to be taken by all) Trade (3) ALL 122 The Characteristics of Human EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special ENV 214 Elements of the Physical Languages (2) Education (3) Environment (3) ALL 142 The Study of Drama (2) Plus EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 4. Special Topics Concentration one course from the following EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for (take ONE of the following course related to your combinations Assessment of Disabilities (3) chosen teaching subject) EPE 103 Principles of Science (3) ENG 111 Studies in Pros (2) ALL142 The study of Drama (2) EPE 114 Introduction to Education in ENG 123 Introduction to Literature Drama & ENG221 English Linguistics (2) Botswana (3) Poetry (2) EPM227 Introduction to functions and OR Plus one course from the following Domains (3, pre-req. EPM226) EPE 101 Algebra and its Applications (3) ALL 134 Language Instruction II (2) EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and EPE 103 Principles of Science (3) ALL 153 Introduction to African Novel (2) Physics (3) OR ALL 154 Theory of Humour in Africa (2) EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of SOC 133 Social Change in Botswana (2) Education (2) History (2) Plus 4 credits of GEC i. Guidance/Counseling EPE 114 Introduction to Education in GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II (2) EFH 105 Counselling Approaches and Botswana (3 credits) Plus 4 credits of GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (2 ) Theories (3) GEC ii. Infant Education GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II (2) Special Education and Humanities (African EPI229 Theories and Principles of Infant GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (2) Languages) (19 credits) Education Special Education and Science (20 credits) CORE (to be taken by all) iii. Environmental Education CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special EPI225 Environmental Issues, Pols and Educ EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special Education (3) for sustain Development (3) Education (3) EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 5. Practical Subject Concentration (take all EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for courses in one of the following areas as your EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Assessment of Disabilities (3) teaching subject Assessment of Disabilities (3) ALL 122 The Characteristics of Human ALL142 The study of Drama (2) Take Languages (2) ENG221 English Linguistics (2) MAT122 Introduction to Mathematics II (5) ALL 142 The Study of Drama (2) EPM227 Introduction to functions and the Plus 4 credits from any one of the following Plus one course from the following: Domains (3, pre-req. EPM226) courses ALL 153 Introduction to African Novel (2) EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and BIO 112 Diversity of Plants and Animal (4) ALL 154 Theory of Humour in Africa (2) Plus 4 Physics (3) CHE 102 General Chemistry II (4) credits of GEC EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in PHY 121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II (2)

50 GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (2) Students with Mental Retardation (3) Hearing (3) Special Education and Humanities (Theology EFS 242 Early Intervention Programmes for EFS 233 Development of Education for the & Religious Studies) (19 credits) Young Children with Mental Hearing Impaired (3) CORE (to be taken by all) Retardation (3) Learning Disabilities EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special Learning Disabilities EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School Education (3) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School Subject for Students with Learning EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) Subjects for Students with Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for Disabilities. /Difficulties (3) EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Assessment of Disabilities (3) EFS 252 Early Intervention for At-Risk Student with Learning Disabilities./ Plus two from the following courses Children (3) Difficulties (3) TRS 108 History of Philosophy I Classical Greek Plus two courses from the following Mathematics & Science Philosophy (2) clusters Mathematics TRS 111 Epistemology I Theory of Language Concentration ESM 262 Practicum in Secondary School Knowledge (2) ENG 221 English Linguistics (2) Mathematic (3) TRS 109 Biblical Interpretation(2) ALL 153 Introduction to African novel (2) MAT 212 Introduction to Algebra (3, pre-req.: Plus 4 credits of GEC ALL 122 African Languages and Linguistics (2) MAT111) or A-Level GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II (2) ALL 142 African Languages and Literature (2) ESM 206 Inset Algebra II (3) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (2) Math and Science Concentration ESM 216 Inset Integral Calculus (3) Special Education and Humanities EPM 227 Introduction to functions and the Optional.Choose one from the following (History) (17-19 credits) domains (3) MAT 222 Calculus11 (3, pre-req. MAT 221) CORE (to be taken by all) EPM 229 Foundations of Bio & Earth MAT 242 Computing 1 (3) EFS 102 Service Delivery Approaches in Special Sciences (3) Biology Education (3) Social Studies/Religious Education ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School EFS 103 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) concentration Science (3) EFS 104 Introduction to Procedures for TRS 107 African Traditional Religion (2) Choose two from the following: Assessment of Disabilities (3) ENV 102 Introduction to the Physical and BIO211 Cell Biology (3) ELC 202 Social Studies and Nation Building (3) Human (2) BIO 213 Plant Structure & Function Plus one from the following Practical Subjects Concentration Take one of the (3, pre-req. for BIO 316) HIS 102 Introduction to the Study of following: Chemistry – (take all) History (2) Art Education ESS 262 Practicum in Secondary School HIS 202 Africa in the Era of Atlantic Slave EPP 202 Practical Arts Skills for the Classroom Science (3) Trade C1500 to C1800 (3) Teacher (4) CHE 232 Structure Survey of Functional Plus 4 credits of GEC Music Education groups (2) GEC 112 Communication & Study Skills II (2) EPP 218 Listening, Composing and CHE 234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1 (1 ) GEC 122 Computer & Information Skills II (2) Performing (4) CHE 242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) Home Economics Education CHE 244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1 (1) Level 2 HEE 116 Introduction to Consumer Physics– (take all) Semester 2 Education (3 credits) Plus one from the following PHY 221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) B Ed Special Education (Double Major) optional courses PHY222 Electronics and nuclear physics (2) Special Education and Primary Education EPE 214 Theory & Practice of the Project PHY 229 Physics Practical 2.2 (1) (15-18 credits) Method (3) ESS 262 Practicum in Secondary School CORE (to be taken by all) EPM 230 Technology in Teaching Primary Science (3) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) School Maths (3) Special Education and Environmental Science Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization EPI 225 Environmental Issues, Policies and (17 credits) Visual Impairment Education (3) CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students Special Education and Math/Science (17- 18 ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) with Visual Impairment (3) credits) CORE (to be taken by all) Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialisation EFS 222 Early Stimulation Programmes for ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) Visual Impairment Children with Visual Impairment (3) Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students Hearing Impairment Visual Impairment with Visual Impairment (3) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Hearing (3) with Visual Impairment (3) Visually Impaired (3) EFS 232 Early Childhood Education of Children EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Hearing Impairment with Hearing Impairment (3) Visually Impaired (3) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Mental Retardation Hearing Impairment Hearing (3) EFS 241 Programme Development for EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of EFS 233 Development of Education for the

51 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Hearing Impaired (3) Languages (2) Subject for Students with Learning Learning Disabilities ALL 234 Language Instruction IV (2) Disabilities/ Difficulties (3) EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School ALL 253 The Sociology of Literature (2) EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Subject for Students with Learning ALL 242 African Written Poetry (2) Students with Learning Disabilities/ Disabilities./Difficulties (3) GEC (2) Difficulties (3) EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Special Education and Humanities Plus Students With Learning Disabilities. (History) (18 credits) ELR 302 Practice of Religious Education (3) /Difficulties (3) CORE (to be taken by all) TRS 209 History of Christian Thought (2) Environmental Science Take ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) Optional course. Choose one from the EEL 302 Environmental Education Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization following Methodology (2) Visual Impairment TRS 210 Gospel Narratives (2) Plus any two from the following EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students TRS 211 Ecclesiology (2) ENV 219 Elements of Human Geography II (3) with Visual Impairment (3) TRS 212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New ENV 220 Elements of Physical EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Testament Greek (2) Environment II (3) Visually Impaired (3) TRS 213 Johannine corpus (2) ENV 216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) Hearing Impairment TRS 214 Beginning Arabic I: Introduction to Special Education and Humanities (English EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Basic Arabic (2) /African Languages) (18 credits) Hearing (3) TRS 215 Metaphysics 1: Appearance and CORE (to be taken by all) EFS 233 Development of Education for the Reality (2) ETP 200 Teaching Practice (3) Hearing Impaired (B.Ed. Secondary (3) TRS 216 History of Philosophy III: Post Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization Learning Disabilities – Medieval to 19th Century (2 credits) Visual Impairment EFS 251 Remed. Technology in School Subject GEC (4 credits) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students for Students with Learning Disability/ Level 3 with Visual Impairment (3) Difficulty (3) Semester 2 EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the EFS 253 Secondary School Programme for Special Education & Primary Education Visually Impaired (3) Students with Learning Disability/Diff (17-20 credits) Hearing Impairment (3) CORE (To be taken by all) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of History Take EFS 302 Education of the Gifted and Hearing (3) ELC 321 Social Studies Methods (3) Talented (3) EFS 233 Development of Education for the HIS 213 Agriculture & Industrialization in ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education Hearing Impaired (3) World Economy 1945 (3) & Second Major (3). Learning Disabilities ELH 290 Theory of Teaching History (3) Plus one area course relevant to SPED EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School Plus any one courses from the following specialization Subject for Students with Learning HIS 202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave Visual Impairment Disabilities/ Difficulties (3) Trade C. 1500-C.1800 (3) EFS 321 Communications and Language EFS 253 Secondary School Programmes for HIS 212 Catastrophe and Survival in 20th Development for Students with Visual Students with Learning Disabilities/ Century Europe (3) Impairment (3) Difficulties (3) English Special Education and Humanities Hearing Impairment Plus (Theology and Religious Studies) (17-18 EFS 331 Advanced Communication Processes ENG 221 Introduction to English Linguistics (2) credits) for Students with Hearing ELL 302 Teaching of Literature at Secondary CORE (to be taken by all) Impairment (3) Level (3) ETP 200 Teaching Practice in Special Education Mental Retardation Optional course (choose one from the following) and Second Major (3) EFS 341 Society and children with Mental ENG 222 Introduction to English literature: Plus all courses relevant to SPED specialization Retardation (3) Poetry and Drama (2) Visual Impairment Learning Disabilities ENG 233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (2) EFS 221 Instructional Methods for Students EFS 351 Career Education for Students with ENG 217 Theatre History (2) with Visual Impairment (3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) African Languages EFS 223 Mobility and Orientation for the Plus 6 credits from a, b or d Plus Visually Impaired (3) Primary Education Teaching subject Cluster: ALL 222 The Structure of words in African Hearing Impairment a. Language concentration Languages (2) EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of ENG 321 Usage in English Language (2 ) ELL 302 Teaching of Literature at Secondary Hearing (3) EPL 300 Theory and Practice of Second Level EFS 233 Development of Education for the Language (3) Optional courses (choose one form the Hearing Impaired (3) Optional Courses (one out of the following) following) Learning Disabilities EPA 303 Planning and management (3) ALL 233 Generative Phonology in African EFS 251 Remediation Techniques in School ALL 253 The sociology of literature (2)

52 b. Mathematics & Science concentration EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) EPM 331 Teaching School Maths (3) Language (3) BIO215 Principles of Ecology EPM 329 Principles of Physics & Earth b. Mathematics & Science concentration (3, pre-req. BIO 434) Science (3) EPM331 Teaching School Maths (3) Plus ONE of: c. Social Studies & Religious Education EPM329 Principles of Physics & Earth Science BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) EPS 323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3 ) (3) BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) ELR 302 Practicum in Religious Education (3) c. Social Studies & Religious Education Chemistry d. Practical subject concentration EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) ESC362 Advanced Practicum in School i. Art Education ELR302 Practicum in Religious Education (3) Chemistry (3) EPP 302 Practical Skills in Planning & Teaching d. Practical subject concentration Plus two from the following: Arts in the Primary School (4) i. Art Education C312II Third Year Inorganic Chemistry (3) ii. Music Education EPP302 Practical Skills in Planning & Teaching C312 II Lab Third Year Inorganic Laboratory (1 EPP 328 Teaching Methods in Music Arts in the Primary School (4) credit) Education (4) ii . Music Education C312IV Third Year Physical Chemistry (3) iii. Home Economics EPP328 Teaching Methods in Music Education C312IV Lab Third Year Physical Chemistry HEE 227 Foundations of Food Preparation & (4) Laboratory (1) meal Management (3) iii. Home Economics Physics Optional course: Choose one from the HEE227 Foundations of Food Preparation & ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics following: meal Management (3) (3 ) Plus EPA 303 Planning and Management (3) Optional course: Choose one from the following PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) PHR 261 Introduction to skills and (For all subject concentration) PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) techniques of soccer (2 ) GEC EPM301 Special Issues in Maths Education (3) PHY323 Vibrations, waves and Optics (2) Area 4 (2credits) EPL312 Breakthrough to Literacy (2) PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) EDT310 Instructional Materials (3) Plus 2 credits GEC area 5 Bachelor Of Education GEC Area 4 (2) Special Education & Environmental Science (Special Education) Special Education & Science (17-19 credits) (16-18 credits) CORE (To be taken by all) CORE (To be taken by all) (Credits depending on teaching subject ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special Education ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special Education concentration) & Second Major (3) & Second Major (3 ) (Holder of UB Diploma) EFS302 Education of the Gifted and EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Special Education & Primary Education Talented (3) Talented (3) (15-18 credits) Plus one area course relevant to SPED Plus one area course relevant to SPED CORE (to be taken by all) specialization specialization EFR 220 Introduction to Educational Visual Impairment Visual Impairment Research (3) EFS321 Communication and Language EFS321 Commu. and Language Dev for ETP 300 Teaching Practice in Special Education Development for Students with Visual Students with Visual Impairment (3 ) & Second Major (3 credits). Plus one Impairment (3) Hearing Impairment area course relevant to SPED Hearing Impairment EFS321 Advanced Commu Processes for Studs specialization EFS331 Advanced Communication Process for with Hearing Impairment (3) Visual Impairment Studs with Hearing Impairment (3) Learning Disabilities EFS 321 Communication and Language Learning Disabilities EFS351 Career Educati for Students with Development for Students with Visual EFS351 Career Education for Students with Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3 ) Impairment (3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Take Hearing Impairment Plus Core and Options in teaching subject. EEL302 Environmental Education EFS 231 School Audiometry and Evaluation of Mathematics Methodology (3) Hearing (3) ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School ENV311 Environment, Population and Mental Retardation (For B Ed. Primary) Mathematics (3) Development (3) EFS 341 Society and children with Mental Plus two from the following Optional Course, Choose one Retardation (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra 11 ENV313 Elementary Techniques in Population Learning Disabilities (3, pre-req. MAT 311) Geography (3) EFS351 Career Educations for Students with MAT324 Differential Equation ENV316 Agricultural Development (2 ) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) (3, pre-req. MAT 222) Plus one GEC area 4 or 5 course Plus 6 credits from a, b or d MAT322 Real Analysis 11 (3) Special Education & Humanities (English/ Primary Education Teaching subject Cluster: Biology African Languages) (19 credits) a. Language concentration ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School CORE (To be taken by all) ENG321 Usage in English Language (2) Biology (3) EFS302 Education of the Gifted and

53 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

talented (3) CORE (To be taken by all) Plus ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special Education EFS302 Education of the Gifted and Talented EPE411 Educational Management and & Second Major (3). (3) Curriculum Development (3) Plus one area course relevant to SPED ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special Education 3. Social Studies and Religious Education specialization and Second Major (3) HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners, and the Impact(3) Visual Impairment Plus one area course relevant to SPED TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) EFS321 Commun and Language Dev for specialization ENG320 Botswana Environment (2) Students with Visual Impairment (3) Visual Impairment 4. Practical Subjects. Continue with area Hearing Impairment EFS321 Communication and Language chosen at level 200 Semester 1 EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes Development for Students with Visual i. Art Education for Students with Hearing Impairment (3) EPP405 Integrated Arts Education in Cultural Impairment (3) Hearing Impairment Context (4) Learning Disabilities EFS331 Advanced Communication Processes ii. Music Education EFS351 Career Educ for Studs with Learning for Students with Hearing EPP449 Movement in Music (4) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Impairment (3) iii. Home Economics English Learning Disabilities HEE311 Clothing Design and Construction (3) ELL302 The teaching of Literature at EFS351 Career Education for Students with HEE453 Family Resource Management (3) Secondary School level (3) Learning Disabilities/Difficulties (3) Plus a course in the following areas ENG351 Phonology of English (2) Theology and Religious Studies Core (Continue with area chosen at level 200 Sem. 1) ENG321 Usage in English (2) ELR302 Practice of Religious Education (3 ) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) OR African Languages TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation of ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at Plus optional course: choose two English (2) OR Secondary School Level (3) from the following. EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Physics and ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) TRS316 History and Mythology of Jesus (2) Earth Science (3) OR ALL343 Introduction to African Popular TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (2) TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) and Theatre (2) TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century South HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact of Plus 2 credits of GEC area 4 or 5 Africa (2) Colonial Rule (3) Special Education & Humanities (History) Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 1. Special Topics (Continue with areas chosen at (18 credits) Level 4 level 200 Sem. 1) CORE (To be taken by all) Semester 2 i. Guidance and Counselling EFS302 Education of the Gifted and EFH406 Consultation in Counselling and Talented (3) Bachelor Of Education Human Services (3) ETP300 Teaching Practice in Special Education (Special Education) ii. Infant Education and Second Major (3 credits) Plus one area EPI342 Contemporary Issues in Early course relevant to SPED specialization Special Education and Primary Education Childhood Education (3) Visual Impairment (19-22) iii. Environmental Education EFS321 Commun and Language Dev for SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) EPI443 Environmental Conservation Students with Visual EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and Strategies II (3) Impairment (3) Concerns in SPED(3 ) Plus a course in the following areas (Continue Hearing Impairment EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of with area chosen at level 200 Sem. 1) EFS331 Advanced Commu Processes for Studs Students with Disabilities (3) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) OR with Hearing Impairment (3) Plus one from the following courses: ENG411 Form, Function and Variation of Learning Disabilities EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with English (2) OR EFS 351 Career Educ for Studs with Learning Communication Disorders (3) EPM427 Calculus II (3) Disabilities/Difficulties (3) EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD (3) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Physics and History Second Major Content Earth Science (3) OR ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) Primary Education Teaching Subject Cluster: TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) and ELC321 Social Studies Teaching Methods (3) 1. Reading English/Setswana HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact of Plus Optional course. Choose one. EPL411 Teaching Reading in the Primary Colonial Rule (3) ELC342 Modern Anglophone, Francophone, Schools (3) Plus Optional Courses: (Choose one) and Lusophone West Africa (3) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) EPE411 Educational Management and HIS344 The root of Crises in Modern Central ENG411 Form, Function and Variation (2) Curriculum Development (3) Africa (3) 2. Mathematics and Science ENV320 Botswana’s Environment (3) Plus one GEC area 3 or 5 EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and Special Education and Science Special Education & Humanities (Theology Earth Science (3) (Specials) (19) and Religious Studies) (18 credits) EPM427 Calculus II (3) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all)

54 EFS400 Project: Contemporary Issues and EFS 402 Strategies for Helping families of from the following courses: Concerns in SPED (3) Students with Disabilities (3) ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2) EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Plus one from the following courses: ENG443 The African Novel II (2) Students with Disabilities (3) EFS 403 Speech Correction for Students with ENG 452 Shakespearean Drama (2) Plus one from the following courses: Communication Disorders (3) ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (2) EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with EFS 404 Education of Children with ADHD (3) ENG481 Language and Gender (2 credit) Communication Disorders (3) Second Major African Languages EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD (3) ELC 411 Curriculum Development for Social ALL423 Bantu and Khoesan Languages of Second Major Studies Teachers (3) Southern Africa (2) Biology Plus one from the following courses: ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Practice ESS412 Introduction to the History and ELC412 Development of Social Studies (2) Philosophy of Science (2) Instructional Materials (3) ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation(3) ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Teacher (2) Electives (3 credits) a course outside of Special Literacy Education (3) Plus Two of: Education and second major. Plus one from the following courses: BIO416 Immunology (3, pre-req. Pass BIO 216) Special Education and Humanities: History ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics (2) BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3) (15-18 credits) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (2) BIO430 Post-harvest Physiology (3) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) ALL454 Children’s Traditions & Dramatics (2) BIO434 Plant Ecology EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and ALL455 Post Colonial Theory and Literature (2) (3, pre-req. Pass BIO 215) Concerns in SPED (3) ALL456 Introduction to African Thoughts (2) BIO450 Research Project (Continued) (3) EFS 402 Strategies for Helping Families of Theology and Religious Studies Chemistry Students with Disabilities (3) ELR 402 Curriculum Design in Religious ESS412 Introduction to the History and Optional (one from the following) Education (3) Philosophy of Science (2) EFS 403 Speech Correction of Students with TRS 415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science Communication disorders (3) TRS 416 Religion and Modernity (2) Teacher (2) EFS 404 Education of children with ADHD (3) Plus one from the following courses Plus (choose two) Second Major: TRS 417 Paul’s Epistles (2) C413I Fourth Year Analytical Chemistry (3) HIS 414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact of TRS 418 Contemporary African Philosophy (2) C413I Lab Fourth Year Analytical Chemistry Colonial Rule (3) TRS 426 Religions, Rituals and Sacred Laboratory (1/2 credit) HIS 422 Historical Iokas during the Modern Places (2) C413III Fourth Year Organic Chemistry (3) and Contemporary Period (3 credits) TRS 428 Religious Pluralism (2) C413III Lab Fourth Year Organic Chemistry Plus one from the following: Social Studies Laboratory (1/2 credit) ELC 422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation (3) ELC 411 Curriculum Development for Social Mathematics ELC 442 Values Education (3) Studies Teachers (3) ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) Electives (3 credits) One course outside of Special ELC 412 Development of Social Studies ESM442 Information and Communication Education and second major. Instructional Materials (3) Technology in Mathematics Education Special Education and Humanities: English Plus one from the following courses (2) and African Languages/Theology and ELC 422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation (3) Plus (choose two) Religious Studies/Social Studies/Home ELC 432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) Economics- Specials (21 credits) ELC 441 Social Studies and Affirmative MAT412 Number Theory (3) SPED: CORE (To be taken by all) Action (3) MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and ELC 442 Values Education (3) MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) Concerns in SPED (3) ELC 462 Social Classroom Environment (3) Physics EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of Home Economics ESS412 Introduction to the History and Students with Disabilities (3) HEE 421 Management and Administration of Philosophy of Science (2) Plus one from the following courses: Home Economics Programmes (3) ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science EFS403 Speech Correction for Students with HEE 453 Family Resources Management (3) Teacher (2) Communication Disorders (3) HEE 464 Housing and Environment for PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) EFS404 Education of Children with ADHD (3) children (3) PHY422 Micro-Computing for Physics (2) Second Major Plus one from the following courses PHY 429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) English HEE 460 Clothing for people with special Special Education and Environmental ENG 411 Form, Function and Variation in needs (3) Science(15-18) English (2) HEE 444 Issues in Food and Nutrition (3) CORE (To be taken by all) ENG 431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (2) HEE 448 Food Laws and Regulations (3) EFS 400 Project: Contemporary Issues and ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Electives (3 credits) Concerns in SPED (3) Literacy Education (3) Plus one

55 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Assessment Major/minor – BEd Counselling Level 300 Performance in each course shall be assessed by IX) Major/Minor Courses Semester 5 a combination of coursework and two hour final Student in the Major/Minor will take the Core Courses examination in the ratio 1:1, unless otherwise following courses. EFH 300 Appraisal Techniques in Counselling(3) stated in the Course Description. EFH 302 Community Counselling (3) Level 100 EFH 303 Multicultural Counselling (3) Award Of Diploma and Degree Semester 1 Elective Course (3 credits) Subject to General Regulation 00.852: Core Courses Students shall select 1 elective course, not To be awarded the Diploma in Special Education a EFH 100 Foundations of Guidance and already taken. student must complete a minimum of 72 credits; Counselling (3) to be awarded the B.Ed (Special Education), EFP100 Introduction to Educational Semester 6 a student must complete a minimum of 144 Psychology (3) Core Courses credits. Elective Course (3 credits) EFH304 HIV/AIDS Counselling (3) Students shall select 1 elective course, not EFH305 Teaching of Guidance & Counselling Bachelor of Education Degree in already taken. in Schools & Other Settings (3) Counselling (Bed Counselling) General Education Courses (4 Credits) EFH307 Practicum in Guidance and GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills 1(2) Counselling (Classroom/field work ii) Entrance requirements GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills practice) (3) a) At least five credits in any Botswana General Fundamentals1 (2) Optional Courses (choose One): Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and equivalent. These subjects should include credit Semester 2 Sociological Foundations of in English Language and a pass in Mathematics. Core Courses Education (3) b) An acceptable Diploma or equivalent in Adult EFH 102 Indigenous Guidance and Counselling EFH203 Occupational Counselling (3) Education, Home- Economics, Nursing, Physical Approaches (2) EFP200 Human Learning, Cognition and Health and Recreation, Primary Education or EFH 103 Introduction to Career Motivation (3) Secondary Education, Social Work or Theology, Development (2) EFH308 Family and Marriage Counselling (3) or any other relevant field. Holders of acceptable EFH104: Helping Relationship Skills (3) Elective Course (2 credits) Diploma qualifications, who have equivalent Elective Course (3 credits) Students shall select 1 elective course, not foundation courses in Counselling will gain credit Students shall select 1 elective course, not already taken. exemptions for equivalent courses completed at already taken. College level. Entrants who gain sufficient credit General Education Course (4 credits) Level 400 exemptions may enter with advanced standing GEC112 Communications & Study Skills II (2) Semester 7 and enroll direct in Levels 200 or 300. Credit GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Core Courses exemptions will be considered on a case-by- Fundamentals II (2) EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) case basis. Relevant work experience shall be an EFH401 Research Project in Counselling (3) added advantage. Level 200 Optional Course (Choose one): c) Holders of a Certificate in Education plus Semester 3 EFH309 Human Sexuality & Counselling (3) BGCSE/COSC grades or equivalent not meeting Core Courses EFH410 Seminars in Counselling (3) ii(a) above but who have at least two years EFH201 Counselling over the Lifespan (3) EFH405 Spiritual Counselling (3) appropriate work experience may be admitted EFH202 Theories and Techniques of Elective Course (3 credits) under the Mature Age Entry Counselling (3) Students shall select 1 elective course, not Scheme. Applicants admitted through this Elective Course (3 credits) already taken. scheme shall be interviewed. Students shall select 1 elective course, not d) To determine the numbers who take the already taken. Semester 8 Major/Major, there will be screening and Core Courses interviews. The screening will include BGCSE Semester 4 EFH407 Consultation in Schools & Community grade equivalents of credit in English and pass in Core Courses Settings (3) Mathematics, passing core courses in counselling EFH 200 Group Work in Counselling (3) EFH408 Internship in Guidance and at levels 100 and 200 a minimum GPA of 3.0, EFH 204 Ethical & Legal Issues in Counselling (Field work) (6) a personal interview in which the academic Counselling (2) EFH409 Development & Management of background, educational and professional goals, EFR 220 Introduction to Educational Guidance & Counselling School experience, personal and emotional stability of Research (3) Programs (3) each candidate are evaluated before admission Elective Course (3 credits) is granted. Students shall select 1 elective course, not Major/Major – BEd Counselling already taken. Major/Major The proposed program can be taken by any

56 student from any program and it shall extend EFH309 Human Sexuality & Counselling (3) EFP202 Meeting the Challenges of the over 8 semesters. It shall comprise of CHS core, Elementary School Learner optional, elective and general education courses. LEVEL 400 (Semester 1) Students shall meet normal elective and general Semester 7 EFP203 the Adolescent Learner and Learning education requirements stipulated for bachelor’s Core Courses (Semesters 1 and/or 2) degrees. In the Major/Major, EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in students shall take a minimum of 57 credits in EFH 401 Research Project in Counselling (3) Education (Semester 2) Counselling core, and 6 optional as listed below. Optional Course (Choose one) EFR220 Introduction to Educational Research MAJOR/MAJOR EFH 405 Spiritual Counselling (3) (Semester 2) Students in Major/Major will take the following EFH 410 Seminars in Counselling (3) Level 3 courses being for the counseling major: EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum Semester 8 Development (Semester 2) LEVEL 100 Core Courses EFF310 Citizenship, Human Rights, Demo and Semester 1 EFH 407 Consultation in Schools & Community Educ: Critical Issues (Sems 1and 2) Core Courses Settings (3) EFF320 Comparative Education (Semester 2) EFH100 Foundations of Guidance and EFH 408 Internship in Guidance and EFF330 the State, Market and Education in Counselling (3) counselling (6) Global Context (Semester 2) EFH 409 Development & Management of EFP300 Advance Educational Psychology Semester 2 Guidance & Counselling School (Semesters 1 and/or 2) Core Courses Programmes (3) EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive EFH102 Indigenous Guidance and Counselling Assessment Development (Semester 1) Approaches (2) 1. C.A. only normally comprising at least three EFR300 Classroom Assessment (Semester 2) EFH103 Introduction to Career pieces of work (such as written assignment, test, EFR301 Public Examinations and National Development (2) presentations, project and reports) Or Assessments (Semester 2) EFH104 Helping Relationship Skills (3) 2. CA normally comprising at least two pieces of EFR302 Action Research (Semester 2) work and a final examination in the ratio LEVEL 200 of 1:1 Level 4 Semester EFC400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction Core Courses List of Foundational Courses Offered in the (Semesters 1 and 2) EFH201 Counselling over the Lifespan (3) Department EFF410 Philosophy of Education EFH202 Theories and Techniques of The Department of Educational Foundations (Semesters 1 and 2) Counselling (3) offers core courses in Education, which are EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher considered essential for all students in the Education in Botswana (Semesters 1 Semester 4 Faculty of Education. The courses are offered at and 2) Core Courses various levels. EFF430 Philosophical Analysis of Educ EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) Concepts, Pols and Practice EFH204 Ethical and legal issues in Level 1 (Semesters 1 and 2) counselling (2) EFA100 School Organisation (Semester 1 and 2). The Post Graduate Diploma in LEVEL 300 EFF110 Introduction to the History of Education Semester 5 Education (Semester1) Aims Core Courses EFP100 Introduction to Educational (1) The main aim is to prepare teachers who are EFH300 Appraisal Techniques in Psychology (Semesters 1 and 2/or 2). professionally qualified to teach in secondary Counselling (3) Level 2 schools with a sensitivity and understanding of EFH302 Community Counselling (3) EFA200 Managing Quality Schools the multi-layered and multidimensional context EFH303 Multicultural Counselling (3) (Semesters 1 and 2) in which they operate. These contexts include EFF210 Introductions to Sociology of the socio-cultural, political, local, national and Semester 6 Education (Semester 1) international dimensions of education. Core Courses EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and (2) It also proposes to prepare individuals EFH304 HIV/AIDS Counselling (3) Sociological Foundations of Education who are sensitive to issues of unity, equality, EFH305 Teaching of Guidance & Counselling (Semesters 1 & 2) social justice and democracy in the classrooms, in Schools & Other Settings (3) EFP200 Human Learning, Cognition and educational institutions and society at large. EFH307 Practicum in Guidance and Motivation (Semesters 1 and 2) This incorporates issues of gender, social class, Counselling (Classroom/fieldwork) (3) EFP201 Behavioural Theories and Applied ethnicity, age and race. Optional Courses (Choose one): Behaviour Analysis in Classroom (3) to prepare teachers who will promote the EFH308 Family and Marriage Counselling (3) (Semesters 1 & 2) Vision 2016 goal of an educated and an informed

57 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

nation. Language and Education Issues (i) Take in Semester 1 ELR501 Theory and Practice of Religious ESS561 Introduction to the Theory of Objectives Education Teaching Secondary School Science Having successfully completed the PGDE ELG501 The Theory and Practice of Teaching ESS591 Guided Study in Science Education programme the student should be able to Geography (ii) Take in Semester 2 • apply knowledge, values, teaching and learning ELH501 Theory of Teaching History ESS562 The Practice of Teaching Secondary perspectives essential to the teaching profession ELF501 Theory of Teaching French School Science Plus one of: • demonstrate expertise in applying, synthesising (ii) Take in Semester 2 ESB572 Teaching the Secondary School and analysing teachers’ work Two courses corresponding to those taken in Biology Syllabus • show competence in critical thinking and semester one in (i) above. ESC572 Issues in Secondary School Chemistry reflective practice ELL502 Practical Approaches to the Teaching Teaching • demonstrate familiarity with and ability to of English Language and Literature ESP572 Secondary School Physics Teaching adapt to the everyday life of the school and ELL504 Practical Approaches to the Teaching Winter Course class requiring skills in interpersonal relations of Setswana ETP300 Teaching Practice and communication, and knowledge of action ELR502 Theory and Practice of Religious research through the successful completion of Education Assessment portfolios, projects and/or other assignments. ELG502 the Theory and Practice of Teaching All courses will normally be assessed by means Geography of continuous assessment and final examination Entrance Qualifications ELH502 Practice of Teaching History on a ratio 1:1, or by a CA only. Students shall The normal entry requirements into the ELF 502 Practice of Teaching French be encouraged to visit schools and produce PGDE shall be in accordance with the General B. Students intending to be Home Economics reports based on their observations and practical regulations 30.20 Teachers applications of the theoretical approaches they (i) Take in Semester 1 will have been provided with. Programme Structure HEE511 Fundamentals of Teaching Home The Post Graduate Diploma in Education shall Economics in Secondary Schools Progression from Semester to Semester normally be a one year full-time programme. The HEE512 Methods of Teaching and Evaluation Shall be in accordance with the Provision of minimum number of credits required to graduate in Home Economics General Regulation 00.9. is 31 made up of core courses of 2 to 3 credits. (ii) Take in Semester 2 All students shall take 8 courses from EDF and HEE513 Management of Home Economics Award of the Diploma the remaining four from one of the respective Instruction The diploma shall be awarded in accordance with departments of LSSE/DMSE/HE according to the HEE514 Curriculum Issues in Home Economics the provisions of General Regulation 10.4 subject area of specialization of the student. Thus the C. Students intending to be Computer to: PGDE shall comprise 12 core courses and an Studies teachers shall a)Completing a minimum of 31 credits additional compulsory Winter course of Teaching (i) Take in Semester 1 b) Completion of seven weeks of Teaching Practice worth 3 credits. Students shall take the ESE561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching Practice which has to be passed. The final mark following core courses: Computer Studies of T.P. will be part of the overall grade. ESE591 Guided Study in Computer Education (i) Take in Semester 1 (ii) Take in Semester 2 DEPARTMENT OF EFP500 Psychology of learning (3) ESE 62 The Practice of Teaching Computer EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY (semesters 1 and 2) Studies EFC500 Curriculum and Instruction (3) ESE572 Secondary School Computer Studies 1.3 Course Listings EDT500 Information and Technology (2) Teaching 1.3.1 Kindly consult the Department for the list EFG 500 Guidance and Counselling (2) D. Students intending to be Mathematics of courses on offer. (ii) Take in Semester 2 teachers shall 1.3.2 Courses offered by the Department of EFF573 The Teacher, School and Society (2) (i) Take in Semester 1 Educational Technology have been awarded (semesters 1 and 2) ESM561 Introduction to the Theory of the Department’s code (EDT) as follows: EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) Teaching Mathematics EDT310 Producing Instructional Materials for EFA 500 School Organization and ESM 591 Guided Study in Mathematics Primary Education (2 credits - Sem 2) Management (3) Education EDT543 Planning and Producing Instructional EFC 510 Contemporary Issues in Education (2) (ii) Take in Semester 2 Materials (2 credits - Sem 1 and 2) EFS 500 Special Education (2) ESM562 The Practice of Teaching Mathematics EDT411 Educational Technology Basics (2 (semesters 1 and 2) ESM572 Secondary School Mathematics credits - Semester 1 Only) And any one of the following Options (A to E): Teaching A. Students intending to be Language and Social E. Students intending to be Science teachers Science Teachers shall (i) Take in Semester one any two of ELL 501

58 DEPARTMENT OF HOME HEE234 Social and Psychological Aspects of (pre HEE 359) (3) ECONOMICS EDUCATION Clothing (2) HEE362 Housing and Services for Families HEE235 Foundations of Home Economics with Special Needs (2) Bachelor of Home Economics Extension (3) Education Degree Programme HEE238 Orientation to teaching Home Semester 2 Economics (3) Core Courses Entry Requirements Elective courses are to be chosen from any HEE325 Programme Planning in Home In addition to satisfying the requirements of other course outside of the Home Economics Economics Extension (3) General Regulations 20.21, candidates shall programme for which students are eligible. HEE326 Community Mobilization and Group be required to have a credit in Biology, and/or Dynamics – (pre HEE 325) (3) Chemistry, or related Science Combination at Semester 2 HEE340 Home Economics Instruction in Ordinary Level or its equivalent. A pass in any Core Courses Secondary Schools – (pre HEE 238) (3) Home Economics subject shall be an added HEE218 Fundamentals of Clothing Production ETP300 Teaching Practice (3) advantage. – (pre HEE 232) (3) EFC200 Introduction to Curriculum HEE227 Foundations of Food Preparation and Development (3) Alternative Entrance Qualifications Meal Management – (pre HEE 233) (3) Options (Offered when available. Please check Applicants with a Diploma in Home Economics HEE236 Methods of Teaching Home with department) Education, or a Diploma in Secondary Education Economics Extension (3) HEE342 Nutrition in the Life Cycle – from Colleges of Education, shall be admitted HEE237 Home Economics Internship (3) (pre HEE 114) (3) into Level 200 or 300 of the Degree Programme ETP200 Teaching Practice (3) HEE344 Menu Planning and Design – on the basis of accumulated credits in the area EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in (pre HEE 233) (3) of Home Economics. Education (3) HEE346 Food Quality Control – EFR220 Introduction to Educational (pre HEE 233) (3) Level 100 Research(3) HEE349 Parenting and Socialization Process in Semester 1 the Family (3) Core Courses Level 300 HEE351 Developmental Assessment and HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Semester 1 Intervention with Young Children (3) HEE115 Family Studies Foundations (3) Core Courses HEE357 Apparel Production (3) BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and HEE337 Human Development Across the HEE358 Fashion and Society (3) Biochemistry (3) Lifespan (2) HEE361 Housing Policy and Management (3) CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home HEE338 Consumer Protection (2) HEE363 Interior Space Design– Economics (3) HEE339 Housing in World Perspective – (pre (pre HEE 360) (3) ECO11 Basic Microeconomics (3) HEE 230) (3) HEE364 Residential Space Planning – GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) HEE367 Research Methods in Home (pre HEE 362, HEE 363) (3) Semester 2 Economics (3) Core Courses EFH 201 Counseling over Lifespan (3) Level 400 HEE116 Introduction to Consumer Options (Offered when available. Semester 1 Education (3) Please check with department) Core Courses BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and HEE320 Community Nutrition – HEE441 Research Project – (pre HEE 340) (3) Stored Product Entomology (3) (pre HEE 114) (3) MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business EFP100 Intro. to Educational Psychology (3) HEE343 Food Service Management Formation (3) PHY162 Physics Applied to Home Econ. (3) – (pre-req. HEE 227) (3) Options (Offered when available. Please check GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) HEE345 Food Technology – with department) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills (pre-req. HEE 233) (3) HEE443 Clinical Nutrition – (pre HEE 114) (3) Fundamentals II (2) HEE347 Curriculum Development in Early HEE445 Quantity Food Production – (pre HEE Childhood Education (3) 343, HEE 344, HEE 227) (3) Level 200 HEE348 Risk and Resiliency in Childhood HEE447 Food Product Development – (pre HEE Semester 1 Development (3) 233) (3) Core Courses HEE355 Fashion Merchandising & HEE451 Public Policy for Children and HEE229 Child Development: Prenatal through Marketing (3) Families (3) Early Childhood (3) HEE356 Apparel Design and Product HEE454 Family Counseling (3) HEE230 Introduction to Housing (2) Development (3) HEE455 Textiles and Technology – (pre HEE HEE232 Introductory Textiles – HEE359 Design Fundamentals – (pre-req. 232) (3) (pre CHE 120) (3) HEE 230) (3) HEE459 Tailoring – (pre HEE 357) (3) HEE233 Food Science – (pre BIO 123, CHE 120, HEE360 Building Construction and HEE462 Housing and the Social PHY 162 (3) Environmental Systems – Environment (3)

59 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

HEE464 Housing and Environments for stipulated in the University of Botswana General Secondary School l (3) Children (3) Regulations – Entrance Qualifications 20.20, and Environmental Education Departmental Regulation E.D. 26. 10 and ED. EEL302 Environmental Education Semester 2 26.12. Methodology (2) Core Courses Home Economics HEE421 Management and Administration of Bed (Secondary): Humanities Specialisation HEE340 Home Economics instruction in Home Economics Programmes - Secondary School (3) (pre-HEE 340) (3) HEE320 Community Nutrition (3) HEE442 Managing Extension Programmes (3) Semester 5 Moral Education Curriculum Courses Options (Offered when available. Please Level 3 ELM302 Practice of Moral Education (3) check with department) African Languages and Literature Religious Education Curriculum Courses HEE444 Issues in Food and Nutrition – (pre ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) ELR302 Practice of Religious Education (3) HEE 114, HEE 345) (3) ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (2) Setswana Language and Curriculum Courses HEE448 Food Laws and Regulations – (pre HEE ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (2) ELL302 The Teaching of Literature at 345) (3) English Secondary School (3) HEE450 Issues and Trends in Early Childhood ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) Social Studies Education (3) ENG317 African Drama (2) ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) HEE453 Family Resource Management (3) ENG373 Botswana Literature (2) ELC312 Conflicts and Conflicts Resolutions (3) HEE456 Fashion Merchandizing, Analysis and English Language and Literature Curriculum Theology and Religious Studies Strategies (3) Courses TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) HEE458 Fashion Merchandizing ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in TRS315 Sociology of Religion (2) Presentation (3) language education (3) Optional Course for Semester 6 HEE461 Commercial Space Planning – (pre Environmental Education One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from the HEE 362, HEE 363, HEE 364) (3) EEL301 Introduction to Environmental menu below. HEE463 Community Housing Assessment (3) Education (2) African Languages and Literature Home Economics ALL332 Language Instruction V (2) Assessment HEE229 Childcare and Development (3) ALL351 Politics and Southern African Student’s performance in each course shall be HEE238 Orientation to Teaching Home Poetry (2) assessed in accordance with the provision of Economics (3) ALL352 Emergent Literary Genres (2) the University General Regulations 00.8. Courses Moral Education Curriculum Courses ALL341 Epic Performance in Africa (2) offered in other faculties/departments shall be ELM301 Theory of Moral Education (3) ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in governed by their relevant regulations. Religious Education Courses Grammatical Analysis (2) ELR301 Theory of Religious Education (3) ALL335 Language Instruction VI (2) Progression from semester to semester Setswana Language and Literature ALL354 African Oral Literature and the Progression from semester to semester shall be Curriculum Courses Media (2) in accordance with provisions of the University ELL301 Curriculum and policy issues in ALL355 The Contemporary Setswana Novel (2) General Regulation 00.9. language education (3) English Social Studies ENG312 Milton (2) Award of Degree ELC300 Education for Self-reliance (3) ENG343 Modern African Poetry (2) Shall be in accordance with provision of the ELC302 Gender issues in Social Studies (3) ENG324 Twentieth Century American University General Regulations 00.85, Theology and Religious Studies Literature (2) subject to completion of 6 credits of Teaching TRS301 Christology (2) ENG327 Practical Drama (2) Practice (School Specialization) or 6 credits of TRS302 Missionaries in the 19th Century ENG321 Usage in English (2) Internship. South Africa (2) ENG341 Introduction to Socio-linguistic (2) Home Economics DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES Semester 6 HEE344 Menu Planning and Design (3) AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Level 3 HEE346 Food Quality Control (3) EDUCATION African Languages and Literature HEE355 Fashion Merchandising and ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and Marketing (3) Programmes Discourse Analysis (2) HEE357 Apparel Production (3) Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Humanities ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Social Studies Bachelor of Education (Secondary) ALL343 Introduction to African Popular ELC321 Social Studies Methods (3) Postgraduate Diploma in Education Theatre (2) ELC322 Evaluation in Social Studies (3) English Language and Literature Curriculum Theology and Religious Studies Entry Requirements Courses TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God The normal Entry Requirements shall be as ELL302 The teaching of Literature at and Evil (2)

60 TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II (2) African Languages and Literature Semester 8 TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (2) ALL431 Introduction to Psycho-linguistics (2) Level 4 TRS320 Theories of Truth (2) ALL432 Language Instruction VII (2) Core courses TRS321 Metaphysics III (2) ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) Research project courses TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) ELP491 Research Project in Languages and Africa (2) ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana (2) Social Sciences Education (3) TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (2) English African Languages and Literature TRS303 Creation and the Bible (2) ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (2) ALL423 Bantu and Khoe-San Languages of Semester 7 ENG413 The African Novel I (2) Southern Africa (2) Level 4 ENG471 Introduction to Literary Stylistics (2) ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and Core courses English Language and Literature Curriculum Practice (2) Research Project Courses Courses ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) ELP490 Research Methodology in Languages ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) English and Social Sciences Education (3) ELL404 Reader- response Theories in the ENG411 Form, Function and Variation in African Languages and Literature Secondary School Classroom (3) English (2) ALL421 Introduction to Historical and Environmental Education ENG431 Introduction to Discourse Analysis (2) Comparative Linguistics based in EEL401 Environmental Conservation (2) English Language and Literature Africa (2) Home Economics Curriculum Courses ALL422 A Socio-linguistic Study of Southern HEE338 Consumer Protection (3) ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches to Africa (2) HEE339 Housing in World Perspective (2) Literacy Education (3) ALL441 World Literature in Setswana HEE348 Risk and Resiliency in Child (3) Home Economics Translation (2) Moral Education Curriculum Courses HEE421 Management and Administration of English ELM492 Evaluation of Moral Education Home Economics Programmes (3) ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) Curriculum in Botswana Secondary Moral Education Curriculum Courses ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (2) Schools (3) ELM402 Curriculum Design in Moral English Language and Literature ELM493 Contemporary Moral Issues in Moral Education (3) Curriculum Courses Education (3) Religious Education Curriculum Courses ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy Religious Education Curriculum Courses ELR402 Curriculum Design in Religious Education (3) ELR492 Evaluation of Religious Education Education (3) Home Economics Curriculum in Botswana Secondary Setswana Language and Literature HEE337 Human Development Across Life Schools (3) Curriculum Courses Span (2) ELR493 History of Religious Education in ELL402 Interdisciplinary Approaches in HEE356 Apparel Design and Product Botswana (3) Literacy Education (3) Development (3) Setswana Language and Literature Social Studies Moral Education Curriculum Courses Curriculum Courses ELC411 Curriculum Development for Social ELM401 Teaching Moral Education in ELL403 Literacy, education, culture (3) Studies Teachers (3) Secondary Schools (3) ELL404 Reader-response Theories in the ELC404 Development of Social Studies Religious Education Curriculum Courses Secondary School Classroom (3) Instructional Materials (3) ELR401 Teaching Religious Education in Social Studies Theology and Religious Studies Secondary Schools (3) ELC421 Global Perspectives and Materials in TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) Setswana Language and Literature Social Studies (3) TRS416 Religion and Modernity (2) Curriculum Courses ELC431 Civic Education (3) ELL401 Foundations of Multicultural Literacy ELC451 Resource Management in Africa (3) Optional Courses for Semester 8 Education (3) ELC461 Human Rights Issues (3) One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from the Social Studies Theology and Religious Studies menu below. ELC401 Socialisation Issues (3) TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (2) African Languages and Literature ELC403 Economic Cooperation & TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics (2) Integration (3) TRS406 Intermediate Arabic I (2) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII (2) Theology and Religious Studies TRS407 Islam’s Socio-cultural, legal and ALL454 Children’s Traditions and TRS401 New Religious Movements (2) Political Structure (2) Dramatics (2) TRS402 Religion and Politics (2) TRS409 African Christian Theologies (2) ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African TRS411 Politics and Development of Biblical Literature (2) Optional Courses for Semester 7 Thought (2) English One course (2-3 credits) to be selected from the TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (2) ENG443 The African Novel II (2) menu below. TRS413 Hinduism (2) ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (2) ENG452 Shakespeare Drama (2)

61 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

ENG462 Shakespeare Poetry (2) DEPARTMENT OF including written assignments, tests and projects ENG481 Language and Gender (2) MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE as approved by the Senate. English Language and Literature Curriculum EDUCATION 1.0.8 The Department reserves the right not to Courses offer optional courses in a given semester. ELL405 Materials Development and 1.0 General Information Evaluation in Language Education (3) 1.0.1 The Department of Mathematics and 1.1 Bachelor of Education Degree in Science ELL406 Second/Foreign Language Research Science Education offers courses to students The aim of the Bachelor of Education Combined and Its Implications for Language in Degree and Non-Degree Teacher Education Major Degree Programme in Science is to Teaching and Learning (3) Programmes in the following teaching subjects: significantly contribute, in collaboration with Moral Education Curriculum Courses • Biology the Faculty of Science, to national manpower ELM494 Moral Education Departments and • Chemistry development by producing high quality Computer Units (3) • Physics Studies, Mathematics and Science teachers for Religious Education Curriculum Courses • Computer Studies the national education sector. Subject to the ELR494 Role of Religious Education • Mathematics provisions of General Regulations 00.0 and Departments (3) • Curriculum Studies for Computer Studies, 20.00 and to the Faculty of Education Special Setswana Language and Literature Regulations, the following Special Regulations Curriculum Courses Mathematics and Science Education. of the Department of Mathematics and Science ELL405 Materials Development and 1.0.2 Courses are also offered in the following shall apply: Evaluation in Language specialized areas: Education (3) • Science/Mathematics/Computer Studies and 1.2 Entrance Requirements ELL406 Second/Foreign Language Research Society 1.2.1 Admission into Level One of the Programme and Its Implications for Language • Information and Communication Technology shall be governed by General Regulation 20.2. Teaching and Learning (3) and the School Mathematics/Science 1.2.2 Minimum requirements are a BGCSE with Social Studies Curriculum a pass in English Language and a C grade in ELC422 Social Studies Teacher Preparation (3) • Theory and Practice of Teaching Computer Mathematics and any two of Biology, Chemistry ELC432 Skills in Map Interpretation (3) Studies/Mathematics/ Science or Physics, or a minimum of Grade BB in Science ELC441 Social Studies and Affirmative 1.0.3 Regulations, course details and/or pre-req. Action (3) are listed for the following Programmes: Double Award. ELC442 Values Education (3) • Bachelor of Education (Science) 1.2.3 An applicant who has taken relevant ELC462 Social Studies Classroom • Bachelor of Education (Secondary) Advanced Level (A-Level) or equivalent Environment(3) • Post Graduate Diploma in Education examinations and who has attained a minimum Theology and Religious Studies • Master of Education (Mathematics Education) of one E and two Os in the relevant subjects may TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (2) • Master of Education (Science Education) be admitted into the Bachelor of Education TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (2) • MPhil and PhD in Mathematics Education TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew I (2) • MPhil and PhD in Science Education Degree Programme in Science. TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and 1.2.4 If an applicant has Grade E or better at Contemporary (2) 1.0.4 The Bachelor of Education Programme in Advanced Level, or equivalent qualifications in TRS422 Empiricism (2) Science commenced in 1984 and now prepares Science subjects, he/she may, subject to the TRS423 History of Philosophy IV (2) graduates to become Computer Studies, approval of the relevant Head of Department and TRS424 Buddhism (2) Mathematics and Science (Biology, Chemistry the approval of the Deputy Dean, be awarded TRS425 The Theology of the Reformation (2) and Physics) teachers. credits and exempted from equivalent course(s) TRS426 Religions Rituals and Sacred Places (2) 1.0.5 The Bachelor of Education Programme prescribed for the Degree Programme. TRS428 Religious Pluralism (2) in Secondary Education was designed to 1.2.5 Bachelor of Science students of the accommodate both the diploma of the University with passes in at least two teaching Assessment Department and the Colleges of Education. It subjects at Level One may be admitted into Level Assessment shall be as per General Academic began in 996 and in 1998 replaced the Bachelor Two of the Programme. Regulation 00.8. of Education Programme in Science Education, which began in 1987. The PGDE is offered as a 1.3 Programme Structure Progression from Semester to Semester teaching qualification to holders of Bachelor of There are a total of forty-three (43) Mathematics Progression from Semester to Semester shall be Science Degrees to prepare aspiring Computer Education/ Science Education/ Educational as per General Regulations 00.9 Studies, Mathematics and Science teachers for Foundations courses in the 8- semester their teaching careers. Programme covering the teaching subjects Award of Degree 1.0.6 Optional courses may be taken in other Biology, Chemistry, Computer Studies, The award of the Degree shall be as per the departments by students who have met the Mathematics and Physics. During the Programme, General Regulations 00.85 appropriate Programme requirements. each student will be required to take thirteen 1.0.7 Courses are assessed in a variety of ways, (13) of these courses.

62 1.3.1 Levels One and Two (Semesters 1 to 4) In selected from the approved Faculty of Science Applied Mathematics Level 1, students shall follow a common Level Minor teaching subjects listed below. MAT242 Computing I (3) One Programme with the Bachelor of Science Option A MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) students. In Level Two, all Education courses are Students shall select courses from any two of the Pure Mathematics core courses and the Department prescribes four following teaching subjects: Biology; Computer MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3) of these to be taken by all students. Science; Chemistry; Physics. MAT222 Calculus II (3) 1.3.2 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8) Option B Physics a) In Level Three, the Department prescribes four Students shall take courses in Pure Mathematics PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) core courses for all students and one optional and 1 of the following teaching subjects: Applied PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) course which students can choose from a menu Mathematics; Biology; Chemistry; Computer PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) of Computer Studies Education, Mathematics Science; Physics. Core Courses (5 courses/15 credits) Students Education or Science Education courses in line shall select courses from the approved Faculty of with the proposed areas of specialization in the Semester 3 Education courses listed below: Department. Biology Semester 3 b) In Level Four, the Department prescribes two BIO212 Genetics (3) EFP100 Introduction to Educational core courses for all students and two optional BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian Psychology (3) plus: courses, which students can choose from a menu Physiology (3) One of the following courses: of Computer Studies Education, Mathematics Chemistry ESE261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary Education or Science Education courses as a CHE211 Introduction to Analytical School Computer Studies (3) follow-up to choices in Level Three. Chemistry (2) ESM261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) School Mathematics (3) 1.4 Levels One and Two CHE232 Structure and survey of Functional ESS261 Basic Teaching Methods in Secondary Level One Groups (2) School Science (3) Core Courses (6 courses/26 credits) CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Semester 4 Semester 1 MAT291 Engineering Mathematics1 (3) EFF220 Historical, Philosophical and Sociological MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) Computer Science Foundations of Education (3) plus: Plus: CSI241 Structured Programming (4) One of the following courses: Two of the following courses: CSI261 Machine Organization (3) ESE262 Practicum in Secondary School BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) Applied Mathematics Computer Studies Teaching (3) CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory ESM262 Practicum in Secondary School PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Mechanics (3) Mathematics Teaching (3) Vibrations and Waves (3) and MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical ESS262 Practicum in Secondary School PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) Statistics (3) Science Teaching (3) Pure Mathematics Winter Course Semester 2 MAT211 Intro. Set and Number Theory (3) ETP200 Teaching Practice I (3) MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) MAT221 Calculus I (3) General Education Courses (2 courses/6 credits) plus: Two of the following courses: Physics Students shall choose GECs from the University- Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) wide menu. CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) PHY212 Properties of Matter and 1.5 Levels Three and Four (Semesters 5 to 8) PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern Thermodynamics (2) 1.5.1 Level Three Physics (2) and: PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) Core Courses (6 to 9 courses/16 to 18 credits) PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics1 (3) Courses for the Major teaching subject are to General Education Courses (4 courses/8 credits) be selected from approved Faculty of Science GEC121S Computer and Information Skills I (2) Semester 4 courses listed below: GEC122 Computer and Information Skills II (2) Biology GEC111S Communication and Study Skills I (2) BIO211 Cell Biology (3) Semester 5 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) Biology Chemistry BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) Level 2 CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (3) Core Courses (6 to 10 courses/16 to 20 credits) Group Chemistry (2) Plus: One of the following courses: The two teaching subjects taken and passed at CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Level One shall be selected as follows: CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) BIO216 General Microbiology (3) a) Courses for the Major teaching subject are to CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Chemistry be selected from the approved Faculty of Science Computer Science CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) courses listed below; LIS208 Principles of Data Communication (3) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) b) One 3-credit course per semester is to be CSI252 Operating Systems Concept (3) CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional

63 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Groups I (3) Semester 5 Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamics and Core Courses (5 courses/14 credits) Elective courses shall be chosen from any Electrochemistry (2) In this semester, students shall also select courses course offered outside of the Department of CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (1) from the following list of Faculty of Education Mathematics and Science Education for which Computer Science courses: students are eligible. CSI341 Introduction to Software EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional Children 1.5.2 Level Four Core Courses (4 to 6 courses/12 Engineering (3) (3) plus: credits) CSI351 Web Technology and Applications (3) One of the following courses: Students shall select courses for their Major CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) ESE361 Teaching Strategies for School teaching subject from the approved Faculty of Mathematics Computer Studies (3) Science courses listed below: MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) ESM361 Teaching Strategies for School Semester 7 MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) plus: Mathematics (3) Biology One of the following courses: ESB361 Teaching in the Contemporary Students shall select two of the following: MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Biology Classroom (3) BIO421 Entomology (3) Mechanics (3) ESC361 Introductory Pedagogical Content BIO427 Evolution (3) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) Knowledge in School Chemistry (3) BIO431 Plant Response to Environmental Physics ESP361 Pedagogic Strategies for School Stress (3) PHY311 Mechanics (2) Physics (3) BIO450 Research Project (6) PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) Chemistry PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) Semester 6 Students shall select two of the following: PHY314 Electronics I (2) Students will choose one of the following: CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal ESB362 Advanced Practicum in School Chemistry (3) Semester 6 Biology Teaching (3) CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic Biology ESC362 Advanced Practicum in School Reactions and Design of Organic BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) Chemistry Teaching (3) Synthesis (3) BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) ESE362 Advanced Practicum in School CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) Plus: One of the following courses: Computer Studies Teaching (3) Computer Science BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) ESP362 Advanced Practicum in School Physics Students shall select two of the following: BIO318 Chordates (3) Teaching (3) CSI421 Operating Systems (3) Chemistry ESM362 Advanced Practicum in School CSI423 Systems Programming (3) CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) Mathematics Teaching (3) and: CSI441 Software Engineering (3) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods in Mathematics CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic Mathematics and Science MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) Chemistry (3) Education (2) MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) Winter Course Physics CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) ETP300 Teaching Practice II (3) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) Computer Science Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Physics I (2) CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) Semester 6 PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) Students shall select one of the following: Mathematics ESE372 Development and Evaluation of Semester 8 MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Computer Studies Practical Work (2) Biology Plus:Two of the following courses: ESE392 Impact of Information and Students shall select two of the following: MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Communication Technology on the BIO416 Immunology (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Teaching/ Learning Process (2) BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3) MAT342 Computing II (3) ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3) MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear Mathematics Teaching (2) BIO430 Post-Harvest Physiology (3) Algebra (3) ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) BIO434 Plant Ecology (3) MAT352 Dynamics I (3) ESS352 Human Impact on the BIO450 Research Project (Cont) (6) Physics Environment (2) Chemistry PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) ESS372 Development and Evaluation of Students shall select two of the following: PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Investigative Work in School CHE412 Sample Handling and Biochemical PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) Science (2) Analysis (3) PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) General Education Courses (1 course/3 credits) CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and Students shall choose GECs from the University- Biomolecules (3) wide menu. CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3)

64 Computer Science Technology in Mathematics 2.0 Bachelor of Education in Secondary Students shall select two of the following: Education II (2) Education (Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, CSI482 Information systems engineering (3) ESS412 Introduction to the History and Physics) CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and Systems (3) Philosophy of Science (2) For all Regulations governing the Bachelor CSI472 Social Issues in IT (3) ESS442 Further Issues in ICT for the Science of Education Degree in Secondary Education, Mathematics Teacher (2) or: Approved options from consult the Handbook of the Department of Students shall select two of the following: other DMSE courses Plus One of Languages and Social Sciences Education. MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) EFC 400 Curriculum Theory and MAT412 Number Theory (3) Instruction (3) 2.1 Level Two Core Courses (8 to 10 courses/24 MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher to 29 credits) MAT426 Partial Differential Equations Physics Education in Botswana (3) Students shall select two teaching subjects from PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) General Education Courses (4 courses/9 credits) the following subjects: PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) Students shall select GECs from the University PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) wide menu. • Applied Mathematics Elective Course (1 course/2 credits) One elective • Biology Semester 7 course is to be chosen from any course offered • Chemistry Core Courses (2 courses/5 credits) outside the Department of Mathematics and • Mathematics Students shall choose one course from the Science Education for which students are • Physics approved Faculty of Education courses listed eligible. below: Semester 3 ESE461 Advanced Teaching Methods in Applied Mathematics School Computer Studies (3) 1.6 Assessment ESM201 INSET Introductory Mechanics I (3) ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in 1.6.1 Courses offered by the Department of ESM214 INSET Introductory Computer School Mathematics (3) Mathematics and Science Education shall Studies (3) ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology normally be assessed through continuous Biology Education (3) assessment (CA) and final examination. Courses ESB201 Introduction to Biological Principles ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry offered in other Faculties/ Departments shall be and Processes for Teachers I (3) Pedagogical Content Knowledge (3) governed by their relevant regulations. ESB211 Introduction to Biological Principles ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for 1.6.2 Continuous assessment shall take a variety and Processes for Teachers II (3) School Physics (3) of forms including written assignments, tests, Chemistry Plus one of the following courses: practicals, presentations and reports. ESC201 Introductory Chemistry for ESE441 Enrichment Topics in Computer 1.6.3 Continuous assessment shall normally Teachers (3) Studies Education (2) comprise a minimum of 3 pieces of assessed ESC211 The Chemistry of Selected Elements ESM441 Introduction to ICT in Mathematics work. The components of continuous assessment for Teachers (3) Education (2) shall be equally weighted. Mathematics ESS441 ICT for the Science Teacher 1.6.4 Courses which include a final examination ESM203 INSET Algebra I (3) Science (2) in their assessment shall be examined by a 2- ESM213 INSET Differential Calculus (3) Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits) hour paper. Physics Students shall choose one of the following: 1.6.5 The ratio of continuous assessment to final ESP201 Mechanics for Teachers (3) ESE471 Contemporary Issues in Computer examination shall be 1:1. ESP211 Waves and Optics for Teachers (3) Studies Education (2) 1.6.6 The overall grade in a course shall be in Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Mathematics accordance with the provisions of General ESM221 Pre-Calculus for Science Teachers (3) Education (2) Regulation 00.84. ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science Semester 4 Education (2) 1.7 Progression from Semester to Semester Applied Mathematics ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ Progression from semester to semester shall be ESM204 INSET Introductory Mechanics II (3) Science Education (2) in accordance with the provisions of General ESM211 INSET Introductory Mathematical Regulation 00.9. Statistics (3) Semester 8 Biology Students shall choose two of the following: 1.8 Award of Degree ESB204 Introduction to Diversity in the Plant ESE412 Introduction to Web Design, The Degree shall be awarded in accordance with Kingdom for Teachers (3) Development and Publishing for the provisions of General Regulation 00.85, ESB214 Introduction to Diversity in the Teachers (2) subject to completion of 6 credits of Teaching Animal Kingdom for Teachers (3) ESE442 ICT and e-Learning (2) Practice. Chemistry ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) ESC204 Chemical Equilibria for Teachers (3) ESM442 Information and Communication ESC214 Chemical Energetics and Kinetics for

65 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Teachers (3) BIO213 Plant Structure and Function (3) shall be selected from the approved Mathematics BIO215 Principles of Ecology (3) Faculty of Science courses listed below. ESM206 INSET Algebra II (3) Chemistry ESM216 INSET Integral Calculus (3) CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional Semester 7 Physics Groups I (2) Biology ESP204 Magnetism and Electricity for CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) BIO316 Plant Physiology (3) Teachers (3) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology (3) ESP214 Electronics and Modern Physics for CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Chemistry Teachers(3) Mathematics CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) Ancillary Mathematics for the Sciences MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) ESM222 Calculus for Science Teachers (3) MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and On completion of Level Two, students will Electrochemistry (2) be at a level equivalent to Level One of the Physics CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (1) Bachelor of Science Programme in two of the PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) Mathematics following: BIO111/112; CHE101/102; MAT111/112; PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) PHY111/121. PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Algebra General Education Courses (3 courses/7 Core Courses: Faculty of Education (2 courses/6 for Teachers (3) credits) credits) Physics Students shall select GECs from the University PHY311 Mechanics (2) wide menu. Semester 5 PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) 2.2 Level Three Core Courses (6 to 10 Students shall choose one of the following: PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) courses/16 to 20 credits) ESM391 Principles and Practice of Teaching Students shall select courses based on their pre- School Mathematics I (3) Semester 8 determined teaching subjects from the approved ESS391 Principles and Practice of Teaching Biology Faculty of Science courses listed below: School Science I (3) Any two of: BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Semester 5 Semester 6 BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) Applied Mathematics Students shall choose one course from the BIO314 Conservation Biology (3) MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) following: Chemistry MAT389 Linear Programming and Game ESM392 Principles and Practice of Teaching CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2) Theory for Teachers (3) School Mathematics II (3) CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) Biology ESS392 Principles and Practice of Teaching CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) BIO211 Cell Biology (3) School Science II (3) plus: CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II(1) BIO214 Introduction to Mammalian ESR362 Introduction to Research Methods in Mathematics Physiology (3) Mathematics and Science MAT324 Differential Equations (3) plus: Chemistry Education (2) One of the following courses: CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Optional Courses (1 course/2 credits) MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) Chemistry (2) MAT484 Introduction to Probability and CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Semester 6 Statistics for Teachers (3) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main Students shall choose one course from the Physics Group Chemistry (2) following: PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) ESM312 Philosophy and Psychology of PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Mathematics Mathematics Teaching (2) PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) ESM372 Mathematical Problem Solving (2) MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) ESS352 Human Impact on the Semester 7 Physics Environment (2) Core Courses PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) ESS372 Development and Evaluation of Faculty of Education PHY212 Properties of Matter and Investigative Work in School (1 course/3 credits) Thermodynamics (2) Science (2) Students shall choose one of the following PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) General Education Courses (2 courses/ courses: 4 credits) ESB461 Critical Debates in Biology Semester 6 Students shall choose GECs from the University- Education (3) Applied Mathematics wide menu. ESC461 Further Issues in Chemistry MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) 2.3 Level Four Pedagogical Content Knowledge (3) MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) Core Courses (4 to 8 courses/12 credits) ESM461 Advanced Teaching Methods in Biology Courses in each student’s Major teaching subject School Mathematics (3)

66 ESP461 Advanced Pedagogic Strategies for Core Courses (32 credits) ESP572 Secondary School Physics School Physics (3) Options from the Department of Educational Teaching (3) Optional Courses (3 courses/6 credits) Foundations Winter Course Students shall choose one of the following: ETP500 Teaching Practice (3) ESM441 Introduction to Information and Semester 1 Communication Technology in EFP500 Psychology of Learning (3) DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL Mathematics Education (2) EFC500 Curriculum and Instruction (3) EDUCATION, HEALTH & ESM471 Contemporary Issues in Mathematics EDT500 Information and Technology (2) RECREATION Education (2) EFG500 Guidance and Counseling (2) ESS441 Intro to Information and Bachelor of Education Degree in Communication Technology in Semester 2 Physical Education Science Education (2) EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) ESS471 Contemporary Issues in Science EFA500 School Management (3) Entry Requirements Education (2) EFF500 Contemporary Issues in Education (2) The normal entry requirements shall be as ESR481 Research Project in Mathematics/ EFS500 Special Education (2) stipulated in General Regulation 20.20 and Science Education (2) Computer Studies Departmental Regulations ED 9.2 and ED 9.3. Semester 1 Semester 8 ESE561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching Level 100 Students shall choose one of the following: Computer Studies (3) Semester I ESM412 Mathematics and Society (2) ESE591 Guided Study in Computer Core Courses ESM442 Information and Communication Education (3) PHR130 Introduction to Volleyball (2) Technology in Mathematics Education PHR131 Introduction to Swimming (2) II (2) Semester 2 PHR135 Introduction to Adapted Physical ESS412 Introduction to the History and ESE562 The Practice of Teaching Computer Education (2) Philosophy of Science (2) Studies (3) PHR136 Practical Coaching and Officiating ESS442 Information and Communication ESE572 Secondary School Computer Studies Techniques in Sports and Games (2) Technology in Science Education II (2) plus: Teaching (3) PHR138 Foundations of Physical Education, 1 optional course offered by the Department of Mathematics Sport and Recreation (2) Educational Foundations. EFP100 Introduction to Educational Semester 1 Psychology (3) General Education Courses (2 courses/6 ESM561 Introduction to Theory of Teaching GEC121 Computer and Information Skills I (2) credits) Mathematics (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Students shall select GECs from the University ESM591 Guided Study in Mathematics Elective Course (2 credits) wide menu. Education (3) Semester 2 Elective Courses (2 courses/6 credits) Semester 2 Core Courses Students shall select two electives from any ESM562 The Practice of Teaching PHR139 Athletics: Track (2) courses offered outside the Department of Mathematics (3) PHR140 Athletics: Field (2) Mathematics and Science Education for which ESM572 Secondary School Mathematics PHR141 Recreation and Leisure (2) they are eligible. Teaching (3) PHR142 Organization and Administration of Physical Education and Sports (2) 3.0 Post Graduate Diploma in Education Science EFP101 Foundations of Developmental For all Regulations governing the PGDE, consult Semester 1 Psychology (3) the Handbook of the Department of Educational ESS561 Introduction to the Theory of GEC122 Computer and Information Skills II (2) Foundations. All students shall take eight Teaching Secondary School GEC112 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Foundation courses and four courses from their Science (3) Elective Course (2 credits) respective teaching specializations, which shall ESS591 Guided Study in Science Education (3) be one of Biology, Chemistry, Computer Studies, Level 200 Mathematics or Physics. The Diploma will thus Semester 2 Semester 3 comprise twelve (12) courses all of which are ESS562 The Practice of Teaching Secondary Core Courses core plus a 3- credit Winter Course of Teaching School Science (3) PHR260 Netball (2) Practice. plus one of the following: PHR262 Introduction to Skills and Techniques ESB572 Teaching the Secondary School of Tennis (2) Biology Syllabus (3) PHR264 Human Anatomy Applied to Sports ESC572 Issues in Secondary School Chemistry and Games (2) Teaching (3) PHR268 Teaching Physical Education in

67 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Secondary Schools (2) PHR318 Sports Journalism (2) PHR423 Sports Medicine (2) PHR269 Motor Learning and Human EFC300 Introduction to Curriculum Elective Course (2 credits) Performance (2) Development (3) PHR210 Psychology of Sport (2) GEC Courses (5 credits) Assessment GEC Courses (4 credits) Assessment shall be as per General Regulation 1 Elective (2 credits) Level 400 00.8. Semester 7 Semester 4 Core Courses Progression from Semester to Semester Core Courses PHR400 Track and Field Athletics and Theory Progression from semester to semester shall be PHR261 Introduction to Skills and Techniques of Games and Sports (2) as per General Regulation 00.9. of Soccer (2) PHR402 Badminton (2) PHR263 Table Tennis (2) PHR404 Cricket (1) Award of Degree PHR265 Accident Prevention, First Aid and PHR409 Research Methods in Physical The award of the Degree shall be as per General Care of Sports Injuries (2) Education, Sport and Recreation (2) Regulation 00.85 PHR266 Human Physiology Applied to Sports PHR411 Research in Physical Education/ and Games (2) Sport/ Recreation I Project I (2) DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARY PHR267 Teaching Physical Education In Pre- EFS404 Education of Children with Attention EDUCATION Primary School (2) Deficit/Hyper- Activity Disorders (3) GEC Courses (6 credits) PHR412 Research in Physical Education/Sport/ B.Ed (Primary Education) Elective Course (2 credits) Recreation II Project II (2) Entry Requirements Level 300 Optional Courses Applicants must have: Semester 5 PHR406 Physiology of Exercise I (2) (a) At least three credits in the Botswana General Core Courses PHR415 Facility Management (2) Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its PHR300 Advanced Swimming (2) PHR416 Kinesiology (2) equivalent PHR302 Softball (2) PHR419 Supervision of School Physical (b) Primary Teacher’s Certificate (PTC), and PHR313 Nutrition and Sports Performance (2) Education (2) (c) Two year work experience in an educational PHR314 Biomechanics (2) PHR420 Leisure and Youth (2) setting Students who do not have BGCSE or PHR422 Sociology of Sport (2) equivalent but have Junior Certificate (JC) in Optional Courses PHR424 Movement and Creative Dance addition to (b) and (c) above shall apply through PHR305 Physical Education Teaching Technique (2) the Mature Age Entry Scheme as in General Methods (2) Regulation 00.52. Applicants with a diploma in PHR306 Community Recreation (2) Semester 8 Primary Education of this university or equivalent PHR307 Introduction to Biochemistry of Core Courses qualification approved by Senate and two years Exercise and Sport (2) PHR401 Advanced Volleyball (1, pre-req. work experience in an educational setting will PHR309 Adapted Physical Education I (2) PHR130) enter at Year 2 of the degree programme. PHR310 Principles of Sport Management (2) PHR403 Handball (1) GEC Courses (5 credits) PHR405 Hockey (1) Level 100 EFH 407 Consultation Schools and Semester 1 Semester 6 Community Settings (3) Major: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Core Courses ETP300 Teaching Practice (3) ENV101 Introduction to the Physical & Human PHR301 Gymnastics and Body Management Environments I (2) Skills (2) Optional Courses EPE100 Introduction to Algebra (3) PHR303 Basketball (2) PHR407 Motor Development and Movement EPE102 Introduction to Science (3) PHR304 Test and Measurement in Physical Experiences for Young Children (2) EFP100 Introduction to Educational Education, Sport and Recreation PHR408 Mechanical Analysis of Sports and Psychology (3) ETP200 Teaching Practice Games (2) GEC111E Communication and Study Skills I PHR413 Issues in Physical Education, Sport (2, GEC) Optional Courses and Recreation (2) GEC121E Computing and Information Skills PHR308 Scientific Basis of Coaching and PHR414 Prevention and Care of Sports Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Officiating (2) Injuries (2) PHR311 Sport and the Media (2) PHR417 Physiology of Exercise II (2) Semester 2 PHR312 Leisure and Tourism Development (2) PHR418 Psychological Basis of Physical Major: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) PHR315 Adapted Physical Education II (2) Activity (2) EPE101 Algebra and its applications PHR316 Sport Marketing (2) PHR421 Principles and Methods of (3, pre-req. EPE100) PHR317 Sport and Culture (2) Coaching (2) EPE103 Principles of Science (3)

68 EPE114 Introduction to Education in EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Botswana (3) 1 Elective Course (3) In addition, choose ONE of the following areas: 1 Elective Course (3) Optional courses (Choose one): EPP201 Introduction to Art, Craft & Design (4) GEC112E Communication and Study Skills II EFA100 School Organisations (3) EPP217 Introduction to Philosophy of Music (2, GEC) EPA203 Theories of Leadership & Education and Fundamentals of GEC122E Computing and Information Skills Supervision (3) Music (4) Fundamentals II (2, GEC) 4. Special Topics Concentration (take ONE of the HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Or In Level 200-400, in addition to the major Primary following areas as a teaching HEE115 Family Studies Foundations (3) Education, choose one of the following areas of subject) PHR138 Foundations of Physical Education concentration to make the second major: English Sport and Recreation (2) 1. Languages concentration ENG211 The pronunciation of English (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) 2. Maths & Science concentration Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Optional courses (Choose one): 3. Social Studies /Religious Education Setswana EFA100 School Organisations (3) concentration ALL121 Introduction to the study of language EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus 4. Special Topics concentration and linguistics (2) and 1 Elective Course (3) 5. Practical Subjects concentration ALL141 Introduction to African Oral Level 200 Literature(2) Semester 4 Level 200 Mathematics Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Semester 3 EPM226 Algebra and trigonometry I (3) EPE217 Human Growth and Development (3) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EPE214 Theory and Practice of the Project EPE215 Fundamental Issues in Developmental Science Method (3) Psychology (3) EPM229 Foundations of Biology & Earth Major II: Continue with the area of concentration EPE211 Language Across the Curriculum (3) Sciences (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) chosen in Semester 1. Or EPE212: Introduction to Language Social Studies 1. Languages Concentration Arts (3) EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) ALL142 The Study of Drama (2) (Take EPE211 if not chosen the language Plus 1 Elective Course (3) ENG221 English Linguistics (2) concentration). In addition choose any 2 special topic areas from 1 Elective Course (3) Major II: Choose one of the following the following list: Optional courses (Choose one): areas of concentration. This choice will be Guidance/Counselling EPA201 Classroom Management (3) followed throughout the course of the degree EFH201 Counselling over a life span (3) ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel (2) programme. Infant Education 2.Maths & Science Concentration EPI228 Foundations of Early Childhood EPM227 Introduction to functions and the 1. Languages concentration Education (3) domains (3, pre EPM 226) ALL141: Introduction to African Oral Environmental Education EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and Literature (2) EPI224 Foundations of Environmental Physics (3) ALL121 Introduction to the study of language Education (3) Optional courses (Choose one): and linguistic (2) Special Education EPA201 Classroom Management (3) ENG211 The pronounciation of English (2) EFS101 Introduction to Exceptional EPM230 Technology in Teaching Primary 1 Elective Course (3) Children (3) Mathematics (3) Optional courses (Choose one): 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (take ONE 3.SocialStudies/Religious Education EFA100 School Organisations (3) of the following areas as a teaching subject) EPS203 Indigenous People and their ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice (2) English Environment (3) ALL152 Style in writing (2) ENG211 The pronunciation of English (2) EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in 2. Maths & Science concentration Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Education (2) EPM226 Algebra and trigonometry I Setswana Optional courses (Choose one): (3, Pre EPE101) ALL121 Introduction to the study of language TRS107 African Traditional Religion (3) EPM229 Foundations of Biology and Earth and linguistics (2) and HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slave Sciences (3) ALL141 Introduction to African Oral Trade (3) 1 Elective Course (3) Literature (2) ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and Optional courses (Choose one): Mathematics human environment (2) EFA100 School Organisations (3) EPM226 Algebra and trigonometry I (3) 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue EPA203 Theories of Leadership & Science with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Supervision (3) EPM229 Foundations of Biology & Earth Semester 1) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education Sciences (3) English concentration Social Studies ENG221 English Linguistics (2) ELC202 Social Studies and Nation building (3) EPS200 Introduction to Social Studies (2) Plus Plus 1 Elective Course (3)

69 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Setswana Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Science ALL142 The study of Drama (2) Plus 1 Elective Optional courses (Choose one): EPM328 Principles of Chemistry and Course (3) EPA201 Classroom Management (3) Physics (3) Mathematics EPI225 Environmental Policies, Issues & EPM330 Science Education (3) EPM227 Introduction to functions and the Education for Sustainable Social Studies domains (3, pre EPM 226) Development (3) EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum Science EFA100 School Organisations (3) Development (3) EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and In addition, continue with the two special topic Physics (3) Level 300 areas chosen in semester 1 Social Studies Semester 5 Guidance/Counselling EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) EFH303 Multi Cultural Counselling (3) Education (2) Plus 1 Elective EPA302 Introduction to Educational Infant Education Course (3) Research (3) EPI320 Learning Experiences and Material In addition, continue with the two special topic EPE316 Assessment in Primary Schools (3) Development (3) areas chosen in semester 1 Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Environmental Education Guidance/Counselling Continue with the area of concentration chosen EPI334 Curriculum Development in EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) in Semester 1. Environmental Education (3, pre Infant Education Languages Concentration EPI225) EPI229 Theories and Principles of Infant ALL221 Sound systems in African Special Education Education (3) Languages (2) EFS250 Diagnostic Teaching in Basic Skills for Environmental Education ENG351 Phonology of English (2) students with Learning Disabilities/ EPI225 Environmental Policies, Issues and Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Difficulties (3) Education for Sustainable Optional courses (Choose one): 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue Development (3) ALL152 Style in Writing (2) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Special Education ALL241 History and structure of the Setswana Semester 1) EFS104 Introduction to Procedures for Novel (2) English Assessment of disabilities (3) ENG341 Introduction to Socio Linguistics (2) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) Elective Courses (3) ENG415 Reading in Literary Theory I (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue ENG441 Introduction to Pragmastics (3rd years Setswana with the area chosen as a only) (2) ALL221 Sound systems in African language teaching subject in Semester 1) Mathematics/Science Concentration (2) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) English EPM326 Introduction to probability and Mathematics ENG221 English Linguistics (2) statistics, (3), pre EPM 227 EPM326 Introduction to probability and Setswana EPM328 Principles of Chemistry and statistics (3) ALL142 The study of Drama (2) Physics (3) Science Mathematics EPM330 Science Education (3) EPM328 Principles of Chemistry and Physics (3) EPM227 Introduction to functions and the 1 Elective Course (3) and domains (3, pre EPM 226) Social Studies/Religious Education EPM330 Science Education (3) Science EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum Social Studies EPM228 Foundations of Chemistry and Development (3) EPS322 Social Studies and Curriculum Physics (3) EPS331 Teaching social studies in the primary Development (3) Social Studies school (3) In addition, continue with the area chosen in EPS201 Theories & Practice of Values in 1 Elective Course (3) Semester 1 Education (2) Plus 1 Elective 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue EPP301 Appropriate Art, Craft & Design Course (3) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Methods and Materials for the In addition, continue with the area chosen in Semester 1) Primary School (4) Semester 1 English EPP327 Introduction to Ethnomusicology EPP202 Practical Art, Craft & Design Skills for ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) Education (4) the Classroom Teacher (4) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) HEE229 Child Development- Prenatal through EPP218 Listening, Composing and Setswana Early Childhood (3) Performing (4) ALL221 Sound systems in African PHR269 Motor Learning and Human HEE116 Introduction to Consumer language (2) Performance (2) Education (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Optional courses (Choose one): Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Mathematics PHR210 Psychology of Sports (2) PHR142 Organisation and Administration of EPM326 Introduction to probability and Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Physical Education and Sports (2) statistics (3) HEE347 Curriculum Development in Early

70 Childhood Education (3) Tangents (3) behaviour (3) Science EPA300 Action Research (2) Level 300 EPM329 Principle of Biology and Earth Science PHR261 Introduction to Skills and Techniques Semester 6 (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) of Soccer (2) Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Social Studies HEE218 Fundamentals of Clothing EDT310 Instructional Materials (2) EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) Production (3) EPA304 Advanced Investigation in Education 1 Elective Course (3) (3, pre-reg. EPA302) In addition, continue with the two special topic Level 400 Major II: Primary Education (15-18) areas chosen in semester 1 Semester 7 Continue with the area of concentration chosen Guidance/Counselling Major I: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) in Semester 1. EFH305 Teaching Guidance & Counselling in EPE419 Computer Applications in Primary Languages Concentration Schools & Other Settings (3) Schools (2) ALL222 The structure of words (2) Infant Education EPE442 Research Project (2, pre EPA304) ENG311 Modern English Grammar (2) EPI321 Curriculum Development in Early Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) EPL312: Breakthrough to Literacy (3) Childhood Education (3) Continue with the area of concentration chosen EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second Environmental Education in Semester 1. Language (3) EPI335 Evaluation and Monitoring in 1. Languages Concentration Optional courses (Choose one): Environmental Education (3, pre EPL411 Teaching Reading in Primary ENG321 Usage in English (2) EPI334) Schools (3) ENG361 Morphology of English (2) Special Education EPL414 Literature for Primary Schools (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) EFS251 Remediation Techniques in school ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational subjects with learning Disabilities (3, ALL321 The structure of the sentence (2) behaviour (3) pre EFS250) Optional courses (Choose one): ALL253 The sociology of literature (2) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue EFS240 Curriculum and instructional methods Mathematics/Science Concentration with the area chosen as a teaching subject in for students with mild to moderate EPM331 Teaching School Mathematics (3) Semester 1) Mental Retardation (3) EPM 327 Introduction. To Limits & Tangents (3, English ALL331 Introduction to translation (2) pre EPM 326) EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive EPM329 Principles of Biology and Earth Language Teaching (3) Development (3) Science (3) ENG321 Usage in English Language (2) 1. Mathematics/Science Concentration Optional courses (Choose one): Setswana EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and their EPA300 Action Research (2) ALL222 The structure of words in African application (3, pre EPM 327) EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational Languages (2) EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and behaviour (3) EPL312 Breakthrough to literacy (3) Earth Science (3) EPM301 Special Issues in Math education (3) Mathematics 1 Elective Course (3) EPM302 Geometry for Primary school EPM331 Teaching School Mathematics (3) Optional courses (Choose one): teachers(3) EPM327 Introduction to Limits and Tangents EFS240 Curriculum and instructional methods Social Studies Education Concentration (3, Pre3 EPM326) or students with mild to moderate EPS300 Culture & Citizenship Education (3) Science Mental Retardation (3) EPS323 Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) EPM329 Principle of Biology and EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive ELC311 Multicultural Education (3) Earth Science(3) Development (3) 1 Elective Course (3) Social Studies EPM430 Mathematical Applications for 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue EPS323: Social Studies and Pedagogy (3) Primary Teachers (3) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in In addition, continue with the area chosen in EPM431 Science Applications for Primary Semester 1) Semester 1 Schools (3) English EPP302 Practical Skills in the planning and Social Studies/Religious Education EPL300 Theory and Practice of Second Teaching of Art & Craft Design (4) Concentration Language Teaching (3) EPP328 Teaching Methods in EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the ENG321 Usage in English Language (2) Music Education(4) Teaching of Social Studies (3) Setswana HEE218 Fundamentals of Clothing Production ELC421 Global Perspectives & Materials in ALL222 The structure of words in African (3) Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Social Studies (3) Languages (2) PHR267 Teaching PE in Pre-Primary and 1 Elective Course (3) EPL312 Breakthrough to literacy (3) Primary Schools (2) Plus 1 Elective Optional courses (Choose one): Mathematics Course (3) HIS201 African Cultures & Civilizations (3) EPM331 Teaching School Mathematics (3) Optional courses (Choose one): ELR301 Theories of Religious Education (3) EPM327 Introduction to Limits and EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational EPI442 Environmental Conservation

71 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Strategies I (3) of Social Studies (3) 3. Social Studies/Religious Education EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive In addition, continue with the area chosen in Concentration Development (3) Semester 1 EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching 4. Special Topics Concentration Primary Social Studies (3) (continue with the area chosen as a teaching EPP405 Intergrated Arts Education in Cultural EPS403 International Organisations & subject in Semester 1) Context (4) Governance (3) English EPP447 Basic Instrumental Skills (4) Optional courses (Choose one): ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) HEE454 Family Counselling (3) Plus 1 Elective TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) Setswana Course (3) EPA300 Action Research (2) ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) PHR313 Nutrition and Sports performance (2) HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners and the Impact of Mathematics Plus 1 Elective Course (3) Colonial Rule on Botswana, Lesotho & EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and their Optional courses (Choose one): Swaziland (3) Applications (3, Pre EPM327) EFS240 Curriculum and Instructional methods ENV316 Agricultural Development (2) Science for students with mild to moderate 4. Special Topics Concentration (continue EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and mental retardation (3) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Earth Science (3) PHR309 Adapted Physical Education (2) Semester 1) Social Studies HEE337 Human Development across the life English EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the span (2) Or ENG411 Form, Function and Variation Teaching of Social Studies (3) HEE338 Consumer Protection (2) English (2) In addition, continue with the two special topic EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive Setswana areas chosen in semester 1 Development (3) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Guidance/Counselling Mathematics EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3) Level 400 EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) Infant Education Semester 8 Science EPI431 Management of Early Childhood Major I Primary Education (15-18 Credits) EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and Programme (3) GEC441 Special Education (3) -for Chemistry (3) Environmental Education students who have not chosen EFS101 Social Studies EPI442 Environmental Conservation EFS404 Education of Children with Attention EPS400 Contemporary Issues in Teaching Strategies I (3) Deficit Hyper Disorder (3)- for Primary Social Studies (3) Special Education students who have chosen EFS101 In addition, continue with the two special topic EFS350 Developmental Approach and EPE442 Research Project- continues from areas chosen in semester 1 Behavioural Management of Semester 1- (2) Guidance/Counselling students with learning disabilities EFF410 Philosophy of Education (3) EFH407 Consultation in Schools & Community (3, pre EFS101) Major II: Primary Education (15-18 Credits) Settings (3) Optional courses (Choose one): Continue with the area of concentration chosen Infant Education EFS240 Curriculum and instructional methods in Semester 1. EPI432 Contemporary Issues in Early for students with mild to moderate 1. Languages Concentration Childhood Education (3) Mental Retardation (3) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation (2) Environmental Education EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive EPL412 Introduction to Reading Process (3) EPI443 Environmental Conservation Development (3) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Strategies II (3) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue Optional courses (Choose one): Special Education with the area chosen as a teaching subject in ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory 2 (2) EFS351 Career Education for students with Semester 1) EFS351 Career Education for students with learning difficulties (3, pre EFS101) English Learning difficulties (3, pre EFS101) 5. Practical Subjects Concentration (continue ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (2) EPA300 Action Research (2) with the area chosen as a teaching subject in Plus 1 Elective Course (3) EPE411 Educational Management And Semester 1) Setswana Curriculum Development (3) English ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (3) ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel (2) ENG411 Form, Function and Variation English Mathematics EFS402 Strategies for Helping Families of (2) Plus EPM426 Introduction to Derivatives and their Students with disabilities (3) 1 Elective Course (3) applications (3) 2. Mathematics/Science Concentration Setswana Science EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) Plus 1 EPM429 Advanced Concepts in Biology and EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and Elective Course (3) Earth Science (3) Chemistry (3) Plus 1 Elective Mathematics Social Studies Course (3) EPM427 Calculus II (3, pre EPM426) Plus 1 EPS401 The Role of Democracy in the Teaching Elective Course (3)

72 Science (b) A Teaching Qualification Level 200 EPM428 Advanced Concepts in Physics and (c) Two year work experience in an educational Semester 3 Chemistry (3) Plus 1 Elective setting. Students who do not have BGCSE or Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Course (3) equivalent, but have Junior Certificate (JC) EPA200 Personnel Policies and Decision Social Studies in addition to b) and c) of 20.10 shall apply Making (3) EPS403 International Organisations & through the Mature Age Entry Scheme as in EPA203 Theories of Leadership & Governance (3) Plus 1 Elective General Regulation 00.52 Applicants with Supervision (3) Course (3) a diploma in Education of this university or MGT100 Principles of Management (3 credit) In addition, continue with the area chosen in equivalent credits approved by Senate (60 credits) 1 Elective Course (3) Semester 1 in addition to ‘20.10-c)’ above will normally Optional courses (Choose one): enter at level 200 of the degree programme as EFH201 Counselling over a life span (3) EPP406 Contemporary Issues in Art in General Regulation 00.4. Applicants with a MGT202 Small Business Management (3) Education (4) diploma in educational management of this EFF220 Historical,Philosophical & EPP449 Movement in Music (4) university or equivalent (60 credits) in addition Sociological Foundations of HEE450 Issues and Trends in Early Childhood to ‘c)’ above will normally enter at level 300. Education (3) Education Programs (3) PHR308 Scientific Basis of Coaching and Level 100 Level 200 Officiating (2) and Semester 1 Semester 4 PHR317 Sports & Culture (2) Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Core Courses (15-18 Credits) EPA111 Introduction to Educational EPA201 Classroom Management (3) Assessment Planning (3) EPA202 Managing Educational Resources (3) All courses except EPE214, EPA300 EPA304, EPA112 Introduction to Resources MGT200 Organisational design & EPE419, EPM331, EPM431, EPP302, EPP405, Management (3) Development (3) EPP406 and EPE442 shall be assessed as EFA100 School Organization (3) 1 Elective Course (3) stipulated in general regulation 00.8. EPE214 GEC111E Communication and Study Skills I (2, Optional courses (Choose one): would be assessed by practical presentations. GEC) EFH200 Group Work in Counselling (3) For EPA304 assessments shall be based on tests/ GEC121E Computing and Information Skills EFR200 Introduction to Measurement in assignments (40%) and the research proposal Fundamentals I (2, GEC) Education (3) (60%). EPE442 assessments shall be based on the Optional courses (Choose one): EFF210 Introduction to Sociology of research report only. EPE419 and EPA300 would EFF110 Introduction to the History of Education (3) be assessed by tests/ assignments and Project Education (3) Work. EPM331 & EPM431 would be assessed by EFH100 Foundations of Guidance and Level 300 assignments and presentations. Failure without Counselling (3) Semester 5 a good cause to submit continuous assessment Core Courses (15-18 Credits) work within 24 hours of the due date shall carry Level 100 EFF410 Philosophy of Education (3) a penalty of 5percentage marks. Failure to submit Semester 2 EPA302 Introduction to Educational work within 48hours of the due date shall carry a Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Research (3) penalty of 50percentage marks. Failure to submit EPE114 Introduction to Education in EPA303 Planning & management in the work within one week from the due date Botswana (2) Education (3) shall incur a zero mark. EFP100 Introduction to Educational 1 Elective Course (3) Psychology (3) Optional courses (Choose one): Progression from Semester to Semester EFA200 Managing Quality Schools (3) MGT300 Human Resource Management (3) Progression from one Semester to the next shall GEC112E Communications and Studies Skills EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive be as per General Regulations 00.9 II (2, GEC) Development (3) GEC122E Computing and Information Skills EDT310 Instructional Material Production (2) Award of Degree Fundamentals II (2, GEC) The award of the Degree shall be as per General Optional courses (Choose one): Level 300 Regulations 00.85 EFH104 Helping Relationship Skills (3) Semester 6 EFP101 Foundations of Developmental Core Courses (15-18 Credits) B.Ed (Educational Management) Psychology (3) EPA304 Advanced investigation in EFS104 Introduction to procedures for education (3) Entry Requirements assessment of disabilities (3) EPA301 Leadership styles & organizational Applicants must have: behaviour (3) (a) At least three credits in the Botswana General DAE302 Principles of Human Resource Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) or Development (3) equivalent

73 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

1 Elective Course (3) a penalty of 5percentage marks. Failure to submit Optional courses (Choose one): marks within 48hours of the due date shall carry EFP301 Adult-Child Interaction and Cognitive a penalty of 50percentage marks. Failure to Development (3) submit the work within one week from the due EPA300 Action Research (3) date shall incur a zero mark. EFF310 Citizenship, Human Rights, Democracy, and Education; Critical Progression from Semester to Semester Issues (3) Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 Level 400 Award of Degree Semester 7 The award of the Degree shall be as per General Core Courses (15-18 Credits) Regulations 00.85 EPE419 Computer Applications in Primary Schools (2) EPE442 Research Projects (2) EPA400 Staff Development in Education (3) EPA402 Contemporary Issues in Education Management (e.g., HIV/AIDS, Sexual Abuse, Access, Equity, Gender), (2) 1 Elective Course (3) Optional courses (Choose one): MGT400 Strategic Management (3) EFH400 Substance Abuse Counselling (3)

Level 400 Semester 8 Core Courses (15-18 Credits) EPE442 Research Projects (2) EPE411 Educational Management & Curriculum Development (3) MGT410 Negotiations and Conflict Management (3) EPA406 Policy Development, Analysis, Implementation and Evaluation in Education (3) 1 Elective Course (3) Optional courses (Choose one): EFF420 Contemporary Issues in Teacher Education in Botswana (3) EFC400 Curriculum Theory and Instruction (3)

Assessment All courses except EPE214, EPA300 EPA304, EPE419, EPM331, EPM431, EPP302, EPP405, EPP406 and EPE442 shall be assessed as stipulated in general regulation 00.8. EPE214 would be assessed by practical presentations. For EPA304 assessments shall be based on tests/ assignments (40%) and the research proposal (60%). EPE442 assessments shall be based on the research report only. Tests/assignments and Project Work would assess EPE419 and EPA300. EPM331 & EPM431 would be assessed by assignments and presentations. Failure without a good cause to submit continuous assessment work within 24 hours of the due date shall carry

74 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING COORDINATOR CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES UNIT ARCHITECTURE AND PLANNING CIVIL ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FACULTY OF engineering & Technology

Dean Prof. A.B. Ngowi, BSc. (Dar es Salaam), MSc (Chalmers), Ph.D (Witwatersrand), MCIOB, Pr.CPM.

Deputy Dean J. Chuma, BEng (Notitngham), M.Sc, (Notitngham) Ph.D (Essex)

Faculty Administrator Mrs. B. Barrows, BA (UB) MSc, HRM (Cardiff)

Industrial Training Coordinator J. Marumo, BSc. (Florida A&M), PGD (UMIST) ASS.

Assistant Industrial Training Coordinator Mr. R. Sehurutshi, BEng (Hons), MOMS UK, AVT – Industrial (Germany)

75 FACULTY OF engineering ANDAND TTechnology

The Faculty of Engineering and Technology (FET) of Industrial Design and Technology offers shall be as specified in the Special Departmental is dedicated to the following aims: Bachelor of Design Degree programmes in Regulations. Industrial Design, and Design and Technology 10.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be a) To produce high quality engineering graduates Education. The Department of Architecture offers arranged to supplement learning, as specified in who can adapt to the work environment and Bachelor of Architecture Degree programme in the Special Departmental Regulations. discharge their duties to the satisfaction of their Architecture, and a Bachelor of Science Degree 10.24 The availability of optional courses offered employers; in Urban and Regional Planning. The Certificate shall be at the discretion of the Department. b) To be responsive to the needs of the industry and Diploma Programmes Unit (CDPU) offers in all sectors of the Botswana economy. This Higher Diploma programmes in Electrical and 10.30 Assessment will be accomplished mainly by providing study Electronic Engineering, Mechanical Engineering 10.31 The continuous assessment of a course programmes designed to meet the need for and Water and Environmental Engineering. In may be designated to include the assessment highly trained manpower in required areas of addition, the Unit offers Diploma programmes of practical skills, by tests or other appropriate technology and the environment; in Building and Civil Engineering, Electrical and means. The department concerned will make c) To respond to the needs of industry through Electronic Engineering, Geomatics, Mechanical provision for such assessment, and will make research, consultancy, advisory and related Engineering, Mining Engineering, and Water and available to students a schedule showing the services; Environmental Engineering. In addition, the Unit assessment points at the commencement of the d) To maintain a continuous dialogue with offers Certificate programmes in Construction course. industry and other relevant bodies to determine Engineering, Electrical and Electronic Engineering, 10.32 For continuous assessment, the ratio of and fulfill any needs which may be raised by Motor Vehicle Engineering, Refrigeration and test marks to assignment and/or laboratory industry from time to time; Air- Conditioning, Plant Engineering, and report marks shall be 1:1. e) To provide access, with proper theoretical and Science Laboratory Technology. Details of the 10.33 Except for courses with 100 percent practical backing, to recent developments in the requirements for admission into the various continuous assessment, the ratio of continuous technology sector and to prepare graduates for programmes are outlined in the following pages assessment to end of semester examination professional responsibilities; under each relevant Department/Unit. marks shall be 2:3, unless otherwise specified in f) To prepare FET graduates to pursue further the Special Departmental Regulations. studies in their relevant Engineering and 100 Special Regulations for the Technician 10.34 Failure without good cause to submit Technology disciplines. Certificate Programmes an item of continuous assessment within 24 Subject to the provisions of General Academic hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of Academic Departments and Programmes Regulations 000 and 100, the following Special 5 percentage marks per working day. Failure to The Faculty of Engineering and Technology Regulations shall apply to students in the submit the assignment by the end of 1 week consists of five Departments and CDPU which following Technicians Certificate programmes: from the due date shall incur a zero mark. has been transferred to Department of Technical • Construction 10.35 A student who fails to sit a continuous Vocational Education and Training (BTVET). All • Electrical and Electronic Engineering assessment test without documented valid CDPU programmes are administered by Botswana • Motor Vehicle Engineering reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A College of Engineering and Technology (BCET), • Refrigeration and Air student absent from a test with a documented sharing FET facilities until FET is relocated to the Conditioning Engineering legitimate reason shall be entitled to a substitute Main Campus: • Plant Engineering test. • Department of Architecture and Planning • Science Laboratory Technology 10.36 Where a course includes a written final • Department of Civil Engineering examination, a course with a credit value of 3 • Department of Electrical Engineering 10.10 Entrance Requirements or more shall be examined by an end of semester • Department of Industrial Design 10.11 The minimum entrance qualifications examination of duration 2 hours, and 1 hour for and Technology to the Certificate programmes shall be the a course with less than 3 credits. • Department of Mechanical Engineering Botswana General Certificate of Secondary 10.37 Courses with a practical component or • Certificate and Diploma Programmes Unit Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with passes drawing included in a written examination in Mathematics and Physics or Physical Science shall be examined by a 3-hour, end–of semester -The Faculty of Engineering and Technology or any other subject as specified by the Special examination. offers MPhil/PhD programmes which are Departmental Regulations interdisciplinary. The Faculty also offers or 10.12 A Craft Certificate with credits in 110 Special Regulations for the Diploma in undergraduate programmes as follows: The Mathematics and at least 3 technical subjects. Engineering Departments of Civil Engineering, Electrical Subject to the provisions of General Academic Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering offer 10.20 Programme Structure Regulations 000 and 100, the following Special Bachelor of Engineering Degree programmes in 10.21 Certificate programmes will normally Regulations shall apply to students in the Civil Engineering, Construction Engineering and extend over 4 semesters of full-time study, unless following programmes: Management, Geomatics, Mining Engineering, otherwise specified in the Special Departmental Electrical and Electronic Engineering, and Regulations. • Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering Mechanical Engineering. -The Department 10.22 The courses offered in the programme • Diploma in Electrical and Electronic

76 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Engineering to the co-ordinator at least 2 weeks before the of Industrial Training shall be subjected to • Diploma in Geomatics beginning of the end of semester examinations. Disciplinary Regulations. • Diploma in Mechanical Engineering 11.35 Failure without good cause to submit • Diploma in Mining Engineering. an item of continuous assessment within 24 12.20 Assessment • Diploma in Water and Environmental hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 12.21 During the course of Industrial Training, Engineering 5 percentage marks per working day. Failure to each student shall be visited at least once at the submit the assignment before the end of 1 week location of placement to be assessed by Faculty 11.10 Entrance Requirements from the due date shall incur a zero mark. of Engineering and Technology staff. 11.11 The minimum entrance qualifications to 11.36 A student who fails to sit a continuous 12.22 A student’s performance will be assessed the Diploma programme shall be the Botswana assessment test without documented valid by means of: General Certificate of Secondary Education reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A 12.22a) Continuous assessment by the industrial (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with credits in student absent from a test with documented based supervisor and an assessor from a relevant Mathematics and either Physics or Physical legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special department of the Faculty of Engineering and Science or any other subject as specified in the test. Technology; Special Departmental Regulations. 11.37 Where a course includes a written final 12.22b) Industrial Training report and logbook 11.12 Alternative entry qualifications may be examination, a course with a credit value of 3 submitted by the student at the end of the considered at the discretion of the Departmental or more shall be examined by an end of semester Industrial Training period. Board. Mature entrants with evidence of relevant examination of duration 2 hours, and 1 hour for 12.23 ITD100 shall be assessed as based on prior learning shall be admitted according to the a course with less than 3 credits. Regulations 120.22 a) and 120.22 b). The ratio General Regulations 00.52. 11.38 Courses with a practical component or of marks for continuous assessment to Industrial 11.13 Applicants in possession of an appropriate drawing included in a written examination Training report shall be 1:2. Engineering Certificate may be admitted shall be examined by a 3-hour, end-of semester 12.24 A student who has an incomplete grade directly into the second year of the Diploma examination. shall be allowed to complete Industrial Training Programme. at a time recommended by the Faculty. 120 Industrial Training Regulations for the 11.20 Programme Structure Diploma in Engineering 130 Special Regulations for the Higher 11.21 Diploma programmes will normally extend Subject to the provisions of General Academic Diploma in Engineering over 4 semesters of full-time study, unless Regulations 000 and 100, the following Special Subject to the provisions of General Academic otherwise specified in the Special Departmental Regulations shall apply to students in the Regulations 000 and 100, the following Special Regulations. following programmes: Regulations shall apply to the following 11.22 The courses offered in the programme • Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering programmes: shall be as specified in the Special Departmental • Diploma in Electrical and Electronic • Higher Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Regulations. Engineering Engineering 11.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be • Diploma in Geomatics • Higher Diploma in Mechanical Engineering arranged to supplement learning, as specified in • Diploma in Mechanical Engineering • Higher Diploma in Water and Environmental the Special Departmental Regulations. • Diploma in Mining Engineering. Engineering 11.24 The availability of optional courses offered • Diploma in Water and Environmental shall be at the discretion of the Department. Engineering 13.10 Entrance Requirements 13.11 The normal minimum entrance 11.30 Assessment 12.10 Programme Structure requirements to the Higher Diploma programmes 11.31 Except for a project and courses with 12.11 A student shall undergo a single period of shall be a relevant Diploma of this University 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio supervised Industrial Training for 8 weeks or its equivalent, as specified in the Special of continuous assessment to end of semester and shall be undertaken at a time specified by Departmental Regulations. examination marks shall be 2:3, unless the Faculty. 13.12 In addition to the requirements of 120.11 otherwise specified in the Special Departmental 12.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be candidates must have at least one year of Regulations. as follows: relevant industrial/work experience as specified 11.32 A project shall be evaluated by ITD100 Industrial Training (duration 8 weeks, 4 in the Special Departmental Regulations. continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ credits, core course) 13.13 Alternative entry qualifications may be or demonstration and a written report. The 12.13 During the course of Industrial Training a considered at the discretion of the Departmental ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, student shall be subjected to such codes, Board. presentation assessment and written report shall procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations as be 1:1:2. applicable to the industry. 13.20 Programme Structure 11.33 For continuous assessment, the ratio of 12.14 Subject to Regulations Governing 13.21 Higher diploma programmes will extend marks for tests to assignment and/or laboratory Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation over four semesters of full-time study, except report marks shall be 1:1. 4.0, and Regulation 12.13 above, a student where specified in the Special Departmental 11.34 The final project report must be submitted who receives a final warning during the course Regulations.

77 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

13.22 The courses offered in the programme the Bachelor of Science (General) Degree of or a Combined Degree programme in the fifth shall be as specified in the Special Departmental the Faculty of Science with at least C grades in semester. Regulations. Mathematics and Physics. 21.27 A subject may include courses consisting 13.23 Industrial and/or site visits may be arranged 21.13 Applicants in possession of an entirely of fieldwork, project work, practical to supplement lecture material. appropriate ‘A’ level qualification with at least work or seminars. In addition to work during 13.24 The availability of optional courses offered C grades in Mathematics and Physics may be the semester, a subject may include prescribed shall be at the discretion of the Department. admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree fieldwork or assignments during the vacation programme. periods. 13.30 Assessment 21.14 Applicants in possession of an appropriate 13.31 Except for a project and courses with Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 21.30 Assessment 100 percent continuous assessment, the ratio of the Degree programme. 21.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 300, of continuous assessment to end-of semester 21.15 Applicants in possession of an appropriate 400 and 500 courses shall be based on tests and/ examination marks shall be 2:3, unless Higher Diploma may be admitted directly into or assignments, and where applicable, laboratory otherwise specified in the Special Departmental Level 300 of the appropriate Degree programme. reports/field reports. Regulations. 21.32 Except for a project and courses with 13.32 A project shall be evaluated by 21.20 Programme Structure 100 percent continuous assessment, the continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ 21.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in ratio of continuous assessment to end of or demonstration and a written report. The the Faculty of Science Special Regulations for semester examination shall be 2:3, unless ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, the Bachelor of Science Degree. otherwise specified in the Departmental Special presentation assessment and written report shall Regulations. be 1:1:2. 21.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following 21.33 A project shall be evaluated by 13.33 For continuous assessment, the ratio of core courses: continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ marks for tests to assignments and/or laboratory or demonstration and a written report. The marks shall be 1:1. Semester 3 ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, 13.34 The final project report must be submitted DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) presentation assessment and written report shall to the co-coordinator at least 2 weeks before the MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) be 1:1:2. beginning of the end of semester examinations. CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) 21.34 For continuous assessment, the ratio of 13.35 A student who fails to sit a continuous CCB212 Statics (2) marks for tests to assignments and/or laboratory assessment test without documented valid EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) marks shall be 1:1. reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I 21.35 Level 500 Project Report must be submitted student absent from a test with documented (3, pre-req. MAT111, MAT122) to the co-coordinator at least two weeks legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special before the beginning of the end-of semester test. Semester 4 examinations. 13.36 Where a course includes a written final DTB221 Workshop Technology II (2) 21.36 Where a course includes a written final examination, a course with a credit value of MMB221 Manual and Computer Aided examination, a course with a credit value of 3 3 or more shall be examined by an end of Drafting (2, pre-req. MMB211) or more shall be examined by an end of semester semester examination of duration 2 hours, and MMB222 Dynamics (2) examination of duration 2 hours, and 1 hour for 1 hour for a course with less than 3 credits. CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) a course with less than 3 credits. 13.37 Courses with a practical component or EEB221 A.C. Circuit Principles II (2) 21.37 Courses with a practical component or drawing included in a written examination shall MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II drawing included in a written examination shall be examined by end-of-semester examination of (3, pre-req. MAT291) be examined by end of semester examination of 3 hours duration. 21.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of duration 3 hours. Engineering programme shall undergo two 21.38 Industrial Training shall be assessed as 210 Special Regulations for the Degree in periods of Industrial Training: 8 weeks and 20 specified in the Faculty Special Regulation Bachelor of Engineering weeks as specified in Faculty Special Regulation 22.20. Subject to the provisions of the General 22.10. 21.39 Failure without good cause to submit Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special 21.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student an item of continuous assessment within 24 Regulations shall apply: shall register for General Education Courses hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 5 as prescribed by General Regulations 00.2124, percentage marks per day. Failure to submit the 21.10 Entrance Requirements Departmental prescribed number of core, assignment before the end of one week from the 21.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering optional and elective courses per semester, due date shall incur a zero mark. Degree shall be as stipulated in General unless exempted. 21.40 A student who fails to sit a continuous Regulation 20.20. 21.25 The availability of optional and elective assessment test without documented valid 21.12 The normal minimum requirements for courses offered by a Department shall be at the reasons shall score a zero mark for that test. A admission to Level 200 of the Degree programme discretion of the relevant Department. student absent from a test with documented shall be satisfactory completion of Level 100 of 21.26 A student shall register for a Single Major legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special

78 test. Semester 3 22.22c) Oral Presentation. DTB210 Elements of Design (3) 220 Industrial Training Regulations for the 22.23 ITB200 shall be assessed as based on DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) Degree in Bachelor of Engineering Regulations 22.22 a) and 22.22 b). The ratio of MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) Subject to the provisions of General Regulations marks for continuous assessment to Industrial CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) 000 and 200, the following Industrial Training Training report shall be 1:2. CCB212 Statics (2) Regulations shall apply to students in the 22.24 ITB420 shall be evaluated as specified EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) following programmes: in Regulation 22.22. The ratio of marks for • Bachelor of Engineering (Civil Engineering) continuous assessment to Industrial Training Semester 4 • Bachelor of Engineering (Construction report to oral presentation shall be 1:2:1. DTB220 Designing Artifacts (3, pre-req. Engineering and Management) DTB210) • Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical and 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in DTB221 Workshop Technology II Electronic Engineering) Bachelor of Design (2, pre-req. DTB211) • Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical Subject to the provisions of the General MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting Engineering) Regulations 000 and 200, the following Special (2, pre-req. MMB211) • Bachelor of Engineering (General). Regulations shall apply: MMB222 Dynamics (2) CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) 22.10 Programme Structure 23.10 Entrance Requirements DTB 222 Graphics (2) 22.11 A student shall undergo two periods of 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the Bachelor of supervised Industrial Training: 8 weeks between Design Degree Programme shall be as stipulated 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of Design Levels 200 and 300, and 20 weeks starting in the General Admission Regulations. Degree Programme shall undergo industrial from the beginning of Semester 2 of Level 400 23.12 Admission into Level 100 of the training as specified under Departmental Special including part of the vacation between Levels BDes Degree Programme shall be minimum Regulations. 400 and 500. requirement of a BGCSE with a pass in English 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student 22.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be and a C grade in Mathematics and Physics and shall register for General Education Courses as follows: any one of Chemistry or Biology or a minimum as prescribed by General Regulation 00.2124, ITB200 Industrial Training I of Grade BB in Science Double Award. Departmental prescribed number of core, (duration 8 weeks, 4 credits, core 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor optional and elective courses per semester, course) of Design Degree Programme shall be as unless exempted. ITB420 Industrial Training II (duration stipulated in General Admission Regulations. 23.25 The availability of optional and elective 20 weeks, 10 credits, core course). 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the BDes courses offered by a Department shall be at the 22.13 During the course of Industrial Training, Degree Programme shall be satisfactory discretion of the Department. a student shall be subjected to such codes, completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor of 23.26 A student shall register for a Single Major procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations as Science General Degree of the Faculty of Science or a Combined Degree Programme in the third applicable to the industry. with at least C- (C minus) grades in Mathematics semester. 22.14 Subject to Regulations Governing and Physics. 23.27 A subject may include courses consisting Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation 23.15 Applicants in possession of an appropriate entirely of fieldwork, project work, practical 4.0, and Regulation 22.13 above, a student ‘A’ level qualification with at least D grades in work, and seminars. In addition to work during who receives a final warning for misconduct Mathematics and at least one of: Physics, the semester, a subject may include prescribed during the course of Industrial Training shall be Chemistry or Design and Technology may be fieldwork or assignments during the vacation subjected to Discipline Regulations. admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree periods. Programme. 22.20 Assessment 23.16 Applicants in possession of an appropriate 23.30 Assessment 22.21 During the course of the Industrial Training Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 300, period, each student shall be visited twice at the of the Degree Programme. 400 and 500 courses shall be based on tests and/ location of placement to be assessed by the 23.17 Applicants in possession of an appropriate or assignments, and where applicable laboratory Faculty of Engineering and Technology staff. Higher Diploma may be admitted directly into reports/field reports. 22.22 A student’s performance will be assessed Level 300 of the Degree Programme. 23.32 Except for a project and courses with by means of: 100 percent continuous assessment, the 22.22a) Continuous assessment by the industrial 23.20 Degree Structure ratio of continuous assessment to end of based supervisor and an assessor from a relevant 23.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in semester examination shall be 2:3, unless department of the Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty of Science Special Regulations otherwise specified in the Departmental Special Technology; for the Bachelor of Science Degree. Regulations. 22.22b) Industrial Training report and logbook 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following 23.33a) A Design Project shall be assessed submitted by the student at the end of the courses: through documentation (folio, report and diary) Industrial Training period; of the Design Process and presentation. The ratio

79 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

of marks for documentation to presentation 2 of Level 400 including part of the vacation now expected to be transferred to DVET under shall be 2:1. between Levels 400 and 500. Ministry of Education by August 2008. The unit 23.33b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project shall 35.13 Industrial Training course codes shall be as has four different sections: be assessed through Product and its Evaluation follows: CDPU Civil Engineering (4 programmes), CDPU and presentation. The ratio of marks for DTB300 Industrial Training (duration 7 weeks, Electrical Engineering (2 programmes), CDPU documentation to presentation shall be 2:1. 3 credits, core course). Mechanical Engineering (4 programmes) and 23.33c) A Design and Make Project shall be IDB400 Industrial Training for Industrial CDPU-Science and Mathematics (1 programme). evaluated as specified in Regulations 23.33a and Design (duration 20 weeks, 10 credits, The Unit consists of about 50 teaching staff and 23.33b. core course). over 700 students. All resources and facilities are 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be 35.14 During the course of Industrial Training a shared to run the programmes with full quality submitted to the co-coordinator at least 2 weeks student shall be subjected to such codes, assurance. before the beginning of the end-of semester procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations as examinations. applicable to the industry. CDPU- Civil Engineering Section 23.35 Where a course includes a written final 35.15 Subject to Regulations Governing Section Leader/ Head: M. Silumbwe examination, a course with a credit value of 3 or Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation more shall be examined by an end of semester 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above, a student Introduction examination of duration 2 hours, and 1 hour for who receives a final warning for misconduct CDPU- Civil Engineering Section offers the a course with less than 3 credits. during the period of Industrial Training shall be following programmes: 23.36 Courses having a practical component or subjected to Discipline Regulations. • Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering drawing that include a written examination shall • Diploma in Geomatics be examined by an end of semester examination 35.20 Assessment • Diploma in Water and Environmental of duration 3 hours. 35.21 During the periods of Industrial Training, Engineering 23.37 Industrial Training shall be assessed each student shall be visited a minimum of twice • Construction Technician Certificate. as specified in the Faculty Special Regulation at the location of placement to be assessed by 35.20. Faculty of Engineering and Technology staff. 113 Departmental Regulations for the 23.38 Failure without good cause to submit 35.22 A student’s performance will be assessed Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering an item of continuous assessment within 24 by means of: Subject to the provisions of the General Academic hours of the due date shall carry a penalty of 5 35.22a) Continuous assessment by the industry Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of percentage marks per day. Failure to submit the based supervisor and an assessor from a relevant Engineering and Technology Regulations 110, assignment before the end of 1 week from the Department of the Faculty of Engineering and the following Special Departmental Regulations due date shall incur a zero mark. Technology. for the Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering 23.39 A student who fails to sit a continuous 35.22b) Industrial Training Report and logbook Programme shall apply: assessment test without documented valid submitted by the student at the end of the reason shall score a zero mark for that test. A Industrial Training period. 113.10 Entrance Requirements student absent from a test with documented 35.22c) Oral Presentation. 113.11 The minimum entrance requirements to legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special 35.23 DTB300 shall be assessed as based on the Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering test. regulations 35.22a) and 35.22b). The ratio of Programme shall be as stipulated in the Faculty marks for Continuous Assessment to Industrial Special Regulation 11.10. 350 Industrial Training Regulations for the Training Report and Logbook shall be 1:2. Degree in Bachelor of Design Preamble 35.24 IDB400 shall be assessed as based 113.20 Programme Structure Subject to the provisions of General Regulations on regulation 35.22. The ratio of marks for 113.21 The Programme will be a Single Major 000 and 200 the following Industrial Training Continuous Assessment to Industrial Training that will normally extend over 4 semesters of Regulations shall apply to students on the Report and Logbook to Oral Presentation shall full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject called following programmes: be 1:2:1. Building and Civil Engineering consisting of • Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology courses shown below. Education) CERTIFICATE AND DIPLOMA • Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) PROGRAMS UNIT (CDPU) Level 100 Building and Civil Engineering 35.10 Structure Unit Coordinator/Head: K. J. Thomas Semester 1 35.11 A student shall undergo a period of The unit was created in July 2003 within FET Core Courses supervised Industrial Training for 7 weeks according to a decision made by University SMD111 Mathematics I (2) between Levels 300 and 400. Council in November 2002. It manages all CBD111 Construction Technology I (2) 35.12 In addition to the above, a student doing Certificate and Diploma Programmes except CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) Industrial Design shall undergo a second Diploma in Mining Engineering and Higher CBD112 Engineering Drawing (2) period of supervised Industrial Training for 20 Diploma Programmes. There are 11 Programmes CBD116 (CBD126) CAD for Civil weeks starting from the beginning of semester currently under CDPU and those programmes are Engineering (2)

80 Semester 2 stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation Group A Core Courses 11.30. CGD212 Engineering Surveying SMD121 Mathematics II (2) (3, pre-req. CGD111) CBD122 Construction Materials (2) 114 Departmental Special Regulations for CGD213 Applied GIS (3, pre-req. CGD112) CBD123 Mechanics (2, pre-req. SMD 110) the Diploma in Geomatics Group B CBD124 Construction Technology and Subject to the provisions of General Academic CGD214 Adjustment of Survey Measurement Drawing, (3, pre-req. CBD 111) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of (2, pre-req. SMD121) CBD125 Mechanical and Electrical Workshop Engineering and Technology Regulations for SMD215 Survey Mathematics (2, pre-req. Practice (2) Diploma 110, the following Special Departmental SMD121) MED120 Engineering Materials (2) Regulations shall apply: ITD100 Industrial Training (4) – Winter Course Semester 4 114.10 Entrance Requirements Core Courses Level 200 114.11 The minimum entrance requirements to CG223 Satellite Positioning (3, pre-req. Building and Civil Engineering the Diploma Programme shall be as stipulated CGD211) Semester 3 in the Special Faculty of Engineering and CGD224 Student Project (3) Core Courses Technology Regulation 11.10. CGD225 Cadastral Studies and Land CBD211 Building Services (2, pre-req. Administration (2) CBD 124) 114.20 Programme Structure CGD226 Digital Cartography (2, pre-req. CBD212 Theory of Structures (3, pre-req. 114.21 The Programme will be a Single Major CGD104) CBD 123, SMD 121) that will normally extend over 4 semesters of In addition students shall select at least 1 from CBD213 Civil Workshop Practice (2) full-time study. It shall contain 1 subject called the following optional courses: CBD214 Quantity Surveying (2) Geomatics consisting of courses shown below. CGD221 Digital Photogrammetry CBD215 Contract Administration (2) (3, pre-req.CDG123) In addition students shall select at least 1 of the Level 100 CGD222 Remote Sensing (3, pre-req. CGD123) following 2 credit, optional courses: Geomatics In addition to the above, students are expected CBD216 Architectural Draughting Semester 1 to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, (pre-req. CBD 124) Core Courses GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total CBD217 Soil Mechanics I CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) credit of 8. LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law CGD112 Principles of Geographic Information System (2) Assessment Semester 4 CGD113 Measurement Science (2) 1. For CGD124, CGD126 and ITD100, the Core Courses CGD114 Elements of Cartography (2) assessment shall be continuous assessment only. CBD221 Concrete Technology (3) SMD111 Mathematics I (2) 2. All other courses shall be assessed as stipulated CBD222 Construction Technology II in the Faculty Special Regulations 11.30. (2, pre-req.) Semester 2 CBD124 Co-requisite, CBD221) Core Courses Departmental Special Regulations for CBD223 Structural Design CGD121 Topographical and Cadastral the Diploma in Water and Environmental (2, pre-req. CBD212) Surveying (3, pre-req. CGD 111) Engineering CGD221 Engineering Surveying CGD123 Fundamentals of Photogrammetry (3) Subject to the provisions of General Academic (2, pre-req. CGD111) CGD124 CAD for Geomatics (2) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of CBD224 Estimating and Tendering (2) CGD125 Planning and Environmental Engineering and Technology Regulations 110, In addition students shall select at least 1 of the Studies (2) the following Special Departmental Regulations following 2 credit, optional courses: SMD121 Mathematics II (3) shall apply: CBD225 Structural Draughting (pre-req. CGD126 Residential Survey Camp (2, core) CBD112, co-requisite CBD222) - Winter Course Entrance Requirements CBD226 Soil Mechanics II (pre-req. CBD217) ITD100 Industrial Training (4, winter course) 1. The minimum entrance requirements to the CBD227 Construction Management Diploma Programme shall be as stipulated in the In addition to the above, students are expected Level 200 Special Faculty of Engineering and Technology to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, Geomatics Regulation 11.10. 2. Other entry qualifications GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total Semester 3 shall be considered by the Department on a credit of 8. Core Courses case-by-case basis in determining the point of CGD216 Basic Programming (2) entry. 113.30 Assessment CGD211 Geodesy (3, pre-req. CGD111) Programme Structure 113.31 For CBD126 and ITD100, the assessment In addition students shall select at least 1 course The Programme will be a Single Major that will shall be continuous assessment only. from each of the following groups of optional normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time 113.32 All other courses shall be assessed as courses: study. It shall contain 1 subject called Water and

81 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Environmental Engineering consisting of courses Assessment CCC214 Computer Aided Drafting shown below. (a) For ITD100, the assessment shall be continuous (2, pre-req. CCC114) assessment only. (b) All other courses shall be CCC215 Measurement of Construction Level 100 assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special Work (3) Water and Environmental Engineering Regulation 11.30. CCC216 Construction Drawing (3) Semester 1 Core Courses Special Departmental Regulations for Semester 4 SMD111 Mathematics I (2) Certificate in Construction Core Courses GEO104 Intro. to Geology for Mining Subject to the provisions of General Academic CCC221 Construction Technology II (3, pre- Engineering (2) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of req. CCC212) SWD113 Chemistry for Water Engineering (2) Engineering and Technology Regulations CCC222 Electrical Workshop Practice (2) CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) for Technician Certificate 100, the following CCC223 Engineering Surveying (2, pre-req. CBD111 Construction Technology 1 (2) Programme Regulations shall apply: CCC125) STC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) Semester 2 Entrance Requirements CCC224 Estimating and Tendering (2) Core Courses The minimum entrance requirements to the CCC225 Structural and Architectural Detailing SMD121 Mathematics II (2) Technician Certificate Programme in Construction (2, pre-req. CCC114) CWD122 Surface Water Hydrology (3) shall be as stipulated in the Special Faculty of CCC226 Introd. to Building Services (2, SWD123 Aquatic Biology (3) Engineering and Technology Regulation 10.10. pre-req. CCC122, CCC212) CBD123 Mechanics (2) In addition to the above, students are expected CWD124 Hydraulics (3) Programme Structure to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, ITD100 Industrial Training (4) The Programme will be a Single Major that will GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total normally extend over 4 semesters of fulltime credit of 8. Level 200 Water and Environmental study. It shall contain 1 subject called Construction Engineering consisting of courses shown below. Assessment Semester 3 (a) For CCC113, CCC114, CCC123, CCC213, Core Courses Level 100 CCC214, STC221 and CCC222, the assessment CWD211 Groundwater Hydrology (2, pre-req. Construction shall be continuous assessment only. CWD 122) Semester 1 (b) All other courses shall be assessed as CWD212 Water Engineering I (2) Core Courses stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation CWD213 Wastewater Engineering (2) SMC111 Mathematics I (2) 10.30. CBD217 Soil Mechanics I (2) CCC112 Fundamentals of Construction (3) CWD214 Environmental Pollution (3) CCC113 Mechanical Workshop Practice (2) CDPU –Electrical Section In addition students shall select at least 1 of the CCC114 Engineering Drawing (2) Section Leader/Head: D.D. Mbewe following 2-credit, optional courses: SEC111 Engineering Science (2) CBD212 Theory of Structures Introduction CBD213 Civil Workshop Practice Semester 2 CDPU- Electrical Engineering Section offers the Core Courses following Programmes: Semester 4 SMC121 Mathematics II (2) • Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Core Courses CCC122 Construction Technology 1 Engineering CWD221 Advanced Hydraulics (3, pre-req. (3, pre-req. CCC 114) • Certificate in Electrical and Electronic CWD124) CCC123 Brickwork and Carpentry Workshop Engineering. CWD222 Water Engineering II (3, pre-req. Practice (2) CWD212) CCC124 Applied Mechanics (2) Departmental Special Regulations for CWD223 Environmental Sanitation (3) CCC125 Introduction to Surveying (2) the Diploma in Electrical and Electronic CWD224 Water Analysis (2) CCC126 Construction Materials (2) Engineering In addition students shall select at least 1 of the Subject to the provisions of General Academic following 2-credit, optional courses: Level 200 Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of CBD226 Soil Mechanics II (pre-req. CBD217) Construction Engineering and Technology Regulation CWD225 Water and Wastewater System Semester 3 Management Core Courses Entrance Requirements SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-req. SMC121) (a) The normal minimum entrance requirements In addition to the above, students are expected CCC212 Building Construction to the Diploma Programme shall be as stipulated to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, (3,pre-req. CCC122) in the Special Faculty of Engineering and GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total CCC213 Plumbing Workshop Practice Technology Regulation 11.10. credit of 8. (2,pre-req. CCC122) (b) Other entry qualifications shall be considered

82 by the Department on a case-by case basis in Principles (3, pre-req. EED 217) EEC212 Digital Electronics I (3) determining the point of entry. In addition to the above, students are expected EEC213 Electrical Workshop Practice II (3) to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, EEC215 Computer Aided Drafting (2) Programme Structure GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total In addition all students shall select at least 1 of The Programme will be a Single Major that will credit of 8. the following 3-credit, optional courses: normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time EEC216 Power Distribution Systems (3) study. It shall contain 1 subject called Electrical Assessment EEC217 Telecommunications Systems I (3) and Electronic Engineering consisting of courses All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the shown below. Faculty Special Regulation 11.30. Semester 4 SMC228 Mathematics IV (2) Level 100 Departmental Special Regulations for the EEC221 Electronic Workshop Practice (3) Electrical and Electronic Engineering Technician Certificate in Electrical and EEC222 Digital Electronics II (3) Semester 1 Electronic Engineering EEC223 Electrical Installation II (2) Core Courses Subject to the provisions of General Academic In addition all students shall select at least 1 of SMD118 Mathematics I (2) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of the following 3-credit, optional courses: EED112 Electrical Principles (3) Engineering and Technology Regulations for EEC226 Electrical Power Utilisation (3) EED113 Analogue Electronics I (3) Technician Certificate 100, the following Special EEC227 Tele2communications Systems II (3) EED114 Electrical Workshop Practice (2) Departmental Regulations shall apply: In addition to the above, students are expected to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, Semester 2 Entrance Requirements GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total Core Courses The minimum entrance requirements are as credit of 8. SMD128 Mathematics II (2) stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering EED122 AC Principles (3) and Technology Regulation 10.10. Assessment EED123 Analogue Electronics II (3) All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the EED124 Engineering Drawing (2) Certificate Structure Faculty Special Regulation 10.30. EED125 Measurement and Instrumentation (3) The Programme will be a Single Major that will ITD100 I ndustrial Training (4, winter course) normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time CDPU- Mechanical Engineering study. It shall contain 1 subject called Electrical Section. Section Leader/Head: T. S. Salim Level 200 and Electronic Engineering consisting of Electrical and Electronic Engineering courses shown below. Introduction Semester 3 The Mechanical Engineering Section of the Core Courses Electrical and Electronic Engineering Certificate and Diploma Programmes Unit SMD218 Mathematics III (2) Level 100 (CDPU) offers the following programmes: EED212 Computer Aided Drafting (2) Semester 1 EED213 Digital Electronics (3) Core Courses • Diploma in Mechanical Engineering EED214 Electrical Installation (2) SMC118 Mathematics I (2) • Technician Certificate in Motor Vehicle EED215 Electrical Machines I (3) EEC111 Introduction to Electrical Engineering In addition students shall select at least 1 of the Principles (3) • Technician Certificate in Refrigeration and Air following 3-credit, optional courses: EEC112 Analogue Electronics I (2) Conditioning Engineering EED216 Electrical Power Transmission EEC113 Electrical Workshop Practice I (2) • Technician Certificate in Plant Engineering. EED217 Principles of Communication Systems EEC116 Electrical Instruments and (pre-req. SMD 218) Measurements (2) Special Departmental Regulations for the Technician Certificate Programme in Motor Semester 4 Semester 2 Vehicle Engineering Core Courses Core Courses Subject to the provisions of General Academic SMD228 Mathematics IV (2) SMC128 Mathematics II (2) Regulations 00. 0 and the Special Faculty of EED222 Control Systems (3) EEC121 AC Circuits Theory (3) Engineering and Technology Regulations for OHD222 Occupational Safety (2) EEC122 Analogue Electronics II (2) Technician Certificate 100, the following Special In addition students shall select at least 2 of the EEC123 Electrical Installation I (2) Departmental Regulations shall apply: following 3-credit, optional courses: EEC125 Technical Drawing (2) EED226 Microprocessor Based Systems (3, EEC126 Electrical Power Equipment (2) Entrance Requirements pre-req. EED 213) Electrical and Electronic Engineering The minimum entrance requirements are as EED224 Electrical Machines II (3) Level 200 stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering EED225 Electrical Power Distribution and Semester 3 and Technology Regulation 10.10. Protection (3) Core Courses EED227 Communication Transmissions SMC218 Mathematics III (2)

83 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Programme Structure Assessment MRC 112) The Programme will be a Single Major that will (a) Except for MCC112, MVC112, MCC122, MRC123 Refrigeration Technology (2) normally extend over 4 semesters of fulltime MED211, MVC213 and MVC223, all courses study. It shall contain 1 subject called Motor shall be assessed in accordance with the Faculty Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Vehicle Engineering consisting of the courses Special Regulations 10.30 Engineering shown below. (b) For MCC111 and MCC121 the ratio of marks Level 200 for continuous assessment to examination shall Semester 3 Level 100 Motor Vehicle Engineering be 1:1. Core Courses Semester 1 (c) For MCC112, MVC112, MCC122, MED211, SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-req. SMC121) Core Courses MVC213, MVC223 and STC221 the assessment MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) (2, SMC111 Mathematics I (2) shall be continuous assessment only. pre-req. MCC121) SEC111 Engineering Science (2) MCC211 Engineering Materials (2) MCC111 Engineering Drawing I (2) Special Departmental Regulations for MRC211 Refrigeration Application (3) MCC112 Workshop Practical I (1) the Technician Certificate Programme EEC111 Introduction to Electrical MVC111 Motor Vehicle Science and in Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Principles (3) Technology (2) Engineering MRC213 Industrial Refrigeration Practical (2) MVC112 Motor Vehicle Workshop Practical I (2) Subject to the provisions of General Academic EEC219 Programmable Logic Controllers (2) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of Semester 2 Engineering and Technology Regulations for Semester 4 Core Courses Technician Certificate 100, the following Special Core Courses SMC121 Mathematics II (2) Departmental Regulations shall apply: MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) MCC121 Engineering Drawing II (2, pre-req. MRC221 Air Conditioning Applications (3) MCC111) Entrance Requirements MRC222 Refrigeration Plant II (3, pre-req. MCC122 Workshop Practical II (2) The minimum entrance requirements for the MRC122) MVC121 Motor Vehicle Technology I (3) Technician Certificate Programme shall be as MRC223 Industrial Air Conditioning MVC122 Motor Vehicle Workshop stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering Practical (3) Practical II (2) and Technology Regulation 10.10. MRC224 Vehicle Air Conditioning Systems (2) MVC123 Vehicle Recovery (2) STC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) Programme Structure In addition to the above, students are expected Level 200 The Programme will be a Single Major that to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, Motor Vehicle Engineering will normally extend over 4 semesters of full- GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total Semester 3 time study. It shall contain 1 subject called credit of 8. Core Courses Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineering SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-req. consisting of the courses shown below. Assessment SMC121) (a) Except for MCC112, MRC112, MCC122, MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) (2, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning MED211, MRC213 and MRC223, all courses pre-req. MCC121) Engineering shall be assessed in accordance with the Faculty MCC211 Engineering Materials (2) Level 100 Special Regulations 10.30 MVC211 Motor Vehicle Science I (3) Semester 1 (b) For MCC111 and MCC121 the ratio of marks MVC212 Motor Vehicle Technology II (3) Core Courses for continuous assessment to examination shall MVC213 Motor Vehicle Workshop Practical SMC111 Mathematics I (2) be 1:1. SEC111 Engineering Science (2) (c) For MCC112, MRC112, MCC122, MED211, Semester 4 MCC111 Engineering Drawing I (2) MRC213, MRC223 and STC221 the assessment Core Courses MCC112 Workshop Practical 1 (1) shall be continuous assessment only. MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) MRC111 Refrigeration Plant I (2) MVC221 Motor Vehicle Science II (2) MRC112 Refrigeration Practical I (2) Special Departmental Regulations for the MVC222 Motor Vehicle Technology III (2) Technician Certificate Programme in Plant MVC223 Motor Vehicle Workshop Practical IV Semester 2 Engineering (3, pre-req. MVC 213) Core Courses Subject to the provisions of General Academic MVC224 Vehicle Electronics (2) SMC121 Mathematics II (2) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of MVC225 Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems (2) MCC121 Engineering Drawing II Engineering and Technology Regulations for STC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) (2,pre-req. MCC111) Technician Certificate 100, the following Special In addition to the above, students are expected MCC122 Workshop Practical II (2) Departmental Regulations shall apply: to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, MRC121 Refrigeration Science and GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total Processes (2) Entrance Requirements credit of 8. MRC122 Refrigeration Practical II (2,pre-req. The minimum entrance qualifications shall be as

84 stipulated in the Special Faculty of Engineering STC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) Instrumentation (3) and Technology Regulation 10.10. In addition to the above, students are expected MED120 Engineering Materials (2) to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, MED121 Mechanical Engineering Science II (2, Programme Structure GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total pre-req. MED 110) The Programme will be a Single Major that will credit of 8. MED122 Engineering Drawing (2) normally extend over 4 semesters of full-time MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) study. It shall contain 1 subject called Plant Assessment ITD100 Industrial Training (4 credits, core) Engineering consisting of the courses shown (a) Except for MCC112, MPC112, MCC122, below. MED211, MPC213 and MPC223, all courses shall Mechanical Engineering be assessed in accordance with the Faculty Level 200 Plant Engineering Special Regulations 10.30 Semester 3 Level 100 (b) For MCC111 and MCC121 the ratio of marks Core Courses Semester 1 for continuous assessment to examination shall MED210 Thermo-Fluids (core, 3) Core Courses be 1:1. MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (2, pre-req. SMC111 Mathematics I (2) (c) or MCC112, MPC112, MCC122, MED211, MED122) SEC111 Engineering Science (2) MPC213, MPC223 and STC221 the assessment MED212 Manufacturing Methods I (2, pre-req. MCC111 Engineering Drawing I (2) shall be continuous assessment only. MED111) MCC112 Workshop Practical I (1 credit, core) In addition students shall select at least 2 from MPC111 Workshop Technology (2,core Departmental Special Regulations for the the following optional courses: MPC112) Diploma in Mechanical Engineering MED213 Motor Vehicle Technology (3) MPC112 Plant Workshop Practical I (2, core Subject to the provisions of Academic General MED214 Plant Engineering (3, co-requisite MPC111) Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of MED 210) Engineering and Technology Regulations 110, MED215 Process Engineering (3) Semester 2 the following Special Departmental Regulations MED216 Heat Transfer (3) Core Courses shall apply: SMC121 Mathematics II (2) Semester 4 MCC121 Engineering Drawing II (2,pre-req. Entrance Requirements Core Courses MCC111) The minimum entrance requirements to the MED220 Applied Mechanics (2, pre-req. MCC122 Workshop Practical II (2) Diploma Programme shall be as stipulated in the MED121) MPC121 Mechanical Engineering Science (2, Special Faculty of Engineering and Technology MED221 Engineering Design (2, pre-req. pre-req. SEC111) Regulation 11.10. MED 122) MPC122 Introduction to Plant Engineering (3) MED222 Project (3) MPC123 Plant Workshop Practical II Programme Structure In addition students shall select at least 2 from (2, pre-req. MPC112) The Programme will be a Single Major that will the following optional courses: normally extend over 4 semesters of fulltime MED223 Vehicle Systems (3) Plant Engineering study. It shall contain 1 subject called Mechanical MED224 Plant Maintenance and Services (3, Semester 3 Engineering consisting of the courses shown pre-req. MED210, MED214) Core Courses below. MED225 Manufacturing Methods II (3, SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-req. SMC121) pre-req. MED212) MED211 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Mechanical Engineering MED226 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (2,pre-req. MCC121) Level 100 Principles (3) MCC211 Engineering Materials (2) Semester 1 In addition to the above, students are expected MPC211 Plant Engineering Theory I (2) Core Courses to do the compulsory courses GEC111, GEC112, MPC212 Plant Engineering Practice I (2) SMD111 Mathematics I (2) GEC121 and GEC122, 2 credits each with a total MPC213 Plant Practical I (2) MED110 Mechanical Engineering Science I (2) credit of 8. EEC111 Introduction to Electrical EED111 Electrical Principles (3) Principles (3) MED111 Intro. to Workshop Processes (2, core 112.30 Assessment MED112) 112.31 Except for MED112, MED211, MED221, Semester 4 and MED222, all courses shall be assessed as Core Courses MED112 Mechanical and Electrical Workshop stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations MED123 Workshop Organisation (2) Practice (2,core MED111) 12.20 MPC221 Plant Engineering Theory II (3) 112.32 For MED122 the ratio of marks for MPC222 Plant Engineering Practice II (2) Semester 2 continuous assessment to examination shall MPC223 Plant Practical II (2) Core Courses be 1:1. MPC224 Process Engineering (2) SMD121 Mathematics II (2) 112.33 For MED112, MED211, MED221, and EEC123 Electrical Installation I (2) EED125 Measurements and MED222 the assessment shall be continuous

85 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology assessment only. Semester 2 DEPARTMENT OF Core Courses ARCHITECTURE AND CDPU – Science and Mathematics SLC121 Heat and Waves (3) PLANNING Section Leader/Head: V.D.S. Nair SLC122 Separation and Purification Techniques (3) Departmental Regulations for Undergraduate Introduction SLC123 Basic Physiology (3) Programmes General Provisions CDPU- Science and Mathematics Section offers SLC124 Science Laboratory Practice (2) Subject to General Academic Regulations and Certificate in Science Laboratory Technology SMC121 Mathematics II (2, pre-req. the Faculty of Engineering and Technology programme and covers all relevant Science SMC111) Special Regulations, the following Departmental and Mathematics courses, both common and Regulations shall apply: specialized ones. 106.23 Level 200 Science Laboratory Technology Programmes and Qualification Titles 106 Departmental Regulations for Technician Semester 3 The Department of Architecture and Planning Certificate in Science Laboratory Technology Core Courses offers programmes in Architecture and Subject to the provisions of General Academic SLC211 Elements of Electricity and Urban and Regional Planning, leading to the Regulations 000 and the Special Faculty of Electronics (3) following qualifications: Engineering and Technology Regulations for SLC212 Analytical Chemistry (3) A Single Major Programme leading to a Bachelor’s Certificate 100, the following Departmental SLC213 Introduction to Microbiology (3) Degree in Architecture for students Special Regulations shall apply. MCC111 Engineering Drawing l (2) specialising in Architecture. SMC211 Mathematics III (2, pre-req. A Single Major Programme leading to a Bachelor 106.10 Entrance Requirements SMC121) of Science Degree in Urban and Regional The minimum entrance requirements to the Planning for students following the Urban and Science Laboratory Technicians Certificate Semester 4 Regional Planning Programme shall be the Botswana General Certificate of Core Courses Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent, SLC221 Optics (3) Aim and Objectives of Undergraduate with passes in one of the following: SLC222 Basic Organic and Biochemistry (3) Programmes Aim SLC223 Basic Biology Techniques (3) The aim of the URP programme is to train a) Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematics; STC221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2) students to enable them to function and work in b) Physics with Chemistry, Biology, and SLC224 Science laboratory Inventory the fields of human settlement development and Mathematics; Control (1) urban and regional planning. The Architecture c) Physics with Biology, Chemistry and SLC200 Workshop Technology (3) programme is designed to equip students with the Mathematics; In addition to the courses listed above, students academic knowledge and skills they will need for d) Chemistry with Biology, Physics and are expected to take the courses GEC111- a successful professional career in architecture. Mathematics; Communication and Study Skills I (2) in Semester The Programmes have been carefully developed e) Combined Science and Mathematics; 1, GEC112 – Communication and Study Skills II to be broad based including courses from the f) Any other equivalent qualifications. (2) in semester 2, GEC121- Computing and faculties of Science, Engineering, Humanities, Information Skills I (2) in Semester 3 and GEC122 Social Sciences and Business that are uniquely 106.20 Programme Structure – Computing and Information Skills II (2) in related to the cultural heritage of Botswana. 106.21 The Programme will be a Single Major semester 4. These Programmes will benefit immensely from that will normally extend over 4 semesters of each other and also from other departments full-time study. It shall contain one subject called 106.30 Assessment within The Faculty. Science Laboratory Technology consisting of the 106.31 For STC221, SLC224 and SLC200, the courses shown below: assessment shall be continuous assessment only. Objectives 106.31 All other courses shall be assessed as The cores of the Architecture Programme are Level 100 stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations consecutive courses in design, consisting of Science Laboratory Technology 10.30. studio work augmented by lectures and seminars Semester 1 in humanities, technology, environment Core Courses and professional practice. At the end of the SLC111 Introductory Physics (3) programme students should be able to: SLC112 General Chemistry (3) • Deal creatively with architectural problems on SLC113 Basic Cytology and Anatomy (3) analytical, conceptual, and developmental SLC114 Environmental Science (2) levels; SMC111 Mathematics I (2) • Undertake more challenging formal architectural principles that will develop in them an aptitude for functional and programmatic accommodation, structural

86 and technological integration, energy MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I ARB122 Building Materials & conscious design, and materials and methods DCS101 Introduction to Computing Systems Construction II (2) of construction; and PHY111 Physics (3) • Carry out independent judgments rooted in an Semester 2 PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1. (1) ever-changing context of architectural Core courses MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) thought. STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social GEC Courses Sciences II GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Research GEC121 Computing and Information Skills (2) Entrance Requirements and Elements in Probability Semester 2 Architecture Programme MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II Core Courses Admission to the BArch Degree programme DCS102 Data Processing and Communication ARB121 Design & Communication II (4) shall be as stipulated in General Academic and: ARB113 Traditional African Architecture (2) Regulation 20.2. In addition to 1.4.1.1, applicants Take and pass at least 2 courses in each semester ARB123 History of Art (2) for admission to Level 100 of the programme from the following: ARB124 Environment and Comfort (2) must take courses in Physics, Chemistry MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) and mathematics in the Faculty of Science. Semester 1 Applicants in possession of an appropriate ‘A’ Electives Optional Courses level qualification with at least C grades in BIO111 Principles of Biology GEC Courses Mathematics and at least one of: CHE101 General Chemistry I GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) Physics, Chemistry, Art or Design and Technology ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and GEC122 Computing and Information may be exempted from taking Physics, Chemistry Human Environments I Skills II (2) and Mathematics in the Faculty of Science. PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Applicants who possess the normal entry Vibrations and Waves Level 200 shall consist of the following courses: requirements listed in the General Academic PHY119 Physics Practical’s 1.1 Semester 3 Regulation 20.2 but who do not satisfy 1.4.1.2 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics Core Courses or 1.4.1.3 may be admitted to the programme SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Concepts ARB211 Architectural Design I (6) if they: a) have assessable experience in artistic and Principle or: ARB212 Building Materials & and/or design activities and/or b) submit a SOC122 Dominant Sociological Themes and Construction III (2) portfolio of drawings and design exercises Perspectives or: ARB222 Building Materials & (not exceeding 10) with the application. Urban SOC123 Social Structure of Society Construction IV (2) and Regional Planning Programme Urban and ARB214 Energy Efficiency in Buildings (2) Regional Planning (URP) is offered as a Single Semester 2 ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting (2) Major Programme only. Students who wish to Electives CCB217 Theory of Structures 1 (2) register for URP must satisfy any one of the BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants following requirements: CHE102 General Chemistry II Semester 4 a) Successful completion of Semesters 1and 2 in ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and Core Courses the Faculty of Science; Human Environments II ARB220 Internship I (2) b) Successful completion of relevant courses PHY121 Electricity, Magnetism and Modern ARB221 Architectural Design II (6) in Semesters 1 and 2 in the Faculty of Social Physics ARB213 History of Architecture I (2) Sciences; PHY129 Physics Practical’s 1.2 ARB223 History of Architecture II (2) c) Appropriate passes in relevant Advanced ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics CCB227 Theory of Structure II (2) Level subjects or equivalent qualifications from SOC131 Introduction to Social and Cultural URP207 Land Surveying and a recognised University or equivalent institution, Anthropology or: Cartography + Lab (3) which may be considered on their own merit. SOC132 Introduction to the Study of Human Satisfying the requirements listed above does not Societies or: Level 300 shall consist of the following courses: guarantee automatic entry into the Programme. SOC133 Social Change in Botswana Semester 5 Students with the above qualifications must also Core Courses take and pass at least 2 courses in each semester Programme Structure ARB311 Architectural Design III (6) from the following course listings: Architecture Programme ARB312 Building Services I (2) Level 100 shall consist of the following ARB322 Building Services II (2) Semester 1 courses: CCB317 Theory of Structures III (2) Core courses Semester 1 LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law (2) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Core Courses Sciences ARB111 Design & Communication I (4) Optional Courses STA111 Elementary Statistics ARB112 Building Materials & URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2) STA116 Introduction to Statistics Construction I (2) URP202 Infrastructure Planning &

87 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Management (20) (2) URP307 Land and Property Valuation (2) Semester 6 Programme Structures Semester 6 Core Courses Urban and Regional Planning Programme Core Courses ARB320 Internship II (2) Urban and Regional Planning (URP) is a Single URP308 Planning Policy and Politics (2) ARB321 Architectural Design IV (6) Major Programme offered to students registered URP309 Urban Land Use Planning (2) ARB313 History of Architecture III (2) in the Faculties of Science and Social Sciences, LAW353 Planning and Environmental Law (3) ARB323 History of Architecture IV (2) subject to Departmental Regulations 1.4.2.1 and URP311 Settlement Upgrading (4) CCB 327 Theory of Structures IV (2) 1.4.2.2. In accordance with Regulation 00.62, URP312 Project Directed Readings (1) ARB325 Interior Design (2) the URP Programme shall consist of 15 credits URP313 Internship II (1) of both core and optional courses. Courses URP Level 400 shall consist of the following courses: 312, URP 404 and URP 411 jointly satisfy Faculty Optional Courses Semester 7 Regulation 23.47. URP314 Land and Property Management (2) Core Courses URP315 Building Technology and Materials (2) ARB411 Architectural Design V (6) Level 100 ARB412 Building Systems I (2) URP courses are not offered at this level Level 400 ARB422 Building Systems II (2) Level 200 Semester 7 LAW452 Construction Law (2) Semester 3 Core Courses URP305 Research Methods (2) Core Courses URP400 Philosophy and Planning (2) ARB415 Landscape Design (2) URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2) URP401 Rural Land Use Planning (4) URP201 Introduction to Drawing URP402 Transport Engineering for Planners (2) Semester 8 Techniques (4) URP403 Urban Governance and Core Courses URP202 Infrastructure Planning and Management (2) ARB420 Internship III (2) Management (2) URP404 Project Research Methodology (3) ARB421 Architectural Design VI (6) URP203 Urban and Regional Economics (2) ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I (2) URP204 Planning and History of Optional Courses ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II (2) Settlements (2) URP405 Gender and Physical Planning (2) ARB424 Professional Practice I (2) URP406 Public Participation in Physical ARB514 Professional Practice II (2) Optional Courses Planning (2) URP205 Environmental Planning (2) Optional Courses URP206 Urban Morphology (2) Semester 8 ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment (2) Core Courses ENV484 Urbanisation & the Environment (2) Semester 4 URP407 Planning and Social Theory (2) Core Courses URP408 Development Impact Assessment (2) Level 500 shall consist of the following courses: URP207 Land Surveying and Cartography (3) URP409 Settlement Development Planning (4) Semester 9 URP208 Site Planning (4) URP410 Project Planning and Management (2) Core Courses URP209 Transport Planning and URP411 Project Report (3) ARB511 Design Project I (8) Management (2) CCB519 Building Economics (2) URP210 Planning Techniques (3) Optional Courses ARB524 Project Management (2) URP211 Internship I (1) URP412 Planning Negotiation and Contracting (2) Optional Courses Optional Courses URP413 Urban Agriculture (2) URP307 Land and Property Evaluation (2) URP212 GIS for Planners (3) URP314 Land and Property Management (2) URP213 Globalisation and Sustainable Assessment and Examination Cities (2) Performance in Urban and Regional Planning Semester 10 courses shall be evaluated through a combination Core Courses Level 300 of continuous assessment and final examination ARB521 Design Project II (8) Semester 5 in the ratio of 2:3 for theory courses and 1:1 for ARB522 Urban & Rural Design Practice (2) Core Courses practical courses. The duration of examinations GEC Courses URP301 Urbanisation and Planning (2) will be 2 hours for all the courses irrespective GEC273 The State & Society (2) URP302 Neighbourhood Planning (4) of the number of credits. Courses URP211, GEC277 Law & Society in Botswana (2) URP303 Housing Studies (2) URP312, URP313, URP404 and URP411 shall A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, project URP304 Regional Planning (2) be assessed by continuous assessment only. work, practical work, design, and seminars. In URP305 Research Methods and Techniques (2) Courses URP 401 and URP 409 shall be assessed addition to work during the semester, a subject by submissions of planning projects (part I and may include prescribed fieldwork or assignments Optional Courses part II). For Architecture courses, continuous during the vacation periods. URP306 Remote Sensing for Planners (3) assessment shall be based on tests and/or design,

88 assignments, and where applicable laboratory Architecture Programme reports and field reports. The ratio of continuous Professional Training (Internship) Regulations 240 Departmental Regulations for the assessment to formal examination shall be for the Bachelor of Architecture Programme Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) Degree 2:3. A project or design shall be evaluated by Subject to the provisions of General Academic Subject to the provisions of General Regulations continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ Regulations 00.0 and 100 the following 000 and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulation or demonstration and a written report. The Professional Training Regulations shall apply 210, the following Departmental Regulations for ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, to students on the Bachelor of Architecture the Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) Degree shall presentation assessment and written report shall Programme. apply: be 2:1:1. Where a course includes a written final A student shall normally undergo 3 periods of 24.10 Entrance Requirements examination, the duration of the examination supervised Professional Training (Internship) 24.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering will be 2 hours for all the courses irrespective of 8 weeks each after Levels 200, 300 and 400. (Civil) Degree shall be as stipulated in the Faculty of the number of credits. Overall performance Professional Training course codes are: Special Regulation 21.10. in a course shall be as specified in the General ARB220, ARB320 and ARB420. Regulation 00.84. There shall be no supplementary 24.20 Programme Structure examinations. A student who fails a core or pre- Assessment 24.21 The Programme for the Degree in Civil req. or co-requisite course shall retake the course A student’s performance will be assessed by Engineering will be a Single Major Programme when offered again. A student who has failed an means of: that will extend over 10 semesters of fulltime optional/Elective/general education course may a) Confidential report from the student’s study. It shall contain 1 subject called Civil retake the course or its equivalent. immediate supervisor at location of placement. Engineering consisting of courses shown below. b) Professional Training reports and logbook 24.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall Progression from Semester to Semester submitted by the student at the end of each be stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation Progression from semester to semester shall be Internship period. 21.20. accordance with General Academic Regulation c) Professional Training visits by an assessor from 00.90. the relevant Department of the Faculty of Level 300 Engineering and Technology. Civil Engineering Duration of the Programmes d) Students will be assessed through confidential Semester 5 The duration of the URP Programme shall be 8 reports from the organisation they have been Core Courses to 10 semesters full-time; and the duration of placed at, production of a concept paper and an MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III the Architecture Programme shall be a minimum oral presentation. (3, pre-req. MAT 292 of 10 and a maximum of 14 semesters on a Therefore the assessment ratio for Confidential CCB313 Surveying (3) full-time basis. Award of the Degree General Report to Internship Concept Paper to Oral CCB311 Geomechanics I (3) Academic Regulation 00.85 shall apply. However, Presentation shall be 1:2:1. For both Architecture CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) for the Architecture Programme a minimum and Urban and Regional planning Programmes, In addition, all students shall select at least 1 of of 180 credits is required. Classification of the a student who has an incomplete grade shall be the following 2 credit, optional courses: degree shall be in accordance with the provisions allowed to complete Professional Training at a CCB312 CAD for Civil Engineers (pre-req. of General Academic Regulation 20.4 time recommended by the Faculty. MMB 221) CCB316 Principles of Mining Engineering Professional Training Repeating Professional Training CCB314 Engineering Geology For both Architecture and Urban and Regional A student who fails to meet the requirements of Planning Programmes, students shall be Professional Training shall be required to repeat Semester 6 subjected to such codes, procedures, laws, the training at a time recommended by the Core Courses (all 3 credits) rules, and other regulations as applicable to the Faculty. CCB321 Structural Analysis (pre-req. industry/organisation during the Professional CCB212, CCB221) Training. CCB324 Construction Materials (pre-req. DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL CCB211) Urban and Regional Planning Programme ENGINEERING CCB322 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics Students shall undergo Professional Training CCB323 Construction Principles (Internship) of 6 weeks duration after Assessment Introduction In addition, all students shall select at least 1 of of Professional Training at level 200 and 300. The Department of Civil Engineering offers the the following 2 credit, optional courses: The internship courses are URP 211 and URP following programmes: CCB325 Geomechanics II 323. During each Professional Training period, • Bachelor of Engineering (Civil) (pre-req. CCB 311) students shall be visited 2 times at locations • Bachelor of Engineering CCB329 Architectural Design of placement by staff teaching the programme (Construction Engineering and Management) MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV to monitor progress and also give advise where • Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) (pre-req. MAT391) necessary. • Bachelor of Geomatics • Diploma in Mining

89 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Level 400 (pre-req. CCB412) MGT100 Principles of Management Civil Engineering CCB523 Timber and Pre-stressed Concrete In addition, all students shall select at least 2 of Semester 7 Structures (pre-req. CCB411) the following optional courses: Core Courses CCB525 Advanced Transportation Engineering CBB312 History of Building (2) CCB411 Structural Design (3) (pre-req. CCB515) CCB312 CAD for Civil Engineers (2) CCB412 Water Engineering (3, pre-req. CCB526 Foundation on Problematic Soils (pre-req. MMB 221) CCB315) (pre-req. CCB516) CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) CCB413 Traffic and Highway Engineering (3, CCB527 Construction Costs & ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) pre-req. CCB313) Financial Control CCB414 Geotechnics (2, pre-req. CCB311) CCB528 Estimating and Tendering for Civil Semester 6 In addition, all students shall select at least 2 of Works (pre-req. CCB 513) Core Courses (all 3 credits) the following 2 credit, optional courses: CCB321 Structural Analysis (pre-req. CCB415 Civil Engineering Construction 24.30 Assessment CCB212, CCB221) (pre-req. CCB323) 24.31 Except for CCB313 (Surveying), all courses CCB324 Construction Materials (pre-req. CCB416 Structural Steelwork (pre-req. shall be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty CCB211) CCB321, co-requisite CCB411) Special Regulation 21.30. CBB322 Measurement and Specification I URP200 Introduction to Town Planning 24.32 For CCB313 the ratio of marks for (pre-req. CBB311) CCB418 Hydrology and Water Resources continuous assessment to examination shall be LAW253 Foundation of Engineering Law In (pre-req. CCB322, Co-requisite 1:1. addition, all students shall select CCB412) at least 1 of the following 2 credit, CCB419 Engineering Surveying (pre-req. 250 Departmental Regulations for the optional courses: CCB313) Bachelor of Engineering (Construction CBB323 Construction Industry Economics Engineering and Management) Degree CBB325 Information Technology in the Semester 8 Subject to the provisions of General Regulations Construction Industry (pre-req. ITB420 Industrial Training [Vacation, 20 000 and 200 and the Faculty Special Regulation MMB221) weeks], (10, core, pre-req. ITB 200) 210, the following Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of Engineering (Construction Level 400 Level 500 Engineering and Management) Degree shall Construction Engineering and Management Civil Engineering apply: Semester 7 Semester 9 Core Courses Core Courses 25.10 Entrance Requirements CBB411 Construction Economics I (3) CCB514 Project I (3) 25.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering CBB412 Construction Technology II (3, CCB511 Structural Engineering (2, pre-req. (Construction Engineering and Management) pre-req. CBB311) CCB321) Degree shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special CBB413 Measurement and Specification II (3, CBB512 Construction Management I (2) Regulation 21.10. pre-req. CBB322) CCB515 Transportation Engineering (2, CBB414 Building Services (2) pre-req. CCB413) 25.20 Programme Structure CBB415 Health and Safety Management in In addition, all students shall select at least 2 of 25.21 The Programme for the Degree in Construction (2) the following 2 credit, optional courses: Construction Engineering and Management In addition, all students shall select 1 of the CCB516 Foundation Design (pre-req. will be a Single Major Programme that will following optional courses: CCB414) extend over 10 semesters of full-time study. LAW452 Construction Law CCB517 Structural Dynamics (pre-req. It shall contain 1 subject called Construction (3, pre-req. LAW253) MMB222) Engineering and Management consisting of MMB414 Engineering Management (3) CCB518 Public Health Engineering courses shown below. (pre-req. CCB315) 25.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 Semester 8 CCB513 Measurements and Specifications - shall be stipulated in the Faculty of Engineering ITB420 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 Civil Works and Technology Special Regulation 21.20. weeks] (10, core, pre-req. ITB 200)

Semester 10 Level 300 Level 500 Core Courses Construction Engineering and Management Construction Engineering and Management CCB524 Project II (3, pre-req. CCB514) Semester 5 Semester 9 CBB522 Construction Management II (2, Core Courses (all are 3 credits) Core Courses pre-req. CBB512) MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III CCB514 Project I (3) In addition, all students shall select at least four (pre-req. MAT292) CBB515 Estimating and Tendering (3, of the following 2 credit, optional courses: CCB313 Surveying pre-req. CBB413) CCB521 Waste Water Engineering CBB311 Construction Technology I CBB511 Construction Economics II (2,

90 pre-req. CBB411) the Bachelor of Science (General) degree of the Semester 5 CBB512 Construction Management I (2) Faculty of Science or equivalent institution with Core Courses In addition, all students shall select at least 2 at least C grades in Mathematics, Chemistry and MIN 311 Introduction to Mine Surveying (3) of the following 2 credit, optional courses: Physics. MIN 312 Introduction to Geology (2) CCB513 Measurements and Specifications - 12.23 Applicants in possession of an appropriate MIN 313 Introduction to Mineral Processing (3) Civil Works ‘A’ level qualification with at least C grades in MIN 314 Computer Applications in Mining (2) CCB518 Public Health Engineering Mathematics and at least one of: Physics and MIN 315 Small Scale Mining (2, pre-req. (pre-req. CCB315) Chemistry may be admitted directly to Level 200 MIN211) CBB526 Construction Disputes Resolution of the programme. MIN 316 Elements of Mining Environmental (pre-req. LAW452) 12.24 Applicants in possession of an appropriate Management (2) Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 GEC 276 Contemporary Economic Issues (2) Semester 10 of the degree programme. Semester 6 Core Courses Core Courses CCB524 Project II (3, pre-req. CCB 514) 12.30 Duration of the Programme MIN 321 Elements of Mining Methods (3, CBB522 Construction Management II (2, The duration of the programme shall be: A pre-req. MIN211) pre-req. CBB512) minimum of 10 and a maximum of 12 semesters MIN 322 Elements of Mine Safety & Health (2, CBB523 Construction Technology III (2, on a full-time basis. pre-req. MIN221) pre-req. CBB412) MIN 323 Elements of Mine Ventilation (2) CBB521 Contract Administration 12.40 Degree Structure MIN 324 Botswana Mining Law (2) (2,pre-req. CBB515 and CBB413) 12.41 The curriculum for Level 100 shall be MIN 325 Introduction to Mine Supervision & In addition, all students shall select at least 2 of stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulation Management (2) the following 2 credit, optional courses: 21.20. MIN 326 Mine Surveying (2, pre-req. MIN311) CBB525 Property Management and Valuation 12.42 Level 200 Mining Engineering shall consist ECO 111 Basic Microeconomics (2) CBB527 Facilities Management (pre-req. of the following courses: ECO 112 Basic Macroeconomics (2) CBB414) MIN 320* Mine Tour (1) MMB516 Building and Factories Services (4) Semester 3 MAT 291 Engineering Mathematics 1 (3) 12.44 Level 400 Mining Engineering shall be as 25.30 Assessment CCB 211 Engineering Materials (2) stipulated in the advanced mining engineering 25.31 Except for CCB313 (Surveying), all courses CCB 212 Statics (2) subjects offered at the Mining Engineering shall be assessed as stipulated in the Faculty MIN 211 Introduction to Mining Department, University of Missouri Rolla. Special Regulation 21.30. Engineering (2) 12.45 Level 500 Mining Engineering shall be as 25.32 For CCB313 the ratio of marks for EEB 211 DC Circuit Principles (2) stipulated in the advanced mining engineering continuous assessment to examination shall be MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) subjects offered at the Mining Engineering 1:1. GEC 253 Energy and Society (2) Department, University of Missouri Rolla. 12.46 A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, 12.0 Special Regulations for Bachelor of Semester 4 project work, practical work, design, and seminars. Science (Mining Engineering) Core Courses In addition to work during the semester, a subject Subject to the provisions of the General MAT 292 Engineering Mathematics 11 may include prescribed fieldwork or assignments Regulations 00.0 and 20.00, the following Faculty (3, pre-req. MAT 291) during the vacation periods. Special Regulations for the Bachelor of Science CCB 221 Strength of Materials (2) (Mining Engineering) Degree shall apply. MIN 221 Introduction. to Mine Safety and 12.50 Assessment Health (3) 12.51Continuous assessment in courses shall be 12.10 Degree Programmes EEB221 AC Circuit Principles (2) based on tests and/or design, assignments, and 12.11 The following degree programme is MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting (2, where applicable laboratory reports and field offered: pre-req. MMB211) reports. MMB222 Dynamics (2) 12.52 The ratio of continuous assessment to Bachelor of Science (Mining GEC 250 Earth processes, mineral resources formal examination shall be 2:3 12.53 Overall Engineering) Degree and development (2) performance in a course shall be as specified in MIN 220 Professional Training (4, pre-req. the General Regulation 00.84. 12.20 Entrance Requirements MIN211) 12.21 Admission to the Bachelor of Science 12.60 Final Examinations (Mining Engineering) Degree shall be as stipulated 12.43 Level 300 Mining Engineering shall consist There shall be no supplementary examinations. in the Faculty Special Regulations 21.10. of the following courses: A student who fails a core or pre-req. or co- 12.22 The normal minimum requirements for requisite course shall retake the course when admission to level 200 for a degree program offered again. A student who has failed an shall be satisfactory completion of level 100 of optional/elective/general education course may

91 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

retake the course or its equivalent. c) Professional Training visits by an assessor Mathematics and Physics maybe exempted from from the relevant Department of Faculty of taking Mathematics and Physics from the Faculty 12.70 Progression from Semester to Semester Engineering and Technology. of Science and may be admitted into Level 200 General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. 2.3 The Professional Training session shall be but will take Level 100 Geomatics courses. evaluated as specified in 2.2. The ratio of 10.27 A student admitted directly to Level 200 12.80 Award of the Degree Confidential Report marks to Professional Report Geomatics who has not completed Level 100 12.81 The UMR General Regulation for awarding marks to Professional Training Visits shall be Geomatics courses must take them during their the degree shall apply. based on the FET industrial training regulations. first year at the University of Botswana. 2.4 Assessment of the Mine Tour shall be by 12.90 Professional Training submission of a written report. 10.30 Programme Structure Students shall undergo Professional Training 2.5 A student who has an incomplete grade shall The programme for the degree in Geomatics will (Internship) of 8 weeks duration after levels be allowed to complete Professional be a single major programme that will extend 200 and take a 2-week Mine Tour after level Training at a time recommended by the Faculty. over 8 semesters of Full time studies. It shall 300 as specified in the Special Regulations for consist of a single subject called Geomatics the Professional Training and Mine Tour for 3.0 Repeating Professional Training consisting of the courses shown below: the Bachelor of Science (Mining Engineering) 3.1 A student who fails to meet the requirements Programme. of Professional Training shall be required to 10.40 Degree Structure repeat the training at a time recommended by 10.41 Level 100 shall consist of the following 12.91 Assessment of Professional Training the Faculty. courses: Professional Training shall be assessed as specified in the Special Regulations for the Professional 10 Special Regulations for the Degree in Semester One Training and Mine Tour for the Bachelor of Bachelor of Geomatics MAT111 Introductory Mathematics 1 Science (Mining Engineering) Programme. 10. 0 Special Regulations for Bachelor’s (4 credits, core) Degree in Geomatics (BGeom) PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Special Regulations for Professional Training Preamble: Vibrations and Waves (3 credits, core) and Mine Tour for the Bachelor of Science Subject to the provisions of the General PHY119 Physics Practical 1.1 (1 credit, core) (Mining Engineering) Regulations 000 and 200, the following CGB111 Geomatics I (3 credits, core) Preamble Faculty Special Regulations for the Bachelor of In addition students will take the Subject to the provisions of General Regulations Geomatics Degree shall apply. following GEC Courses 000 and 100 the following Professional Training 10.20 Entrance Requirements GEC111 Communication and Study Skill I (2) Regulations shall apply to students on the 10.21 Admission into the Bachelor of Geomatics GEC121 Computing and Information Skills (2) Bachelor of Engineering (Mining) programme. Degree Programme shall be as stipulated in the General Regulations 20.2. Semester Two 1.0 Structure 10.22 Admission into Level 100 of the MAT122 Introductory Mathematics 11 (4 1.1 A student shall undergo supervised BGeom Degree Programme shall be a minimum credits, core, pre-req. MAT111) Professional Training of 8 weeks duration after requirement of BGCSE with a D grade in English PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern level 200 (MIN 220). and a C grade in Mathematics and Physics and Physics (3 credits, core, pre-req. 1.2 A student shall undergo a 2 week Mine Tour any one of Chemistry or Biology or a minimum PHY111) after level 300 (MIN 320). of Grade B in Science Double Award. PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1 credit, core, 1.3 During the Professional Training students 10.23 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor pre-req. PHY119) shall be subjected to such codes, procedures, of Geomatics Degree Programme shall be as CGB121 Geomatics II (3 credits, core, laws, rules, and other regulations as applicable to stipulated in the General Admission Regulations. pre-req. CGB111) the mining industry/organisation. 10.24 Applicants who are in possession of In addition students will take the following GEC an appropriate Diploma in Geomatics, Land Courses 2.0 Assessment Surveying, Cartography, GIS, or equivalent and GEC112 Communication and Study skills (2) 2.1 During each Professional Training period, have GPA of at least 2.5 or its equivalent may GEC122 Computing and Information Skills (2) students shall be visited 2 times at location of be admitted directly into Level 200 of the Degree Students will also take the following winter placement to be assessed by staff teaching on Programme. course: the programme. 10.25 Admission into Level 200 of the BGeom CGB122 Survey Camp I (2 credits, core, 2.2 A student’s performance will be assessed by Degree Programme shall be upon satisfactory pre-req. CGB111, CGB121, 2 weeks) means of: completion of Level 100 of the Bachelor of a) Confidential report from the student’s Science General Degree of the Faculty of Science Level 200 shall consist of the following courses: immediate supervisor at location of placement. with at least C grades in Mathematics and Semester Three b) Professional Training reports and logbook Physics. MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical submitted by the student at the end of each 10.26 Applicants in possession of an appropriate Statistics (3 credits, core) Internship period. “A” level qualification with at least C grades in MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3 credits,

92 core) Semester Seven be 2:1:1. CSI241 Structured Programming (4 credits, CGB411 Research Project I (3, core) core) CGB412 Spatial Data Modelling and Analysis 10.60 Progression from Semester to Semester CGB213 Principles of Cartography (3 credits, (3, core, pre-req. CGB322) General Regulation 00.90 shall apply. core) CGB413 Advanced Land Administration CGB211 Elements of Photogrammetry (3 (3, core, pre-req. CGB321) 10.70 Award of the Degree credits, core) In addition the students will choose 2 options 10.71 General Regulation 00.85, shall apply. (A URP200 Introduction to Town Planning (2 from the following: minimum of 139 credits). credits, core) CGB414 Remote Sensing Applications 72.72 Classification of the degree shall be (3, option, pre-req. CGB221) in accordance with the provisions of General CGB415 Advanced Cartographic Visualisation Regulation 20.4. Semester Four (3, option, pre-req. CGB223) MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3, CGB416 GIS Design and Implementation (3 116 Departmental Special Regulations for core, pre-req. MAT291) credits, option, pre-req. CSI362 & the Diploma in Mining Engineering CGB221 Digital Photogrammetry (3, core) CGB322) Subject to the provisions of General Regulations CGB222 Theory of survey adjustments (3 CGB417 Digital Image Processing (3, option, 000 and Faculty Special Regulations 110 for credits, core, pre-req. MAT271, pre-req. CGB221) Diploma Programmes, the following Special CGB121) CGB418 Principles and Practice of SDI Regulations shall apply: CGB223 Digital Cartography (3, core, Development (3, option) pre-req. CGB213) 116.10 Entrance Requirements CGB224 Programming for Geomatics (3 Semester Eight 116.11 The normal minimum entrance credits, core, pre-req. CGB212) CBB529 Professional Ethics (3, core) requirements to the Diploma in Mining The students will also take the following winter CBB521 Contract Administration (2, core) Engineering Programme shall be the Botswana course: CGB421 Research Project II (3, core) General Certificate of Secondary Education ITB200 Industrial Training (4 credits, core, 8 CGB422 Cadastral Surveying Practice (3 (BGCSE) or its equivalent, with passes in weeks) credits, core, pre-req. CGB413) Mathematics and at least 1 Science subject. 10.42 Level 300 Shall consist of the following CGB423 GIS Applications (3, core, 116.12 Preference will be given to candidates courses: pre-req. CGB224) with relevant industrial experience. In addition students will choose any 2 options 116.13 Medical requirements are: Semester Five from the following: a) Applicants must be in possession of a MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3, core) CGB424 Special Studies in Land satisfactory medical certificate required under CGB311 Engineering Surveying (3, core, Administration University Regulations Governing Admissions pre-req. CGB121, CGB222) (3 option, pre-req. CGB413) (Regulation 1.41) and must also comply with the CGB312 Geodesy I (3, core) CGB425 Location-based Services (2, option, health and fitness requirements in accordance LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3, core) pre-req. CGB224) with Regulations 91 and 92 of the Mines, ENV330 (3, exempt from pre-req. ENV215) MIN326 Mining Surveying (3 option, Quarries, Works and Machinery Regulations pre-req. CGB121) [CAP. 44:02]; Semester Six 10.45 A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, b) A student who becomes permanently CGB321 Introduction to Land Administration project work, practical work, design, and seminars. medically unfit to be employed at a mine as (3, core, pre-req. CGB313) In addition to work during the semester, a subject specified in the Mines, Quarries, Works and CGB322 Principles of GIS (3, core, pre-req. may include prescribed fieldwork or assignments Machinery Regulations [CAP. 44:02] will be CGB213, CGB223) during the vacation periods. required to withdraw from the Programme. CGB323 Satellite Positioning Systems (3 credits, core, pre-req. CGB312) 10.50 Assessment 116.20 Programme Structure CGB324 Geodesy II (3, core, pre-req. CGB312) 10.51 Continuous assessment in courses shall 116.21 The Programme will be a Single Major CSI362 Database Concepts (3, core) be based on tests and assignments, and where that will normally extend over 6 semesters of In addition students will take the following applicable laboratory reports and field reports. full-time study, of which 40 weeks shall be spent winter courses: The ratio between tests and assignment shall be on Industrial Training. It shall contain 1 subject ITB300 Industrial Training II (4 credits, core, 8 1:1. called Mining Engineering consisting of courses weeks) 10.52 The ratio of continuous assessment to shown below. CGB325 Survey Camp II (2 credits, core, formal examination shall be 2:3. 116.22 Students who have been in full-time pre-req. CGB323, CGB324, 2 weeks) 10.53 A project shall be evaluated by employment within the mining sector may 10.43 Level 400 shall consist of the following continuous assessment, oral presentation and/ be exempted from part or all of the Industrial courses: or demonstration and a written report. The Training requirements at the discretion of the ratio of the marks for continuous assessment, Departmental Board. presentation assessment and written report shall

93 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Level 100 CMD221 Mine Planning and Design EEB316 Electrical Measurements and Diploma in Mining Engineering (2, pre-req. CMD 211) Instrumentation I, (3) Semester 1 CMD222 Mining, Health and Safety and (pre-req. EEB221) Core Courses Environmental Laws (2) EEB 317 Principles of Telecommunications (3) CMD111 Introduction to Mining CMD223 Mine Supervision and ( pre-req. MAT 292) Engineering (2) Management (2) CBD112 Introduction to Engineering CMD224 Project (3) Level 300 Drawing (2) In addition all students shall select at least 2 Semester 6 CGD111 Plane Surveying (3) from the following options: Core Course SED111 Engineering Science (2) CMD225 Advanced Explosives, Drilling and MAT 392 Engineering Mathematics IV SMD111 Mathematics 1 (2) Blasting (2, pre-req. CMD214) (3 pre-req. MAT 391) CMD226 Advanced Mine Geotechnics (2, EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) Semester 2 pre-req. CMD212) (pre-req. EEB211) Core Courses CMD227 Introduction to Mine Design Software EEB 323 Analogue Electronics (3) CMD121 Mining Methods (3, pre-req. (2, pre-req. CMD121, CMD214, (pre-req. EEB221) CMD111) Co-requisite CMD221) (2) EEB 326 Electrical Machines I (3) GEO104 Introduction to Geology for Mining CMD228 Extractive Metallurgy (2, pre-req. (pre-req. EEB311) Engineering (2) CMD124) EEB 327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) CMD123 Mining Safety and Health (2) CMD229 Ore Reserve Management (3, (pre-req. MAT 391) SMD121 Mathematics II (2) pre-req. CMD122) CMD124 Introduction to Mineral Processing (2) FOR INDUDSTRIAL DESIGN STUDENTS: In addition all students shall select at least 1 116.30 Assessment EEB328 Electronics for Designers from the following 2-credit options: 116.31 All courses shall be assessed as stipulated (pre-req. EEB211) MED120 Engineering Materials in the Faculty Special Regulation 11.30. CMD125 Mine Ventilation Level 400 Industrial training shall be taken prior to Level Semester 7 200 and shall consist of the following courses: DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL Core courses ITD100 Industrial Training (6 shifts/week, 48 ENGINEERING EEB418 Control Theory I (3) ( pre-req. EEB311 weeks, 15, core) & MAT 392) CMD200 Mine Tour (1, core, pre-req. Bachelor of Electrical and Electronic MMB414 Engineering Management (3) CMD 111, CMD 121) Engineering Optional courses: At least three from Level 200 Entrance Requirements EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits (3) Diploma in Mining Engineering Admission to the B.Eng. (Electrical and Electronic) (pre-req. EEB323) Semester 3 shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) Core Courses Regulations 21.20. Applicants in possession of a (pre-req. EEB322) CMD211 Advanced Mining Methods and Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Engineering, EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution (3) Production Control (2, pre-req. or its equivalent, with a minimum of Credit (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT 392) CM111, CMD121 ) including a Credit in Mathematics, may be EEB 414 Electrical Machines II (3) CMD212 Principles of Ground Control (2, admitted directly into Level 200. Applicants (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT 392) pre-req. CMD111, CMD 122) in possession of a Higher Diploma in Electrical EEB415 Digital Communication and CMD213 Mining Plant, Equipment Selection and Electronic Engineering, or its equivalent, Telephony (3) (pre-req. EEB317) and Maintenance (2) with a minimum of Credit including a Credit in EEB416 Electrical Measurements and CMD214 Explosives, Drilling and Blasting (3) Mathematics, may be Instrumentation II (3) CMD215 Computer Applications in Mining admitted directly into Level 300. (pre-req. EEB316) Problems (2) EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems (3) In addition all students shall select at least 1 (pre-req. EEB322) from the following 2-credit options: CMD216 Small Scale Mining (pre-req. Level 300 Level 400 CMD111, CMD124) Semester 5 Semester 8 CMD217 Mine surveying (pre-req. CGD111) Core Courses ITB400 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 CMD218 Mining Environmental Management MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3 pre- weeks] (10 Credits, Core, pre-req. CBD217 Soil Mechanics I req. MAT 292) ITB 200) EEB311 Network Theory (4) ( pre-req. EEB221 Semester 4 & MAT 292) Core Courses EEB 315 Computer Programming (2)

94 Level 500 Award of the Degree Distribution, (3) (pre-req. EEB326 & Semester 9 The award of the BEng. in Electrical and MAT392) Core courses Electronic Engineering shall be in accordance EEB414 Electrical Machines II (3) EEB510 Project I (3) (pre-req. EEB316, EEB327 with the Faculty Special regulations 21.80. (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT392) & EEB418) and either (EEB411 EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems, (3) & EEB412), or ( EEB413, EEB414) Combined Bachelor of Engineering (pre-req. EEB322) Optional courses: (B-Eng Major) At least three from Degree Structure Level 400 EEB511 Control Theory II (3) (pre-req. EEB418) The Major shall be a minimum of 53 credits over Semester 8 EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I (3) 10 semesters of full-time study. The major may ITB400 Industrial Training II [Vacation, 20 (pre-req. MAT392) be combined with a second major or minor. weeks] (10, Core) EEB513 Analogue Electronic System The curriculum for Level 100 and 200 shall be Design, (3) (pre-req. EEB323) as stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations EEB514 Process Instrumentation (3) 21.30. (pre-req. EEB416 & EEB418) Level 500 EEB515 Power System Analyses (3) Level 300 Semester 9 (pre-req. EEB413 & EEB414) Semester 5 Core courses EEB516 Power Electronics (3) Core Courses EEB510 Project I, (3) (pre-req. EEB316, EEB327 (pre-req. EEB323) MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3, pre- & EEB418) and either (EEB411 & EEB517 Computer Aided Electrical Machine req MAT 291) EEB412) or (EEB413 & EEB414) Analysis (3) (pre-req. EEB414) EEB 311 Network Theory (4) (pre-req. EEB221 & MAT292) Optional courses: Optional Courses EEB 316 Electrical Measurements and At least two from EEB518 Guided Waves (3) ( pre-req. EEB327) Instrumentation I, (3) EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I (3) EEB 519 Computer Architecture and Design (3) (pre-req. EEB221 ) (pre-req. MAT392) (pre-req. EEB 417) EEB513 Analogue Electronic System Level 300 Design (3)(pre-req. EEB323) Level 500 Semester 6 EEB514 Process Instrumentation (3) Semester 10 Core courses (pre-req. EEB416 & EEB418) Core courses MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV EEB515 Power System Analysis (3) EEB 520 Project II (3, pre-req. EEB 510) (3,pre-req. MAT 391) (pre-req. EEB413 & EEB414) EEB 516 Power Electronics (3) Optional courses: Optional courses: (pre-req. EEB323) At least three from At least two from EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II (3, pre-req. EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) Level 500 EEB 512) (pre-req. EEB211) Semester 9 EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design EEB323 Analogue Electronics (3) Core courses (3, pre-req. EEB 412) (pre-req. EEB211) EEB 520 Project II (3 , pre-req. EEB 510) EEB524 Process Control Systems (3, pre-req. EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) EEB 511 & EEB514) (pre-req. EEB311) Optional courses: EEB525 Power Systems (3, pre-req. EEB 413) EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) At least two from EEB 526 Electrical Machines and Drives (3, pre- (pre-req. MAT391) EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II (3, pre- req EEB 516) reqEEB 512) EEB 527 Computer Aided Power Systems Level 400 EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design Analysis (3, pre-req. EEB515) Semester 7 (3, pre-req. EEB 412) EEB 528 Antennas and Propagation Core courses EEB524 Process Control Systems (3, pre-req. (3, pre-req. EEB518) EEB418 Control Theory I (3) EEB 511 & EEB514) EEB 529 Computer Networks (3, pre-req. EEB (pre-req. EEB 311 & MAT392) EEB525 Power Systems (3, pre-req. EEB 413) 519) EEB526 Electrical Machines and Drives, Optional courses: (3, pre-req. EEB 516) Assessment At least two from EEB529 Computer Networks As per Special Faculty Regulations 21.40. EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits, (3) (3, pre-req. EEB 519) (pre-req. EEB323) Progression EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) Assessment As per General Regulations 00.90. (pre-req. EEB322) As per Special Faculty Regulations 21.40. EEB413 Power Generation and

95 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Progression Level 400 EEH 217 Power Transmission and As per General Regulations 00.90. Semester 7 Distribution (3) EEH 218 Power Electronics (3) Award of the Degree Optional Courses EEH 219 Electrical Power Production (3) The award of the BEng. in Electrical and A minimum of 5 credits from: Electronic Engineering shall be in accordance EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits, (3) Level 200 with the Faculty Special regulations 21.80. (pre-req. EEB211) Semester 4 EEB412 Digital Electronics II (3) (pre-req. 322) Core courses Combined Bachelor of Engineering EEB413 Power Generation and EEH 221 Project (2) (B-Eng Minor) Distribution, (3) (pre-req. EEB326 EEH 222 Electrical Maintenance and Repair (2) Degree Structure & MAT392) Optional courses The Minor shall be a minimum of 23 credits over EEB414 Electrical Machines II (3) At least three from: 8 semesters of full-time study. The minor may be (pre-req. EEB326 & MAT392) EEH223 Motor Drive Applications (3, pre-req. combined with a major or minor. The curriculum EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems (3) EEH 125, EEH 216) for Level 100 shall be as stipulated in the Faculty (pre-req. EEB322) EEH 224 Computer Engineering Special Regulations 21.30. (3, pre-req. EEH 122) Higher Diploma in Electrical and EEH225 Process Control Systems Level 200 Electronic Engineering (3, pre-req. EEH 213) Semester 3 Entrance Requirements EEH226 RF Transmission and Propagation Core Courses Diploma in Electrical and Electronic Engineering (3, pre-req. EEH 124) EEB216 Electrical Principles (2) or its equivalent. At least one year of industrial EEH227 Audio Visual Engineering (3) MMB 211Engineering Drawing (2 work experience in the field of Electrical and EEH228 Power System Protection (3) Electronic Engineering. MDH225 Renewable Energy (3) Level 200 All courses shall be assessed as stipulated in Semester 4 Level 100 the Faculty Regulation 13.30.130 In addition Core Courses Semester 1 to the above, the department of Electrical and EEB 226 AC Circuit Principles, (2) Core Courses Electronic Engineering also offers the following SMH 111 Mathematics 1 (2) General Education Courses (GEC) Level 300 EEH 111 Circuit Theory (3) GEC 255 Electrical Energy and Rural Semester 5 EEH 112 Analogue Electronics (3) Development (2 ) Core Courses EEH 113 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) GEC354 Domestic Use of Electrical Energy (2) A minimum of 5 credits from: EEH 114 Computer Aided Electrical Drafting (2) GEC355 Telecommunications and Society EEB311 Network Theory (4) (pre-req. EEB221 & MAT292) Level 100 DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EEB315 Computer Programming (2) Semester 2 DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY EEB316 Electrical Measurements and Core Courses Instrumentation I (3) EEH 129 Mathematics II (2 ,pre-req.SMH 111) 230 Special Regulations for the Degree in (pre-req. EEB211) EEH 121 Network Theory (3) Bachelor of Design EEB317 Principles of Telecommunications (3) EEH 122 Digital Electronics (2) Subject to the provisions of the General (pre-req. MAT292) EEH 123 Computer Programming (2) Regulations 000, 100 and 200, the following EEH 124 Electromagnetic Field Theory (2) Special Regulations shall apply: Level 300 EEH 125 Electrical machines 1 (2) Semester 6 23.10 Entrance Requirements Core Courses Level 200 23.11 Admission into Level 100 of the Bachelor of A minimum of 5 credits from: Semester 3 Design Degree Programme shall be as stipulated EEB322 Digital Electronics I (3) Core courses in the General Admission Regulations. (pre-req. EEB211) EEH 211 Control Theory (3) 23.12 Admission into Level 100 shall be EEB323 Analogue Electronics (3) Optional courses possession of BGCSE/equivalent with a minimum (pre-req. EEB211) At least four from of grade C in English Language and a grade C in EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) EEH212 Fundamentals of Computer Mathematics and Physics and in any one from (pre-req. EEB311) Networks, (3) Biology and Chemistry or a minimum of grade EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) EEH 213 Process Instrumentation (3) BB in Science Double Award or equivalent. OR (pre-req. MAT391) EEH 214 Analogue and Digital Communication 23.13 Admission into Level 200 of the Bachelor (3, pre-req. EEH 124) of Design Degree Programme shall be as EEH215 Troubleshooting Digital Systems, (3) stipulated in General Admission Regulations. EEH 216 Electrical Machines II (3) 23.14 Admission into Level 200 of the BDes

96 Degree Programme shall be satisfactorily courses offered by a Department shall be at the incur a zero mark. completion of level 100 of Bachelor of Science discretion of the Department. b) A student who fails to sit a continuous with at least the equivalent of C grades in 23.26 A student shall register for a Single Major assessment test without documented valid Mathematics and Physics. OR or a Combined Degree Programme in the third reason shall score a zero mark for that test. A 23.15 Applicants in possession of an appropriate semester. student absent from a test with documented A-Level qualification with at least C grades in 23.27 A subject may include courses consisting legitimate reason shall be entitled to a special Mathematics and any one of Physics, Chemistry, entirely of fieldwork, project work, practical test. or Design and Technology may be admitted work, and seminars. In addition to work during directly into Level 200 of the Degree Programme. the semester, a subject may include prescribed 280 Departmental Regulations for the OR fieldwork or assignments during the vacation Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology 23.16 Applicants in possession of an appropriate periods. Education) Degree Diploma may be admitted directly into Level 200 Subject to the provisions of the General of the Degree Programme. OR 23.30 Assessment Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty Special 23.17 For admission into Level 300 of the Degree 23.31 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, 300, Regulation 230, the following Departmental Programme, applicants must have an appropriate 400 and 500 courses shall be based on tests and/ Regulations for the Bachelor of Design (Design Higher (or a 3 Year) Diploma with Mathematics, or assignments, and where applicable laboratory and Technology Education) Degree shall apply: Physics, Chemistry and Engineering Drawing. reports/field reports. 23.32 Except for a project and courses with 28.10 Entrance Requirements 23.20 Degree Structure 100 percent continuous assessment, the 28.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design 23.21 Level 100 courses shall be as specified in ratio of continuous assessment to end of (Design and Technology Education) Degree shall the Faculty of Science Special Regulations semester examination shall be 2:3, unless be as stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation for the Bachelor of Science Degree. otherwise specified in the Departmental Special 23.10, i.e., 23.11 to 23.17. 23.22 Level 200 shall consist of the following Regulations. courses: 28.20 Programme Structure 23.33 Project Assessment 28.21 The Programme shall consist of the Major Semester 3 a) A Design Project shall be assessed through Subject called ‘Design and Technology’ and the Core Courses documentation (folio, report and diary) of the Minor Subject called Education. DTB210 Elements of Design (3) Design Process and presentation. The ratio of 28.22 The curriculum for Levels 100 and DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) marks for documentation to presentation shall 200 shall be stipulated in the Faculty Special MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) be 2:1. Regulations. CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) b) A Major Make and Evaluate Project shall be CCB212 Statics (2) assessed through Product and its Evaluation Level 300 EEB211 Electrical Principles I (2) and presentation. The ratio of marks for Design and Technology Education documentation to presentation shall be 2:1. Semester 5 Semester 4 c) A Design and Make Project shall be evaluated Core Courses DTB220 Designing Artifacts as specified in Regulations 23.33a and 23.33b. DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) (3,pre-req.DTB210) 23.34 The Level 500 Project Report must be DTB312 Aesthetics (2) DTB221 Workshop Technology II submitted to the co-coordinator at least 2 weeks DTB313 Ergonomics (2) (2, pre-req. DTB211) before the beginning of the end of semester DTB314 Materials Processing (3) MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting examinations. EDT311 Principles of Learning (2) (2, pre-req. MMB211) 23.35 Where a course includes a written final In addition, all students shall select at least two MMB222 Dynamics (2) examination, a course with a credit value of 3 or of the following optional courses: CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) more shall be examined by an end of semester DTB315 Internet for Designers (2) DTB 222 Graphics (2) examination of duration 2 hours, and 1 hour for DTB317 Textiles and Leather Technology (2) a course with less than 3 credits. HEE345 Food Technology (3) 23.23 Students registered for a Bachelor of Design 23.36 Courses having a practical component or Degree Programme shall undergo industrial drawing that include a written examination shall Semester 6 training as specified under Departmental Special be examined by an end of semester examination Core Courses Regulations. of duration 3 hours. DTB 321 Computer Aided Design (3) 23.24 At Levels 300, 400 and 500 each student EEB328 Electronics for Designers (3) shall register for General Education Courses 23.37 Due Dates and Tests (pre-req. EEB211) as prescribed by General Regulation 00.2124, a) Failure without good cause to submit an item DTB323 Pneumatic Controls (2) Departmental prescribed number of core, of continuous assessment within 24 hours of the DTB324 Product Analysis (3) optional and elective courses per semester, due date shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage EDT321 Teaching Methodology (2) unless exempted. marks per day. Failure to submit the assignment Industrial Training 23.25 The availability of optional and elective before the end of 1 week from the due date shall DTB300 Industrial Training

97 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

(Vacation, 7 Weeks) (3 Credits) (3, core) of the following optional courses: In addition, all students shall select at least one IDB313 History of Industrial Design (2) Level 400 of the following optional courses: DTB315 Internet for Designers (2) Design and Technology Education DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (2) DTB317 Textiles and Leather Technology (2) Semester 7 DTB524 Environmental Factors in Design (2) Core Courses In addition, all students shall select at least two Semester 6 DTB410 Computer Based Manufacture (2) of the following optional courses: Core Courses DTB411 Hydraulic Controls (2) EFA500 School Management (2) DTB324 Product Analysis (3) DTB412 Product Design I (3) EFF430 Philosophical Analysis of Educational EEB328 Electronics for Designers (3) EDT411 Educational Technology (2) Concepts and Policies (3) (pre-req. EEB211) In addition, all students shall select at least two EFH500 Guidance and Counselling (3) IDB321 Computer Aided 3-D Design (2) of the following optional courses: EFR500 Measurement and Evaluation (3) IDB322 Product Design (2) DTB413 Special Human Needs (2) In addition, all students shall select at least one DTB414 School Design and Technology 28.30 Assessment of the following optional courses: Projects (2) 28.31 For courses DTB220, DTB300, DTB312, IDB323 Basic Control Systems (2) DTB415 Design for Sustainable DTB315, ETP400, DTB321, DTB413, DTB414, IDB324 Ceramics, Glass and Stone Development (2) DTB416, DTB422, DTB423, DTB424, DTB511, Technology (2) DTB416 Interior Design (2, pre-req. DTB312) DTB514, DTB521 and DTB522 the assessment MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business Teaching Practice modeshall be continuous assessment only. Formation (3) ETP400 School Teaching Practice 28.32 Assessment for courses offered by other MGT325 Industrial Environment (2) (Vacation, 7 weeks) (3) faculties, e.g. Education, will be as stipulated Industrial Training in their Faculty/Departmental Regulations. DTB300 Industrial Training Semester 8 (Vacation 7 Weeks, 3 Credits) Core Courses (Both 2 credits) 340 Departmental Regulations for the DTB422 Product Design II (2) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design Level 400 DTB423 Minor Design and Make Project (2) Degree) Industrial Design In addition, all students shall select at least two Subject to the provisions of the General Semester 7 of the following optional courses: Regulations 000 and 200 and the Faculty Special IDB411 Computer Aided Manufacture (3) EDT421 Educational Testing and Evaluation (2) Regulations 230 the following Departmental IDB412 Research Methods in Design (2) EDT422 Curriculum Studies (2) Regulations for the B Des. (Industrial Design) IDB413 Minor Project (3) EDT423 Philosophy of Education (2) shall apply: In addition, all students shall select at least two In addition, all students shall select at least one of the following optional courses: of the following optional courses: 34.10 Entrance Requirements DTB415 Design for Sustainable DTB421 Ceramics, Glass and Stone 34.11 Admission to the Bachelor of Design Development (2) Technology (2) Degree (Industrial Design) shall be as stipulated DTB416 Interior Design (2) MMB420 Applied Thermodynamics (2) in Faculty Special Regulations 23.10, i.e., 23.11 to IDB414 Eco-Product Design (2) DTB424 Safety and First Aid (2) 23.17 IDB415 Universal Design (2)

Level 500 34.20 Degree Structure Semester 8 Design and Technology Education 34.21 The Programme shall consist of a single IDB400 Industrial Training for Industrial Semester 9 major subject called ‘Industrial Design’. Design (20 Weeks, 10 Credits) Core Courses 34.22 The curriculum for Level 100 and 200 shall DTB511 Major Design Project (3) be stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations. Level 500 EDT511 Research Project in D&T Education (3) Industrial Design In addition, all students shall select at least two Level 300 Semester 9 of the following optional courses: Industrial Design IDB 511 Major Design Project (3) EDT512 School Organisation and Semester 5 IDB 512 Contemporary Issues in Industrial Management (2) Core Courses Design (2) DTB512 Design and Technology School DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) IDB 513 Advanced Product Design (2) Curriculum Innovations (2) DTB312 Aesthetics (2) In addition, all students shall select at least three DTB513 Product Design III (2) DTB313 Ergonomics (2) of the following optional courses: DTB514 Industrial Product Design (2) IDB311 Industrial Design: Concept and IDB514 Design Management (2) DTB515 Microcomputer Controls (2) Practice (2) IDB515 Occupational Health and Safety (2) IDB312 Design of Mechanisms and IDB516 Design Studies (2) Semester 10 Structures (2) IDB517 Optimisation in Design (2) DTB521 Major Make-and- Evaluate Project In addition, all students shall select at least one

98 Semester 10 Design (B Des. Industrial Design) duration 20 Engineering (Mechanical) Degree (BEng) shall IDB521 Major Make-and-Evaluate Project, (3) weeks, 10 credits, core course. apply: IDB523 Professional Practice (2) 35.13 During the periods of Industrial Training In addition, all students shall select at least two students shall be subjected to such codes, Entrance Requirements of the following optional courses: procedures, laws, rules, and other regulations as Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (3) applicable to the industry. (Mechanical Engineering) Degree Programme IDB522 Design for Automation (3) 35.14 Subject to Regulations Governing shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special IDB524 Multimedia for Industrial Admissions, Fees and Discipline Regulation Regulations 21.10. Designers (3) 4.0, and regulation 35.13 above, a student IDB525 Packaging Design, (3) who receives a final warning for misconduct Programme Structure during the period of Industrial Training shall be The Programme for the Degree in Mechanical 34.24 Assessment subjected to Discipline Regulations. Engineering will be a Single Major that will 34.25 For DTB220, DTB300, DTB312, DTB315, extend over 10 semesters of full-time study. IDB313, IDB321, IDB 322, IDB324, IDB400, 35.20 Assessment It shall contain one subject called Mechanical IDB411, IDB413, IDB513, IDB515, IDB516, IDB517, 35.21 During the periods of Industrial Training, Engineering consisting of courses shown below. IDB522, IDB524 and IDB525, the assessment each student shall be visited a minimum of twice The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall be as mode shall be continuous assessment only. at the location of placement to be assessed by stipulated in Faculty Special Regulation 21.20. Faculty of Engineering and Technology staff. Service Courses 35.22 A student’s performance will be assessed Level 300 DTC 221 Entrepreneurial Skills (2): This course by means of: Mechanical Engineering is available for students who are undertaking a) Continuous assessment by the industry based Semester 5 certificate or diploma programmes in FET. supervisor and an assessor from a relevant Core Courses GEC 357 Advances in Technology (2): Department of the Faculty of Engineering and MAT391 Mathematics III (3, pre-req. Examinable: CA:Exam Ratio as per FET Technology. MAT291) Regulations b) Industrial Training Report and logbook MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3, pre-req. GEC 258 Art and Science of Design (2): submitted by the student at the end of the CCB221) Examinable: CA:Exam Ratio as per FET Industrial Training period. MMB312 Materials (2, pre-req. CCB211) Regulations c) Oral Presentation for IDB400 only. MMB313 Mechanics of Machines (3, 35.23 DTB300 shall be assessed as based on pre-req. MMB222) 350 Industrial Training Regulations for the regulations 35.22 (a and b). The ratio of marks MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) Degree of Bachelor of Design Preamble for Continuous Assessment to Industrial Training Subject to the provisions of General Regulations Report and Logbook shall be 1:2. Semester 6 000 and 200 the following Industrial Training 35.24 IDB400 shall be assessed as based on Core Courses Regulations shall apply to students on the regulations 35.22 (a,b and c). The ratio of marks MMB322 Machine Component Design following Programmes: for Continuous Assessment to Industrial Training (2, pre-req. MMB 311) a) Bachelor of Design (Design and Technology Report and Logbook to Oral Presentation shall be MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) Education) 1:2:1. MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) b) Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) MMB325 Manufacturing (2) DEPARTMENT OF EEB326 Electrical Machines I (3) 35.10 Structure MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 35.11 BDes (Design and Technology Education) Level 400 and Bdes (Industrial Design) students shall Introduction Mechanical Engineering undergo supervised Industrial Training for 7 The Department of Mechanical Engineering Semester 7 weeks between Levels 300 and 400. B Des. offers the following programmes: Core Courses Industrial Design students shall in addition • Bachelor of Engineering (Mechanical) MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design undergo supervised Industrial Training for • Combined Degree (Major in Mechanical (2, pre-req. MMB322) Industrial Design for 20 weeks from the Engineering) MMB421 Heat Transfer beginning of semester 2 of Level 400 including • Combined Degree (Minor in Mechanical (2, pre-req. MMB323, MMB324) part of the vacation between Levels Engineering) MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3) 400 and 500. • MSc in Mechanical Engineering MMB414 Engineering Management (3) 35.12 Industrial Training course codes shall be MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2, pre-req. as follows: Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor MMB323) DTB 300 - Industrial Training (BDes Design of Engineering (Mechanical) Degree. Subject In addition, all students shall at least select One and Technology Education and B Des. Industrial to General Regulations 000 and 200 and the of the following optional courses: Design) duration 7 weeks, 3 credits, core course. Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following MMB416 Mechatronics (2, pre-req. MMB314) IDB 400 - Industrial Training for Industrial Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor of MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2)

99 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2, Entrance Requirements MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3) pre-req. MMB325) Admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Degree MMB414 Engineering Management (3) (Major in Mechanical Engineering) shall be as MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2, pre-req. Semester 8 stipulated in Faculty Special Regulations 21.10. MMB323) ITB420 Industrial Training II [ 20 Weeks], (10 In addition, all students shall select at least one credits, core, pre-req. ITB 200) Programme Structure of the following optional courses: The Combined Programme shall extend over 10 MMB416 Mechatronics (2, pre-req. MMB314) Level 500 semesters of full-time study. It shall consist of MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) Mechanical Engineering one major subject (Mechanical Engineering) and 1 MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2, Semester 9 minor subject selected outside the major subject. pre-req. MMB325) Core Courses The curriculum for Levels 100 and 200 shall be MMB511 Project I (3) stipulated in the Faculty Special Regulations Semester 8 MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) 21.20. At Levels 300, 400 and 500 students Core Course In addition, all students shall select at least two shall be required to follow a selected minor ITB420 Industrial Training II [20 Weeks] (10) of the following optional courses: subject outside the major subject. The courses MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) from the minor subject shall have a minimum MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering II (4) credit value of 23. Subject to Regulation 31.22, Level 500 MMB515 Energy Conversion (4, pre-req. students must achieve a minimum of 53 credits Major in Mechanical Engineering MMB412, MMB417) from the major subject courses listed below. In Semester 9 MMB524 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning cases where a similar course appears in both the Core Course (4, pre-req. MMB412, MMB417) minor and the major subject, there shall be no MMB511 Project I (3) double crediting of the course. Students shall be In addition, all students shall select at least two Semester 10 required to undertake Industrial Training as per of the following options: Core Courses Faculty of Engineering and Technology Special MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) MMB521 Project II (3, pre-req. MMB511) Regulations 220. MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) MMB522 Production and Operations MMB514 Systems and Control Engineering II (4) Management (3, pre-req. MMB414) Level 300 MMB515 Energy Conversion (4, pre-req. In addition, all students shall select two of the Major in Mechanical Engineering MMB412, MMB417) following optional courses: Semester 5 MMB524 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (4, MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) Core Course pre-req. MMB412, MMB417) MMB523 Industrial Engineering (4, pre-req. MAT391 Mathematics III (3, pre-req. MAT291) MMB414) Students shall select and follow at least 3 of the Semester 10 MMB527 Thermo/Fluid system design following optional courses: Core Course (4, pre-req. MMB 421, MMB 417) MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3) MMB521 Project II (3, pre-req. MMB511) MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) MMB312 Materials (2) In addition, students shall select at least one of MMB313 Mechanics of Machines the following courses: Assessment (3, core, pre-req. MMB222) Core Course Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing), MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) MMB522 Production and Operations MMB411 (Engineering Design), MMB511 Management (3, pre-req. MMB414) (Project I), MMB521 (Project II) and MMB526 Semester 6 (Computational Mechanics), all courses shall be Students shall select and follow at least three of Optional Courses assessed as stipulated in the Faculty Special the following optional courses: MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) Regulations 21.30. For MMB411 the ratio of MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) MMB523 Industrial Engineering (4, pre-req. marks for continuous assessment to examination MMB323 Thermodynamics I, (3) MMB414) shall be 1:1. For MMB211, MMB511, MMB521, MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) MMB525 Process Engineering II (4) and MMB526 the assessment mode shall be by MMB325 Manufacturing (2) MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) continuous assessment only. Level 400 Assessment Departmental Regulations for the Bachelor Major in Mechanical Engineering Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing), of Engineering (General) Degree Semester 7 MMB411 (Machine and Industrial Design), Subject to the General Regulations 000 and Students shall select and follow at least two of and MMB526 (Computational Mechanics), all 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, the following core courses: courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the the following Departmental Regulations for MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2, Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. For MMB411 the Bachelor of Engineering Degree (Major in pre-req. MMB322) the ratio of marks for continuous assessment Mechanical Engineering) shall apply: MMB527 Thermal Fluid System Design (2, to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB211 and pre-req. MMB421, MMB417) MMB526 the assessment mode shall be by

100 continuous assessment only. MMB323 Thermodynamics I (3) ARB112 Building Materials & Construction I MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) This course deals with building materials and Departmental Regulations for the Combined MMB325 Manufacturing (2) their use in “fundamental” conditions, “natural” Degree Programme as distinct from “fabricated” materials: earth Subject to the General Regulations 000 and Level 400 and its derivatives and wood. It does so through 200 and the Faculty Special Regulations 210, Minor in Mechanical Engineering observation of these materials in traditional the following Departmental Regulations for the Students shall attain a minimum of six credits and modern buildings. The course deals with Minor in Mechanical Engineering shall apply: from any of the following optional courses: materials and process of construction and their inter-relationship in the way they are used in Entrance Requirements Semester 7 building. Credits: 2 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per Applicants shall have successful registration MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2) week in a Combined Major Degree Programme in MMB421 Heat Transfer (2, pre-req. MMB323, Continuous assessment: 2 Tests and 2 Science, Engineering or Technology. Courses MMB324) assignments Final examination: 2 hours in Mathematics must be covered in the major MMB413 Systems and Control Engineering I (3) CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 subject with at least two such courses in Level MMB414 Engineering Management (3) 200. MMB416 Mechatronics (2) ARB113 Traditional African Architecture Programme Structure MMB417 Thermodynamics II (2) This course concerns the genesis of Architecture The Minor Programme shall extend over 8 MMB418 Pneumatics and Hydraulics (2) in Africa as a part of African Culture. It examines semesters of full-time study and shall be part MMB410 Advanced Manufacturing (2) architecture as a response, an expression, and a of a Combined Major in another subject. It shall formative part of the communal and individual consist of one subject Mechanical Engineering Assessment human habitation. This course begins with with courses listed below. The curriculum for Except for MMB211 (Engineering Drawing) and a review of African communes and villages, Level 100 shall be as stipulated in Faculty Special MMB411 (Machine and Industrial Design) all proceeds to the study of particular buildings Regulation 21.20. In cases where a similar course courses shall be assessed as stipulated in the within them from their origin to the present. appears in both the minor and the major subject, Faculty Special Regulations 21.30. For MMB411 Credits: 2 there shall be no double crediting of the course. the ratio of marks for continuous assessment Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Students should achieve a minimum of 23 credits to examination shall be 1:1. For MMB211 Continuous assessment: 2 Tests and 2 in the Minor Subject of Mechanical Engineering. the assessment mode shall be by continuous Assignments assessment only. Final examination: 2 hours Level 200 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Minor in Mechanical Engineering ARCHITECTURE AND Semester 3 PLANNING PHY 111 Physics Core Courses Laws of reflection and refraction and CCB212 Statics (2) YEAR 1 applications: Mechanics Units and dimensions; MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) Level 100 Vector algebra; Kinematics; Projectiles; Newton’s Semester 1 laws; Work, Energy and Power; Circular motion; Semester 4 Core Courses Torque; Vibrations and Waves. Core Courses Credits: 3 CCB221 Engineering Materials (2) ARB111 Design Communication I Hours per week: 3 Lectures and 3 Tutorials MMB222 Dynamics (2) This course concerns the experience of seeing, Continuous Assessment: Tests and assignments drawing and communication of form, mainly Final Examination: 3 hours Level 300 physical form. It deals with free hand drawing CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Minor in Mechanical Engineering as well as geometric projections: Orthographic, Semester 5 axonometric, and isometric. The course deals PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 Students shall attain a minimum of four credits with communication through three main topics: A set of experiments to be performed in Semester from any of the following core courses: free-hand drawing, geometric projections, and 1 illustrating work done in Level 100 Physics MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3, pre-req. colour. lecture courses. CCB221) Credits: 4. Credits: 1 MMB312 Materials (2, pre-req. CCB211) Lectures/Studio: 8 hours per week Tests: 2 hours per week MMB313 Mechanics of Machines (3, Continuous assessment: Research report and Final Examination: 1 hour pre-req. MMB222) interim assessments of design project CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 MMB314 Measurement and Instrumentation (2) Final examination: Final assessment of design Semester 6 project MAT191 Design Mathematics I Students shall attain a minimum of four credits CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 Basic algebra, introduction to functions, from any of the following optional courses: trigonometry, series, complex numbers, MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) permutations and combinations.

101 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Credits: 3 concrete, glass, steel and other metals used in Credits: 3 Hours per week: 3 Lectures and 3 Tutorials buildings. The course covers basic characteristics Hours per week: 3 Lectures and 3 Tutorials Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments of these materials but focusing on them as Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments Final Examination: 3 hours construction materials. Final Examination: 3 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 pre-req.: ARB112 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Credits: 2 GEC Courses Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week GEC Courses GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills I Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II The course deals with language use for assignment Descriptive writing, Analysis, Use of Diagrams, academic purposes including introduction Final examination: 2 hours Reading demands, language and style of formal to communication, factors for independent CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 writing, Forms/Types of professional writing and learning, note-taking and making skills, reading correspondence, basic oral presentation skills. skills, writing skills, aspects of academic language, ARB 123 History of Art Credits: 2 and interfacing between reading and writing. Architecture is rooted in the search for order Lectures: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 and the establishment of immortality. The Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments Lectures: 2 hours per week achievement of mankind is easily assessed Final Examination: 2 hours Continuous assessment: Tests and Assignments through art, from traditional art found worldwide CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Final Examination: 2 hours and then the beginning of modernism at the GEC122 Computing and Information Skills II CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Renaissance. The rising figure of the individual Additional computing and information skills artist and the several revolutions since lead to including advanced operating systems file GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills the confirmation of radical movements from management concepts, basic spread sheets, and The course introduces students to computer Impressionism onwards, until today. database management facilities. systems; equip them with basic computing skills pre-req.: ARB113 Credits: 2 using application packages, like word-processing Credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week and electronic communications using e-mail and Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments internet facilities. Continuous assessment: At least 1 Test and 1 Final Examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 assignment CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Year 2 Final Examination: 2hours Level 200 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 ARB 124 Environment and Comfort Semester 3 This course introduces (1) the range of human Core Courses Semester Two comfort conditions within the built environment ARB211 Architectural Design I Core Courses and the effect of air, light and temperature (2) The course will deal with the simplest possible ARB 121 Design Communication II sources of the natural and artificial environmental enclosure – a room, a hut, through examination This course deals with representation and conditions affecting the built environment of the room and buildings in existing contexts, abstraction in the process of communication. including the sun, wind, precipitation, seasons, examples in the work of architects, and its It deals with free-hand drawing, perspective day and night, weather and climatic conditions, design by the students. The course will apply projection, three-dimensional models as electricity, HVAC and (3) the building as a the various types of spatial organization and instruments of study of geometry and appearance controlled environment. Coursework consists basic structures in small buildings in context, (light) of physical form, leading to the design of of lectures providing knowledge of principles and the possibilities of presentational modes of a simple structure. to be observed in field studies and reports to professional architecture. pre-req.: ARB111 document the results. Assessment will be through pre-req.: ARB121 Credits: 4 continuous assessment in form of essays and Credits: 6 Lectures/Studio: 8 hours per week tests and a final examination. Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Continuous assessment: Research report and pre-req.: PHY111 Continuous assessment: Research report and interim assessments of design project Credits: 2 interim assessments of design project Final examination: Final assessment of design Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: Final assessment of design project Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 project CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 assignment CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 Final examination: 2 hours ARB122 Building Materials & CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 ARB212 Building Materials & Construction Construction II III Students are asked to study selected buildings This course deals with building materials and MAT 192 Design Mathematics II as case studies, analyse the use of materials and their use in “fundamental” conditions with focus Calculus, co-ordinate geometry, vectors methods of construction in the building, and on industrially produced materials: cement, pre-req.: MAT191 apply the results in their own design. Emphasis

102 will be put on cladding and external finishes. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week assignment pre-req.: ARB122 Continuous assessment: Interim assessments Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 Final examination: Assessment of major design CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week project Continuous assessment: At least one test and CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 ARB223 History of Architecture II one assignment The course will deal with architecture as a Final examination: 2 hours CCB 217 Theory of Structures I development of the individual and community as CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 The Course combines the fundamental concepts inhabitants of the earth and examines the seminal taught in two typical courses of the civil building and communal forms that emerge as ARB 213 History of Architecture I engineering discipline, such as Statics and the “typical” forms in this evolutionary process. The course Covers Architecture As A Development Strength of Materials. The emphasis is put on the Beginning with Early Christian architecture, the of the individual and community as inhabitants behaviour of different structural forms subjected course proceeds to deal with the Middle Ages, of the earth. It examines the seminal building and to applied forces - what is essential in developing looking at Europe, Africa and the Far East. communal forms that emerge as the “typical” a common ground uniting the principles of safe pre-req.: ARB213 forms in this evolutionary process. Beginning and economical design of any type of structural Credits: 2 with the Prehistoric, the main civilisations from system between the architect and structural Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Mesopotamia to Rome are examined, detailing engineer. Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 their main aspects. Credits: 2 assignment pre-req.: ARB123 Hours per week: 2 Lectures and 2 Tutorials Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 Continuous Assessment: 2 Tests and at least 2 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Assignments Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Final Examination: 2 hours CCB 227 Theory of Structures II assignment CA/Exam ratio = 2:3 As a continuation of CCB217, this Course Final examination: 2 hours develops the principles already established CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Semester 4 and relates them to more complex structural Core Courses forms and methods of building in terms of ARB214 Energy Efficiency In Buildings ARB221 Architectural Design II such materials as timber, steel and reinforced This course deals with the following topics: Basic More advanced and institutional building types concrete, considering simples design examples, principles of energy efficiency, energy efficiency form the vehicle of instruction in this course, and exercises based on such examples. and sustainable development, energy efficient allied with case studies and the understanding pre-req.: CCB217 design (passive and active design), technologies of natural light in architecture. A full response Credits: 2 for energy efficient building, energy efficiency of the selection of materials, appropriate finishes Hours per week: 2 lectures and 2 Tutorials policy and legislation introduction to energy and more complex structural applications is also Continuous Assessment: 2 Tests and at least 2 management, green financing. Throughout the demanded to ensure competence at this level. Assignments. course, case studies and existing good practice pre-req.: ARB211 Final Examination: 2 hours examples will be used as a major instrument Credits: 6 CA/Exam ratio=2:3 of instruction. Assessment will be through Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week continuous assessment in form of essays and Continuous assessment: Research report and ARB 220 Internship I tests and a final examination. interim assessments of design project Internship means the external placement of pre-req.: ARB124 Final examination: Final assessment of design a student with a professional or other kind of Credits: 2 project body in order to gain the necessary experience Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 of the profession. During the long vacation of Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 May to July, students spend at least eight weeks assignment ARB222 Building Materials & undergoing this professional experience. Staffs Final examination: 2 hours Construction IV visit the students and meet their supervisors to CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Students are asked to study selected buildings, get a feedback on the attachment. analyse the use of materials and methods of pre-req.: None ARB216 Computer Aided Drafting construction in the building, and apply the Credits: 2 Introduction to computers and two drafting results in their own designs. Emphasis will be put Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. tools: Arch-Cad and Auto-Cad. This course on materials used for interior finishes: floor and Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ involves four lectures followed by extensive wall tiling, ceilings etc. Presentation =1/2/1 exercise and application of exercises in the use of two architectural drafting tools. pre-req.: ARB212 URP 207 Land Surveying and Cartography pre-req.: GEC121 and GEC122, ARB111 and Credits: 2 The Course introduces students to basic ARB121 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week elements of land surveying and cartography Credits: 2 Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 including linear measurements, levelling and

103 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

cadastral surveying; making, interpretation and ARB313 History of Architecture III URP 202 Infrastructure Planning and reproduction of maps; coordinate systems; map The Post-Renaissance period up to nineteenth Management projections; data manipulation, classification century was a period of revolutions in science, The aim of the course is to introduce students to and generalisation; profiles and land-surface technology, commerce, and politics and had aspects of planning and designing of technical forms. At the end of the course, students are a decisive shaping influence on today’s world. infrastructure such sanitation, water supply, expected to submit thematic atlas of a selected The achievements of the High Renaissance wastewater treatment, solid waste management, urban or rural area covering different aspects of and the Baroque are examined and how the power and telecommunication planning. It covers a human and natural phenomena in a scale from Enlightenment and other movements prepared on-site and off-site sanitation systems, storm 1:5,000 to 1:50,000. the way for Modernist ideas in the early water management, solid waste management, pre-req.: None nineteenth century. water demand and supply, energy and power, Co-requisite: ARB 216 pre-req.: ARB223 telecommunication, technical infrastructure Credits: 2 Credits: 2 layouts and financing and cost recovery issues Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week on provision of technical infrastructure. exercises per week Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 pre-req.: None Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and submission assignment Credits: 2 of thematic atlas Final examination: 2 hours Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests CA/exam ratio: 1:1 Final examination: 2 hours CCB 317 Theory of Structures Ill CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Year 3 The Course begins with the basic principles of the Semester 6 Level 300 design of steelwork connections, and tensile and Core Courses Semester 5 compression structural elements to BS 5950. The ARB321Architectural Design IV Core Courses application of those principles to design of roof The emphasis in this course is to heighten ARB311 Architectural Design III trusses and spatial grid systems constitutes the the interpretation of more complex briefs This course builds on the input of previous design main Course content. Other types of long span and building programmes, with emphasis on courses with the emphasis on buildings serving structures, and tensile and shell like structures landscape, structure and basic building services. the community. More advanced structural are also covered, as well as roof trusses, and The final design should be a multi-storey analysis and response is expected, and issues of tensile, textile and hybrid structures. building with a public address, and related to full detailed planning of site and overall organization pre-req.: CCB227 exploration of design method and competent are explored, resulting in deepening awareness Credits: 2 presentation on professional lines. of architecture in relation to current norms of Hours per week: 2 lectures and 2 Tutorials pre-req.: ARB311 professional achievement. Continuous Assessment: 2 Tests and at least 2 Credits: 6 pre-req.: ARB221 Assignments. Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week Credits: 6 Final Examination: 2 hours Continuous assessment: Research report and Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week CA/Exam ratio=2:3 interim assessments of design project Continuous assessment: Research report and Final examination: Final assessment of design interim assessments of design project Optional Courses project. Final examination: Final assessment of design URP 200 Introduction To Town Planning CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 project The Course focuses on understanding the need to CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 plan, the emergence of modem town planning, ARB322 Building Services II and the foundations of town planning legislation. Subsequent to ARB321, this course will cover ARB312 Building Services I It also provides an insight into the organisation a practical analysis of the requirements of a This course covers building services including and administration of town planning; the selected building type followed by design of the water supply and plumbing, drainage and Planning Process; Survey preparation and building services as part of the process of design. waste disposal, electricity supply, lighting, techniques of analysis, and development control. Assessment will be done by coursework. communications, HVAC, fire fighting, and The course also highlights the role of planners in pre-req.: ARB312 conveyance. Assessment will be done by essays dealing with current topical problems and issues Credits: 2 and examination. in modern day living. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 pre-req.: None Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 assignment Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Lectures: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours assignment Continuous Assessment: 2 tests, 1 assignment CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 ARB323 History of Architecture IV This course deals with the rise of modern states/ cities and institutions in Europe following the

104 Industrial Revolution and examines new building pre-req.: ARB321 LAW 253 Foundations of Engineering Law types and technology in response to these Credits: 6 An introduction to the Botswana Legal developments up to the present. Clear notions of Lectures/Studio: system and to aspects of contractual and High Modernism are followed by a treatment of Continuous assessment: Research report and delictualliability designed to provide nonlaw Postmodernism. interim assessments of design project students with the necessary legal foundation pre-req.: ARB313 Final examination: Final assessment of design for further study of aspects of the law relevant Credits: 2 project to construction, design, technology and other Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 engineering activities. Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 pre-req.: None assignment ARB412 Building Systems I Credits: 3 Final examination: 2 hours The course will introduce the detailed critical Lectures: 3 hours per week CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 analysis of the various Building Systems and Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments their interactive effect on the built environment Final Examination: 3 hours ARB320 Internship II in general. It will include group work studies, CA/Exam ratio=2:3 Internship means the external placement of review of theoretical material, case studies, a student with a professional or other kind of documentation and presentation. Assessment Semester 8 body in order to gain the necessary experience will be done by coursework. Core Courses of the profession. During the long vacation of Credits: 2 ARB421 Architectural Design VI May to July, students spend at least eight weeks Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week This course will treat a major building of known undergoing this professional experience. Staffs Continuous assessment: At least 1Test and 1 performance or derived brief, and of high visit the students and meet their supervisors to Assignment complexity in terms of structural application, get a feedback on the attachment. Final examination: 2 hours formal exploration and environmental control pre-req.: ARB220 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 systems and sustainability. The brief must be Credits: 2 fully understood and realized in the design Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. ARB413 Philosophy of Architecture I response, and issues of contemporary theory Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ This course consists of examination of main and international norms should be addressed as Presentation =1/2/1 theories of architecture since the Renaissance well. and exercises aimed at helping the student to pre-req.: ARB411 ARB325 Interior Design develop/ refine their own position in design. Credits: 6 The course consists of extensions of the current Many aspects of philosophical and cultural Lectures/Studio: 12 hours per week architectural design project in the studio. criticism are introduced, leading to a final essay Continuous assessment: Research report and Students are taught to deal with colour, light on a major topic. interim assessments of design project and texture as well interior arrangements and pre-req.: ARB323 Final examination: Final assessment of design spatial qualities. Advanced awareness of issues Credits: 2 project such as the integration of structures, services Lectures/Studio: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 and environmental control are also expected. assignment Credits: 2 Continuous assessment: ARB422 Building Systems II Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours The course introduces analytical methods in Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 architectural design by applying the knowledge of assignment various building systems from previous courses. Final examination: 2 hours ARB415 Landscape Design Students are required to produce a comparable CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 This course consists of study of principles of analytical report of their own design. landscape design as related to design of micro- pre-req.: ARB412 Year 4 climate and ecological considerations. It is Credits: 2 Semester 7 centred around lectures on land and landscape Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Core Courses design and parallel studio exercise based closely Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 ARB411 Architectural Design V on the context of the architectural design project assignment This course will be concerned with urban and in ARB411. Final examination: 2 hours community issues of some complexity and Credits: 2 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 the development of design skills in terms of Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week functional and environmental control systems. Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 ARB423 Philosophy of Architecture II Possible vehicles of delivery could be an urban assignment The course will engage with current issues of the design complex or social housing, accompanied Final examination: Assessments of studio region, and especially those of Botswana. The by building studies and/or selected exemplars projects diversity of contemporary architecture will be incorporated in a short report to accompany CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 explored leading to a final essay dealing with a drawings and model. particular building or practitioner.

105 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

pre-req.: ARB413 Lectures/Studio: Individual supervised research URP 307 Land and Property Valuation Credits: 2 Continuous assessment: Interim assessments of The Course starts with an introduction to the Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week research report property market, the different types of property, Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Final examination: Final assessment of research the organisations and individuals that require assignment report and trade in property, and the dealing methods Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 employed. The basic characteristics of real estate CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 and the principal factors affecting value are then ARB514 Professional Practice II considered, followed by the concept of valuing ARB424 Professional Practice I This course deals with the following issues: a legal interest in land, and not the property The course deals with an introduction to the Architect licensing process, techniques and itself. The Course also examines the appropriate common and statute law and goes into the rationale of marketing architectural services, valuation techniques employed in assessing the details of contract law before concentrating market forecasting, client behaviour, office open market value of property, why valuations on construction contracts, types of building organisation and business methods applied to are required and the concept of intrinsic worth. contracts and conflict/dispute resolution. architecture, meeting procedures. The difference between open market value pre-req.: LAW253 pre-req.: ARB424 (property exchange price) and worth to the Credits: 2 Credits: 2 individual is finally introduced. Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week pre-req.: None Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Credits: 2 assignment assignment Lectures: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: 2 tests CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: 2 hours CA/exam ratio: 2:3 ARB420 Internship III CCB519 Building Economics Internship means the external placement of The course is concerned with the nature, role and URP 314 Land and Property Management a student with a professional or other kind of market issues of the construction industry, and This Course develops the principles of land body in order to gain the necessary experience construction project economics. The character management through the consideration of the profession. During the long vacation of and organisation of the construction industry of the role of the commercial, residential May to July, students spend at least eight weeks in Botswana provide the starting point for a and industrial property estate manager, the undergoing this professional experience. Staffs host of issues that make up design economics, types of organizations that own and manage visit the students and meet their supervisors to leading to cost analysis, and value engineering property, the practical understanding of the get a feedback on the attachment. and management. rent review process and lease renewal process, pre-req.: ARB320 the examination of and practical consideration Credits: 2 pre-req.: None of commonly drawn lease terms and finally, an Duration: Minimum 8 weeks. Credits: 2 understanding of the use and application of Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ Lectures: 2 hours per week information technology. Presentation =1/2/1 Continuous Assessment: At least 1 test and 1 pre-req.: URP307 assignment Credits: 2 Optional Courses Final Examination: 2 hours Lectures: 2 hours per week ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests ENV484 Urbanisation & The Environment Final examination: 2 hours LAW452 Construction Law CA/exam ratio: 2:3 For these two courses contact “The Environment The course offers a detailed study of construction Science Handbook” contracts and related legal issues, such as Semester 10 planning and environment considerations and Core Courses Year 5 dispute resolutions. It is designed to familiarise ARB521 Design Project II Semester 9 students with legal concepts and issues likely This course requires the students to take the Level 500 to be encountered in construction and related proposal in ARB511 – or using an alternative Core Courses engineering fields. strategy depending on the student. The course ARB511 Design Project I pre-req.: LAW253 requires the student to prepare and present The course consists of a proposal for a project at Credits: 3 a proposal for a final design. Students will be a community scale and the design from general Lectures: 3 hours per week expected to develop performance criteria for strategy to Preliminary design stage, accounting Continuous Assessment: Tests and Assignments major spaces and components for the design and for massing, basic organizational strategies and Final Examination: 3hours to present results to a high professional degree. other issues of relevant importance. CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 pre-req.: ARB511 pre-req.: ARB421 Credits: 8 Credits: 8 Optional Courses Lectures/Studio: Individual supervised studio

106 Continuous assessment: Interim assessments of Year 2 Credits: 2 design project Level 200 Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week Final examination: Final assessment of design Semester 3 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests project Core Courses Final examination: 2 hours CA/Exam ratio: 1:1 URP 200 Introduction to Town Planning CA/exam ratio: 2:3 The Course focuses on understanding the need to ARB522 Urban and Rural Design Practice plan, the emergence of modem town planning, URP 203 Urban and Regional Economics This course requires a comprehensive urban and the foundations of town planning legislation. This is a basic Course that introduces students to study of the project selected as the subject of It also provides an insight into the organisation application of economic theories and concepts ARB521. The students will be required to prepare and administration of town planning; the in urban and regional planning. Emphasis is on a comprehensive research report on possible Planning Process; Survey preparation and spatial/land use models founded on economic approaches to the urban design aspects of the techniques of analysis, and development control. models. These will include for example central “thesis” project – ARB521. The report will be The course also highlights the role of planners in place theory; Agricultural location theory and illustrated with design options related to each dealing with current topical problems and issues industrial location theory. Various regional approach and to develop a selected approach in in modern day living. growth models such as sector model will be detail. pre-req.: None discussed. Emphasis is on how these models Credits: 2 Credits: 2 have actually been used in urban and regional Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week Lectures: 2 hours per week planning. Their application internationally and Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests, 1 assignment nationally should be reviewed. assignment Final examination: 2 hours pre-req.: ECO111, ECO112 Final examination: 2 hours CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Credits: 2 CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week URP 201 Introduction to Drawing Continuous Assessment: 2 tests ARB524 Project Management Techniques Final examination: 2 hours This course deals with various processes and The Course introduces students to the art, CA/exam ratio: 2:3 techniques of monitoring projects: the project science and techniques of planning required life cycle, project planning and control, project to communicate graphically through drawings URP 204 Planning and History of cost control, Work Breakdown Structures (WBS), related to layout planning, design and Settlements Programme Evaluation and Review Technique construction of buildings and other structures. The Course introduces students to the history (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM). It covers description and care and use of and planning of urban settlements. It presents Credits: 2 drawing equipments; line drawing and lettering; the variety of urban settlements over the course Lectures/Studio: 2 hours per week colouring and shading; scales and measurements; of 5000 years from the Sumerian civilisation in Continuous assessment: At least 1 test and 1 projections; types, layout and presentation of the 3rd millennium BC until the functionalist assignment drawings; tracing and reproduction of drawings. urban forms created by modernist in first half Final examination: 2 hours pre-req.: None of the 20th century. The Course focuses on CA/Exam ratio: 2:3 Credits: 2 morphology of urban space; urban taught; it Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week also presents the main environmental, socio- Optional Courses Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical economical and technological aspects of the GEC273 The State and Society (2) exercises historical periods examined and attempts to (Consult Department of Political and Final examination: 2 hours analyse the current various urban forms within Administrative Studies) CA/exam ratio: 1:1 the historical paradigm. It explains the concept of unplanned cites that grow organically, in GEC277 Law & Society in Botswana (3) URP 202 Infrastructure Planning and contrast with planned cities that were shaped (Consult Department of Law) Management following urban regulations. The aim of the course is to introduce students to pre-req.: None Bachelor of Science in Urban and aspects of planning and designing of technical Credits: 2 Regional Planning Programme infrastructure such sanitation, water supply, Lectures: 2 hours per week (URP) wastewater treatment, solid waste management, Continuous Assessment: 2 tests power and telecommunication planning. It covers Final examination: 2 hours Year 1 on-site and off-site sanitation systems, storm CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Level 100 water management, solid waste management, URP Courses are not offered at this level. water demand and supply, energy and power, Optional Courses telecommunication, technical infrastructure layouts and financing and cost recovery issues URP 205 Environmental Planning on provision of technical infrastructure. The course provides a clear overview and analysis pre-req.: None of environmental factors in the formulation of

107 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

development plans and projects and helps Credits: 2 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 students to understand 1) different perspectives Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical on sustainable environmental planning and exercises per week URP 210 Planning Techniques development; 2) the legal, economic, ethical Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and submission This Course introduces students to the type of and ecological foundations of environmental of thematic atlas data required in planning such as sources, how planning; 3) the environmental planning process; Final examination: 2 hours it is collected (both quantitative and qualitative, and 4) the different types of environmental CA/exam ratio: 1:1 questionnaire construction, interviews, non- planning practices and topics. survey methods and rapid appraisal methods). pre-req.: ENV101, ENV 102 URP 208 Site Planning The Course continues with data analysis using Credits: 2 The Course aims to to introduce students to frequency distribution, measures of dispersion, Lectures: 2 hours per week practical basic design concepts and principles and statistical techniques, followed by data Continuous Assessment: tests, theoretical and used in preparing layouts and site plans for presentation using cartographic techniques and practical assignments common land use activities such as residential, lastly, the stages in writing dissertations. Final examination: 2 hours commercial, civic & community, industrial, pre-req.: None CA/exam ratio: 2:3 recreational and mixed land uses. This includes Credits: 2 understanding the scope of site planning, site Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week URP 206 Urban Morphology analysis in terms of the natural, physical and Continuous Assessment: 2 tests The course helps students to understand the social environments and user requirements Final examination: 2 hours structures and shapes of urban space covering and urban management in town planning. CA/exam ratio: 2:3 physical, social, functional and ecological The course will be taught through lectures, dimensions of a city. It explores both theoretical practical exercises, site visits, and group work URP 211 Internship and practical underpinning of urban morphology and class presentations. At the end of the course, The purpose of this Course is to provide helping the students to understand the complexity students should be able to interpret planning opportunities to make the transition from of urban settlement form and its constitutive projects in real time production by presenting school to professional planning, by translating functional, spatial and social elements. It is (2) dimensional to three (3) dimensional details knowledge into effective action, through tailored to help the students to comprehend the alongside elaborate design considerations from field placement. The internship component is way in which urban space is created over time design rationale(s) to design briefs. available to all students registered in the URP highlighting on the nature and the character of pre-req.: URP 201 Programme. city’s functionality and materiality, as well as on Credits: 2 pre-req.: None socio-cultural and economic context of urban Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week Credits: 1 space production. Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical Duration: Minimum 6 weeks. pre-req.: ENV101, ENV 102 exercises Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours Presentation =1/2/1 Lectures: 2 hours per week CA/exam ratio: 1:1 Continuous Assessment: tests, theoretical and Optional Courses practical assignments URP 209 Transport Planning and URP 212 GIS for Planners Final examination: 2 hours Management The Course introduces the student to the CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Transportation planners are responsible for fundamental principles of GIS and use of estimating where future travel will occur, by computerised geographic information systems Semester 4 what means, and on what routes. What tools (GIS), focusing on their significance for planning. Core Courses are available for planners to evaluate the future The course focuses on fundamental principles of URP 207 Land Surveying and Cartography demand for travel in our communities? This GIS and applications of GIS in planning. Students The Course introduces students to basic course introduces the student to transportation are introduced to GIS principles through lectures, elements of land surveying and cartography planning and provides an understanding of exercises and demonstrations. including linear measurements, levelling and transportation planning models, including pre-req.: GEC121 and GEC 122 cadastral surveying; making, interpretation and travel demand models of trip generation, trip Co-requisite: ARB 216 and URP 207 Credits: 2 reproduction of maps; coordinate systems; map distribution, mode choice, and traffic assignment. Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical projections; data manipulation, classification The course will also discuss data collection exercises per week and generalisation; profiles and land-surface processes and limitations, new approaches, and Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical forms. At the end of the course, students are the land use and transportation interactions. exercises expected to submit thematic atlas of a selected pre-req.: URP 202 Final examination: 2 hours urban or rural area covering different aspects of Credits: 2 CA/exam ratio: 1:1 a human and natural phenomena in a scale from Lectures: 2 hours per week 1:5,000 to 1:50,000. Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and 2 URP 213 Globalisation and Sustainable pre-req.: URP201 assignments Cities Co-requisite: ARB 216 and URP 207 Final examination: 2 hours The search for sustainable cities and debates

108 surrounding globalisation currently feature efficient, safe and convenient manner. It also Continuous Assessment: 2 tests prominently in emerging planning discourse. covers site inventory and analysis techniques; Final examination: 2 hours The Course explores such debates under such traffic circulation and safety; and sizing and CA/exam ratio: 2:3 headings as: Defining globalisation as historical location of public, recreational and commercial transformation; Globalisation, economic and facilities. At the end, each student is required to URP 305 Research Methods and Techniques political process and the built environment; prepare a detailed plan for about 5000 -10000 The aim of the course is to introduce students Globalisation and denationalization of the inhabitants. to skills required in social science research in economy; Actors in the Global Project; Trans pre-req.: URP208 general and physical planning in particular. It national capital, urbanization and planning; Credits: 2 covers definition and need for research; major International organization as agents of Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week research approaches (objectivity, positivism, globalisation in the built environment. Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical empiricism, subjectivity and postmodernism; pre-req.: None exercises research ethics; the generic research process Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours (problem identification, hypothesis, theoretical Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week CA/exam ratio: 1:1 frame etc.); Quantitative and qualitative data Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and research approaches; data collection and Final examination: 2 hours URP 303 Housing Studies analysis techniques, tools and processes; and CA/exam ratio: 2:3 The Course includes such topics as: the role of references and bibliography. housing in local and national development, pre-req.: None Year 3 housing types, problems and transformations, Credits: 2 Semester 5 factors affecting housing demand and supply; Lectures: 2 hours per week Level 300 assessment of private and public sources of Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and 1 exercise Core Courses housing finance; issues of equity, quality, health Final examination: 2 hours URP 301 Urbanisation And Planning and standards in housing, assessment of public CA/exam ratio: 2:3 The Course explores the linkages between the and private housing delivery systems, rent urbanization processes and urban planning. control, subsidies, legislation, land servicing and Optional Courses Emphasis is on different interpretations of cost recovery; self-help housing, the national URP 306 Remote Sensing for Planners the urbanization process and how these housing policy. This Course contains two parts. In part one interpretations shape planning interventions pre-req.: None it introduces the interpretation of aerial and the focus is on sub-Saharan Africa. Topics Credits: 2 photographs, stereoscopic vision, parallax, scale covered include: Urbanisation, Development and Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week in aerial photographs, classification systems, etc. urban planning, Definition, demographic trends Continuous Assessment: 2 tests In part two starts with the introduction to remote and characteristics; Problems and opportunities; Final examination: 2 hours sensing where focuses on hands-on display and Theoretical approaches to urbanisation and CA/exam ratio: 2:3 analysis of satellite images with computer pallets implications to urban planning; modernization and symbols; methods of Image classification; perspective and traditional urban master URP 304 Regional Planning histogram techniques on image enhancement; planning; political economy Marxist variant This Course provides a synthesis of the science map algebra In satellite images; mufti channel and world systems perspective – the search for of spatial systems with the art of planning and study of satellite images and spectral signatures. radical planning practice; liberal-pluralist variant management and focuses on the analysis of In addition deals with techniques on satellite - the DPU school – the search for innovative spaces, regions and locations. The Course teaches images correction; temporal changes in satellite planning practice. the concept of region, regional models such as images; overlaying vector to raster images; as pre-req.: None growth pole theory and how to manage regional well as principal component analysis applications Credits: 2 change. The Course discusses factors affecting in planning. Computer lab work included with Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week settlement network such as: specialisation, available software (e.g. IDRISI, ERDAS or TM) Continuous Assessment: 2 tests interdependence and settlement hierarchy; pre-req.: URP212 Final examination: 2 hours environmental impacts, distribution of natural Credits: 3 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 resources, jobs, populations and opportunities, as Lectures/studio: 1 lecture + 3 hours practical well as regional linkages, transport networks and exercises per week URP 302 Neighbourhood Planning regional infrastructure. The role of small towns Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical This course seeks to expand and enhance in rural development and growth central pole exercises students’ urban design skills and capabilities theory and practices elaborated in Botswana Final examination: 2 hours developed under URP208. While the first part National Settlement Policy, Regional Master CA/exam ratio: 1:1 of this course covers the definition, origin and Plans and District Settlement Strategies are also other theoretical aspects of the ‘neighbourhood highlighted. URP 307 Land and Property Valuation concept’, the second part focuses on the practical pre-req.: URP 203 The Course starts with an introduction to the complexities of designing ‘livable places’ - Credits: 2 property market, the different types of property, places that meet users’ everyday needs in an Lectures/studio: 2 hours per week the organisations and individuals that require

109 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

and trade in property, and the dealing methods Final examination: 2 hours URP 313 Internship II employed. The basic characteristics of real estate CA/exam ratio: 2:3 As a result of close cooperation between the and the principal factors affecting value are then DAP and the various public and private offices considered, followed by the concept of valuing URP310 Planning and Environmental Law of planning, an internship programme has been a legal interest in land, and not the property This Course is an introduction to the principles developed for all our undergraduate students itself. The Course also examines the appropriate of land tenure and security; land and property in the BSc URP Programme. Its purpose is to valuation techniques employed in assessing the transactions, customary land tenure and Tribal provide opportunities for students to assist the open market value of property, why valuations Land Act, freehold, lease and fixed time grants, transition from school to professional planner, are required and the concept of intrinsic worth. the Town and Country Planning Act, rent control by translating knowledge into effective action, The difference between open market value and the estate agent, the structure, power and through field placement. Students are expected (property exchange price) and worth to the functions of institutions such as SHHA, BHC, to get a first-hand knowledge of how to relate individual is finally introduced. VDC, Land Boards, DLUPU etc. (2-hrs lecture per land use planning and transportation planning. pre-req.: None week). The Course is also expected to cover transport Credits: 2 pre-req.: None data collection, analysis, traffic forecasting, Lectures: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 evaluation of transportation proposals and Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Lectures: 2 hours per week finally transport management. Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: 2 tests pre-req.: URP211 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 1 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Duration: Minimum 6 weeks. Semester 6 Assessment: Field Supervisor/Concept Paper/ Core Courses URP 311 Settlement Upgrading Presentation =1/2/1 URP 308 Planning, Policy and Politics The Course covers definitions of unplanned, Planning and Politics is premised on the definition spontaneous, traditional and squatter settlements, Optional Courses of the urban planning as state intervention in the assessment of slum clearance versus upgrading, URP 314 Land and Property Management urbanization processes. The Course explores how costs and benefits of incremental versus full scale This Course develops the principles of land political configurations influence the planning redevelopment, retention households versus management through the consideration process, institutions and procedures. Various relocation, assessment of temporary, semi- of the role of the commercial, residential theories of the state and their implications to permanent and permanent developments, needs and industrial property estate manager, the urban planning are discussed, including post- assessment, public participation and consensus types of organizations that own and manage Marxian concepts and inclusive democratic urban building; developing and building private sector, property, the practical understanding of the planning, specially in developing countries. community and public partnership in land rent review process and lease renewal process, pre-req.: None servicing and settlement redevelopment. the examination of and practical consideration Credits: 2 pre-req.: URP302 of commonly drawn lease terms and finally, an Lectures: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 understanding of the use and application of Continuous Assessment: 2 tests Lectures/studio: 6 hours per week information technology. Final examination: 2 hours Continuous Assessment: 1 test, 2 practical pre-req.: URP307 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 exercises Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours Lectures: 2 hours per week URP 309 Urban Land Use Planning CA/exam ratio: 1:1 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests The course explores both theoretical and practical Final examination: 2 hours underpinning of urban land use planning CA/exam ratio: 2:3 helping the students to understand urban URP 312 Dissertation: Directed Readings planning movements, the nature of different Each student is required to identify a research URP 315 Building Technologies and Material types of urban plans, their elements and the topic which will ultimately result in a dissertation The course introduces planning students to basic process of their preparation. At the end of the to be submitted in Semester Seven. The Course techniques and issues in the construction of course students will be able to understand: 1) the consists of guided reading on the literature and simple structures as well as factors that affect nature of urban land, land use & land cover, land research techniques applicable and relevant to the quality and suitability of common building information & land use planning; 2) the process the student’s research topic. materials. It covers general requirements of urban land use planning; 3) the types of urban pre-req.: None for ‘appropriate’ building materials; climatic plans in international urban planning arena; and Credits: 2 considerations in house design, construction 4) the types of urban plans in Botswana and Lectures: 2 hours per week management; Botswana traditional building South Africa. Continuous Assessment: 2 assignments materials and techniques; ‘modern’ building pre-req.: None Final examination: Final paper materials and techniques; and building Credits: 2 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 maintenance. Lectures: 2 hours per week pre-req.: None Continuous Assessment: tests and assignments Credits: 2

110 Lectures: 2 hours per week student to common techniques for analysis and contracts and relationships; gendered spaces; Continuous Assessment: 2 tests design in transportation engineering. The course gender inequalities in traditional and modern Final examination: 2 hours covers transportations system objectives and settlements; approaches to gender planning; CA/exam ratio: 2:3 constraints, physical design of transportation gender analysis, auditing, mainstreaming and facilities, geometric design of road cross- proofing in physical planning processes. YEAR 4 sections, earthworks, traffic engineering studies pre-req.: None Semester 7 and traffic flow principles. Credits: 2 Level 400 pre-req.: None Lectures: 2 hours per week Core Courses Credits: 2 Continuous Assessment: 2 tests URP 400 Philosophy and Planning Lectures: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours The Course explores the philosophical and Continuous Assessment: 2 tests and 2 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 methodological debates within urban planning. assignments Topics discussed include positivism, structuralism, Final examination: 2 hours URP 406 Public Participation in Physical phenomenology etc. Philosophical basis of urban CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Planning planning- positivism and derivative planning The realization of successful physical planning methodologies - hypothetical-deductive URP 403 Urban Management and depends on the levels of public participation by methodology and urban master planning: Governance local communities. The Course explores various Phenomenology and urban planning - towards The Course aims to bring awareness to the fact conceptualization of participation in physical interpretive methodologies, Realism and urban that good urban governance can lead to better- planning. Students will be taken through Amstein planning- structural methodologies, post- managed cities. It is argued that good urban classical ladder of citizen participation to more modernity and urban planning. governance is characterised by sustainability, contemporary and radical views of participation pre-req.: None decentralisation, equity, efficiency, transparency as a self-empowerment and re-discovery project. Credits: 2 and accountability, civic engagement and Conditions necessary for participation as well Lectures: 2 hours per week citizenship, and security, and that these norms as factors that impede participation will be Continuous Assessment: 2 tests are interdependent and mutually reinforcing explored. The Course draws on case studies from Final examination: 2 hours pre-req.: None Sub-Saharan Africa and other developing areas. CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Credits: 2 pre-req.: None Lectures: 2 hours per week Credits: 2 URP 401 Rural Land Use Planning Continuous Assessment: 1 assignment and 1 Lectures: 2 hours per week This studio course instructs the planning students test Continuous Assessment: 2 tests how to produce the Report of Survey (RoS), Final examination: 2 hours Final examination: 2 hours which is the first step in practical preparation CA/exam ratio: 2:3 CA/exam ratio: 2:3 of development plans for small settlements and rural territories. The course covers intensive field URP 404 Project: Research Methodology Semester 8 survey, data collection of primary and secondary The Course seeks to students in producing a Core Courses data, data analysis and interpretation, and dissertation in partial fulfilment of an award of a URP 407 Planning And Social Theory review of issues and opportunities. The final degree in urban and regional planning. Through The Course traces how debates in social theory Report of Survey should be submitted in the the guidance of supervisors, the student will shape the urban planning discipline. Emphasis form of technical report including analytical critically review the methodologies and data is on contemporary social issues. Topics covered text, GIS maps, charts, planning and design collection techniques that deal specifically include theories of social action, structural drawings, tables, statistics, etc. A small group with the topics they will have chosen for their Marxism, post structuralism and critical theory. and team work, and liaison with community dissertations. pre-req.: None representatives, government officials and pre-req.: None Credits: 2 different stakeholders are the imperatives of this Credits: 2 Lectures: 2 hours per week studio course. Lectures: 2 hours per week Continuous Assessment: 2 tests pre-req.: UPR311 Continuous Assessment: Final examination: 2 hours Credits: 2 Final examination: CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Lectures/studio: 1+3 hours per week CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Continuous Assessment: submission of draft URP 408 Development Impact Assessments RoS and interim assessment of individual RoS Optional Courses This Course helps students to understand a chapters URP 405 Gender and Physical Planning Development Impact Analysis as a process of Final examination: submission and class The aim of the course is to introduce students estimating and reporting the effects of future land presentation of the final RoS to the need to consider and integrate gender developments and construction. This assessment dimensions in physical planning and settlement applied to large and medium size urban growths URP 402 Transport Engineering for Planners management processes. Topics covered projects. This Course covers different areas of The objective of the course is to introduce the include: definition of gender; gender roles, development impact analysis including legal

111 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

consideration, site analysis, market analysis, implementation of the physical development CA/exam ratio: 2:3 environmental impact analysis, social, economic plans. Methodology focusing on implementation and fiscal analysis, traffic analysis, as well as and the management techniques are taught. URP 413 Urban Agriculture shared infrastructure costs. Each impact analysis Case studies are reviewed on how planning is A presentation of the various aspects of the includes methods for analysis, sources of data, being undertaken/approached particularly in the concept and practice of urban and peri- a preview model, and tips for analysing critique. Sub-Saharan Africa. agriculture. This is followed by an examination The Course also includes a computerized model pre-req.: URP 406 of the practice of urban agriculture; social, that lets students try out hypothetical proposals Credits: 2 economic and environmental impacts of UA; to see in advance what effect they might have. Lectures: 2 hours per week food safety and health issues and lastly, enabling pre-req.: None Continuous Assessment: tests and practical strategies to take on board UA in city and Credits: 2 assignments municipal planning. Lectures: 2 hours per week Final examination: 2 hours pre-req.: No Continuous Assessment: 2 tests CA/exam ratio: 2:3 Credits: 2 Final examination: 2 hours Lectures: 2 hours per week CA/exam ratio: 2:3 URP 411 Project Report Continuous Assessment: 1 test and 1 The Course seeks to assist students in producing assignment URP 409 Settlement Development Planning a dissertation in partial fulfilment of an award of Final examination: 2 hours The course is focused on preparation of a degree in urban and regional planning. Using CA/exam ratio: 2:3 comprehensive physical plan for a small the proposal and methodology developed in urban/rural settlement. Working in planning URP 404 a student will analyse the data and do team students will continue to play the role of the final write up of a readable report based on planning consultant assigned in URP 401. They problem investigated (1-hr per week). are expected to refine goals and objectives; pre-req.: URP 404 DEPARTMENT OF review planning standards; develop land use, Credits: 2 CIVIL ENGINEERING socio-economic, environmental and engineering Lectures: 2 hours per week projections; review planning models; develop, Continuous Assessment: tests and practical CBB311 Construction Echnology 1 (3) evaluate and select preferable planning scenario; assignments Structure of the instruction industry, function develop planning vision; prepare development Final examination: 2 hours of construction work, site organisation and proposals and policies; prepare detailed designs CA/exam ratio: 2:3 investigation, basic construction techniques, for priority action areas; prepare Impact framed structures, floors, roofing systems, and Assessment Analysis; review plan implementation Optional Courses stairs. and financial requirements for the first five URP 412 Planning Negotiation and Contracting year of plan implementation; develop phasing, The aim of this course is to offer step-by- CBB312 History of Buildings (2) monitoring and review schedule. The expected step instructions in contracting planning History of building; Study of key building outputs shall be in the form of the Draft and the consultants and in organising successful public structures in relevant historical stages; Significant Final planning reports. and professional negotiation meetings in works; Architectural heritage of Botswana. pre-req.: URP401 situations where we have to resolve community Credits: 2 planning related problems using mediating CBB322 Measurement And Lectures/studio: 1+3 hours per week and facilitating skills to bring opposing parties Specification I (3) Continuous Assessment: submission of draft together. The Course is essential for every The course deals with the measurement of Planning Report and interim assessment of its private developer, planner, public official, or materials and labour in simple building works. It chapters land use planning consultant who deals with also covers areas such bill preparation and the Final examination: submission and class the public, professional bodies, governmental, use of computer software in the preparation of presentation of planning reports parastatal, private and non-governmental bills of quantities. Principles of Measurement: organisations. In addition it helps students to Historical development of the quantity URP 410 Project Planning and Management understand the needs for hiring of consultants surveying profession; the standard method To acquire practical knowledge on planning and in order to supplement central/local government of measurement; measurement conventions; management skills and how to apply them in planning agency staff time, expertise, to ensure manual and electronic processing of project complex planning situations. The lessons include objectivity and credibility and to obtain a variety cost data. Measurement of Simple Buildings: project planning process and management of skills. Measurement of building elements including concepts. Project planning also exposes students pre-req.: URP 406 foundations, brickwork, partitions, roof, floors, to basic appraisal techniques. Practical knowledge Co-requisite: URP 410 doors, windows and internal finishes. Bill on how to prepare spatial plans (structure plans Credits: 2 Preparation: Purpose of Bills of Quantities; and local plans), incorporating planning briefs Lectures: 2 hours per week various bill formats; preparation of Bills of and design guides is studied. The linkage has Continuous Assessment: tests and assignments Quantities. to be drawn between project planning and the Final examination: 2 hours

112 CBB323 Construction Industry Economics Principles of measurement; Civil Engineering Property management function. (2) Quantities; Specialist Services and Equipment; Basic concepts covered include nature, role and Bill preparation. CBB526 Construction Dispute Resolution (2) market issues of the construction industry and Nature and forms of construction dispute; construction project economics. CBB515 Estimating And Tendering (3) Procedure for arbitration & dispute resolution; Estimating processes; Methods of estimating; Alternative dispute resolution methods. CBB325 Information Technology in Cost estimation; Calculation of unit rates; Tender Construction Industry (2) documents; Pre-tender functions; Methods CBB527 Facilities Management (2) Introduction: Technologies and trends; of tendering; Selection of contractor; Bidding Operational Services; Assets management; Information processing; Strategic use of strategy. Life Cycle Costing; Services; Maintenance and information technology: E-commerce and Feedback. Internet; IT in Project management; Use of GIS CBB519 Building Economics in facility management. Nature, role and market issues of the CCB211 Engineering Materials (2) construction industry, construction project This course covers the following: Types of CBB411 Construction Economics 1 (3) economics; Design economics, Cost planning and materials; Atomic structure; and imperfections; Construction design economics; Cost planning control, Cost information; Value engineering and Mechanical and physical properties of materials; and control; Cost information; Introduction to management: Construction industry - Nature Principles of solidification and phase diagrams; engineering economics; Value engineering and and organisation the of construction industry; Ferrous and non-ferrous alloys; Ceramic management. its role and contribution to the national materials; Polymers; Composite materials; Wood; economy, construction industry in Botswana; The environmental stability of materials; The Construction Technology II (3) its products and the present status and future failure in materials in stress. This course covers the following: Site Works, within the region and national economic External Enclosure, Internal Enclosure and growth and development; Construction project CCB212 Statics (2) External Works. economics -Requirements of various clients This course covers the following: Introduction to and their impact on the construction process; statics; Force vectors; Force systems; Equilibrium; CBB413 Measurement & Specification II (3) relationship between cost, time, quality and Structures; Distributed forces and moment of This course covers measurement of complex value in development projects, Construction inertial; Friction; Virtual work. building works and use of computer software in Design economics:; cost implications of design measurement factors, construction methods and site factors, CCB217 Theory Of Structures I Cost information: sources and reliability of cost Types of structural systems - trusses, beams, CBB414 Building Services (2) data, cost limits, cost indices and cost analysis, frames, arches, cable roofs, plate and shell Water supply systems, fundamentals of drinking Cost planning and control: elemental and structures, masonry structures; Supports and water supply systems, hot water supply systems, comparative cost planning, practical applications connections: types of supports and connections sanitary appliances and installations, drainage and cost control techniques; Value engineering of structural components; Actions, reactions systems, refuse disposal. and management. and equilibrium; Loads, force systems and equilibrium. Stresses and strains: Hooke’s law, CBB415 Health And Safety Management In CBB521 Contract Administration (2) state of stress and strain at a point, principal Construction (2) Tendering and procurement systems; Preparation stresses: Stress resultants, free body diagram Introduction to health and safety on construction of interim certificates and set-off; Variations; and types of internal forces; Section properties: sites, workplace safety, protective equipment, Final account; Delays; Claims; Insurance; centroid of area, moment of inertia, parallel-axis hazardous substances, accident reporting and Insolvency; Risk management. theotem, sectional principal axes; Trusses: axial investigation, first aid on the site. tensile and compressive forces in plane trusses; CBB522 Construction Management II (2) Beams: bending moments and shear forces, CBB511 Construction Economics II (2) Contract planning; Work-study; Application diagrams; Frames: bending moments, shear Property markets, Development Economics, of planning techniques; Project control; forces and axial forces; Stability: initial stability, Development appraisal, Life Cycle Costing (LCC), Benchmarking and partnering; Employment and instability under loads, buckling of compression Construction Industry Economics. industrial relations. members, local buckling of member thin walls.

CBB512 Construction Management I (2) CBB523 Construction Technology III (2) CCB221 Strength of Materials (2) Contract’ administration; Project estimating Construction plant; Formwork and false work; This course covers the following basic principles: and cost control; Project management; Human Maintenance; Modular co-ordination. Beams; Stresses and strains; Bending; Torsion; resources; Construction planning; Managing Composite sections; Buckling. health and safety at work. CBB525 Property Management and Valuation (2) CCB227 Theory of Structures II CBB513 Measurements & Specifications - Property Valuation; Valuation Theory and Basic principles of limit states design of steel, Cml Works (2) Methods; Property Management Framework; reinforced concrete, steel-concrete composite and

113 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

timber elements according to present codes and practicals. Influence lines of determinate beams; Analysis standards. Reinforced concrete structures - form of indeterminate beams; Influence diagrams and shaping and materials used. Basic assumptions CCB315 Environmental Engineering (2) critical load conditions; Approximate methods of and principles of reinforced concrete design. Ecology, surface water pollution and control, frame analysis. Simply supported and continuous beams. One groundwater pollution and control, air pollution, way and two way slabs. Columns. Foundations. noise pollution and environmental regulations. CCB322 Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics (3) Basic principles of limit states design: ultimate Concept of real and ideal fluid; Fluid properties; limit state criteria (strength, stability) and CCB312 Cad for Cml Engineers (2) Measurement instruments; Fluid at rest; serviceability criteria (deflections, vibration, Creating and maintaining cost and specification Kinematics of fluid flow; Hydrodynamics; Flow fatigue, cracking) for elements made of different database; Design of prototypes; Mini projects in through pipes; Flow through open channels; materials. Limit states design standards: reference designs. Reciprocating pumps; Centrifugal pumps. to steel, reinforced concrete, steel-composite and timber. Reinforced concrete design: reinforced CCB314 Engineering Geology (2) CCB323 Construction Principles (3) concrete structures, types of structural elements, This course gives an introduction to planet Structure of the construction industry, site materials. Section design for moment: types Earth, including but not limited to Minerals, organisation and investigation, basic construction of beam sections, behaviour of beam sections. Rocks, Structural geology, Surface processes and techniques, ground treatment methods, framed Deflection and cracking: cracking limits and soils, Groundwater systems, Natural resources, structures, construction plant, maintenance, control. Simply supported and continuous beams: Engineering geology and environmental repair and alteration. typical reinforcement layouts, curtailment and geology. anchorage of longitudinal reinforcing bars, CCB324 Construction Materials (3) examples of simple beam design. Slabs: One- Cement. Aggregates. Concrete. Metals. Timber. way and two way spanning solid slabs, typical Bricks. Bituminous materials. Composite reinforcement layouts, examples of simple slab CCB316 Principles of Mining materials. design. Design for shear: shear reinforcement Engineering (2) in beams, shear resistance of solid slabs, shear Mineral resources; Life-of-mine and mining CCB325 Geomechanics II (2) due to concentrated loads on slabs. Columns cycles; Mining production optimisation; Mine Soil permeability and seepage analysis; Seepage and foundations: typical reinforcement layouts, design fundamentals; Ore preparation; Ancillary pressures on structures; Piping in soils; Soil simple design examples. engineering services. Stabilization; Soil Exploration.

CCB311 Geomechanics I (3) CCB317 Theory Of Structures III CCB329 Architectural Design (2) This course is a general introduction to soil The course begins with the basic principles of Architectural design principles; Design program; mechanics including soil formation, physical limit state design of steelwork connections, and Site planning; Functional organisation; Room properties, soil classification, soil compaction tensile and compression structural elements to Planning; Massing. and stress distribution. BS5950. The application of those principles to design of roof trusses and spatial grid systems CCB411 Structural Design (3) CCB313 Surveying (3) constitutes the main course content. Other types Basic principles of reinforced concrete design; Basic concepts covered in this course are as of long span structures, and tensile and shell like Section design for moment; Shear; Deflection follows: Distances: Tape and optical square, structures are also covered. The course stresses and cracking; Simply supported and continuous optical distance measurement, Electronic reference to case studies in existing and historical beams; Slabs; Columns; Foundations; Retaining distance measurement, GPS measurement; buildings, and combines critical analysis of such walls; Examples of design of reinforced concrete Levelling concepts and applications: Types of solutions with the students’ work comprising structures. levelling surveys, types of instruments (including a partial computer-aided design of large span digital levels), error sources, corrections, structural system. Steelwork design to BS5950: CCB412 Water Engineering (3) checking and adjustment, field procedures; types of connections and joints, design Fundamentals to drinking water supply; Water Areas and volumes: computation from plans, co- of bolted and welded joints with an emphasis put demand; Water quality assessment; Water ordinates, measurement, intersections, gradients, special grid structures, design of steel tension treatment. indivisibility; Theodolite: concepts, error sources, and compression members. Roof trusses: types checking, temporary and permanent adjustment, and uses, design of truss members and joints. CCB413 Traffic and Highway observation procedures, booking and calculation; Large span spatial grid structures: flat (plate like) Engineering (3) Use of angles: single point determination, and curved (shell like), form-finding and design Geometric design; Design of off-street parking multiple point determination, triangulation, principles. Tensile, textile and hybrid structures: facilities; Road safety; Traffic management; trilateration, traversing; Tachometry: polar basic concepts and examples of existing Road construction materials; Earthworks radiation, instrument types, free set up, plotting, structures. and earthworks equipment; Drainage; Road total stations, demonstration of software for construction technology; Pavement design; manipulating survey data; Setting out: buildings, CCB321 Structural Analysis (3) Highway construction; Highway maintenance sewer lines, roads. This course consists of field Determinate frames; Force displacement relations; and road reconstruction and rehabilitation

114 procedures; Use of computer software. systems; Normal mode vibration. Bachelor Of Geomatics

CCB414 Geotechnics (2) CCB518 Public Health Engineering (2) CGB111 Geomatics I (4) Consolidation; Shear strength; Stability of Environmental sanitation, solid waste Introduction to Geomatics and review of the slopes; Earth pressure; Earth retaining structures; management and public health practice. necessary mathematics; measurements of Reinforced earth. land: plane surveying; geodesy: the scientific CCB521~AST~ATER Engineering (2) foundation; measurements from space: satellite CCB415 CML Engineering Construction (2) Wastewater characteristics, primary treatment, positioning and navigation. Mapping and Land reclamation techniques; Tunnel construction; secondary treatment, sludge treatment and managing geographic information. Offshore Construction; Construction of concrete disposal, advanced treatment and wastewater structures; Managing construction equipment. effluent disposal and reuse. CGB122 Survey Camp I (2) The survey camp covers fundamental principles CCB416 Structural Steelwork (2) CCB523 Timber And Pre-stressed Concrete of field methods; errors and field checks; Steel connections; Design of steel beams; Design Structures (2) optical distance measurement; trig heighting; of steel compression members; Design of steel Timber Design; Design of Beams; Wood Columns; taping; adjusting angles; levelling; traverses; tension members; Steel trusses; Examples of Trusses; Building design examples; Pre-stressed horizontal circular curves; vertical curves; structural steelwork design. concrete; Basic principles; Design of members; measuring longitudinal and cross-sections, and Loss of pre-stress; DeRections and shear. report writing. Emphasis is placed on practical CCB418 Hydrology and Water Resources (2) experience. Students will be divided into groups Simplified hydrologic cycle; Precipitation; Surface CCB524 Project II (3) of four or five persons. waters; Dams and reservoirs; Underground This course consists of collecting, compiling, waters. Evapotranspiration; Water resources. analysing data and interpreting results to write CGB121 Geomatics II (4) CCB419 Engineering Surveying (2) and orally present the report. Introduction to survey standards and Principles of setting out; Definitions; Curve specifications; survey network design and Ranging. CCB525 Advanced Transportation adjustment; operational and quality control Engineering (2) aspects of electronic distance measurement CCB511 Foundation Structural Design principles of pedestrian and bicycle (EDM), angle measurement, trig heighting Engineering (2) facilities; planning for disabled people; Geometric and precise levelling; introduction to satellite Soil Formation; Index Properties of Soils, design of railways; Airport layout and runway positioning, observation techniques and data Engineering Characteristics of Soils; Various design; Belt conveyor design; Transportation processing; advanced positioning techniques Types of Foundations. Soil Formation, Residual forecast and modelling; Transportation systems including automated field surveying, laser and Transported Soils, Void Ratio, Porosity, Water impact assessment. levels and reflectorless total stations to capture Content, Degree of Saturation and Unit Weights topographic data; data processing and analysis; of Soils; Classification Tests and Classification CCB526 Foundation on Problematic Soils (2) setting out. of Soils; Compaction and Consolidation Expansive soils; Foundation design on expansive Characteristics of Soils; Shear Strength of soils; Collapsible Soils; Foundation design in CGB211 Elements of Photogrammetry (3) Soils; Bearing Capacity of Soils; Various types collapsible soils; Laboratory tests. The course aims at introducing the student of Shallow and Deep Foundations. This course to the geometry of aerial photographs, stereo consists of a project proposal, written progress CCB527 Construction Costs And Financial photogrammetry, mapping with analogue report and presentation. Control (2) photogrammetric instruments, analytical and Characteristics and classification of construction digital photogrammetry. CCB5I5 Transportation Engineering (2) costs; Financial costs and expenditures; Introduction to traffic flow theory; Traffic Preparation, analysis and interpretation of CGB213 Principles of Cartography (3) surveys; Principles of transport analysis and management information. The course aims at introducing the student forecasting; Transport planning strategies; Public to the basic concepts of cartography such as transport; Transportation systems management. CCB528 Estimating and Tendering (2) reference surfaces, coordinate systems and map Estimating purposes and functions; Cost projections, map design and layout, topographic CCB516 Foundation Design (2) estimation; Types of estimates; Calculation of and thematic cartography. Bearing capacity of soils; Types of foundations; unit rates for civil engineering works, day works Shallow foundation; Deep foundation; Improving and prorata rates; Tendering procedures, Tender CGB221 Digital Photogrammetry (3) site soil for foundation use; Field tests. documents, Pre-tender Functions and Methods This course deals with concepts and applications of Tendering; Selection of contractor; Bidding of analytical photogrammetry, digital CCB517 Structural Dynamics (2) strategy. photogrammetry and satellite photogrammetry. Oscillatory motion; Single-degree of-freedom system; Resonance and related matters; CGB222 Theory of Survey Adjustment (3) Introduction to multi-degree of freedom The course aims at introducing the student to

115 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

methods of survey adjustment, linearization systems; cadastral surveying systems: boundary role of property systems in land management, of equations, propagation of errors in survey delimitation processes; survey systems; writing natural resource management, and parcel-based measurements, least square methods, observation legal descriptions; retracement surveys; information systems. Comparative analysis of equations, condition equations and statistical subdivision surveys; boundary evidence land tenure, land reform, and land administration analysis. and possessory rights; land reform: land systems redistribution, land tenure reform, and land CGB223 Digital Cartography (3) restitution in southern Africa. CGB415 Advanced Cartographic This course deals with digital coordinates, Visualisation (3) digital representation of cartographic data, map CGB322 Principles of GIS (3) The course aims at introducing cartographic digitisation, coordinate systems and datums, The course aims to familiarize the students with visualisation techniques. The course content coordinate transformation, digital elevation the basic concepts of GIS. It covers the basic will include cartographic visualisation processes; models, geographic data acquisition, computer- Concepts, Data Sources, Data Capture Methods, different visualisation strategies in Geospatial aided statistical and thematic mapping Data Structure and models, Hardware and Data infrastructures; exploratory cartography software Configuration, Spatial relationships, using the intranet and WWW; Web Map Design CGB224 Programming for Geomatics (3) GIS Analysis Functions, GIS and Remote Sensing, and Multimedia The course aims at introducing the student to and a review of GIS software. object-oriented programming, activeX, networks CGB416 GIS Design and Implementation (3) & World Wide Web, spatial data structures, CGB323 Satellite Positioning Systems (3) The course aims at teaching student how to geographic software components: Open GIS The objective of the course is to teach the basic design and implement a GIS system. The course specifications, MapObjects and ArcObjects. principles of GPS, GLONASS and Galileo as means content includes analysis of requirement; system of position using satellite methods. It introduces planning and specifications; implementation of ITB200 Industrial Training (4) the historical development of the three systems, system; Legal and Policy issues. During the course of industrial training, students the Signal Structure, GPS positioning concepts of CGB417 – Digital Image Processing (3) shall undergo 8 weeks of supervised industrial resection from space, Point positioning, Relative The course is designed to introduce digital image training. Students shall be subjected to such positioning, Static positioning, Kinematic processing concepts with specific reference codes, procedures, laws, rules and regulations as positioning RTK. Surveying and other mapping to Remote Sensing data. It covers the basic applicable to the industry. applications are also introduced concepts of Digital Image, Source of data, Data formats; Image Pre-processing; Image CGB311 Engineering Surveying (3) CGB324 Geodesy II (3) Enhancement; Information Extraction; Image The course aims at introducing the student This course deals with the theoretical concepts Processing System Considerations. to methods of data collection in engineering of Satellite Geodesy and their use in positioning. projects. It covers curves, route surveys, and It introduces students to concepts of Physical CGB418 Principles and Practice of SDI earthworks, DTMs in engineering surveys, Geodesy leading to geopotential models, Development (3) construction surveying, deformation surveys and Orthometric and Geodetic Heights This course introduces the principles and application of Lasers practice of implementing national spatial data CGB325 Survey Camp II (2) infrastructures, challenges and opportunities for CGB312 Geodesy I (3) This is a field course covering planning and developing NSDI. This course covers an introduction to geodesy, logistics of survey operations, horizontal control Coordinate transformations, Geodetic Astronomy, network, cadastral survey design; DTM modelling, CGB 422 Cadastral Surveying Practice (3) Geodetic computations and the geodetic control precise engineering surveys, GPS surveys; The course aims at preparing the students to network in Botswana. production of final plan(s) using Geomatics have sound knowledge of the legal and technical software and report writing. requirements for making a cadastral survey. The LAW354 Land Law for Geomatics (3) course content includes cadastral surveying; The course aims at presenting the various laws ITB300 Industrial Training (4) methods of performing cadastral surveys; that impact on land administration. It covers After level 300, students shall further undergo 8 role of a land surveyor in resolving boundary concepts of Property law, Landownership, Rights weeks of supervised industrial training. Students disputes and as an expert witness; cadastral in land, Conveyancing and introducing the shall also be subjected to such codes, procedures, surveying computations; cadastral layout design Various Acts on land in Botswana laws, rules and regulations as applicable to the and implementation; Land Survey Act and industry. regulations; Sectional Titles Act and regulations; CGB321 Introduction to Land Tribal Land Act and regulations; Town and Administration (3) CGB413 Advanced Land Administration (3) Country Planning Act and regulations; Deeds The course introduces the concepts of land; The course introduces modern issues in land Registry Act and regulations; Survey of mining spatial organization; evolution of land tenure tenure, land policy, land management and leases. systems and concept of property; the cadastre administration; survey law and practice: a concept and land information systems; land profession for the 21st century; land information CGB423 GIS Applications (3) tenure systems in Botswana; land registration management: principles and applications. The The course aims at familiarizing the students with

116 various real life applications of GIS. The content mine ventilation; noise; illumination; elements of Mining geology problems: analysis of structural includes guided study topics in the following safe working environment; hazardous materials. data; assay and grade calculation; treatment of fields Topographic Mapping, Environment, Hazards, accidents & emergencies: hazard exploration data; geostatistical methods. Mining Forestry; Biology; Geology; Mining; Utilities, control. Fires: Fire types, causes and effects, fire- problems: scheduling, production statistics, AM/FM Systems, LIS; GIS in developing countries. fighting techniques. performance measurement, mass balance, safety Other relevant application areas can be discussed statistics, ventilation networks. here and will depend on student interest. MIN311 Introduction to Mine Surveying Basic point positioning methods. Errors in MIN315 Small Scale Mining CGB424 Special Studies in Land measurements: types, error propagation. Botswana Mining Law: provisions of the Mines Administration (3) Distance measurement: tape, Electronic distance and Minerals Act as it relates to mineral rights The course introduces the concepts of land measurement. Levelling: levelling instruments, acquisitions and the various permits and licences management and land administration from levelling methods field note preparation. will be introduced. Appropriate technologies economic and institutional perspectives; Angular measurement: angular measurement for the artisanal miner; The business plan: The evolving concepts of property and land tenure instrumentation, field note preparation, plane basic concept and development of the business systems; Design, implementation, monitoring surveying coordinate systems, map projections plan; elements of a bankable feasibility study. and evaluation of land reforms; Post-settlement and traversing. Introduction to Surpac survey Mine financing and the time value of money: support interventions. and other related CAD software packages. Safety and health in small-scale mining: issues of safety and health facing the small-scale CGB414 Remote Sensing Applications (3) MIN 312 Introduction to Geology miner, special problems and possible solutions. The course aims at familiarizing the students Introduction to the planet Earth: earth’s Specific applications: panning, quarrying; basic with various mapping applications of remote structure, the role of plate tectonics in geological metallurgical treatment, including leaching. sensing. The course content will include guided systems and processes, the evolution of study of various applications of remote sensing continental and oceanic basins, geological time. such as earth science, agriculture and land use Minerals, rocks and soils: crystallography, crystal and water resources. chemistry and crystal properties of the main rock MIN 316 Elements of Mining Environmental forming minerals; characteristics, formation, Management CGB425 Location Based Services (3) identification and classification of igneous, Principal environmental impacts of mining The objective of the course is to present the use sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; weathering activities: review of pollution, hazardous of mobile technology to the students as possible processes. Structural geology: primary structures, substances, mine waste and residues, noise, dust.. utility in both field and office automation mechanical principles of brittle and ductile rock Environmental health risks: characterisation in a survey practice. The course synopsis deformation; the recognition, characterisation and management of the common mining- covers Introduction to LBS, Databases, Linear and interpretation of common structural types. induced impacts on human health. Mine closure: referencing, and Data transmission. rehabilitation, reclamation, decommissioning MIN 313 Introduction to Mineral Processing and aftercare; closure planning; long-term (Mining Engineering courses offered in the junior Review of physical and chemical principles: review liabilities; end-of-life certificates; orphaned years at UB) of the properties of minerals that are of use in and abandoned mine sites. Environmental mineral processing unit operations; Principles control systems: principals of the Environmental MINN 211 Introduction to Mining of liberation, concentration and separation: Impact Assessment (EIA) process; Quality Engineering Comminution methods, crushing and grinding. control mechanisms: international standards, Historical perspective of mining: main stages in Ore handling and sampling: Screening and including ISO14000; benchmarking and auditing the development of mining technologies. Social, particle size analysis. Classification: separation by processes. economic and environmental impacts of mining: gravity concentration (including dense medium a review of the mining and minerals sector. The separation), flotation, electrostatic and magnetic MIN 321 Elements of Mining Methods mining cycle: prospecting, exploration, feasibility methods; Coal preparation technology: washing, Deciding on a mining method: geological studies, construction, development and briquetting. Slimes: the production, effect factors, economic factors; advantages and exploitation, decommissioning, rehabilitation and treatment of slimes including thickeners disadvantages of surface and underground and mine closure. The production cycle: rock and filters. Water use and recovery in mineral mining. Surface mining methods: open pit breakage and materials handling. Mining processing: Calculations of plant efficiency. operations, open cast coal mining; comparison equipment. of surface mining methods. Underground mining MIN 314 Computer Applications in Mining methods: unsupported and supported mining; MINN 221 – Introduction to Mine Safety & Specialist computing skills: software installation, back-fill methods; caving methods; comparison Health transferring data. Obtaining information from of underground mining methods. Quarrying Health and safety issues in mining: common the internet: searching strategies. Advanced methods: sand and aggregate production; mining hazards relating to machinery, electricity, spreadsheet techniques: what-if analysis; data dimension stone extraction. explosives and non-explosive gas and dust, analysis tools; the graphical presentation of radiation, heat and humidity; diesel exhausts; information; importing and exporting data.

117 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

MIN 322 Elements of Mine Safety and MIN 325 - Introduction to Mine EEB 315 Computer Programming Health Supervision & Management Algorithms and Flowcharting, Program Structure, General hazards in the mining industry: Effective communication in the workplace: basic Data types, Data Input and Output, Control identification and control of hazards; safe communication theory; effective communication constructs, Subprograms, User-Defined data and handling, transportation and storage of hazardous including meetings; communication Arrays, Records, Files, Introduction to Object- materials. Mine safety and health: mine rescue, technologies. Human resource management: oriented programming. emergency evacuation procedures and escape selection and placement of staff, job analysis EEB 316 Electrical Measurements & routes; emergency management; machine and performance appraisal; training and human Instrumentation I guarding; the types of protective equipment, resource development. Principles of supervision Standards, Units and Measurement Errors, their usage and limitations. Accidents: theory and management: characteristics of an effective Deflection Instruments, Measurement Methods, and principles of accident prevention; accident supervisor, leadership styles and organisational DC Potentiometer and Bridge Measurements, AC reporting, investigation and analysis. Inspection control. Project management skills: defining, Potentiometer and Bridge Measurements. procedures: review of standard auditing systems, planning, implementing and completing e.g. NOSA. Emergency preparedness: causes and projects; time management. Industrial relations: EEB317 Principles of Telecommunications effects of emergencies; escape routes; drills; stakeholders including unions, employers, Receivers, Transmitters, Noise in Analogue teams. Fire: fires types, causes and effects; special employer associations and the role of the Communications Systems. instances of underground fires; fire-fighting State; employer-employee relations; worker techniques. compensation; industrial action; conflict MAT 391 Engineering Mathematics III management, delegation, motivation. Vector Analysis, numerical solution of differential MIN 323 Elements of Mine Ventilation equations, Fourier series representation of The fundamentals of airflow: introduction MIN 326 Mine Surveying periodic functions. to fluid dynamics as it relates to ventilation, Review of plane surveying methods. Operational total pressure components and pressure losses; surveying: characteristics of surface and Level 300 Courses pressure measurement and surveying techniques; underground mine surveying tasks, horizontal Semester 6 gas laws; airflow measurement. Basic fan and vertical curves, area and volume calculation, MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IV engineering: fan construction, characteristics stockpile measurement, survey requirements Laplace transforms, Partial differential equations and selection; regulation and control of of civil construction including dams, roads, and Complex analysis. ventilation. Atmospheric contaminants: the transportation systems and service positioning. properties, origins and effect of dust and gases Surface and Underground traversing: double EEB322 Digital Electronics I in mines; radiation; concepts of threshold values angle, azimuth and compass traverses, distance The basic logic functions; Derived logic functions; for hazardous substances; basic treatment measurement in traversing, detailing boundaries Boolean Algebra; Minimization techniques; procedures for exposure to contaminants; of mine workings, steeply incline lines, side NAND and NOR gates Universal function; sampling methods; statutory requirements. Air telescope calculations, traverse calculation, Number Systems; Signed numbers; Arithmetic conditioning: fundamentals of heat transfer; corrections and reduction. Preparation of Maps circuits; Combinational Circuits with MSl heat measurement and human heat stress; and Sections: field notes, manual and computer devices; Integrated Circuit Technologies; Digital refrigeration technology; physiological effects of calculations, drawing plans and sections, working to Analogue and Analogue to Digital Converters; heat and humidity. plans. Sequential Circuits.

MIN 324 Botswana Mining Legislation DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL EEB323 Analogue Electronics Mines and Minerals Act and Regulations: mineral AND ELECTRONIC Diode semiconductor theory; Diode applications rights, surface rights, acquisition of rights; ENGINEERING & circuits; Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT); licences and permits, obligations of holders, Field Effect Transistors (FET); Transistor Small arbitration. Explosives Act and Regulations: Level 300 Signal Amplifiers; Amplifier Frequency Response; manufacture, importation, transport, storage Semester 5 Feedback. and use. Mines, Quarries, Works & Machinery Act EEEB311 Network Theory and Regulations: management control, safety Review of Circuit laws and theorems; Network EEB326 Electrical Machines I of employees, abandoning mines, provisions topology; Time and frequency domain analysis; Magnetic Circuits. Transforms. D.C. Machines. for fiery mines. Waste Management Act and Three phase circuits; Computer simulation; Two- Three phase Induction Motors. Heating and Regulations: permits and licences, obligations of port networks; Application of Fourier Analysis Cooling of Electrical Machines. holder; types of mine waste, waste classification, to electrical networks; Application of Laplace reclamation and rehabilitation. Water Act and transforms methods in electrical networks; EEB327 Electromagnetic Field Theory Regulations: Licences and permits, duties of a Network functions; Active and passive filter Introductory Vector Analysis; Electrostatics; mineral concession holder with regard effluent theory and design; Synthesis of two-element Magnetostatics; Waves and Applications discharges, effluent discharge guidelines, surface type one port networks; State-variable analysis. and groundwater monitoring and remediation.

118 Level 400 Level 400 System Analysis. Simulation and Applications. Semester 7 Semester 8 EEB418 Control Theory 1 ITB420 Industrial Training II EEB518 Guided Electromagnetic Waves Introduction to control systems; System Structure and layout of the organization; All/ Microwave Transmission Lines; Microwave analogies; Mathematical representation; selected topics from: Office/site organisation Waveguides; Passive Microwave Devices; Active Controllers; Time domain analysis; System and layout; purchasing and warehousing; Microwave Devices; Introduction to Optical stability manufacture, fabrication and assembly; Fibres. building and construction; costing, estimating MMB414 Engineering Management and tendering; operations; maintenance; plant EEB519 Computer Architecture and Design This is an introductory course to management erection, installation and testing, information Design methodology; ALU design; Memory science and engineering economics covering system/design studio, involvement in small organization and design; Control organization management theory, social responsibility of an design assignments and projects. and design; RISC processing and pipelining. industrial engineer, health safety, engineering project appraisal, financial control systems, Level 500 EEB510 Project (Stage 1) and impact of information technology on Semester 9 Selection of project type, its area and scope. organisations. EEB511 Control Theory II Defining the problem and working out a State-space models of linear systems; Solution scheduled action plan. Knowledge and technical EEB411 Electronic Devices and Circuits of state equations; Digital control systems; data retrieval form relevant literature and other Operational Amplifiers theory; Op-amp circuits; Discrete-time systems stability analysis; Non- information sources, date analysis. Working Positive feedback; Power Amplifiers; Power linear systems out project methodology. Project pre-design. devices; converters and inverters, Optoelectronic Acquiring the required materials, software and devices, analogue filters. EEB512 Digital Signal Processing I instrumentation (for experimental studies). Types of Signals; Time Domain Analysis; Alternatively it may include preliminary data EEB412 Digital Electronics II Frequency Domain Analysis; Z-Transform; collection at an industrial plant. Writing a Combinational circuits; Sequential circuits; Shift Design of Non-recursive Digital Filter; Design of literature overview and a progress report. Project Register circuits and operation; Application Recursive Digital Filter. presentation. Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs). = EEB513 Analogue Electronic System Design Level 500 EEB413 Power Generation and Distribution Approximate Diode Models; BJT Small-Signal Semester 10 Transmission Lines; Power generation; Power Amplifiers; Large-Signal Amplifiers; Operational EEB520 Project (Stage II) control; Distributors; Distribution equipment; Amplifiers; Compensation Amplifier Systems; This is the continuation of the course EEB510 Supply irregularities. Oscillator and Timing Circuits; Power Supply Circuits; Electronic Equipment Reliability and EEB522 Digital Signal Processing II EEB414 Electrical Machines II Fault Diagnosis. Filters derived from analogue designs; Fourier Three Phase Transformers. Three-Phase Transform; FFT Processing; Adaptive Filtering; Synchronous Generators. Three-Phase EEB514 Process Instrumentation Hardware Implementation of Digital Filters; Synchronous Motors. Single-Phase Motors. Analog/digital signal conditioning and DSP applications to Communications; DSP Micro-machines. Levitated machines. transmission; Optical measurements; applications in Multi-Media Measurements of process parameters; Analytical EEB415 Digital Communications and Measurements; Control valves and actuators; EEB523 Digital Electronic System Design Telephony Instrumentation systems; Smart/intelligent Course Synopsis: Principles of Digital Data Transmission, Noise in transducer systems Programmable Devices; Finite State Machines; Digital Communications Systems, Information System Design Using Programmable devices. Theory, Coding Theory, Telephone Traffic, EEB515 Power Systems Analysis Asynchronous Circuits. Reed-Muller algebraic Switching and Signalling, Telephone Network. Representation of power systems. Fault studies. description. Load flow studies. Control of power and EEB416 Electrical Measurements and frequency. Economic dispatch. Power system EEB524 Process Control Systems Instrumentation II stability studies. Protective schemes. Process control principles; Techniques for process Electronic Instruments, Oscilloscope control; Controllers; Computer Control systems; measurements, Calibration of Instruments, EEB516 Power Electronics Control Communications; Statistical process Transducers, Signal Conditioning Rectifier circuits; Thyristor circuits and controls; and quality control systems (SPC-SPQ); Expert Converters; Inverters. Filters. Systems EEB417 Microprocessor Based Systems Microprocessor based system components; EEB517 Computer-Aided Electrical Machine EEB525 Power Systems Analysis Microprocessor Instruction and Programming; Analysis Overhead lines. Insulators. Performance of long Microprocessor Applications Modeling of Electrical Machines. Multi-machine transmission lines. Underground cables. Circuit

119 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

breakers. Power transients Networks, Wide Area Networks. SMH111: Mathematics 1 EEB526 Electrical Machines and Drives Matrices and determinants, solution of non- EEH213 Process Instrumentation Selection of drive components. D.C. motor linear equations, differentiation and applications, Signal Conditioning and Transmission; Flow drives. Adjustable Dc motor drives. Induction partial differentiation, Statistical analysis. measurement; Level measurement; Analytical motor drives. Adjustable speed A.C. Motor drives. measurement; Machine Control Instrumentation; Synchronous motor drives. Level 100 Courses Instrumentation Engineering. Semester 2 EEB527 Computer-Aided Power Systems EEH129 Mathematics II EEH214 Analogue and Digital Analysis Applications of integration. Solution of non- Communication Modeling Power System Components. Power linear equations, simultaneous linear equations, Introduction to Communication Systems; Flow Studies. Fault calculations. Stability. differential equations, Laplace transforms and Electrical Noise; Amplitude Modulation; Energy Control Centre. statistical analysis. Angle Modulation; Angle Modulation; Pulse Modulation; Broadband Communication Systems; EEB528 Antennas and Propagation EEH121 Network Theory Communication Links; Digital Communications, Fundamental parameters of Antennas; Radiation Waveform Analysis; Poly phase Circuits; Information Theory and Coding. Integrals and Potential Functions; Linear Wire Passive two-port Network; Laplace Transforms Antennas; Loop Antennas; Array Antennas; Horn and Inverse Transforms; Network Response, EEH215 Troubleshooting Digital Systems Antennas; Reflector Antennas; Propagation of Introduction to Computer Methods of Network Testability; Tests and Specifications; Electromagnetic waves in Infinite Media. Radar Analysis. Troubleshooting Instruments and Equipment; Systems. Basic Digital Troubleshooting Tools; Advanced EEH122 Digital Electronics Troubleshooting Tools – Logic Analyzer, EEB529 Computer Networks Combination Logic MSI Devices; Sequential Troubleshooting Fundamentals; Digital Circuit Network architecture and topology, ISO reference Logic; Design/Analysis of Moore/Mealy Fault Analysis; Combinational, Sequential and model, Network layer for point-to-point Synchronous State Machines. Digital-to- Microprocessor-based System Testing Problems. networks, Wide Area Network, Internetworking Analogue (D/A) converters. Analogue-to-Digital concept and architecture model, Internet. (A/D) converters. Higher Diploma Courses Synopsis EEH124 Electromagnetic Field Theory EEH216 Electrical Machines II Level 100 Vector Analysis; Electrostatics; Magnetostatics; Single-phase Induction Motors; Synchronous Semester 1 Time Varying Fields. Machines. EEH111 Circuit Theory Circuit laws and Theorems; Circuit Analysis EEH123 Computer Programming EEH217 Power Transmission and Techniques; Time Domain Analysis; Frequency Introduction to programming; Program Distribution Domain Circuit Analysis. Structures; Data Types, Constants and Variables; Overhead Lines; Corona; Underground Cables; Procedures; Functions; Control Structures; Three-phase Power Transformers; Distribution EEH112 Analogue Electronics Strings and Arrays; Text input and output. Systems. Diodes; Small Signal Models; Small Signal Amplifiers; Amplifier Frequency Response; Power EEH125 Electrical machines 1 EEH218 Power Electronics Amplifiers; Negative Feedback; Operational DC machines; Transformers; Three-phase Power Control Semiconductor Switches; Phase Amplifiers; Positive Feedback; D.C. Power Induction Motors. Controlled Rectifiers and Inverters D.C. Chopper Supplies; Digital to Analogue Conversion; Circuits; Analogue to Digital Converters. Level 200 Courses Semester 3 EEH 219 Electrical Power Productions EEH113 Measurement and Instrumentation EEH211 Control Theory Load forecasting. Generating Stations. Power Electrical Measurements; Power Measurements; Open-Closed Loop Control; Modes of Control; Generation. Auxiliary Supplies Measurement of R,L,C; Digital Measurement Mathematical Representations; Block Diagram, of Frequency; Optical Sensors; Temperature System Representation, Transfer Function. Level 200 Courses Measurement; Pressure Measurement; Motion Controllers; Responses of 1, 2, 3 term Controllers; Semester 4 Measurement. Controller Responses; Multi-loop Control; EEH222 I Project Stability; Non-Linear Behavior. Project proposal, written report, presentation. EEH114 Computer Aided Electrical Drafting Electrical standards, Electrical and electronic EEH212 Fundamentals of Computer EEH 222 Electrical Maintenance and Repair diagrams, 2D drawings, 3D drawings, modification Networks Record and stock keeping; Maintenance and commands, Dimensioning, Custom drawings, Introduction to computer networks and Supervision; Testing and Commissioning; Sectioning and hatching, Drawings, Plotting protocols, ISSO Open System Interconnection Trouble-shooting and emergency repair; techniques; Auto LISP. Model, Physical Layer, Data-link layer, Local Area Mechanical maintenance.

120 DTB211 Workshop Technology I (2) on design and manufacturing; Case Studies; EEH 223: Motor Drive Applications This course covers the following: Structure Contemporary Design Issues. Conservation of AC Voltage Controllers; Variable Voltage Frequency of materials; Plastics: thermoplastics and natural resources: Obsolescence; The role of the Converters; Motor Drive Applications;-’ thermosetting; Wood: natural and man-made; designer in industry: (2-hrs lecture per week) Metals: pure and alloys; Testing, Measuring and EEH 224 Computer Engineering Marking out; Common hand tools and their use DTB312 Aesthetics (2) Organization of modem digital computers, for wasting processes; Finishing processes. (1-hr This course covers the following: Philosophical Arithmetic Unit, Memory Hierarchy, Memory lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) basis of aesthetics: Visual and tactical impact; management Systems, Input/Output Devices, Stylising products; Balance and symmetry; Parallel and Serial I/O, Processor Modes of DTB220 Designing Artefacts (3) Colour combinations and appeal: Harmonious operation and Scheduling, Troubleshooting. This course covers the following: Market research; and complimentary colours; The Golden Mean Analysis of existing designs: Critical appraisals; and the Fibonacci series; Environmental synergy; EEH 225 Process Control Systems Value addition; Graphical, mathematical and Analysis of existing products vis-à-vis aesthetics: Introduction to Physical Processes; Discrete physical modelling; Design brief; Brainstorming: (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) State Process Control; Control Systems; Control group discussion and overcoming mind blocks; Strategies; Final Control Elements. Alternative solutions; Design folio and diary; DTB313 Ergonomics (2) Employing manufacturing techniques; Evaluating This course covers the following: General EEH 226 RF Transmission and Propagation the artefact. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 4-hrs principles and dimensions of ergonomics; Transmission Lines; Microwave waveguides; practical per week) Anthropometrics: Body size and human diversity, Active Microwave Devices; Optic Fibres; human reach and use of anthropometric data, Propagation of Waves; Antennas. DTB221 Workshop Technology II(2) and the need for personal space; Muscular Joining processes: Welding, soldering and work, occupational stress and fatigue: Means EEH227 Audio Visual Engineering brazing; Plastic welding; Fasteners; Casting of ensuring stress free environment; Time and Analogue Audio Parameters and Measurements processes; Forming processes: forge working, motion study for some tasks; Mental activity, Techniques; Microphones and Amplifiers; extrusion, drawing and rolling, vacuum forming, boredom and efficiency considerations; Design of Microphone and Loudspeaker Systems; Digital bending, injection moulding and blow moulding; workplace and utilization of space; Workstations Audio; Noise Reduction Systems; Television. Machining: Heat Treatment Processes; Finishing. for computers, driving, office, industry and EEH 228 Power System Protection (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) domestic purposes. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical Power system faults. Instrument Transformers, per week) Relays, Fuses, Circuit Breakers. Over current DTB222 Graphics (2) Protection, Differential Protection, Distance This course covers the following: Materials DTB314 Materials Processing (3) Protection, Impedance protection, Pilot and equipment; freehand sketching; three- This course is a comparative study of different Protection In addition to the above, the dimensional drawing; perspective drawing; wasting techniques, covering the following: department of Electrical and Electronic rendering colour; working drawings; presenting fabrication techniques for wooden structures; Engineering also offers the following General information; shape and form; colour; Advertising: tolerances and fits for assemblies; selection of Education Courses (GEC) logos and trademarks, packaging, display and joints; Silver Soldering; Forming techniques; exhibition design; Computer inputs and outputs: Plastics fabrication processes; Die casting; GEC255 Electrical Energy and Rural computer art, computer aided modelling: (1-hr Model making techniques and tools for different Development (2 credits) lecture, 4-hrs practical per week) materials. (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs practical per GEC354 Domestic Use of Electrical Energy week) (2 Credits) DTB300 Industrial Training (3) GEC355 Telecommunications and Society This course covers the following: Relationship DTB315 Internet For Designers (2) (2 Credits) between education, industry and society; Types of This course is an introduction to Internet and industries and production systems; Organisation Intranets structures. Course contents include: DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL and management strategies; Impact of mass Setting up Internet; Search engines; Surfing the DESIGN AND TECHNOLOGY production on society and environment: Culture, web; Use of multimedia tools; Interactive web work ethics and discipline in industries; Role sites and exchange of information; Creating and DTB210 Elements Of Design (3) of labour organisation; Effects of technology editing HTML documents; Creation of web sites; This course covers the following: Design changes on employment; Students will also Alternative web designs; Design on an interactive processes; Methods of searching ideas; Analysing complete a 7-week Industrial Training. (Vacation web site. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) and designing simple elements; Marketing and Course) design – qualitative and quantitative market DTB317 Textile and Leather Technology (2) surveys; Manufacturing and design; Purchasing DTB311 Design, Technology and Society (2) This course covers the following: Properties and design; Product evaluation. (2-hrs lecture, This course covers the following: Cultural of textile materials; Classification; Selection; 2-hrs tutorial per week) Influences; Environmental Issues – pollution, Properties of leathers; Dying and tanning. waste disposal, recycling; Economic influences Design of articles; Cutting, joining and finishing

121 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

processes; Use of computers in textile and leather control circuits and systems; Fluid logic devices: environment interaction; Conceptual design and design; Field visits and studies: (1-hr lecture, 2- Principles of hydraulic devices. (1-hr lecture, 2- documentation; classification of interior spaces; hrs practical per week) hrs practical per week) Primary and secondary functions of different interiors; Alternative design solutions: (1-hr DTB321 Computer Aided Design (3) DTB412 Product Design 1 (3) lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) This course covers the following: Different software This course covers the following: Types of for modelling and design; Two-dimensional products with alternative structures: Structures, DTB421 Ceramics, Glass and Stone drafting; Three-dimensional modelling with equilibrium and Pin-jointed structures; Types Technology (2) isometric, oblique and axonometric views; of mechanisms: Products with transmission of This course covers the following: Equipment and Software packages for design; Use of packages motion and forces; Change of type of motion; tools: Clay and its properties; Natural ceramics: for several selected applications; Innovations Lifting machines and their efficiency; Factor of Working properties of ceramics; Shaping clay, in the use of computers for designing: (1-hr safety in design. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2- Firing, and Glazing; Making glass: Working lecture, 4-hrs practical per week) hrs practical per week) properties of glass; Engraving. Painting. Heat forming. Staining. Working properties of stone. DTB323 Pneumatic Controls (2) DTB413 Special Human Needs (2) Carving. Masonry. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2- This course covers the following: Input process- This course covers the following: Maslow’s hrs practical per week) output for pneumatics systems; Closed-loop hierarchy of needs; Design in the context control and feedback; Basic Fluid mechanics: of special human need; Basic principles of DTB422 Product Design 2 (2) Incompressible flow; Pressure transmission ergonomics and anthropometrics for special Value analysis. Material characteristics for new and types of pneumatic systems: Elements human needs; Anthropometrics data collection, products: Product life cycle. Product function of pneumatic systems and circuit controls: analysis and application; Design, detail, make, analysis: competitor analysis, quality function Compressed air-supply; Steps in conditioning test and evaluate the Product Design. Client deployment. Introduction to theories of filters, moisture removal, and lubricant addition; involvement and evaluation: (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs failure: Safety factors. Materials specifications. Operation and application of pneumatic practical per week) Manufacturing considerations. Packaging and components. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per presentation techniques: (1-hr lecture, 1-hr week) DTB414 School D&T Projects (2) tutorial, 2-hrs practical per week) This course covers the following: Factors to DTB324 Product Analysis (3) be considered and classification of projects DTB423 Minor Design-and-Make Project (2) This course covers the following: Analysing the by levels and difficulty index; Formulation of This course guides students through the process need and functions of a variety of products project tasks and detailing of learning events; of a design and make project from the initial stage and critique on their design; Value analysis; Alternative methods of project supervision and of choosing an appropriate, through selection Identifying the component/function relationship their comparison; Role-playing; Motivation of what research to undertake, selection of and material characteristics; Product function and incentives. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per appropriate forms of modelling ideas, selection analysis; Studies on several existing industrial week) of appropriate means of realisation and objective and domestic designs; Field visits and studies. product evaluation: (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 4-hrs practical per DTB415 Design For Sustainable 2-hrs practical per week) week) Development (2) The course covers the following: the relation DTB424 Safety and First Aid (2) DTB410 Computer Based Manufacturing (2) between Design and Sustainable Development, This course covers the following: Safety rules; This course covers fundamental concepts various models of Development, and the relation Safety practices; Safety symbols and their of computerised manufacturing: Computer between Design, Technology, Development and interpretations; Causes and types of accidents modelling for manufacture; CNC machine Economics. Community products in the rural in the workplace; Methods of giving First Aid tools including lathes, multi axis machines context: Field visits; Design for durability; Use of to different cases of accident/injuries; First Aid and special machines; Programming semi indigenous materials; appropriate technology; and personal safety; First aid demonstrations industrial CNC machines and manufacturing Sound social and ecological design; Design and certification by the Red Cross Society of simple components; Introduction to computer for lifelong use and serviceability; Design Botswana. (1-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial, 2-hrs integrated manufacture for mass production. (1- for recycling and evolution; Miniaturisation; practical per week) hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) Dematerialisation; Design for re-use and re- manufacture, new theories on Design for DTB511 Major Design Project (3) DTB411 Hydraulic Controls (2) Sustainable Development. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs Students will proceed by way of their preferred This course covers the following: Basic practical per week) design methodologies by conceiving alternative hydrostatics; Forces on submerged bodies; solutions, designing, selection of appropriate Piezometric head; Manometers; Applications DTB416 Interior Design (2) process, research, data analysis, etc. Students will of hydrostatics: Bernoulli’s equation applied to This course covers the following: Physiological, select appropriate forms of modelling ideas and incompressible flow; Reaction forces; Momentum psychological, sociological, aesthetic and present a design folio at the completion of the and moment of momentum principles: Fluid ecological aspects of person-interior course. (1-hr lecture, 4-hrs practical per week)

122 waste and disposal: Industrial pollution and economic changes. (1-hr lecture per week) DTB513 Product Design 3 (2) control: Effects of new materials and processes This course covers the following: Psychology on environment. Global aspects and control IDB 321 Computer Aided 3-D Design (2) of creativity: Brain maps and lateral thinking of environment. Designing for environment Role of CAD in Industrial Design. Fundamentals for alternative solutions; Properties of newer friendliness: (2-hr lecture) of CAD, CAD software and operating systems, materials, processes and advantages in terms of workstation environment, data storage and cost, etc.; Design Protection: Patent law, Design IDB311 Industrial Design: Concept and input devices, data exchange standards, graphic registration. Copyright, Design right, Trademarks, Practice (2) processors, graphic terminals, 2D and 3D graphic Brand names, Company symbols, logotypes and Origins of Industrial Design, Practicing Industrial elements, 2D and 3D translation, hidden line ‘Passing off’ (2-hrs lecture, 1-hr tutorial per Design, Design Consultancy, Freelance Design, algorithms, mass property algorithm. Wireframe week) In-house Designer, Industrial Design theory and modelling, solid modelling, constructive solid practice, Industrial Design in relation to other geometry, surface modelling, methods of surface DTB514 Industrial Product Design (2) professions, Industrial Design in relation to other construction, surface of revolution. Overview of This course covers the following: Product and bodies of knowledge. A critique of the role of rapid prototyping, virtual reality. (1-hr lecture, 2- process design, Product development, Integrated Industrial Design in the following type of hr practical per week) product development, Product development companies: home appliances, home-ware, teams, quality control, Production system design, toys, recreational products, interior products, IDB 322 Product Design (2) Design for mass production, Mass-customisation, medical and health care, furniture, transport, Product Design models; total design method Performance design, Technical parameters of computers, product package, exhibition design, versus partial design method, concurrent versus products. (2-hr lecture, 1-hr tutorial per week) signage systems, product graphics, presentation linear and cyclic methods, techniques of decoding techniques and applied photography. Strategies the brief, concept generation, concept selection DTB515 Microcomputer Control (2) for successful design practice. (2-hr lecture per procedures, concept refinement, product This course covers the following: Computer week) architecture, concept synthesis techniques, systems and control (e.g. control sensors); product systemisation, quality control, motorised control system (e.g. Stepper and DC IDB312 Design of Mechanism and determinants of design specification, production electric motors); Pneumatics as control system; Structures system design, performance design, Designing analogue to digital conversion; microprocessor Analysis and design of products with regard to ornamental products versus designing technical and micro controller systems (e.g. PIC 16F84 different types of pin-jointed plane and space products, functionalist design versus form or STAMP controller); system design and structures and equilibrium. Types of loading and dominated design, form follows function dictum, development tools. (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical forces in members. Factor of safety in product styling techniques, product semantics per week) design and its selection criteria. Types of motion theory. Man-machine interface design, product and basic mechanisms for products. interactivity, design for the client versus design DTB521 Major ‘Make and Evaluate’ Function and design aspects of different for users, design for mass production, design for Project (3) elements in products, e.g., levers, shafts, pulleys, manual assembly, design for automatic assembly. Realisation of the designed artefact: Selection threaded elements, helical springs, belt and rope (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) of appropriate means of manufacturing and drive, coupling, slider, chain, ratchet, brake and finishing; Incorporating necessary design clutch. Design of bell crank lever and toggle IDB 323 Basic Control Systems (2) modifications; Product evaluation by revisiting mechanism. Design of linear, rotary and rocking System concept. Control systems with Input the need and the consumer; Completion of the motion linkages. Cam and follower mechanisms. process- output elements. Closed-loop control ‘Design folio’ to include manufacturing aspects Design of simple lifting machines and their and feedback. Air supply and conditioning and product evaluation. (6-hrs practical per characteristics. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per of air for pneumatic controls. e.g., filters, week) week) moisture removal and lubricant addition. Details of elements of pneumatic systems DTB522 Case Studies in Designing (2) IDB313 History of Industrial Design (2) and circuit controls with multiple valves. Critique of several cases with design problems: This course explores, intellectual and Basic hydrostatics and pressure measurement. Problems encountered in manufacturing; philosophical framework that have shaped Measurement of velocity and discharge. Design Maintainability and meeting the desired design, the relationship of design to the wider of simple measuring devices. Fluid logic devices functional; Safety and quality standards; patterns of production and consumption, the including bi-stable amplifiers. Construction of Improving designs and conceiving newer designs. effects of changes in materials and technology simple machines. Design of simple electronic (1-hr lecture, 2-hrs practical per week) on the form and material culture, development control devices and their usage. Introduction of the design profession and design education, to microcomputer controls. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr DTB524 Environmental Factors In Design (2) and the major design styles in history, design practical per week) This course covers the following: Human paradigms, The Bauhaus Movement, Modernism, environment, Factors influencing environment, Post-modernism, relation between design and IDB 324 Ceramics, Glass aand Stone the nature of pollution: Population growth technological and socio-economic change, Technology (2) with automation and new materials. Human Industrial design as a mirror of social and Equipment and tools, Clay and its properties,

123 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

Natural ceramics, Working properties of ceramics, IDB 414 Eco-product Design (2) IDB 512 Contemporary Issues in Industrial Shaping clay, Firing, Glazing, Equipment and Waste and environment, Product design and Design (2) tools, Making glass, Working properties of glass, environmental degradation, consumption Controversies surrounding industrial design Engraving, Painting, Heat forming, Staining, patterns and the environment, Eco-Design includes; Social Responsibility, Environmental Equipment and tools, Working properties of Principles, Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), Life Cycle Responsibility, gender, equity and equality, stone, Carving. Masonry, Computers in ceramics, Analysis, LCA Inventory, Impact Analysis, Factor 4, Poverty alleviation, Ethics, Industrial Design in glass and stone technology, Design and Factor X, Eco-efficiency Theory, material selection the Post-Material Society, Universal Access of manufacture of articles appropriate to ceramics, tools. Eco Indicator, Sustainable Development, Products and Facilities, Design and the Ageing glass and stone. (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per Eco-design strategies and methods, Sustainable population, Problems of Developing Countries, week) Service Design, Design for End of Life, Design North-South Divide, Botswana’s problems, for Recycling, Design for Remanufacture, the form and function debate, consumerism, IDB 411 Computer Aided Manufacturing (2) Dematerialisation, Miniaturerism. Design for electronic-futures (e-futures), National Economy, Fundamental concepts of computerized Disassembly, Design for Serviceability, Design for Globalisation as a determinant of discourse, manufacturing and simulation. Computer Evolution (Birth, Death and Rebirth), Design for Cultural considerations in design, Nano- modelling for manufacture: Numerical control. Re-use, Green Design, Green Technology, Eco- technology, mass-customisation, Virtual Reality, CNC machine tools including lathes, multi axis labelling, sustainable future and society. (2-hr Virtual Product Design, Remote Design. (2-hr machines and special machines. Programming lecture per week) lecture, 1-hr practical, 1-hr tutorial per week) semi industrial CNC machines and manufacturing simple components. G-Codes, canned cycles, IDB 415 Universal Design (2) IDB 513 Advanced Product Design (2) subprograms, simulation program, machining Universal Design Principles, Universal Design and Product Development, Product Development curved surfaces, matching of tool and surface inclusiveness, usability, equitable use, design for Teams, Innovation Process, mass personalisation, geometry. Customised design and advanced people of all ages and abilities, barrier free design, product differentiation, flexible product manufacturing, flexible manufacturing, mass Design for flexibility in use, simple and intuitive development, advanced paradigms for Product customisation. Introduction to Computer use, perceptible information, tolerance for error, Development, mass customisation process, Integrated Manufacture. Applying artificial design for low physical effort, size and space for the reactive process, best practice in design of intelligence to CAM. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical approach and use, trans-generational design customised products, part commonality approach, per week) strategies, design for the ageing methods, design optimizing product architecture, standardisation, IDB 412 Research Methods in Industrial for the disabled strategies, usability principles. order fulfilment, customisation and configuration Design (2) Universal design assessment and checklist, costs, design for manufacturability, mistake proof Research Methodology, choosing a topic, fact usability assessment methods and checklist, design, modular design strategy, concurrent finding, assessment of information, problem analysis of products that meet the universal product design, co-designing. Customisation of definition and bounding, problem solving, design criteria. Problems and limitations of products for advanced manufacturing, product project planning, forecasting and report writing, universal design. Universal access legislation (1- line architecture, process infrastructures, major research library and especially its resources hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) Technology Push products, Market-pull products, such as abstracts, indices, computer databases, platform products, design for niche` markets. problem solving (synetics, brainstorming). IDB 400 Industrial Training (3) Invention databases, collaborative technologies, Research methods for practical design problems, Types of industries- primary and secondary Limitations, problems and challenges of users needs analysis, focus groups, experimental industries. Production systems – single item, customisation. (1-hr lecture, 3-hr practical per research, observation techniques, product batch, mass production. Organisation and week) usability evaluation techniques, practice-based management strategies used in industries. research, research through design. (1-hr lecture, The impact of mass production on society and IDB 514 Design Management (2) 2-hr Tutorials per week) environment. Culture, work ethics and discipline Design Management in companies, Managing the in industries. The role of labour organisation in design process, managing the corporate identity, IDB 413 Minor Project (3) industries. The effect of technology changes on managing company environmental graphics, Selection of the process which is appropriate to employment in industries. Briefing on industrial managing new product development, managing the type of project, selection of what research attachment. (7 weeks) design teams, design as strategic corporate tool, to undertake, selection of appropriate forms of role of design management in turning a company modelling ideas, selection of appropriate means IDB 511 Major Project-design (3) to a Design-Driven business, managing design of realisation, objective product evaluation. Students will proceed by way of their preferred resources, managers and designers, managing Application of design concepts to identified design methodologies by conceiving alternative design across organisational boundaries, problems and rationalisation and justification of solutions, designing, selection of appropriate managing the product innovation process, design selected design intervention approach vis-à-vis process, research, data analysis etc. Selection and product evaluation, cultivating information various possible alternatives. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr of appropriate forms of modelling ideas and and idea network. Design management tools and practical per week) presentation of design with a design folio. (1-hr strategies. (2-hr lecture per week) lecture, 4-hr practical per week)

124 IDB 515 Occupational Health and Safety (2) management, computer-based time schedules, IDB 525 Packaging Design (3) Ergonomics of work, Occupational hazards and presentation and communication skills, writing Packaging principles and practices in design, preventative measures, Legal considerations, skills for design-related discourses such as; briefs, Materials handling and distribution, Production, Health and Safety standards, Safety symbols and rationales, reports and resumes. Tendering for Testing and evaluation, Printing and labelling, colours, Protective equipment and work practice jobs, authority approvals, publicity, techniques Regulatory practices, and environmental controls, Design of hand tools, Construction for improving productivity. Pricing and costing concerns, Paper, metal and wood packaging, activities, Fire prevention and protection, Seating of design projects, quality assurance, staff Plastics, composites and glass packaging, and seat design, Workstation design, Lighting, resource allocation, staff salaries and associated Pharmaceutical, medical and cosmetics colour and vision, Noise and vibration, Heat costs. Legal classifications of industrial designs, packaging, Packaging and the environment, and ventilation, Manual material handling, design protection, ownership of designs, Packaging production systems, Engineering of Applied human kinematics and anthropometrics, contract and administration, sub-contracting, protective packaging, Distribution packaging Hazardous processes, Environmental pollution. design registration, patenting designs, copyright, and materials handling, Packaging development (1-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) product liability, franchise, design protection and management. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr practical in Botswana. Design ethics, moral obligations, per week) IDB 516 Design Studies (2) analysis of design practice firms around the Cultural influences in design, Political and world, problems of design practice. (1-hr lecture, GEC 258 Art and Science of Design (2) economic implications on design, Philosophical 2-hr practical per week) Origin of Design. Nature of Design. Design debates in design, Design and its impact cycle and steps in designing. Preferred design on development, Social analyses of design, IDB 522 Design for Automation (3) methodologies. Design concepts and movements, Identification of core issues that are significant Elements of automation. Need and rationale for cycle of innovation, Principles of creativity to the area of design studies being investigated, time and motion study and its applications in in design: first insight, brainstorming, gallery Application of research methods to design automation. Different types of jigs and fixtures method, brain writing, problem decomposition, studies, Application of design studies to related and their relative merits. Jigs and fixtures design Barriers to creative thinking, Role of scientific areas such as technology, engineering, art, for precision and their indexing. Tool design principles, technological advances and their architecture and photography. (1-hr lecture, 2- for automation. Tool geometry, ie, dimensions, applications in design. Miniaturisation, Role of hr practical per week) angles and clearances and tolerances. Tool aesthetics, ergonomics and anthropometrics in materials selection. Modular tooling system, tool design, Issues of culture, moral values, ethics IDB 517 Optimisation in Design (2) holders and adapters. Tool locating and clamping, and the environment, Product semantics, Case Systems approach to design. Optimisation and fasteners, etc. Use of dies; elements of die design. studies on analysing existing designs of objects synergy of subsystems and components for Tooling for numerical controls. Integrated – quantification of a successful design. materials, costs, quality, time, manufacturability, computer aided design and manufacture with GEC 357 Advances in Technology (2) maintenance and energy conservation. Need- examples. Design of artefacts for integrated Advent of technology in society. Societal needs for technology-customer matrix and diversification- design and manufacture. Introduction to robotics survival, comfort and quality of life. Technology capability matrix; optimisation of diversification. and simple applications in design for automation. Innovations. Technology and economic Failure modes and effects analysis for (2-hr lecture, 2-hr practical per week) development. Design and manufacture of newer optimisation. Quality function deployment products. ‘Science and Technology Policy’ and aspect of optimisation. QFD model formulation IDB 524 Multimedia for Industrial ‘Vision 2016’ and technological advancements in and optimiser analysis. Value analysis and Designers (3) Botswana. Technology Transfer. Environmental optimisation. Case studies of design optimisation. Need for multimedia in Industrial design and issues and sustainable technological (2-hr lecture per week) dissemination. Role of multimedia in effective development. Role of emerging media and the communication and presentations. Range of Internet in global communication. Impact of IDB 521 Major Project-production (3) multimedia hardware and software. Digital information technology in the workplace. Impact Realisation of the designed artefact. Selection electronics and use in still and video cameras. of technology on environment and eco-friendly of appropriate means of manufacturing and Digital recording and editing. Computer designs and technologies. finishing. Incorporating necessary design Animation, Interactivity and computer generated modifications. Product evaluation by revisiting digital movies. Industry-standard multimedia- DEPARTMENT OF the need and the consumer. Completion of the authoring tools to develop design presentations. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ‘Design folio’ to include manufacturing aspects Integration of media objects, including: edited and product evaluation. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr scanned images, rendered images (produced MMB211 Engineering Drawing (2) practical per week) using CAD technology), line drawings, animation, Introduction to basic constructions and video (captured off VHS) and sound. Production mechanisms. Orthographic Projection is taught IDB 523 Professional Practice (2) and application of multimedia in portfolio and with examples from all fields of engineering. Various models of design practice, reflective major design presentation. (1-hr lecture, 4-hr Students will also have some practice on practioner, developing a corporate approach, practical per week) engineering drawings with reference to the managing product design and development appropriate standards. process, strategic planning, time and people

125 FACULTY OF engineering AND Technology

MMB221 Computer Aided Drafting (2) machinery. microprocessor programming; Mechanical The course introduces students to basic aspects of mechatronic systems . Computer Aided Drafting: Two dimensional and MMB325 Manufacturing (2) . three-dimensional drafting systems; Use of CAD Introduction to manufacturing technologies, hot MMB417 Thermodynamics Ii (2) to generate Assembly and Detail engineering manufacturing processes, cold manufacturing Cycles and principles of operation; cycles and drawings; Title Block and plotting. processes, measurements and quality control. analysis; combustion and emission control; fuel process; wear, lubrication, steam, nozzles, heat MMB222 Dynamics (2) MMB4I0 Advanced Manufacturing (2) transfer and refrigeration. Kinematics of particles; Newton’s Laws; Kinetics Difference between conventional manufacturing of particles; Kinetics of rigid body; Impulse and and software driven manufacturing; CNC MMB418 Pneumatics & Hydraulics (2) momentum; Work, power and energy. Technology and Part programming; Group Provides an introduction to the basic principles technology; Computer aided process planning; and control of pneumatic and hydraulic systems MMB311 Solid Mechanics (3) Industrial robots; Discrete Control. including electro-pneumatic and electro- Deflection of beams; combined stresses; hydraulic systems; Circuit and system design buckling; metal fatigue; creep; stress &strain MMB411 Machine and Industrial Design (2) for function and capacity; Function sequencing analysis; strain rosettes; strain energy; failure Lubrication and journal bearings; Spur, helical, diagrams; Introduction to control of such systems criteria; torsion of non-circular sections; plastic worm and bevel gears design; Industrial design: using programmable logic controllers. deformation. assessing the need for industrial design; The impact of industrial design; Product: risk and MMB419 Vibrations (2) MMB312 Materials (2) reliability, probability concepts, interaction of Vibration of multi-degree ofrreedom systems; This course is a study of engineering materials; materials, processing and design. modal testing; noise control. this includes heat treatment, behaviour in service, evaluation of materials and designing. MMB421 Heat Transfer (3) MMB511 Project (Stage I) (3) Thermal properties, the Fourier’s law, heat Defining the project problem; working out MMB313 Mechanics Of Machines (3) diffusion equation, Newton’s Law of cooling, an action plan and project methodology; Crank-effort diagram; General plane motion; External and external flow forced convection, information retrieval and analysis; project Kinematics of machines; Balancing; Lagrange’s heat exchangers, thermal radiation predesign; writing a literature overview and a equation; Gyroscopic motion; Vibration. progress report.

MMB314 Measurement and MMB413 Systems and Control MMB512 Plant Engineering (3) Instrumentation (2) Engineering I (3) This course covers design, selection, operation, This course covers the following: Basis of Linearised dynamic system models; applications maintenance and control of engineering measurement and international standards; of Laplace transforms; transfer function models; plant; Power plant, combined heat and power, Electronics used in instrumentation systems; splane, transient performance and inverse process plants; Planned maintenance; Safety, Methods of measurement; Calibration. Laplace transforms; frequency response analysis: costs, energy conservation, pollution and Bode, Nyquist, etc. environmental factors. MMB322 Machine Component Design (2) Phases of Design; Uniaxial and biaxial MMB414 Engineering Management (3) MMB513 Manufacturing Systems (4) stress conditions; Deflection and Stiffness This is an introductory course to management Introduction to manufacturing systems, considerations; Design for static strength; science and engineering economics covering Single station manufacturing cells, Cellular Design for fatigue strength; Design of threaded management theory, social responsibility of an manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing systems, elements; Rolling contact bearings; Flexible industrial engineer, health safety, engineering Transfer lines. elements; Shaft and associated parts; Design of project appraisal, financial control systems, helical springs. and impact of information technology on MMB514 Systems and Control organizations. Engineering 11(4) MMB323 Thermodynamics (3) Modelling and analysis of system dynamics; 1st and 2nd laws of thermodynamics; MMB415 Materials Technology (2) continuous and digital control system design; thermodynamic processes with ideal gas; cycles Study of theoretical and practical aspects of elements of non-linear control. of heat engines; energy systems. materials processing; Further consideration of casting, forming, powder processing, joining MMB515 Energy Systems (4) MMB324 Fluid Mechanics (3) processes and surface treatments. Energy resources; Conventional and renewable Fluids and their properties; fluid statics; Basic energy systems; Energy system design; Energy fluid kinematics and fluid dynamics; viscous flow MMB416 Mechatronics (2) management and rational energy utilisation. in pipes; flow in pipes and duct systems; flow An introduction to mechatronic systems, around a body; open channel flow; and fluid including uses and simple design; Simple

126 MMB516 Building and Factory Services (4) Design, layout, installation, efficient operation and maintenance of building and factory services, such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning, water, steam compressed air, fire-fighting, lifts and escalators, electricity and lighting systems for buildings and factories as well as efficient utilisation and provision of these services.

MMB521 Project (Stage Ii) (3) This is the continuation of the course MMB511.

MMB522 Production and Operations Management (3) Forecasting, production control, plant location, maintenance costing, personnel and productivity, work study and operations management tools.

MMB523 Industrial Engineering (4) Total systems intervention; System dynamics modelling; Cybernetics; Viable Systems Modelling; Interactive management; Productivity; Quality.

MMB524 Refrigeration And Air Conditioning (4) This course covers the theories and practice of refrigeration and air conditioning. This includes application of thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat and mass transfer to refrigeration processes; Plant components, controls, plant layout, air conditioning processes, psychometric design, and acoustics; Installation, commissioning and operation of a refrigeration plant.

MMB527 Thermal Fluid System Design Thermal design systems, system components aspects of design, exergetic analysis, heat transfer, economic analysis, optimization

MMB526 Computational Mechanics (4) Numerical solution of linear equations and differential equations; Numerical solutions using Matlab; The Finite Element Method in Engineering Mechanics; Programming in Matlab.

127 environmental health nursing medicine MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES

ACTING DEAN T.T. Mokoena, BSc (London), MSc (East Anglia), PhD (Bradford)

PERSONAL ASSISTANT B. E. Ntsatsi

128 Introduction promote intra-faculty teaching and learning and to the highest professional and ethical stand- The University Council decided in November 2005 articulate with programme offerings within ards to establish a Faculty of Health Sciences with ef- Botswana and SADC; (iv) Partnerships – Collaboration and networking fect from 01 April 2006. This decision stemmed •identification of relevant and high-priority are- are key to the delivery of our programs from the University having resolved in academic as of research and research training in the health (v) Advocacy - We endeavour to promote aware- year 2003/04 that during NDP9 it would engage sciences that will contribute to improved nation- ness on safety, health and environmental issues. in programme development that would be aimed al and regional human health and welfare; at the long-term objective of establishing a Fac- •ensuring that the faculty spearheads the drive Program Objectives ulty of Health Sciences. for excellence in health professional service de- •To provide a sound foundation on the principles livery. of public health and the interrelationship Effective 01 June 2007, the Faculty of Health between humans and the environment. Sciences was formally established and an Acting This agenda will call for an holistic and Dean appointed. innovative approach to the review of the learn- •To develop competencies and skills needed af- ing and teaching, research and research training ter graduation to work effectively as an environ- Academic Organizational Structure and professional service existing programmes of mental health professional in different settings. Organisationally, the Faculty is a “work in the faculty. progress” and currently comprises the following •To impart skills to conduct research to address entities: To do this within an appropriate governance environmental contamination problems and to framework, consultation with all interested contribute to sound public health policy devel- • The Department of Environmental Health (the parties is expected to result in the University opment seed of a future School of Public Health); approving the establishment of interim arrange- • The School of Nursing (formerly the ments to ensure a smooth transition from the •To provide students with the skills to utilize be- Department of Nursing Education); current structures, within and outside the Uni- havioral modification and motivation as positive • The School of Medicine versity, to those that shall obtain under the aegis approaches to the resolution of environmental • The Office of the Dean of Health Sciences of a Faculty of Health Sciences that is embedded health problems rather than relying totally on in a national teaching health system. enforcement. The plan is to set up a School of Phamacy and a School of Allied Health Professions including a DEPARTMENT OF Entrance requirements Department of Medical Laboratory Sciences dur- ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH Prospective students must: ing academic year 2009/10 with the recruitment Acting Head: T. M. Maswabi, BSc, MSc (UB) •If entering the program through the direct entry of core founding staff. route, satisfy the University of Botswana General Departmental Regulations for the Academic Regulation 20.21 and the Faculty of The definitive academic organisational structure Undergraduate Program Science Special Regulation 23.2 of the Faculty of of the Faculty shall be determined during the Science. If already registered under the Faculty course of the 2009/2010 academic year. General Provisions of Science under the General BSc Program, must Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- have obtained at least a grade C in BIO 111 & 112; Recent and Future Developments demic Regulations, the following Departmental CHE 101&102; MAT 111&122;PHY111,119,121&12 The principal activity of the Faculty in the next Regulations shall apply: 9 at first year level. few years will be to engage in strategic planning that will embrace: Programs and Titles of Degrees: If possessing a Diploma, satisfy General Aca- The Department currently offers one program in demic Regulation 20.24 and appropriate Special •affirmation/re-affirmation of the kind(s) and Environmental Health leading to the following Regulations of the Faculty of Science. number(s) of university-trained and educated qualification: human resources for health that Botswana will Applicants with a Diploma in Environmental need and the role(s) they are to play in the health Bachelor of Science Health shall be admitted into level 200 or 300 system of the future: (Environmental Health or BSc- EH degree) of the degree progamme on the basis of accu- •working with all stakeholders to arrive at a mulated credits in the area of environmental Faculty strategic plan that includes a statement Our values health. of the vision, mission, values, goals and objec- In support of the UB values, the department will tives of the Faculty as part of a national teaching focus on the following: •If possessing other entry qualifications deemed health system; relevant by the Department, satisfy General •design, development, approval and (i) Students - We place our students at the core Academic Regulation 20.22 or General Academic international accreditation of high quality in- of our business Regulation 20.23 and any other appropriate ternational curricula that are appropriate to the (ii) Research – Research is the basis for our vi- Special Regulations of the Faculty of Science. Botswana and African context, are aligned with sion the University Learning and Teaching policy, (iii) Professionalism – We endeavour to adhere FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Semester 1 Semester 6 Premedical Programme Core Courses Core Courses The University of Botswana offers a four-se- CHE101 General Chemistry I (4) BIO305 Insect Pest/ Vector Control (3) mester pre-medical programme designed to BIO 111 Principles of Biology (4) ENH321 Environmental Health Sampling and qualify students to enter the medical degree PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, Analysis (4) programmes of the School of Medicine as well as Vibrations and Waves (3) ENH322 Food Safety and Hygiene (3) medical schools outside Botswana. PHY119 Physics Practical (1) ENH323 Occupational Health, Safety and MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) Hygiene (3) Premedical Programme Structure GEC111 Communications and Study Skills I (2) PHY360 Atmospheric Pollution Control I (2) In first year, students take courses from Biologi- GEC121 Computing and Information ASB321 Meat Science (3) cal Sciences (BIO 102), Chemistry (CHE 101, CHE Skills I (2) 102), Mathematics (MAT 111, MAT 112), Phys- Winter Semester ics (PHY 111, PHY 112) and General Education Semester 2 ENH331 Internship (4) courses in Fundamentals of Computer and Infor- Core Courses mation Skills (GEC 121, GEC 122) and Commu- CHE102 General Chemistry II (4) Semester 7 nication and Study Skills (GEC 111, GEC112). The BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (4) Core Courses second year consists of Basic Natural Sciences PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, ENH411 Environmental Risk Assessment (3) (level 200 courses in chemistry and Physics), Introduction to Modern Physics (3) ENH412 Environmental Health Seminar (3) Introduction to Biomedical Sciences (level 200 PHY129 Physics Practical (1) PHY460 Atmospheric Pollution Control II (2) courses in cell biology, anatomy, physiology and MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) GEC/ Optional (7) genetics),Introduction to Health Informatics, and GEC121 Communications and Study Introduction to Community Health (level 100 Skills II (2) Semester 8 and 200 courses in biostatistics, demography, GEC122 Computing and Information Core Courses HIV/AIDS). Students have opportunities for clini- Skills II (2) ENH413 Inspection and Report Writing (2) cal exposure at the referral hospitals in the first ENH422 Research Project in Environmental year and in clinics, district hospitals or private Semester 3 Health (3) practices during the second year. Core Courses GEC/ Optional (10) BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) Entry Requirements to the pre-medical ENH211 Introduction to Environmental Optional Courses programme Health (3) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical (a) BGCSE/equivalent with a minimum of BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3) Chemistry (2) grade E in English Language and a grade of CHE211 Introduction to Analytical CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory (1) C or better in any two courses from Biology, Chemistry (2) ENV10 Medical Geography (2) Chemistry,Physics or a minimum of grade BB CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specific in Science Double Award or equivalent and a GEC/Optional (4) Hazards (3) minimum of A in Physical Science and a C in ENV440 Geographic Information Systems (3) Biology or equivalent. Semester 4 ENV462 Environmental Quality (b) A-Level (Advanced Level) holders can enter Core Courses Management- Land & Air (3) at the second year provided that they have ENH221 Principles and Practice of Health ENV418 Environmental Policy (2) completed the clinical exposure track that of Education (3) ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) the fi rst year. (N.B. Top “A-Level” students ENH222 Epidemiology (3) ENV463 Environmental Quality may apply for direct entry to many medical BIO216 General Microbiology (3) Management- Water & Waste (3) schools, bypassing the University’s premedical ENH223 Control of Communicable diseases (3) CHE416 Environmental Chemistry (2) programme entirely.) LAW203 Environmental Laws of Botswana (3) CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical (c) First year students in Level 100 of the BSc BIO225 Human Physiology and the Chemistry (2) degree may apply to transfer to Level 200 of the Environment (3) BIO418 Food Microbiology (3) Premedical programme if they have performed LAW441 Law and Health Care (3) well academically (i.e., achieved GPAs of at Semester 5 least 3.5 in all three Level 100 Sciences, 3.0 in Core Courses Level 100 Mathematics and 3.0 in at least one ENH313 Basic Toxicology (3) SCHOOL OF MEDICINE of the General Education Courses), have been CCB315 Environmental Engineering (3) performed satisfactorily (a grade of at least CCB318 Liquid Waste Management (3) Founding Dean “very good”); in the clinical exposure course CCB319 Solid Waste Management (3) T. A. Massaro, SB(MIT) that takes place between year one and two, and ASB 321 Meat Science (3) MS(Stanford), PhD(University of California, have succeeded in being designated for a career CCB331 Environmental Health and Building Berkeley), MD (Wisconsin, Madison) in medicine by the Ministry of Education (if a Services (3) citizen of Botswana).

130 Admission to the School of Medicine community.The three clinical years will have re- Generic Degree Programme The University of Botswana will select a first quired hospital and clinic rotations in the major 1.1.1 Admission to Level 100 of the Bachelor cohort of 36 students to enter the new medi- disciplines. These experiences will be enhanced of Nursing Science Generic Degree Programme cal degree programme in August 2009. Students one afternoon each week with the opportunity shall be on the basis of performance in the Bot- seeking admission to the preclinical curriculum to follow patients longitudinally and explore swana General Certificate of Secondary Educa- in this group must apply by 1st April 2009. Ad- community services and public health efforts. tion (BGCSE) examination, or its equivalent, in mission to the University of Botswana School of Some time will be spent in distant parts of the Science subjects. There shall be cut-off points, Medicine will occur in two phases. In the first country to gain experience in rural medicine. A which shall be determined by the Directorate of phase sixty Pre Med students will be selected by capstone course in the final year will re-empha- Academic Services. the regular UB Admissions process. The applica- sise the importance of the basic sciences, teach 1.1.2 Applicants who register for the Bachelor tion will request several short essays in addition advanced cardiac life support and give tutorials of Nursing Science (Generic) Programmes shall to routine demographic data. Phase two of the on how to be an effective teacher while serving be required: admissions process begins after completion of as a house officer. Implementation of this plan a) To have taken at least 5 subjects, including the first year. hopefully will be accelerated so that 36 of the English Language and Mathematics, at the Personal and professional behaviors, academic students who enter the programme August of Botswana General Certificate of Secondary performance and communication skills will be 2008 will graduate from the University of Bot- Education (BGCSE) examination or at one sitting considered in the process. All interested students swana School of Medicine in May 2014. of its equivalent; will be interviewed. Successful candidates will be b) To have obtained a minimum grade of Pass in immediately enrolled in the School of Medicine Internship English Language; to begin the Pre Clinical Curriculum. For students The period of out-of country training varies from c) To have obtained a minimum grade of credit, not admitted to UB the application process may one medical school to another. It is usually five or or its equivalent, in Mathematics. vary with the different medical schools. Those six years. On completion of their medical train- 1.1.3 In addition to the above basic requirements, who gain admission to those other medical ing, doctors are expected to do a one-year in- applicants must have a minimum grade of C, or its schools with which the Botswana Government ternship in Botswana before being registered by equivalent, in at least 2 of the following subjects: has partnerships will generally report after suc- the Botswana Health Professions Council (BHPC) Physics, Chemistry and Biology; and a minimum cessful completion of the level 200 programme,. to practice independently as a doctor. grade of B, or its equivalent, in Science. A double Those who qualify for the University’s South award or its equivalent is required. The other African and Australian partner medical schools Graduate Medical Education qualifying subject must be one of the following: may transfer there after three semesters to ac- By August 2009 we anticipate having interna- commodate the academic schedules of those tionally accredited specialty training in internal a) Development Studies schools. medicine, family medicine and pediatrics at Prin- b) Literature in English cess Marina Hospital and by August of 2010 in c) Design and Technology Undergraduate Degree Programme Nyangabwe Referral Hospital. By August 2010 d) Agriculture The undergraduate programme will be six years we also anticipate specialty training in general e) Art in length and divided into three parts. The first surgery, obstetrics and gynecology and emer- f) Food and Nutrition phase will be similar to the the first year of the gency medicine/trauma. Once implemented g) Computer Studies current pre medical programme with enhanced these specialty training programs will markedly h) Fashion and Fabrics clinical exposure. Phase two (the pre clinical enhance the clinical experiences and learning i) Business Studies program) will require 2 years with increased opportunities for medical students as well as im- j) Home Management patient contact. A 10 week Winter Semester prove the public health of the nation. k) Any other subject deemed appropriate by the has been added to allow for the greater inten- Faculty of Science. sity of medical education. During the preclini- cal phase students will participate in a course SCHOOL OF NURSING 1.1.4 An applicant who has taken relevant entitled The Patient, Doctor and Society which Head: N. M. Seboni, RN, RM, BEd (UBS), MA, Advanced (A)-level or equivalent examinations deals with ethical issues, acquisition of skills and MEd (Columbia), PhD (University of Califonia, and who has attained a minimum of one E and involvement in the community. The teaching San Fransisco) two O’s in the relevant subjects may be admitted methodology will be varied and include lectures, to a Bachelor of Science Degree Programme. PBL, team learning, small group exercises and 1.0 Special Regulations for the Bachelor of 1.1.5 If an applicant has grade E or better at laboratories for practical learning and demon- Nursing Science Degree Programme Advanced (A)-level or equivalent qualifications strations. The curriculum will be integrated, stu- Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- in Science subjects, he/she may be awarded dent oriented and resource based with a strong demic Regulations and the Faculty of credits and exempted from equivalent course(s) focus on the community. It will be flexible to Education Special Regulations, the following De- prescribed for a Degree Programme, subject to meet the needs of both faculty and students, partmental Special Regulations shall apply: the recommendation of the relevant Head of and respond to changing health care demands Department and approval of the Deputy Dean. of the country. Design of the content will re- 1.1 Entrance Requirements for the Bachelor of flect the health problems and resources of the Nursing Science 1.2 Course Listings for the Bachelor of Nursing

131 FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Science Level 300 In addition, all students shall select 3 courses not Generic Stream Semester 5 already taken from the list of General Education Core Courses Courses. Level 100 BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) Semester 1 BNS302 Nursing Management of Low Risk Semester 8 General Education Courses Childbearing Families (2) Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) BNS303 Introduction to Community Health BNS403 Principles and Practice of Community GEC112 Computing and Information Nursing (2) Health Nursing (2) Systems (2) BNS305 Basic Nursing Knowledge and Skills in BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing Core Courses Care of Well and Ill Adults (3) Practicum (2) BIO111 Principles of Biology (4) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) BNS406 Adolescent Health and CHE101 Chemistry (4) BNS309 Community-Based Nursing Care Development (2) MAT111 Mathematics (5) Practicum (3) BNS408 Community Health Nursing BNS101 HIV/AIDS Prevention and Control in HEE114 Introduction to Nutrition (3) Practicum (2) Botswana (2) Elective Course (3 credits) BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing (2) Students shall select 1 elective course, not al- General Education Courses (4 credits) Semester 2 ready taken, selected from the optional In addition, all students shall select 2 courses not Core Courses courses listed in Semester 4. already taken from the listed General CHE102 Chemistry (4) General Education Course (2 credits) Education Courses. Students shall also take one MAT122 Mathematics (5) All students shall select a course not already elective course, and one optional course chosen Students can choose to take Physics at Level 100 taken from the list of General Education from the following list: or Level 200 of their study. Courses. PHY119 Physics (3) Optional Courses Menu PHY111 Physics (3) Semester 6 BSW201 Introduction to Group Work PHY121 Physics (3) Core Courses BSW202 Introduction to Working with PHY129 Physics (1) BNS200 Pharmacology (3) Families and Individuals (3) BNS300 Health Assessment (3) BSW309 Social Policy (3) Level 200 BNS304 Community Mental Health EFH201 Counseling Over the Lifespan Semester 3 Nursing (2) EFH202 Theories and Techniques of Core Courses BNS306 Intro to Nursing Research (3) Counseling (3) BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) BNS310 Institution-Based Nursing Care EFH402 Counseling Persons with Special BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) Practicum (2) Needs (3) STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) SOC332 Traditional and Alternative Medical EFP100 Introduction to Educational PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) Systems (3) Psychology (3) BNS201 Introduction to Professional BNS311 Internship (4) HEE444 Issues in Food and Nutrition (3) Nursing (3) General Education Courses (2 credits) LAW441 Ethics and Law in Health Care (3) BNS203 Basic Nursing Concepts and Skills in All students shall select a course not already POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and Health and Wellness (3) taken from the list of General Education Migration (3) BNS205 Primary Health Care: Individuals, Courses. POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and Groups and the Community (3) Migration Optional Courses POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ Semester 4 Students shall choose 1 of the optional courses AIDS Epidemic (3) Core Courses listed in the optional course menu. POP303 Urbanisation, Migration and BNS211 Cell Biology Development BIO216 Microbiology (3) Level 400 POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and BIO232 Human Biology Semester 7 Development (3) BNS202 Basic Nursing Concepts and Skills in Core Courses POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty Health and Illness (3) BNS401 Principles of Management and SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3) Education in Nursing (2) Optional Courses (3 credits) BNS402 Parent and Child Practicum (2) 1.3 Entrance Requirements for Bachelor of All students shall take 1 optional course BNS405 Advanced Knowledge and Skill in Nursing Science RN Completion Elective: one course Adult Health (2) Candidates for the Bachelor of Nursing Science BNS407 Nursing Management of High Risk Completion will fulfill the following require- Childbearing Families (2) ments: BNS410 Adult Health Nursing Practicum (2) a) A Diploma in General Nursing or its equiva- General Education Courses (6 credits) lent;

132 b) A minimum of 2 years Nursing experience af- BNS308 The Nursing Process in Family Psychology ter completion of a Diploma in a General Nursing Health (3) HEE444 Issues in Food Nutrition (3) Programme; BNS310 Institution Based Nursing Care LAW441 Ethics and Law in Health Care (3) c) Current registration with the Nursing and Mid- Practicum (3) POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and wifery Council of Botswana or its equivalent; SOC332 Traditional and Alternative Medical Migration d) BGCSE or its equivalent with either a credit in Systems (3) POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and Combined Science or a pass in any one of Biol- BNS311 Internship (4) Migration ogy, Chemistry or Physics and a pass in any other General Education Course (4 credits) POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ 4 subjects. Students shall select 2 GEC courses from the Uni- AIDS Epidemic (3) versity-wide listing. Students shall also choose POP303 Urbanisation, Migration and 1.4 Course Listings for the Bachelor of Nursing one optional course. Development Science POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty Completion Stream Level 400 SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Africa (3) Level 200 Semester 7 POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and Semester 3 Core Courses Development (3) Core Courses BNS401 Principles of Management and BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) Education in Nursing (2) 1.5 Assessment CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for Nursing BNS402 Parent and Child Health Nursing 1.5.1 Continuous assessment in Levels 200, Science (3) Practicum (2) 300 and 400 shall be based on tests and/or PHY161 Physics (3) BNS405 Advanced Knowledge and Skills in assignments, and where applicable, clinical STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) Adult Health Nursing (2) practice. BNS201 Introduction to Professional BNS407 Nursing Management of high Risk 1.5.2 The ratio of continuous assessment to an Nursing (3) Childbearing Families end of semester examination shall be 1:1, unless General Education Course BNS410 Adult Health Nursing Practicum otherwise specified in the Departmental Special GEC121 Education Computer Awareness (2) General Education Courses (6 credits) Regulations. In addition, all students shall select 3 General 1.5.3 The above Regulations shall apply to both Semester 4 Education Courses not already taken. Generic and In-service Bachelor of Nursing General Education Course Science Streams. GEC112 Communication and Study Skills (2) Semester 8 1.5.4 General Regulations 00.811 to 00.826 and Core Courses Core Courses 00.842 shall apply to the Bachelor of Nursing BIO232 Human Physiology (3) BNS403 Principles and Practice of Community Science Degree. BIO216 Introductory Microbiology (3) Health Nursing (2) BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) BNS404 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing 1.6 Progression from Year to Year Practicum (2) To proceed from one semester to the next, a stu- Optional Courses (6 credits) BNS406 Adolescent Health and dent must pass all courses and have a cumula- Students shall also choose two of the 3-credit Development (2) tive GPA of 2.0 or above as specified in General optional courses listed at the end of this BNS408 Community Health Nursing Regulation 00.842. section. Practicum (2) BNS409 Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing (2) 1.7 Award of Degree Level 300 General Education Courses (6 credits) To be awarded a Degree, a student must sat- Semester 5 In addition, students shall select 3 General Edu- isfy the relevant General Academic Regulations Core Courses cation Courses not already taken. Students shall 00.851 and 00.852. The Degree shall be classi- BNS301 Pathophysiology (3) also choose one elective course and one optional fied in accordance with the provisions of General BNS307 The Individual in Health Illness (3) course from the following listing: Academic Regulations 20.4, with the cumulative BNS309 Community–Based Nursing Care GPA of 2.0 or above completed in accordance Practicum (3) Optional Course Menu with General Regulation 00.86. Faculty of EFP213 Introductory Psychology (3) BSW201 Introduction to Group Work Education In addition, all students shall take 1 elective BSW202 Introduction to Working with course. Families and Individuals DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL BSW309 Social Policy LABORATORY SCIENCES Semester 6 EFH201 Counseling Over Lifespan From August 2009, a new Department of Core Courses EFH202 Theories and Techniques of Medical Laboratory Sciences will offer a BNS300 Health Assessment (3) Counseling (3) one-year BSc (Medical Laboratory Sciences) BNS304 Community Mental Health EFH402 Counselling Persons with Special “upgrade”degree to qualifying holders of the Nursing (3) Needs (3) Diploma In Medical Laboratory Technology of BNS306 Introduction to Nursing Research (3) EFP100 Introduction to Educational the Institute of Health Sciences or equivalent

133 FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES

qualification.

Details of this programme shall be published in a departmental handbook that will be available from 01 August 2009.

134 AFRICAN LANGUAGES & LITERATURE ENGLISH FRENCH HISTORY LIBRARY & INFORMATION STUDIES MEDIA STUDIES THEOLOGY & RELIGIOUS STUDIES

FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

DEAN Moahi, K.H.N, BA Admin. (UBS), MSc (Sheffield), PhD (Pittsburgh)

DEPUTY DEAN Mwikisa, P.W, BA(Zambia), MA, D.Phil(Sussex)

FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS B. Ramaologa, Dip in Agric and Home Economics (Kenya), BEd (Missouri State) O.T. Brooks, BA (UB), MSc (Manchester)

135 The Faculty currently comprises the following within the plan period, it shall simultaneously er learning, and on the submission of a transcript Departments address the requirements of the Revised Nation- of his/her academic records may, subject to the al Policy on Education as well as the aspirations recommendation of the relevant Head of Depart- • Department of African Languages and of the National Vision 2016. It will also position ment and the approval of the Dean’s Office, be Literature itself strategically within the plan period proc- awarded credits and exempted from equivalent • Department of English esses to face the challenges brought about by course/s prescribed for a degree programme. • Department of French diminishing budget allocations and competition • Department of History for fewer resources. With semesterisation, all 22.3 General Provisions • Department of Library and Information departments have vigorously reviewed existing 22.31 A course may consist entirely of fieldwork, Studies programmes, bringing them up-to date and in project work, practical-work, seminar or tutori- • Department of Media Studies line with semesterised teaching. Four of the de- als or any combination of these components. In • Department of Theology and Religious partments in the Faculty offer Master and Doc- addition to work during the semester, a course Studies toral degrees. may include prescribed fieldwork or assignments • Confucius Institute during university vacation periods. 22.0 Special Regulations for the Faculty of Hu- 22.32 Unless otherwise provided in the de- Although for administrative purposes the De- manities partmental regulations, all courses are semester partments of Environmental Science and of So- 22.1 Preamble long. ciology are located in other Faculties, they are 22.11 The following are the Faculty’s Special 22.33 For ease of reference, the use of course considered academically to be part of the Faculty Regulations and shall apply subject to the Gen- codes shall provide information as follows: the of Humanities. In fact, a considerable number of eral Academic Regulations first digit refers to the level of study, the second students who major in Environmental Science 22.12 In addition to these Special Regulations, to the status and orientation of the course, and and Sociology are Humanities students. With the relevant Special Departmental Regulations shall the last digit to the number of course in each flexibility that is afforded by semesterised cours- also apply. category. es, more departments in the Faculties of Business and Science will become accessible to Humani- 22.2 Entrance Requirements 22.4 Degree Structure ties students, especially through cross-faculty 22.21 Admission into the Humanities Degree 22.41 In accordance with General Academic programmes. With the new focus on educating Programmes shall be on the basis of perform- Regulation 00.211, Departments in the Faculty specialists in a generalist way, the Faculty values ance in the Botswana General Certificate of Sec- of Humanities shall offer courses which shall be a well-rounded education with the requisite ICT ondary Education (BGCSE) examination, or its prescribed in Departmental Special Regulations. and numeracy skills. The Faculty of Humanities equivalent, in humanities (languages, geography, 22.42 The Faculty of Humanities shall, depend- concentrates mainly on those studies that spe- social studies, history, moral/religious education, ing on the core course in the subject area offer cialise in understanding human ideas, behaviour, and science (cf.22.22a), and also See Regulation the following degree programmes: culture and its mediation, with a particular em- 22.22a for other qualifying subjects) phasis on humanity in Africa in relation to the 22.22 Applicants who register for Bachelors a) Bachelor of Arts which is composed of core rest of the world. This Faculty thus has a prime Degree programmes in Humanities shall be re- and optional courses from African languages and role to play in the discovery and the appreciation quired Literature, English, French, History, Archaeology, of the heritage and liberal arts of the societies of a) To have taken at least five subjects, includ- Environmental Science, Sociology, Psychology Africa in general and of southern Africa and Bot- ing English Language, at the Botswana General and Theology and Religious Studies subjects. swana in particular. In this regard, the Faculty of Certificate of Secondary Education (BGCSE) ex- b) Bachelor of Library and Information Studies Humanities, through research and teaching in its amination or its equivalent; which is composed of core and optional courses academic departments, is in a privileged position b) To have obtained a credit in the English lan- from the department of Library and Information to effectively contribute to the realization of the guage. Studies Vision and Mission of the University. In addition, 22.23 An applicant who has taken relevant Ad- c) Bachelor of Arts in Library and Information the Faculty of Humanities contributes to human vanced (A) – level or equivalent examinations Studies which is composed of core and optional resource development by assisting in the train- and attained a minimum of one E and two C’s in courses from Library and Information Studies ing of teachers. The departments in the Faculty the relevant subjects may be admitted to a Bach- and another subject available as a major to Hu- provide the content base for secondary school elor degree in Humanities programmes. manities students and tertiary level teachers of English, Setswana, 22.24 If an applicant has grade E or better at d) Bachelor of Information Systems (Information French, History/Social Studies, Geography and Advanced (A)-Level or equivalent qualifications Management) which is composed of core and Religious/Moral Education by offering majors in in relevant subjects s/he may, subject to the optional courses from the Faculty of Business, the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Education and recommendation f the relevant Head of Depart- Department of Computer Science and Depart- the Masters of Education Degrees in these dis- ment and the approval of the Dean’s Office, be ment of Library and Information Studies. ciplines. As the Faculty continues to implement awarded credits and exempted from equivalent e) Bachelor of Media Studies which is composed the provisions of the Ninth National Develop- course/s prescribed for a degree programme. of core and optional courses from the Depart- ment Plan (NDP9), the semesterised academic 22.25 A student who may transfer from a recog- ment of Media Studies. programmes, and also plans new programmes nized university, or any other institution of high- 22.43 A combined degree (major/major) shall be a programme composed of core and op- Board. es in accordance with the Departmental Regula- tional courses from two equally-weighted sub- 22.54 Overall performance in a course shall be tion 07.3.1 and General Regulation 00.62. jects which are concurrently studied. In order to assessed on a Percentage Scale, a Letter Grade b) Combined Major/Major in African Languages partially satisfy the requirement for a degree, a and a Grade Point in accordance with General and Literature student must take and pass a minimum of 40 Regulations. The Combined Major/Major Programme shall credits from each of the two subjects. consist of a total of 16 credits from the core 22.44 A combined degree (major/minor) shall be 2.7 Award of Degree courses and additional credits from the optional a programme composed of core and 22.71 To be awarded a degree, a student must and other courses in accordance with Depart- optional courses from two subjects. In order to satisfy the appropriate provision of General Aca- mental Regulation 07.3.2 and General Regula- partially satisfy the requirements for demic Regulations from core and optional/ elec- tion 00.62. a degree, a student must take and pass a mini- tive/general education courses. c) Combined Major/Minor with African Languag- mum of 56 credits from the major subject es and Literature as a Major and a minimum of 24 credits from the minor The Combined Major/Minor with African Lan- subject. DEPARTMENT OF AFRICAN guages and Literature as a Major shall consist of 22.45 In Semesters 1 and 2 (Level 1) of a degree LANGUAGES & LITERATURE 16 credits from the core courses and additional programme, each student shall take credits from the optional and other courses in Courses in English as well as courses from at least Bachelor of Arts Degree in African accordance with Departmental Regulation 07.3.3 two of the following subjects: African Languages Languages and Literature and General Regulation 00.62. and Literature, French, Environmental Science, d) Combined Minor/Major with African Lan- History, Sociology, Theology and Religious Stud- General Provisions guages and Literature as a Minor ies, Psychology. Subject to the provisions of General Academic The Combined Minor/Major Programme with 22.46 In addition to core and optional courses, Regulations and the Faculty of Humanities Spe- African Languages and Literature as a Minor and in compliance with the General Regulation cial Regulations, the following Departmental shall consist of a total of 8 credits from the core 00.2124d, each student shall, unless exempted, Regulations shall apply for the Bachelor of Arts courses and additional credits from the optional take two credits of General Education Courses in Degree in the Department of African Languages and other courses in accordance with Depart- each of and Literature. mental Regulation 07.3.4 and General Regula- Area 1, Communication and Study Skills and tion 00.62. Area 2, Computer and Information Skills, in each Programme Structure e) Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree Pro- of Semesters 1 and 2 of his/her programme. In Level 100 gramme addition, a student shall register for a minimum At Level 100 (Semesters 1 and 2), the Programme The Multi-disciplinary Combined Degree Pro- of twelve credits of General Education Courses shall consist of a total of 12 credits from core gramme in African Languages and Literature offered outside the Faculty of Humanities before courses (6 credits in each semester). Additional shall consist of a minimum of 4 credits in ac- completing his/her programme of study. credits may be obtained from optional and other cordance with Departmental Regulation 07.3.5 22.47 Departments may specify projects that courses in accordance with Departmental Regu- and General Regulation 00.62. each student shall carry out as partial fulfillment lations 07.1 and 07.2, and General Regulation of the requirements for the award a degree, 00.62. General Education Courses based on an investigation of some original theme The Department of African Languages and Lit- in his/her major subject under the supervision of Level 200 erature offers three General Education Courses an academic member of staff. This study shall be At Level 200 (Semesters 3 and 4), the Programme (GECs) under Area 6: World Civilisations. for one semester and normally take place dur- shall consist of a total of 8 credits from core ing the course of the programme. The mode of courses (4 credits in each semester). Additional Assessment and Examination assessment shall be as prescribed under Special credits may be obtained from optional and other 1.3.1 Performance in each course shall be evalu- Departmental Regulations. There shall only be courses in accordance with Departmental Regu- ated by a combination of continuous assessment one such project per programme. lations 07.1 and 07.2, and General Regulation and final examination marks. 00.62. 1.3.2 Continuous assessment shall normally 22.5 Assessment constitute at least two pieces of work or one 22.51 Continuous Assessment (CA) shall be as Programme Structure long paper per semester. prescribed in General Academic Regulations. Levels 300 and 400 1.3.3 The duration of the final examination shall 22.52 The examination in a course, whenever At Levels 300 and 400 (Semesters 5 to 8), the be two hours. required, shall normally be held during the ex- Programme shall comprise a Single Major, a amination period at the end of the semester in Combined Major, a Major/Minor, Minor/Major Progression which the course is taught. and Multi-disciplinary Streams. In order to proceed from one semester to the 22.53 Performance in each course shall normally a) Single Major in African Languages and Litera- next, a student must maintain a cumulative GPA be evaluated according to stipulated departmen- ture The Single Major Programme shall consist of in accordance with General Regulation 00.9. tal requirements. Any departure from indicated a total of 24 credits from the core courses and ratios shall require the approval of the Faculty additional credits from optional and other cours-

137 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Level 100 ALL333 Introduction to Research Methods GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and ALL124 Introduction to the Study of ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in Public Speaking Language and Linguistics (Co) Grammatical Analysis ALL123 The Characteristics of Human ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI AFRICAN LANGUAGES & LITERATURE COURSE Language (Co) (Beginners’ Level course in one of DESCRIPTIONS ALL131 Language and Communication in the major languages of Africa, Part II) Africa Pre: ALL332 ALL124 Introduction to the Study of ALL132 Language Instruction I: (Beginners ALL336 Field Research Preparation and Language and Linguistics (3) Course in one of the Botswana Proposal Writing Pre: ALL333 The content of the course will cover the study of Languages) ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (Co) human language and its significance in human ALL134 Language Instruction II (Elementary ALL342 African Oral Narratives (Co) life. It will also deal with linguistics as the scien- course in one of the Botswana ALL343 Introduction to African Popular tific approach to language study, the branches of Languages) Pre: ALL132 Theatre (Co) linguistics, how it is related to other disciplines ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and ALL351 Politics and Southern African Poetry and how linguistics can be applied to certain Written Literature (Co) ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa professions. ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous ALL353 African Oral Literature and the Media Languages (Co) ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana Novel ALL123 The Characteristics of Human ALL151 Short Story Theory and Practice Language (3) ALL152 Style in Writing Level 400 The content of this course will include an over- ALL153 Introduction to the African Novel ALL421 Introduction to Historical and view of the various theories about the origin of ALL154 Theory of Humour in Africa Comparative Linguistics Based on language and the relationship between language Africa (Co) origin, the development of society and the struc- Level 200 ALL422 A Sociolinguistic Study of Southern ture of the brain. The course will also examine ALL221 Sound Systems in African Languages Africa (Co) the difference between human language and (Co) ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages of animal communication as well as the unique ALL222 Structure of Words in African Southern Africa (Co) characteristics of human language. Languages (Co) ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics ALL231 The Perception and Transcription of ALL432 Language Instruction VII ALL131 Language and Communication in African Language Sounds (Intermediate Level course in one Africa (2) ALL232 Language Instruction III of the major African languages) The content of the course will include a study of (Intermediate Level course in one of Pre: ALL332 & ALL335 the communication devices among human be- the Botswana languages) Pre: ALL132 ALL433 Research Project: Data Collection ings, with special reference to Africa. The course & ALL134 Pre: ALL333 & ALL336 will also cover speech acts, writing systems as ALL233 Generative Phonology in African ALL434 Introduction to Applied Linguistics well as language acquisition phases and func- Languages Pre: (ALL221) ALL435 Language Instruction VIII tions of language. ALL234 Language Instruction IV (Intermediate/Advanced Level (Intermediate Advanced Level course course in one of the major African ALL132 Language Instruction I in one of the Botswana languages) languages) Pre: ALL332, ALL335 & (Beginners Course in one of the Botswana Pre: ALL132, ALL134 & ALL 232 ALL432 Languages) (2) ALL241 History and Structure of the ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis and The content will include an introduction to the Setswana Novel (Co) Interpretation Pre: ALL333, ALL336 & culture and history of one of the Botswana ALL242 African Written Poetry (Co) ALL433 Languages and training in the basic use of the ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa ALL441 World Literature in Setswana language such as essential expressions and self- ALL252 Rites of Passage: A Study of Social Translation (Co) expression. The course will also introduce the Dramas ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and students to some of the basic structures of the ALL253 The Sociology of Literature Practice (Co) language. ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (Co) Level 300 ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics ALL134 Language Instruction II ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (Co) ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (Elementary Level) (2) ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (Co) ALL453 Women’s Literature in Botswana The content of the course will include a study of ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and ALL454 Children’s Traditions and Dramatics the current state of one of the Botswana Discourse Analysis (Co) ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African languages as well as a study of some selected ar- ALL331 Introduction to Translation Literature eas of usage such as reporting, expressing one’s ALL332 Language Instruction V (Beginners’ ALL456 Introduction to African Thought feelings or seeking attention. The course will also Level course in one of the major GEC261 Languages of Botswana introduce the students to the description of the languages of Africa, Part I) GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies language’s morphology and syntax.

138 ALL141 Introduction to African Oral and rica and how it has been influenced by the social, Written Literature (2) ALL222 Structure of Words in African cultural and political environment of the epoch The content will include a study of sub-genres of Languages (2) of its composition and production, especially in African oral and written literatures such as oral The content of the course will include the defi- terms of structure, artistic style and themes. and written stories (novel inclusive), oral and nition and scope of morphology, the morpheme written poetry, traditional drama and written and its various types as well as allomorphic vari- ALL242 African Written Poetry (2) plays and their form and functions in society as ation. The course will then focus on the various The course will include a holistic theoretical ap- well as how content and meaning is such litera- types of morphemes and apply the principles un- proach to African written poetry utilizing the tures are manipulated in order to differentiate derlying word formation, analysis to an African Reader response, New Historicism and Feminist insider/writer from outsider/ reader as well as language; discuss the processes of term develop- theories. Included will be the structure of poetry men from women. ment in Setswana. and the influences of various epochs on the form and content of African written poetry. ALL142 The Study of Drama in Indigenous ALL231 The Perception and Transcription of Languages (2) African Language ALL251 Folk Speech in Africa (2) The course deals with intrinsic and extrinsic as- Sounds (2) The content of the course will cover aspects of pects of drama with emphasis on the fact that The content of the course will include practice in performance, aesthetics, form and function of plays are not primarily intended for reading but identifying, describing and transcribing speech the various communicative speech acts such as to be performed. sounds. Also students will be trained in classi- proverbs, riddles, epithets, euphemisms and dys- fying the sounds according to shared phonetic phemisms. The focus of the study will be on both ALL151 Short Story Theory and features. literary texts and everyday discourse. Practice (2) The course deals with theories of the short story ALL232 Language Instruction III (Interme- ALL252 RITES OF PASSAGE: A STUDY OF SO- but much of the time will be spent on reading diate Level) (2) CIAL DRAMAS (2) short stories, critically analyzing them at the The course content will include a discussion of The course content will cover performance, same time appreciatively enjoying and getting the current state of one of the Botswana lan- structural patterns and functions of the calen- involved in their production. guages and then train the students in oral and dar and life cycle ritual ceremonies that affect aural skills, texts comprehension and an intro- the individual and the community. Also the im- ALL152 Style in Writing (2) duction to the literature created in the language. portance of symbolism, role-play and reversal of The course will deal mainly with the relationship It will also provide skills in the description of the roles will be explored from various theoretical between the author, the text and the readers structure of the target language. perspectives. with emphasis on aspects of style that enable messages to reach the addressees. ALL233 Generative Phonology in African ALL253 The Sociology of Literature (2) Language Analysis (2) Basically, the course will include the importance ALL153 Introduction to the African The course content will include an introduction of sociological considerations in understanding Novel (2) to generative phonology followed by the study literature. These encomp ass the writer’s social The course will basically introduce students to of segmental, auto-segmental and metrical situation, the production and the consumption genre classification, textual analysis of the novel phonology. Setswana and one other African lan- of written literature and the impact of the his- and the sociopolitical as well as the gender and guage will be used as case studies. torical, cultural and political environment on the cultural history from which it emerged. production and consumption.

ALL154 Theory of Humor in Africa (2) ALL234 Language Instruction IV (Intermedi- ALL321 The Structure of the Sentence (2) The course will focus on the structure and func- ate/advanced Level) (2) The course content will include the discussion of tion of various types of the joke genre in Africa The course content will include the discussion the principles and methods of sentence analysis with a special focus on the text, context and per- of the salient issues concerning the current and focusing on the basic structure of the sentence. formance aspects. The issue of gender and the future situation of one of the Botswana lan- The standard generative grammar model will be influence of modern technology and the media guages. The course will enhance the students’ used in sentence analysis, based on Setswana. on the genre will also be scrutinized. oral and aural skills, text comprehension and a good understanding of the literature created in ALL322 The Structure of Meaning (2) ALL221 Sound Systems in African the language. The course content will include the definition of Languages (2) meaning, types of meaning, semantic features The course content will include the definition ALL241 History and Structure of the and lexical relations. It will also consider the of phonology, phonemic analysis and the func- Setswana Novel (2) modes of meaning interpretation, context, deic- tion of distinctive features. The course will also The course will include an exploration of the tic expressions, presuppositions and speech acts. consider the structure of the syllable and other evolution of the novel genre over time among prosodic phenomena. the Setswana speaking peoples of Southern Af-

139 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

ALL323 Introduction to Stylistics and The course will include techniques of fieldwork, ALL353 African Oral Literature and the Discourse Analysis (2) data collection as well as archival research, re- Media (2) The content of the course will include the study source planning, ethical issues and how to write The content will include a study of the multi- of register, stylistic variation, discourse devices, a research proposal. ple ways in which the mass media influence discourse appropriateness and conversation oral literature and how oral literature permeates structure. ALL337 Introduction to Computational media-manipulated texts and contexts as well as Linguistics (2) how it is portrayed by the media in its various ALL331 Introduction to Translation (2) The course will introduce the students to a vari- forms. The course content will comprise the theory of ety of topics in computer-based language analy- translation; types, modes and problems of trans- sis and processing among which three will be ALL354 The Contemporary Setswana lation; the role of semantics, pragmatics and examined in a given semester. These topics will Novel (2) discourse analysis in translation and structural include: computational syntax, computational The course will include a critical analysis of artis- adaptation. Case studies will be taken from the phonology, computational semantics, compu- tic styles, thematic trends, inter-textual relation- Botswana languages as well as international lan- tational lexicography, speech synthesis, and ma- ships and literary quality of the Setswana novels guages spoken in Botswana. chine translation. recently written and published in Botswana and South Africa. ALL332 Language Instruction V (Beginners’ ALL341 Introduction to Literary Theory (2) Level) (2) The course content will include five literary ALL421 Introduction to Historical and The content of the course will include an in- theories (mainly Structuralism, Psychoanalysis, Comparative Linguistics based on Africa (2) troduction to the culture and history of one of Reception, Marxism and Deconstruction) from The course will include an introduction to his- the major languages of Africa and training in which at least three will be selected for discus- torical and comparative linguistics as a disci- the basic use of the language such as essential sion in a particular semester. pline and then look at how this approach has expressions and self-expression. The course will been used in the comparison, classification and also introduce the students to some of the basic ALL342 African Oral Narratives (2) accounting for patterns of change in the lan- structures of the language. The course will cover various sub-genres of insti- guages of Africa. tutionalized sub-Saharan African oral narratives ALL333 Introduction to Research such as myths, folktales and legends that will be ALL422 A Sociolinguistic Study of South- Methods (2) studied, analyzed and interpreted from various ern Africa (2) The course will introduce students to both quan- theoretical viewpoints. The course will include the patterns of language titative and qualitative research paradigms in Af- use in Botswana, the factors that influence lan- rican Languages and Literature. Also the content ALL343 Introduction to African Popular guage change and maintenance and the various will include objectivity in scientific research, topic Theatre (2) efforts, both formal and informal, which are be- selection, definition of the problem, significance The course content will include the history of ing made in order to preserve, promote and em- of a research study, formulation of hypotheses, Popular Theatre in Africa from the pre-colonial power languages. research methodology, literature review and re- to the postcolonial era with reference to socioe- search proposal framework. conomic problems facing Africa. Emphasis will be ALL423 The Bantu and Khoesan Languages on practical drama and performances in schools of Southern Africa (2) ALL334 Introduction to Modern Theories in and villages within the concept of intervention- The course content will consist of the origin and Grammatical Analysis (2) participation- conscientisation. migration of the Bantu and Khoe-San language The course content will include a study of the speakers, the settling of the Bantu languages in current conception of a grammar, the modern ALL351 Politics and Southern African the Southern African region, the classification grammatical theories, and their application to Poetry (2) of the Bantu and Khoe-San languages and their African language description. The course content will include an analysis and major characteristics. interpretation of translated or transcribed oral ALL335 Language Instruction Course VI poetry that deals with socio-political criticism ALL431 Introduction to Psycholinguistics (2) (Elementary Level) (2) and the influence thereof of oral traditions on The course will include the various approaches The course content will include the study of the political poetry in general. Also included will be to psycholinguistics, language production and current state of one of the major languages of the influence of Negritude and African- Ameri- comprehension, the biological foundations of Africa as well as a study of some selected areas can poetry on Southern African protest and re- language and language pathology. of usage such as reporting, expressing one’s feel- sistance poetry. ings or seeking attention etc. Also, the course ALL432 Language Instruction VII (Interme- will introduce the students to the description of ALL352 Epic Performance in Africa (2) diate Level) (2) the language’s morphology and syntax. The content of the course will include basic char- The course content will include discussion of the acteristics of African epics, their historical con- current state of one of the major languages of ALL336 Field Research Preparation and texts, and the mode of delivery to the audience. Africa, comprehension texts and an introduction Proposal Writing (2) to the literature created in the language, oral

140 and aural skills and structural analysis. contexts in Botswana. GEC262 Introduction to Cultural Studies The content of the course includes theories of ALL433 Research Project: Data ALL451 Studies in African Aesthetics (2) cultural production, practices and values in Af- Collection (2) The course content will include theories of aes- rica. Sensitive questions of ethnicity and multi- The research project will be carried out through thetic judgment and arguments propounded by culturalism are also discussed. regular consultation with the relevant lecturer philosophers, artists, literary critics and consum- and will lead to the collection of data on the ers of objects of aesthetic value. GEC361 Introduction to Rhetoric and Public chosen research topic and documentation of the Speaking research findings. ALL452 Popular Culture in Africa (2) The content of the course will include aspects of The course will include a study of culture, sub- African literature, language and philosophy with ALL434 Introduction to Applied cultures and visual culture with emphasis on reference to interpersonal communication. Linguisitcs (2) music, dance, films/videos, television, computer The course content will include the study of and their inter-textual relationship. It will also DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH mental representation of grammar, the child’s include the ideology of mass culture, theories of processing of grammar, the psycholinguistic consumption and its confrontation with politics, Departmental Regulations approach to mental process and the language religion and the spirit of conservatism. Subject to the provisions of the Academic Gen- learning processes. eral Regulations and the Faculty of Humanities ALL453 Women’s Literature in Special Regulations, the following Departmental ALL435 Language Instruction VIII Botswana (2) Regulations shall apply: (Advanced Level) (2) The course will include a study on various liter- The course synopsis will include a discussion of ary texts created by women in Botswana from Programmes and Titles of Degrees the salient issues concerning the current state oral to written, how they handle relations of The Department of English offers the following and future situation of one of the major lan- power, sexuality and gender issues, their vision programmes leading to the award of a Degree: guages of Africa, advanced comprehension texts and communicative strategies. a) Single Major Programme leading to the award and a good understanding of the literature cre- of a Bachelors Degree as per Departmental Reg- ated in the language, advanced oral and aural ALL454 Children’s Traditions and ulations; skills and an in-depth descriptive knowledge of Dramatics (2) b) Combined Major/Minor Programme with the language. The content of the course will include research English as the Major leading to the award of a on children’s traditional games, storytelling, Bachelor of Arts Degree as per Departmental ALL436 Research Project: Data Analysis and songs, and methods of dramatic improvisation Regulations; Interpretation (2) and creative writing for children’s books. c) Combined Major/Major Programme with Eng- The course will consist of supervised work on lish and a second subject other than English as hands-on data analysis, interpretation and re- ALL455 Postcolonial Theory and African Majors leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts search report write-up. Literature (2) Degree as per Departmental Regulations; The course examines from a historical perspec- d) Combined Major/Minor with English as the ALL441 World Literature in Setswana tive the national, transnational and translational Minor leading to the award of a Bachelor of Arts Translation (2) boundaries of culture with reference to colonial Degree as per Departmental Regulations, if the The content of the course will include primarily and post-colonial literature. student is registered in the Faculty of Humani- literary texts translated into Setswana from other ties; African languages, and secondly those translated e) Multi-disciplinary Programme leading to the from foreign/non-African languages. A study of ALL456 Introduction to African Thought (2) award of a Bachelor of Arts Degree as per how (and why) cultures are constructed, inter- The course content will include philosophical Departmental Regulations. textualized and manipulated through translation treatise that exist within the discipline of African will also be done. philosophy and thought on various topics that Entry Requirements by their very nature raise questions of philo- Admission requirements to the Programmes in ALL442 Creative Writing, Theory and sophical discussion. the Department of English are specified in the Practice (2) Faculty of Humanities Regulation 22.20. The content of this course includes techniques GEC261 Languages of Botswana of writing in three genres: short stories, plays The content of the course will include the study Award of Degree (drama) and poems (poetry). of the various language groups that settled in A student must satisfy the appropriate provi- what is now Botswana and how they have inter- sions of General Academic Regulation 20.4 to be ALL443 Oral Poetry in Botswana (2) acted over the years to give rise to the current awarded a Degree. The course will cover the performance and sig- language situation. The course will also discuss nificance of the various forms of indigenous oral the role of Setswana as national and English as Career Opportunities for Graduates of the poetry that are composed and rendered by oral official language. Department of English artists under different cultural and situational 1.5.1 Career prospects for Bachelor’s and Mas-

141 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

ter’s Degree holders in English include profes- Level 200 Band C: African Literature sional employment in the fields of: Semester 3 ENG233 The Poetry of Southern Africa (3) a) Education, teaching at secondary and tertiary Core Course This course introduces students to the poetry of levels or in the field of curriculum development Band A: Language Southern Africa. While focusing on the modern in the Ministry of Education; ENG211 The Pronunciation of English (3) written forms, it also points to the living, b) Print and Electronic Media; This course introduces students to articulatory everyday experience of oral traditions of poetry. c) Publishing; processes and the description of English sounds. The course is broadly representative of the coun- d) Public Relations; tries, themes and forms of poetic expression in e) The Civil Service. Optional Courses the region. 1.5.2 Training in English studies provides the Band B: English Literature recipient with the kind of adaptable mind that ENG212 Introduction to English Literature: Band G: Theatre Studies enables him/her to fit, with some additional The Novel (3) ENG217 Theatre History (3) training, into a wide range of managerial and The course seeks to introduce students to the This course introduces students to the study of administrative positions, including posts in fi- development of the English Novel from its in- Theatre, from a historical perspective. The course nancial and business institutions. fancy in the 18th Century to modern times. The traces developments in Theatre across the world; course broadly examines the emergence of the highlighting circumstances that have either Course Structure English Novel and the conditions under which it helped develop theatre or stifle it. 1.6.1 Courses in the Department of English shall emerged. be offered at Levels 100 to 400 for the under- Level 300 graduate programmes as outlined below. Band C: African Literature Semester 5 1.6.2 In addition to the Department’s courses, ENG213 Prose Literature of Southern Core Course an undergraduate candidate majoring in English Africa (3) Band A: Language shall take General Education Courses (GECs) and This course introduces students to prose litera- ENG351 Phonology of English (3) electives in accordance with General Regulation ture of the Southern African region, covering The course introduces students to some of the 00.2124. various historical, political and social topics as phonological theories on the pronunciation of they are written about in the literature of the English and other languages known to them. Level 100 region. In addition, it gives students the opportunity to Semester 1 apply this knowledge to some data to enhance Core Courses ENG223 The Drama of Southern Africa (3) their understanding of these theories. ENG121 Introduction to English Language This course introduces students to the drama of Description and Usage (3) Southern Africa, covering the genesis and devel- Optional Courses This course provides an overview of basic gram- opment of Southern African drama, identifying a Band A: Language matical concepts and terms that students can dramatic form that is Southern African, and re- ENG341 Introduction to Sociolinguistics (3) apply to particular examples and difficulties of lating, comparing and contrasting such dramatic The course introduces students to the relation- usage. forms to those from other parts of Africa. ship between language and society. It focuses in particular on the description of varieties of Eng- ENG113 Introduction to Literature: Semester 4 lish and their use in various contexts, and on the Prose (3) Core Course analysis of and solutions to language problems, This course is designed to introduce first-year Band A: Language especially in developing countries students to the literary aspects of the essay and ENG221 Introduction to English the (auto) biography, and to the structure and Linguistics (3) ENG441 Introduction to Pragmatics (3) components of the novel and short story. An introductory over-view of Descriptive Lin- This course introduces students to Pragmat- guistics, viewed as a foundation for the study of ics, a discipline which studies various factors Semester 2 English Language and Linguistics courses. involved in appropriate use and understand- Core Courses ing of language. It looks at such factors as the ENG131 Writing in English (3) Optional Courses speaker’s intentions and how they are surmised The course familiarises students with various Band B: English Literature by the addressee, the speaker’s and addressee’s rhetorical principles and examines various fea- ENG222 Introduction to English Literature: background attitudes and beliefs, their under- tures of discourse types specific to particular Poetry and Drama (3) standing of the context in which the utterance is genres. The course seeks to introduce students to some made, and their knowledge of how language can of the major poets and dramatists in English Lit- be used for a variety of purposes. ENG123 Introduction to Literature: Drama erature. It examines the works of some of the and Poetry (3) major poets and dramatists in English Literature Band B: English Literature This course is designed to introduce students to from Chaucer up to the present time ENG352 The Metaphysical Poets (3) the literary and theatrical aspects of drama, and This course will chart the development during to the structure and literary strategies of poetry. the 16th-17th Centuries of Metaphysical poetry

142 through its chief practitioners: Donne, Herbert, Band D: World Literature ENG361 Morphology of English (3) Vaughan and Marvell. It will study the poetic de- ENG334 Commonwealth Literature (3) The course provides students with an under- vices, styles and subjects that link together these A selection of works of prose, fiction, drama, po- standing of the morphological structure of writers as Metaphysical poets. etry and essays drawn from a number of literacy English and their own languages. It also teaches traditions in The Commonwealth. The choice of students how to analyse any language morpho- ENG332 English Romantic Poetry: The Early texts for study will help students to reflect on logically. Romantics (3) the problematic use of the English language as This course deals with the early part of the litera- a medium of literary expression in all Common- Band B: English Literature ture that came to be known as English Romantic wealth societies. ENG312 Milton (3) Poetry. Focus will be on Blake, Wordsworth and A detailed study of the seminal poetical writings Coleridge. Band E: Theory of John Milton. It will place Milton in the con- ENG415 Readings in Literary Theory 1 (3) text of the tradition of world Epic poetry and of ENG342 Elizabethan and Jacobean Litera- The course surveys the changing conceptions English 17th Century poetry, and systematically ture: Drama (3) of the nature and function of literature in the explore Miltonic ideas about literary genre, poli- A study of Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama as Western tradition from Plato and Aristotle in the tics, religion and philosophy. a significant literary, cultural, political and reli- Classical period to Tolstoy and Marx in the nine- gious expression of the Age. teenth century. ENG362 The Later Romantics (3) This course attempts to establish the relation- ENG412 Introduction to Shakespeare (3) Band G: Theatre Studies ship between the Early Romantics and the later This course deals with the achievement of ENG317 African Drama (3) in terms of theme and style. Focusing on Keats, Shakespeare as the hallmark of the English lit- The course offers students an opportunity to Shelley and Byron, it will attempt to place the erary tradition through an exploration of three critically look at a representative selection of later Romantics in their proper literary and so- of his more famous plays and a selection of his African dramatic literature. The course helps cio-political context. most popular poems. students to identify and appreciate the various themes explored in drama, its various styles and ENG372 Elizabethan and Jacobean Band C: African Literature techniques and its role in society. Poetry (3) ENG333 Critical Issues in Modern African The course examines how Elizabethan and Jaco- Literature: Phases of Modern African ENG327 Practical Theatre (6, 2 Semesters) bean writers employed the poetic mode to ex- Literature (3) This course is an introduction to the practice of press views on private and personal feelings, and An examination of the major critical issues and theatre such as the processes of script analysis, on social and public issues. trends in Modern African literature using both research, rehearsal, stagecraft and performance. creative materials and critical works of African The course will offer students an opportunity to Band C: African Literature authors. approach theatre holistically and to understand ENG383 Critical Issues in Modern African the relationships between the various arts that Literature: Critical Debates in African ENG353 Currents of Thought in the Litera- go into its making. Literature (3) ture of the African Diaspora: African-Ameri- Continued discussion of the major issues and can Literature (3) Semester 6 trends in Modern African Literature using both A survey of African-American literature from Core Course creative works and critical writings of African slave narratives to contemporary works. Band A: Language authors. ENG311 Modern English Grammar (3) ENG363 Oral Literature (3) This course is a detailed description and analysis ENG343 Modern African Poetry (3) This course acquaints students with orality as of modern English grammar: meaning of gram- This course deals with the modes, styles and a cultural process. It develops an appreciation mar, word classes in English, English phrase types themes of modern African poetry, and the so- of verbal art and examines the fundamental and English sentence structure. cio-political and cultural influences that have sources and basis of the forms and structures of shaped it. The traditions of modern African po- African and European literature. Optional Courses etry are studied across periods and regions. Band A: Language ENG373 Botswana Literature (3) ENG321 Usage in English (3) ENG393 Currents of Thought in the Litera- The course is a critical study of the novel, po- The course examines common problems as- ture of the African Diaspora: African-Carib- etry, short story and drama of Botswana. It will sociated with word class usage (noun/pronoun bean Literature (3) also trace the development of the literature. The agreement, tense and voice in verbs, comparative A critical study of Caribbean literature within the course will focus on stylistic, thematic and ge- and superlative forms in adjectives and adverbs) context of the forces and conditions that oc- neric differences and similarities in the works. and sentence usage including modification, co- casioned its advent, and continues to impact its ordination, subordination and fragmentation. survival and future.

143 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Band D: World Literature ENG432 Victorian Poetry (3) to deepen students’ practical theatre skills and ENG324 Twentieth Century American Lit- A study of 19th Century English Victorian poetry some important theories underlying the skills of erature (3) identifying the important themes and the char- acting, directing for the stage, set design, light- A critical examination of twentieth-century acteristic poetic features of the age. It will con- ing, script-writing. American literature using representative texts sider the Victorian concerns about death, love, of various genre -types: fiction, drama, and po- religious faith, marriage, the position of women, ENG427 Dramatic Literature (3) etry. and the great growth and optimism of the age. The course explores the importance of play texts in the development of theatre traditions around Band G: Theatre Studies ENG442 Modern English Prose Fiction the world. It is designed to help students appre- ENG327 Practical Drama (6, 2 Semesters) 1900-1930 (3) ciate the difference between drama as literature This course is an introduction to the practice of The course is an intensive study of a major work and drama as theatre. theatre such as the processes of script analysis, by each of the following writers: Joseph Conrad, research, rehearsal, stagecraft and performance. E.M Forster, D.H. Lawrence, Virginia Woolf and Semester 8 The course will offer students an opportunity to James Joyce. Students will explore and analyse Core Course approach theatre holistically and to understand the way these works relate to the intellectual, Band A: Language the relationships between the various arts that cultural and social concerns of the period. ENG451 Introduction to Semantics (3) go into its making. An introductory course to semantics which hopes ENG452 Shakespearean Drama (3) to promote an understanding of a framework for Level 400 This course considers a selection of Shakespear- conceptualising meaning leading to clear and Semester 7 ean tragic, comedic and historical texts, as well logical thinking. Core Course as their cultural setting, historical context and Band A: Language literary environment. Optional Courses ENG421 Approaches to Syntax (3) Band A: Language This course provides students with knowledge of Band C: African Literature ENG411 Form, Function, and Variation in various approaches to syntax with specific em- ENG413 The African Novel I (3) English (3) phasis on functional approaches. A study of the African novel written in English The course focuses on the practical analysis of or translated into English from indigenous and texts against a background of various theoretical Optional Courses other languages of the continent of Africa. This approaches to stylistics. Band A: Language study concentrates on the characteristic themes ENG331 Language Acquisition (3) and concerns of the African novel. ENG431 Introduction to Discourse The course introduces students to the principles Analysis (3) governing how humans acquire a first language, ENG433 Introduction to Gender Issues (3) This course introduces students to Discourse and a second or additional language. Important This course will combine theoretical and practi- Analysis, a discipline which is concerned with aspects of the course include the role of the brain cal approaches to literature in order to clarify how language users produce and interpret lan- and other speech organs in language processing, how, and the extent to which, feminist criticism guage in situated contexts and how these con- and learner strategies in Second Language Ac- can be applied to analyse literary texts. structions relate to social and cultural norms, quisition. preferences, and expectations. Among other Band D: World Literature things, the course focuses on the nature and ENG424 The Novel in the Modern World (3) structure of written and spoken discourse and ENG471 Introduction to Literary Focusing on major novels published since 1950, attempts to link the characterization of speaker/ Stylistics (3) this course provides an overview of how novel- writer meaning and its explanation in the con- Students will be introduced to a range of lin- ists from different parts of the world have devel- text of use. guistic theories on which they will draw in their oped the form as a means to address important analysis of selected texts. social, cultural and political issues. Band F: Project/Long Essay ENG481 Language and Gender (3) Band B: English Literature ENG416 Research Essay (6, 2 Semesters) This course introduces students to a range of ENG422 The Development of the English The course offers the student the opportunity to gender-related theoretical and analytical issues Novel: The Early English Novel (3) conduct supervised research which should result in the structure and use of English, and examines A chronological study of the development of the in the submission of an essay of 5000 – 7000 the current trends in gender-related language English Novel from its 18th Century inception by words. reform. Defoe through to Romantic conceptions of the form. It will consider the novel’s evolution as a Band G: Theatre Studies Band B: English Literature form of social commentary and its response to ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (6, 2 ENG462 Shakespearean Poetry (3) diverse social and political pressures. Semesters) This course will explore a selection of Shake- This is a course designed for students with an speare’s sonnets and excerpts from the longer interest in the practice of theatre. It is intended poems, focusing on major themes of Elizabethan

144 poetry such as love, time, death, religion, and Japan, magical realism in Latin America, identity course selected from any of the bands. politics. and social status in multi-ethnic and multi-lin- 1.7.4 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) Pro- gual societies, the problems of translation. gramme, English shall comprise the following at ENG472 The Development of the English Level 400: In each semester, 6 credits made up Novel: The Victorian English Novel (3) Band E: Theory of the core Language course and one Literature A chronological study of the traditional English ENG435 Readings in Literary Theory II (3) course selected from any of the bands. Novel from the Romantic Movement to the end The course surveys the various and sometimes 1.7.5 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) Pro- of the reign of Queen Victoria. Problems the conflicting twentieth-century approaches to gramme, where English is the Major subject, Eng- novel address include the decline in religious literature from Russian Formalism to the more lish shall comprise the following at Level 300: faith due to Darwinism, and the social pressures recent Feminist and Postcolonial arguments. a) In each semester, 9 credits made up of the of the increase of urbanisation and industrialisa- core Language course, one Literature course, and tion. ENG425 Seminar on Feminist Literary either another language course or another Lit- Theory (3) erature course from a different band; ENG482 Modern English Drama (3) Although the course demands an in-depth read- b) Over the two semesters, a student may only An exploration of the stylistic and thematic ad- ing of feminist theory, emphasis will also be take a maximum of 9 credits in Language. vances made by British playwrights at the begin- placed on interdisciplinary approaches. Students 1.7.6 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) Pro- ning of the 20th century and their imprint on will be encouraged to consider how theoretical gramme, where English is the Major subject, Eng- the development of drama during the rest of the statements affect their own thinking and ideolo- lish shall comprise the following at Level 400: century. gies. a) In each semester, a minimum of 9 credits made up of the core Language course, one Lit- ENG492 Modern English Poetry (3) Band F: Project/Long Essay erature course and another Language or another The poets of the period explore the material ENG416 Project/Essay in Either Language or Literature, provided it is from a different band; and spiritual dislocations that were signs of the Literature (6, 2 Semesters) b) Over the two semesters, a student may only break-up of Western Civilisation. The course The course offers the student the opportunity to take a maximum 9 credits in Language. studies the poetry of Hopkins, W.B. Yeats, T.S. conduct supervised research which should result 1.7.7 In a Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) Eliot and the poetry of WW1. in the submission of an essay of 5000 – 7000 where English is the Minor subject at Level 300: words. In each semester English shall comprise 3 credits Band C: African Literature selected in consultation with the Head of De- ENG443 The African Novel II (3) Band G: Theatre Studies partment from the Department’s course offer- A study of the design and technical innovations ENG417 Theory and Practice of Drama (6, 2 ings from Level 300 and above. to be seen in the African novel written in English Semesters) 1.7.8 In a Combined Degree (Major/Minor) where or translated into English from indigenous and This is a course designed for students with an English is the Minor subject at Level 400: In each other languages of the continent of Africa. interest in the practice of theatre. It is intended semester, English shall comprise 3 credits select- to deepen students’ practical theatre skills and ed in consultation with the Head of Department ENG463 Gender Issues in African some important theories underlying the skills of from the Department’s course offerings from Literature (3) acting, directing for the stage, set design, light- Level 300 and above. Requiring a comprehensive reading of femi- ing, script-writing. 1.7.9 In a Single Major Programme at Level 300, nist theory and some literary texts, the course English shall comprise the following in each se- encourages students to draw on different dis- mester: 15 credits made up of: a) The core Lan- ciplines to explore representations of mother- Programme Structure guage course, one optional Language course, hood and fatherhood in nationalist politics and Level 100 two Literature courses selected from different literature; visual representations of female and 1.7.1 In each semester English shall comprise 6 bands and another Language or Literature course male sexuality; mainstream feminist criticism credits made up of 1 core course in Language (3 also from a different band. and “womanism.” credits) and 1 core course in Literature (3 cred- b) Over the two semesters, a student must take its). at least 12 credits, the equivalent of 4 courses, ENG453 Bessie Head (3) in Language. This course focuses on Bessie Head as one of the Level 200 1.7.10 In a Single Major Programme at Level major writers to emerge from Botswana and Af- 1.7.2 In each semester English shall comprise 6 400: In each semester, English shall comprise 15 rica. credits made up of the following: credits made up of the following: a) A core course in Language and; a) A core Language course; Band D: World Literature b) A Literature course selected from the avail- b) One optional Language course; ENG434 Non-European World able options. c) Two optional Literature courses provided that Literature (3) 1.7.3 In a Combined Degree (Major/Major) Pro- each course is from a different band; This course provides an overview of the litera- gramme, English shall comprise the following at d) A project or long essay in either Language or tures of unfamiliar cultures, covering topics such Level 300: In each semester, 6 credits made up Literature (6 credits over two semesters). as classical Asian poetry, the novel in China and of the core Language course and one Literature 1.7.11 In a Multidisciplinary Programme at

145 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Levels 300 and 400, the student shall, in con- FRE115 Oral and Written Comprehension (3) Speaking Africa Countries (2) sultation with his/her tutor, select for credit rel- FRE323 French Linguistics and evant courses from the Departmental offerings. Semester 2 Orthography (2) Such courses shall normally be at Level 300 and Core Courses FRE324 French Essay Writing above. FRE124 Oral and Written Expression (3) FRE327 French for Tourism and FRE125 Elementary French Language (3) Hospitality II (2) Assessment and Examination Student performance in each course shall be Level 200 Level 400 evaluated by taking into account continuous Semester 3 Semester 7 assessment and final examination, except in Core Course Core Course the case of ENG416: Research Essay, where the FRE211 Intermediate French Language (3) FRE411 French Language in Use (3) completed essay will take the place of a final examination. Optional Courses Optional Courses FRE212 Business, Scientific and Technical FRE412 Currents of Thought in the French- Progression from Semester to Semester French (2) Speaking Black African Countries. In order to proceed from one semester to the FRE213 Introduction to French Literature (2) FRE413 Theory of Translation (2) next, a student must maintain a cumulative GPA FRE214 Introduction to the Culture and FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study of a in accordance with General Regulation 00.9. Civilization of the French-Speaking Genre, an Author (2) World (2) FRE415 Research Essay (2) DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH FRE217 French language I (2) Semester 8 Entry Requirements Semester 4 Core Course 1.1. Only candidates who have passed French in Core Course FRE426 Advanced Comm. Skills in French (3) the Botswana General Certificate of FRE221 Advanced French Language (3) Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent Optional Courses may be admitted to Level 100 Group A Optional Courses FRE421 French Language through Drama (2) Advanced Programme. FRE222 French for International Relations, FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2) 1.2. Candidates without the above requirements Tourism and Hotel Industry (2) FRE 423 Translation (2) may be admitted to Level 100 FRE223 Intro. to African Literature in FRE424 African Literature: Study of a Genre, Group B Beginners Programme. French (2) an Author (2) FRE224 Conversation (2) FRE425 Aspects of French Thought (2) Level 100 FRE227 French language II (2) FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French (2) Group A: Advanced Students (pre-req.uisite: BGCSE in French or equivalent). Level 300 Assessment Semester 5 1. Performance in each course, with the excep- Semester 1 Core Course tion of core courses and the Conversation course Core Course FRE311 Proficiency in French Language (3) FRE224, shall be evaluated by the combination FRE111 Practical French Language (3) of continuous assessment and the final exami- nation in the ratio of 2.3. The final examination Optional Courses Optional Courses shall consist of a written paper of two hours FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2) FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the 19th duration. FRE113 French for Specific purposes 1 (2) Century (2) 2. In levels 100 to 400, the final examination for FRE313 Introduction to French Linguistics (2) all core courses shall comprise a written paper of Semester 2 FRE314 French Culture and Civilization (2) two hours’ duration and an oral examination of Core Course FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2) 15 minutes in the ratio of 2.1. FRE121 Communication Skills in French (3) FRE317 French for Tourism and 3. The continuous assessment of each course Hospitality I (2) shall comprise a minimum of two oral and writ- Optional Courses ten assignments and/or two tests. FRE122 Techniques of Oral and Written Semester 6 4. The ratio between continuous assessment, Expression (2) Core Course oral examination and written examination FRE123 French for Specific Purposes II (2) FRE325 Advanced Communicative French (3) shall be 2.1.2. Group B: Beginners (pre-req.uisite: None) 5. At Levels 100 400, a three hour Language Optional Courses Laboratory class shall be regarded as Semester 1 FRE321 African Caribbean Literature in equivalent to one lecture hour. Core Courses French (2) FRE114 Basic French Language (3) FRE322 Culture and Civilization of French-

146 Progression both oral and written speech. The course will tive fluency and grammatical accuracy in order 1. In order to proceed from one semester to the be based on oral and written comprehension to help students achieve proficiency in spoken next, a student must obtain a cumulative GPA, of descriptive and narrative passages for essay French. Students will acquire useful oral and which is in accordance with General Regulation writing. writing skills for setting up efficient communi- 00.9. cation in French within standard situations. Fo- 2. A minimum of credit in French in the Botswa- FRE121 Communication Skills in cus will be placed on the study of new language na General Certificate of Secondary Education French (3) forms and functions. Classroom activities com- (BGCSE) or its equivalent is required in order to This course aims at developing the ability to use prise oral and written exercises. be admitted to Levels 200, 300 and 400 courses. the French language efficiently in a practical way. It incorporates language activities related FRE212 Business, Scientific and Technical Course Descriptions to all four skills that will enable learners to un- French (2) FRE111 Practical French Language (3) derstand and communicate in spoken and writ- This course aims at giving students an opportuni- This course will reinforce students’ competence ten language. ty to learn the French language that can be used in oral and written French so that they have a in professional situations of communication. A more spontaneous use of the French Language. FRE122 Techniques of Oral and Written study of the French language mechanisms and Emphasis will be laid on mastering basic lan- Expression (2) structures that is necessary for understanding guage functions and linguistic structures learnt The aim of this course is to develop fluency and scientific and technical texts written in French. by students at secondary level for effective ex- accuracy in spoken and written French. Students Study of the common and important commercial pression in French both written and verbal. will be trained to introduce nuance in their oral vocabulary related to the economic field. expression through some communicative activi- FRE112 Spoken and Written French (2) ties. Emphasis will be placed on techniques and FRE213 Introduction to French This course aims at rapidly developing students’ strategies relevant to the planning and organiza- Literature (2) fluency and accuracy in spoken and written tion of writing tasks (writing reports, summaries, This course is offered to introduce students to French by equipping them with listening and formal and informal letters, expressing opinions a variety of basic literary genres of particular reading skills and strategies. The content of the etc.) authors from France: novels, short stories, and course will cover practical exercises both oral poems, of intermediate difficulty. The main ob- and written in the classroom and in the Lan- FRE123 French for Specific Purposes II (2) jective will be to introduce students to a basic guage Laboratory. This French Language course aims at equipping vocabulary of literary discourse in French, to students with reading techniques so as to under- make them aware of literary style and help them FRE113 French For Specific Purposes I (2) stand and interpret texts of their area of speciali- improve communicative competence in French. This French Language course aims at equipping zation (Library and Information Studies, History students with reading techniques so as to un- etc.) written in French. The content comprises FRE214 Introduction to Culture and Civili- derstand and interpret texts of their area of spe- analysis and description of different types of the sation of the French Speaking World (2) cialization (economics, law and social sciences) French discourse used in various disciplines This course intends to examine aspects of the written in French. The content comprises analysis culture and civilization of the French-speaking and description of different types of the French FRE124 Oral and Written Expression (3) world. A survey will be made of civilization of discourse used in various disciplines offered to This course aims at helping students use ac- French-speaking countries through authentic students at this level. quired communication skills so as to express materials based on economy, social life and poli- themselves freely in accurate spoken as well as tics. Students will have the opportunity to com- FRE114 Basic French Language (3) written French. Communication activities will be pare aspects of culture and civilization of the This is an intensive French Language course in- performed in both spoken and written French in French-speaking world with their own culture. tended to develop the student’s ability to com- order to give students self-confidence in the use municate in French both orally and in writing. of the French language. FRE217 French Language I (2) Emphasis is placed on elementary linguistic This course is designed to develop students’ structures with emphasis on free expression FRE125 Elementary French Language (3) competence in spoken and written French so (spoken and written), oral exercises in the Lan- This course will further develop communicative that they may have a more spontaneous use guage Laboratory to consolidate communicative skills and introduce new speech acts and gram- of the French language. Emphasis will be laid and linguistic competencies. matical structures, and building up vocabulary on mastering basic language functions and lin- on new topics in order for them to achieve profi- guistic structures for effective expression in both FRE115 Oral and Written ciency in spoken and written French. The content written and spoken French. The content of this Comprehension (3) includes the consolidation of language functions course will cover practical exercises, both oral The aim of this course is to develop the students’ and grammatical structures already acquired and and written, in the classroom and the language comprehension of spoken and written French by the introduction of new ones. laboratory. equipping them with some reading techniques and listening strategies and strengthening their FRE211 Intermediate French Language (3) FRE221 Advanced French Language (3) ability to express ideas in French by means of This course aims at consolidating communica- This course aims to help students express them-

147 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

selves as clearly as possible with more confidence FRE311 French Novel and Poetry of the FRE 317 French for Tourism and and accuracy. Emphasis is on exercises reflecting 19th Century (2) Hospitality I (2) real-life language use and leading to better pro- This course aims at helping students achieve This is a practical course meant for students who nunciation and grammatical control. It is based proficiency in spoken French and improve their want to acquire relevant language skills so as to on oral and written exercises aimed at broaden- written language skills. Students will obtain a communicate in a professional situation. The aim ing vocabulary and improving style. Composition deeper knowledge of the structure and function- of the course is to help students acquire a basic will cover the following areas: description, por- ing of the French language in order to write and knowledge of the type of French commonly used trait and narration. speak better in French. in the fields of the Hotel and Tourism Industry. It consists of the study of vocabulary and linguistic FRE222 French for International Relations, FRE312 French Novel and Poetry of the skills related to the profession of tourism and the Tourism and the Hotel Industry (2) 19th Century (2) hotel industry. This topic-based language course This course aims at giving students an opportu- The aim of this course is to introduce students to will cover real-life contexts and situations. Focus nity to learn the register of French typically used the major schools and movements of French lit- will be on oral and written communication re- in a professional situation of communication. erature through the works of some of the leading lated to the situations and practices in the area Study of vocabulary and savoir-faire related to writers of the French tradition and to familiarize of hotel and tourism management. The course international relations or to tourism and the ho- them with particular expressions and stylistic will also examine aspects of the culture and civi- tel trade. Students are to choose one the follow- features used by selected authors in their work. lization of the French-speaking world. ing two topics: French for International Relations Students will become familiar with major writers or French for Tourism and the Hotel Industry. and schools of the French tradition and through FRE321 African and Caribbean Literature in them improve their language skills and familiar- French (2) FRE223 Introduction to African ity with French culture. Students will read major This course aims at introducing students to the Literature (2) works of French literature from selected move- main currents in Black African and Caribbean This course is offered to introduce students to ments of the 19th century. Francophone literature and to familiarize them a variety of basic literary genres of particular with the history, culture, experiences and aspira- authors from francophone Africa: novels, short FRE313 Introduction to French tions of Black African people and people of Afri- stories, and poems, of intermediate difficulty. The Linguistics (2) can descent in the Caribbean through the study main objective will be to introduce students to a This course will provide a general knowledge of selected works of prose and poetry by major basic vocabulary of literary discourse in French, base for scientific study of the French language writers. to make them aware of literary style and help and equip students with facts and skills to en- them improve communicative competence in able them to describe the French language, and FRE322 Culture and Civilisation of French French. account for its internal changes. The course Speaking African Countries (2) entails an elaborate description of phonetics, This course aims at giving students an oppor- FRE224 Conversation (2) phonology/ morphology, semantics and syntax tunity to gain a basic familiarity with the civi- This course aims to develop students’ ability to of French. lization of French-speaking Black Africa and the understand and produce general notions (basic ability to understand their own culture better by concepts) and help them improve their com- FRE314 French Culture and Civilisation (2) a comparison of the two. Aspects of the culture mand of spoken French. Real-life documents as This course examines aspects of French culture and civilization of French Speaking Black Africa well as communicative activities will be used to and civilization that are relevant to the study of will be examined. strengthen the students’ ability to communicate literature and language and constitutes an intro- in French. Conversation from a topic, a text, a duction to ways of life, social organization, law, FRE323 French Linguistics and film, a documentary etc. will lead to written ex- politics, attitudes and mentalities, etc. Students Orthography (2) ercises. will learn to appreciate better the civilization of This course introduces students to the under- France and be able to pursue studies of French standing of the fundamental basis of the study FRE227 French Language II (2) language and literature. of the French language and the application of The content of this course includes the consoli- the scientific knowledge of the French language dation of language functions and grammatical FRE315 Introduction to Text Analysis (2) to the understanding of transcription and of the structures already acquired by students and the This course intends to give students a basic fa- writing systems of the language. It provides stu- introduction of new ones. It will focus on essen- miliarity with the genres of literature in French dents with skills to manage possible language tial linguistic (oral and written) communication and with different ways of approaching texts: errors related to pronunciation and writing. skills so as to be able to use French effectively thematic studies, use of language, relationship for the purpose of practical communication. This between form and content, characterization and FRE324 French Essay Writing (2) course will develop students’ ability to use the to familiarize them with the vocabulary used in The course aims at improving students’ perform- French language in a practical way. French literary studies. This will include study of ance and competence in objective reading and some schools and methods of literary criticism. writing. Students will learn and put into practice reading and writing techniques. The content will cover practical exercises such as: note-taking,

148 summarizing, letter writing, writing paragraphs FRE414 Modern French Literature: Study 0f rica, tradition and modernity. and compositions, reading and writing different a Genre or an Author (2) types of texts. The aim of this course is to give students an in- FRE425 Aspects of French Thought (2) depth knowledge of a particular author, genre, The aim of this course is to familiarize students FRE325 Advanced Communicative literary movement, or subject in Modern French with currents of thought in France on social, French (3) literature. Students will read several works of the economic, political, and cultural problems, as The aim of this course is to help students use chosen author, genre, or subject. well as their philosophical underpinnings, as acquired communication skills so as to express seen by influential French writers since the themselves freely and accurately in spoken and FRE415 Research Essay (2) 1930s. Students will read selections from major written French. The course content will cover This course provides students with the opportu- French intellectuals of the post-war period and practical exercises that will help learners to use nity to conduct research and use their linguistic from current journals. French in simulated communicative situations. skills to write on a chosen topic of linguistic, lit- erary, or cultural interest. Students will be trained FRE426 Advanced Communication Skills in FRE 327 French for Tourism and in research methods and carry out such research French (3) Hospitality II (2) under staff supervision that will result in submis- This course aims at reinforcing students’ compe- This course aims at developing students’ com- sion of a finished dissertation. Admission to this tence in oral and written expression and com- municative skills relevant to the profession of course is subject to Departmental approval. prehension so as to give them more confidence tourism, hotel management and the catering in speaking and discussing a variety of topics. industry. More precisely, it aims at reinforcing FRE421 French Language Through all basic grammatical structures and vocabulary Drama (2) FRE427 Caribbean Literature in French (2) acquired through language functions in order The aim of this course is to develop particular The objective of this course is to introduce stu- to equip students with the necessary oral and communicative skills and strategies through the dents to the history, culture, experience and writing skills for setting up an efficient commu- use of some theatrical techniques. Students will aspirations of people of African descent in the nication in French within professional situations have an opportunity to learn the French lan- French speaking Caribbean. Coursework includes linked to Tourism and the Hotel Industry. guage while writing their own plots, which they a study from a selected period, theme, and piece will perform subsequently. This course includes of the work of an author. the use of some theatrical techniques and prac- FRE411 French Language in Use (3) tical exercises and discussions of students’ work. The aim of this course is to develop particular DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY communicative skills and strategies and to carry FRE422 Advanced French Linguistics (2) out some communicative activities as well as to The course introduces students to the scientific Degree Programmes familiarize students with the grammatical, sty- description of the French language with special Bachelor of Arts in Archeology listic, and linguistic problems in spoken versus emphasis on the phonetics/phonology, morphol- Bachelor of Arts in History written French. Students will study form and ogy/syntax and semantics. The approach is de- structure of the French language to improve scriptive. Theoretical approaches (generativist, Entry Requirements their skills in conversation and writing. structuralist, transformationalist, etc.) will be The normal Entry Requirements are as stipulated referred to without being taken as the explicit in General Regulation 20.20 and in FRE412 Currents of Thought in the French basis of the language analysis. Departmental Regulation 1.4 Speaking Africa (2) The aim of this course is to familiarize students FRE423 Translation (2) (A) Archaeology Course Descriptions with currents of thought in the French-Speak- This is a practical course that will give students ing African and Caribbean countries. A study skills to handle the translation of French into ac- ARC101 Introduction to World Prehistory of selected philosophers and thinkers in Africa curate English and vice versa using simple texts The course aims to provide students with a ba- and the Caribbean: S. Signora. Césaire, F.Fanon, and writings, real-life documents and interpreta- sic understanding of world history, and provides J.Roumain, .Rabemananjara, S. Adotevi, V.Y. Mu- tion of speech. students with an opportunity to appreciate dimbe, A.Memmi etc. prehistory on a global scale. 2 lecture hours per FRE424 African Literature: Study of a week. FRE413 Theory of Translation (2) Genre or an Author (2) This course provides students with skills to han- This course gives students more in-depth knowl- ARC102 Introduction to Archaeology dle translation problems between French and edge of particular authors, genres, literary move- Introduction to the nature of archaeological English, Setswana and vice versa as well as an ments, or subjects in Francophone African litera- data its analysis and the state of knowledge of overview of theoretical problems of translation. ture. Students will read several works of selected the subject in Botswana through, and discussion It will also examine the role played by the vo- authors, and gain an ability to apply what they of case studies from Botswana in particular and cabulary, structure and meaning in the theory have learnt to their other studies. Readings on southern and eastern Africa in general. 2 lecture of translation from French to English and vice the chosen topic assigned by the staff member. hours per week. versa. Possible topics include Negritude, women in Af-

149 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological ing a Research Project Proposal based on analy- pertise--e.g. a study of Rock Art. 3 lecture hours Theory sis of previous research reports and publications. per week. The course presents to students archaeologi- (pre-req.uisite for ARC 471 and compulsory for cal theories, and analytical techniques general Single Major) 3 lecture/ tutorial hour per week. ARC323 Research Methods in Archaeology employed in the study of archaeological phe- (Previous Title: Reading Material Culture in nomena, and also discusses the history of the ARC313 Stone Tools (Lithics) Archaeology) discipline, its aims, goals, and development as a This course introduces students to the basics of Equipping students with basic knowledge and discipline. 3 lecture hours per week. stone tool technology and typology-- including skills to conceptualize, plan and carry out ar- learning how to make stone tools, how to iden- chaeological research and data analysis. 3 lec- ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological tify and describe them, and how others in the ture/ tutorial hours per week. Method region have classified stone tools into various The course is an introduction to archaeologi- types. 3 lecture hours ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana cal/ prehistoric research methods, organisation, The course traces the history of archaeological curation and interpretation- -including recon- ARC 314 Ceramic Analysis research in Botswana and highlights major in- naissance, environmental reconstruction, exca- This course introduces students to the basics of fluences in and contributions to scholarship, and vation, principles of stratigraphy, and analysis of ceramic technology and typology-- including the impact of archaeology on the reconstruction finds. 3 lecture hours per week. how to make pots, how to identify and describe of Botswana’s history and museum development. whole vessels and potsherds, and how others in 3 lecture hours per week. ARC203 Introduction to African the region have classified. ceramics into various Archaeology types. 3 lecture hours per week. ARC 402 Advanced Archaeological Theory Seminar course introducing issues and debates This course focuses on the ‘New Archaeology’ in African archaeology, including palaeontology ARC315 Field Techniques from the 1960s, including the infl uence of Euro- and key figures in the development of African This course introduces students to basic archae- American researchers on theoretical archaeol- archaeology, and requiring a long essay on the ological field skills--including map reading, ori- ogy and reviewing contributions of researchers prehistory of the continent. 3 seminar hours per enteering, map-making, survey, excavation, sort- in other parts of the world. 3 lecture hours per week. ing and cataloguing finds. Students spend two week. weeks intensive fieldwork training conditions ARC204 Introduction to Environmental under supervision. 3 credits per 2 weeks. ARC 412 Human Origins Archaeology This course presents the naturalist’s point of view (previous number: ARC 207) ARC316 Archaeological Interpretation of evolution and human origins, from around 5 This course provides theoretical background in This course teaches students how archaeologists million years ago until farming began about ecology, geology and related fields, especially go about interpreting the past through a series 10,000 years ago--discussing the origins of up- those of the earth sciences used in conjunc- of simulated archaeological problems that the right posture, tools, languages, and our extraor- tion with archaeology. Includes 5-day field trip students solve. The problems closely resemble dinary brains. 3 lecture hours during the short-break to Ngamiland and Mak- actual archaeological evidence. 3 lecture hours per week. gadikgadi. 3 lecture hours per week. per week. ARC 413 Complex Societies (Previous Title: ARC301 Archaeological Heritage ARC 317 Bioarchaeology I Farmers And State Formation) Management Study of the relationship between human beings This course examines why people turned to food (Previous Title: History of Archaeology) and their natural and social production after more than a million years of Philosophy, policy and practice, to enable stu- Environments, integrating data from botanical successful hunting and gathering. Case studies dents to choose appropriate techniques for cul- and faunal remains. 3 lecture hours per week. cover food production, sedentary life, and com- tural and natural resources, and to comprehend plex societies in the Near East, Africa and Central the theoretical aspects of Cultural Resource ARC321 Ethnoarchaeology America. 3 lecture hours per week. Management. 3 lecture hours per week. This course introduces learners to basic concepts in ethnoarchaeology, the study of contemporary ARC302 Quantitative Techniques societies/ cultures and their relevance to archae- ARC 421 Geoarchaeology This course equips students for working with ology. It focuses on the principles and develop- The course focuses on spatial and temporal varied archaeological samples, and introduces ment of the subdiscipline. 3 lecture hours per distributions of archaeological sites, landscape basic quantitative or statistical principles and week. topography, geomorphology and subsurface techniques applied in the field and laboratory stratigraphy, and site context formation theory. practices as well as in research data analysis. 3 ARC322 Special Subject (Previous Title: Practical classes include terrain unit evaluation. lecture hours per week. Case Studies in Ethnoarchaeology 3 lecture hours per week. Study of a subject of current research and debate ARC304 Research Project Proposal and/ or topical issues in Botswana and Southern To test student initiative in choosing and prepar- African archaeology, based on current staff ex-

150 ARC422 Bioarchaeology II (Previous Title: Semester 2 HIS211 The Rise of Europe to World Faunal And Floral Analysis) Core Courses Dominance This course explores processes leading to the ARC302 Quantitative Techniques (3) Rise of Europe from the Middle Ages to its posi- formation of fossil records and examines meth- ARC304 Research Project Proposal (3) tion of world dominance in the late 19th centu- odologies and techniques of extracting, analys- (core for Single Major Only) ry, including religion, social and cultural change, ing and interpreting plant and animal micro and science and technology, witchcraft and deviance, macrofossil material from the archaeological ARC315 Field Techniques (optional) and changing relations with other civilizations. 3 record. 3 lecture hours per week. lecture hours per week. Level 400 ARC471 Research Project: Fieldwork & Semester 1 HIS212 Catastrophe & Survival in 20th Preliminary Reports. 3 Credits Core Courses Century Europe ARC472 Research Proposal: Intermediate & ARC401 Archaeology of Botswana (3) From world dominance to near self-destruction, Final Reports. 9 Credits ARC417 Heritage Management (3) and then recovery in three major cycles: the two ARC471 Research Project Fieldwork & world wars; the era of Fascism; and the era of GEC462 Reconstructing African Heritage Preliminary Report (3 credits core for Communism--including extremism, economic through Multimedia Single Major Only) collapse and the Nazi Holocaust, with use of if The course uses specially designed audiovis- lm. 3 lecture hours per week. ual multimedia materials to study the major Semester 2 achievements of African prehistory evidenced Core Courses HIS213 Poverty, Economic Growth and by the remains of material cultures, the repre- ARC402 Advanced Archaeological Theory (3) Affluence in Western Europe and America sentation of material heritage by archaeologists, ARC472 Research Project Intermediate & Examining the transformation of Western Euro- and how African heritage can be maintained and Final Reports (9 credits core for pean and American economies through marketed. 2 lecture hours Single Major Only) the development of trade in medieval Europe, feudal economies, markets during the renais- (A) BA in Archaeology (B) BA in History sance, and the industrialization of Western Europe and North America. 3 lecture hours per Level 100 HISTORY COURSES DESCRIPTIONS week. Semester 1 Core Courses HIS102 Introduction to the Study of History HIS214 Agriculture and Industrialisation in ARC 101 Introduction to Archaeology (2) The course applies the skills and methods of the World Economy to 1945 university historians to selected aspects of the Comparing the rise of capitalism in Britain, Semester 2 history of Botswana and neighbouring areas, France, Germany, Russia and parts of south- Core Courses raising questions of individual identity, gender, ern and eastern Europe, with Japan and North ARC102 Introduction to World Prehistory (2) class, language and ethnicity, inheritance and America--with emphasis on agrarian transition, heritage. 2 lecture hours per week. commercial revolutions, economic crisis and re- Level 200 covery. 3 lecture hours per week. Semester 1 HIS201 African Cultures & Civilisations to Core Courses C.1500 HIS305 Historical Research Methods & His- ARC201 Introduction to Archaeological Selected themes in prehistory, state formation, toriography of Botswana Theory (3) trade, and small-scale societies--from the ori- Stages and processes in the research and writ- ARC203 Introduction to African Archaeology gin and spread of modern humans, via Ancient ing of history--including topic selection, data Egypt, Ethiopia and West African kingdoms, to collection, evaluation, dating analysis and inter- Semester 2 the rise and fall of Great Zimbabwe. 3 lecture pretation of data, and systematic presentation Core Courses hours per week. of data as coherent meaningful accounts of the ARC202 Introduction to Archaeological past. Debates and research lacunae on histori- Methods (3) cal study of Botswana ecology and environment, ARC204 Introduction to Environmental culture, family life, migration and settlement, Archaeology HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic trade and production, technological change, Slave Trade C.1500-c.1800 elite formation, labour relations, political institu- Level 300 From later Islamic and Christian history in North tions, religion, education, etc 4 lecture/ tutorial Semester 1 Africa, via the growth of coastal and interior hours per week. Core Courses trading states, slave trading in the Atlantic and ARC301 Archaeological Heritage Indian Oceans, with greater depth on south- HIS306 Introduction to the Philosophy of Management (3) eastern Africa. 3 lecture hours per week. History & Research Project Proposal ARC323 Research Methods in Archaeology (3) The course discusses the issues relating to the scientific or non-scientific, objective or non-ob-

151 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

jective nature of historical knowledge, and the HIS341 From Slavery to Colonialism in West South Africa and Southern Rhodesia; contrast- various theories advanced to explain the entire Africa ing political development into kingdoms and a course of the human past. Each individual stu- Contact with Islam, growth of states, impact of republic; post-colonial internal and regional de- dent writes a Research Project proposal for con- slave trade and Scramble for colonisation, simi- velopments. 3 lecture hours per week. sideration by the History Department Board (pre- larities and differences between French and Brit- req.uisite for entering HIS 471 Research Project ish colonial conquest and systems of rule and HIS416 Land, Labour & Liberation in course). 4 lecture/ tutorial hours per week. changes within them. 3 lecture hours per week. Mozambique, Namibia & Zimbabwe Contrasting colonial conquests and heritages HIS331 African Diaspora in the Islamic World HIS342 Modern Anglophone, Francophone within the context of South African regional & Asia & Lusophone West Africa domination, white settler and company land and In the context of the Saharan and Indian Ocean Political and socioeconomic changes since the labour alienation; armed liberation movements, slave trades, contrasting mining and plantation outbreak of the Second World War: late colonial post-colonial insurgence and land reclamation. 3 labour with domestic labour and military em- constitutions; early independence and popular lecture hours per week. ployment in the Mediterranean and the Near betterment; military-bureaucratic coups; struc- East, Arabia and Persia, and the islands of the tural adjustment and multiparty democracy. 3 HIS421 Political Ideas during the Ancient Oceans. 3 lecture hours per week. lecture hours per week. and Medieval Periods Concepts and defi nitions, and the development HIS332 African Diaspora in the Caribbean & HIS343 Trade & Politics in Central African of the philosophy and theory of the State from The Americas Kingdoms the Ancient to Medieval periods, to understand Why Africans rather than natives became slaves, Socio-economic and political organization before the origins and historical background to later African cultural survivals, slavery within mer- contact with Europeans, contact with Europeans political thoughts, cultures and theories. 3 lec- cantile and industrial economies, debates about and its impact, imposition of colonial rule, and ture hours per week. emancipation, subsequent racial segregation, African reaction to colonial policies up to the black political and intellectual movements. 3 lec- early 20th century. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS422 Political Ideas during the Modern ture hours per week. and Contemporary Periods HIS344 The Roots of Crisis in Modern Further developments in the philosophy and HIS333 Introduction to Foreign Policy, Di- Central Africa theory of the State and the organisation of soci- plomacy and International Relations, 1800 Colonial administrations and settler economies, eties to those students can understand political to 1945 resistance to colonialism, industrial workers, theory and ideas and participate effectively in The concepts of diplomacy, foreign policy and modern forms of nationalism in Zambia and modern societies and the world system. 3 lecture international relations, and their historical evo- Malawi, armed struggles in Angola and Congo; hours per week. lution; operation of the international system and ‘structural adjustment’ and multiparty democra- role of big powers therein. 3 lecture hours per tisation, SADC. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS431 Natives & Settlers in Early North week. America HIS401 Mfecane & the Settler Scramble for The dispossession of native North Americans by HIS334 Superpowers in the 20th Century Southern Africa European settlers between the Arctic and the Conceptual frameworks for analysing the in- Historical debates on coastal frontiers in the Caribbean; frontier penetration and settlement ternational system; main historiographical is- 18th century, interior states and Mfecane/ Di- by free Europeans and slave Africans, native- sues concerning the role of the big powers and faqane wars, settlers and missionaries; diamond settler contact, and land alienation through the the survival of small states. 3 lecture hours per and gold mining, migrant labour; African states, 19th century. 3 lecture hours per week. week. Boer republics, British, German and Portuguese colonies. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS432 Industrialisation & Expansion in HIS335 Colonial Latin America to 1830 Modern North America Conquest and establishment of colonial rule by HIS412 Twentieth Century South Africa Themes from the American Revolution to the Spain and Portugal; the indigenous people of Confrontations between white Afrikaner nation- present day: expansionism/ imperialism and Latin America, impact of conquest, the establish- alism and black African nationalism; racial seg- isolationism; extensive use of intensive agricul- ment of colonial rule, and anticolonial struggles. regation and apartheid; worker resistance, native ture; rapid development of extractive and manu- 3 lecture hours per week. reserves and ‘Bantustans’; liberation struggles up facturing industries; markets, settlement and HIS336 Modern Latin America to 1994 and achievements since then. 3 lecture urbanisation; origins of the Information Age. 3 Independence and the failure of Pan American- hours per week. lecture hours per week. ism; military dictatorships to bureaucratic-au- thoritarianism; revolutions in Mexico, Cuba and HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners & the Impact HIS433 Civilization and Modernization in Nicaragua and the rise of modern Latin American of Colonial Rule in Botswana, Lesotho and China & Japan democratic states. 3 lecture hours per week. Swaziland Contrasting two ancient cultures and paths to Forms of ‘parallel rule’ through paramount modernization: Japan’s conversion into a world chiefs; economic and political relations with the power with consumer-based capitalism, and

152 China’s convulsions, socialist experimentation, 3 lecture hours per week. per week. and subsequent political and economic develop- ments. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS445 Globalisation and Third World HIS473 Special Seminar I Economies in Africa, Latin Special seminars are based on reading and re- HIS434 Ancient, Colonial & Independent America and South-east Asia sources recommended by the expert staff mem- India & South Asia How Africa found its modern development path ber in a chosen topic. Each seminar consists of Ancient civilisations, Muslim and early European compared with Latin America and South-East an essay presentation by one student and a brief coastal trade; British colonial rule and transfor- Asia: ‘African capitalism’, agrarian transition, critique of by another student, followed by dis- mations during the colonial period; nationalism, technology and productivity, incorporation into cussion. 3 seminar hours per week. independence and partition; different trajecto- the international economy, and debates in eco- ries of India, Pakistan, etc. since independence. 3 nomic history. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS474 Special Seminar II (Description as lecture hours per week. for HIS 474) HIS446 Growth, Policy and Poverty in Afri- HIS601 History Research Methodology HIS435 Modern Britain: Nation, Class, ca, Latin America, South & South-East Asia The nature of History and the techniques utilized Gender, Race, Religion, Culture, Power Comparing pre-colonial, colonial and postcolo- for research and writing in the discipline--col- Creation of the ‘imagined community’ of Britain nial world regions: institutional settings, rise of lection evaluation analysis and interpretation of out of disparate cultures and ‘nations’; elites capitalist development, contending rationalities data, and the presentation of the data in a co- and power structures, class conflict ict, gender in the agricultural sector, famines, hunger, and herent meaningful account in support of a point assertion and ideas of ‘race’; postimperial crisis starvation; persistence of poverty and social ex- of view. 3 seminar hours per week of identity and European Union membership. 3 clusion. 3 lecture hours per week. lecture hours per week. HIS602 Philosophy of History HIS443 Islam, Imperialism & the Military in The course deals with the theoretical and philo- HIS436 The British Empire & the Making Of Modern Egypt sophical aspects of historical studies. It focuses Commonwealth in World History Islamization and Arabization of the Nile valley on theory of knowledge or epistemology of his- From 16th century rise to 20th century decline of and the coast; Ottoman imperial rule; France tory as a discipline, and the reflections of schol- British world power: constitutional development and Britain; rise of Egyptian nationalism; Sudan ars on the course of human history as a whole. 3 of settler colonies into Dominions, contrasted condominium; Nasser and Nasserism in the Arab seminar hours per week with non-settler colonies; Commonwealth issues world; Egypt’s role in Palestine, Islamic funda- and membership crises since the 1950s. 3 lecture mentalism. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS603 Historiographical Issues in hours per week. Precolonial Southern Africa HIS444 French Colonialism & Its Aftermath The course commences by considering the major HIS437 Civilisations of the Ancient Near in North Africa “schools” of historical writing about Southern East & Mediterranean Ottoman imperial rule but Morocco independent; Africa, and then examines debates among his- Science and technology, ancient slavery, identi- imposition of French colonial rule, alienation of torians, mainly in the 19th century, ending with fying major achievements, of the ‘hydraulic so- land, white settlement; rise of nationalism and colonization and African responses to it. 3 semi- cieties’ of ancient Iraq and Egypt, through the socialism, anti-colonial insurgence; post-colo- nar hours per week real or supposed ‘democracy’ of ancient Greece, nial developments and contemporary problems. to the end of the Roman and Byzantine empires. 3 lecture hours per week. HIS604 Historiographical Issues in Modern 3 lecture hours per week. Southern Africa Add “Ern” HIS471 Research Project: Fieldwork & The focus is on continual discourse and debate HIS441 Slave Trade & Colonial Conquest in Preliminary Report among historians concerning topics mainly in East Africa If the HIS 304 proposal has been accepted by the 20th century, to give students a good grasp Environmental, cultural and chronological sur- the History Department Board, the student is of the main historiographical trends and enable vey of hunting-gathering and pastoralism on the allocated a supervisor and conducts fieldwork them to be more analytical and critical in their plains to settled agricultural kingdoms; trading during the winter period. The preliminary draft own research. 3 seminar hours per week in ivory and slaves by Portuguese, French, and report is presented at a seminar during Semester Swahili; British and German intervention and I. 2 seminar hours (3 credits) per week. HIS611 Introduction to the Economic colonial partition. 3 lecture hours per week. History of Africa The course takes a topical approach to economic HIS442 Ecology & Empire, Conservation & HIS472 Research Project: Intermediate & development in Africa, focusing on the origins Politics in Eastern Africa Final Reports of “African capitalism” and industrialization in Human settlement in relation to natural envi- If the HIS 472 proposal has been judged satis- North and Sub-Saharan Africa, and on contro- ronment, and effects of political intervention factory by the History Department Board, the versies and debates in the economic history lit- and land partition—including tsetse-fl y and ma- student presents a preliminary draft report to a erature. 3 seminar hours per week laria, peasant farmers and white settlers, wildlife seminar and then submits a final report at the conservation and peasant ‘betterment’ schemes. end of Semester II. 2 seminar hours (6 credits)

153 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

HIS612 Case Studies in the Economic the staff member, and proceeds as a seminar un- Trade c.1500 -1800 (core) (3) History of Africa der his/her guidance. 3 seminar hours per week Topics range from the economy of precolonial Level 300 Africa, through critical examination of contend- HIS662 Research Proposal for Dissertation Semester 1 ing rationalities in agriculture, institutional ri- This course provides a structure in which stu- HIS305 Historical Research Methods and gidities and the political economy of famines, dents prepare their research proposals. Students Histography of Botswana (core)(3) hunger, and starvation, persistence of poverty will meet regularly with assigned staff members, and economics of social exclusion. 3 seminar and will be required to make periodic reports. 2 Semester 2 hours per week credits/ tutorial hours per week HIS 306 Philosophy of History and Research Project Proposal (core) (4) HIS613 Political and Economic Aspects of GEC265 Two World Wars on Film Imperialism The course introduces students to public dis- Level 400 European imperialism has had a profound impact course on the two World Wars of the 20th cen- Semester 1 on recent world history, and yet it is surprisingly tury--how Europe, America and Japan, and their Core Courses hard to explain satisfactorily. This course reviews colonial empires, underwent war and genocide; HIS401 Mfecane and the Settler Scramble for the main political and economic explanations for the impact of warfare on their economies and Southern Africa (3)(core) the phenomenon. 3 seminar hours per week societies; and how visual media have reported, represented, interpreted and manipulated events. Semester 2 HIS614 Cultural and Environmental 2 lecture hours Alternate Core Courses Approaches to the History of Imperialism HIS412 Segregation, Apartheid & African The course considers scholarly issues and ap- GEC362 Africa and its Past on Film Nationalism in South Africa (3) proaches in the relationship between culture and Introducing students to the creation and recrea- HIS414 Chiefs, Commoners & the Impact of imperialism, including “postcolonial” theory, on tion of the history and imagery of Africa in cine- Colonial Rule in Botswana, Lesotho & the topics of empire, race and gender; the Orien- ma and television, how the African past has been Swaziland (3) talism debate; and environmental and scientifi c represented in major television series, and how HIS416 Land, Labour & Liberation in imperialism. 3 seminar hours per week Southern Africa people, particularly Zulu and Mozambique, Namibia & Khoe and San, have been represented in drama Zimbabwe (3) HIS615 History of Religion in Africa and documentary films. 2 lecture hours An overview of the historical study of religion in Level 600 Africa, including introduction to the main theo- GEC462 Reconstructing African Heritage Semester 1 retical issues. Students completing this course through Multimedia Core Courses should be familiar with and able to discuss the The course uses specially designed audiovis- HIS601 History Research Methodology (3) main ideas current in the historical study of Afri- ual multimedia materials to study the major HIS603 Historiographical Issues in Precolonial can religion. 3 seminar hours per week. achievements of African prehistory evidenced Southern Africa (3) by the remains of material cultures, the repre- HIS616 Religion and Power in Botswana sentation of material heritage by archaeologists, Semester 2 The course surveys relations between religion and how African heritage can be maintained and Core Courses and power, including “traditional religion” and marketed. 2 lecture hours HIS602 Philosophy of History (3 credits) chieftainship, impact of missionaries and traders, HIS604 Historiographical Issues in Modern “church and state”, conflicts over medicine, rise (B) BA in History Southern Africa (3) of independent churches, and impact of post- Level 100 colonial secularism. 3 seminar hours per week Semester 1 Assessment ARC101 Intro. World to Pre-History Assessment shall be as per Academic Regulations HIS627 Archaeology for Teachers (core) (2) 00.8 Designed for secondary school teachers to up- date and expand their knowledge of three ar- Semester 2 Award of Degree chaeological modules: human evolution, the HIS102 Intro. to the Study of History The award of the Degree shall be as per General origins of food production, and the origins of (core) (2) Regulations 00.852 civilization, including current theories and case studies. 3 seminar hours per week Level 200 DEPARTMENT OF LIBRARY & HIS651, HIS 652, HIS 653, & HIS 654 Special Semester 1 INFORMATION STUDIES Topics I, II, III, & IV HIS201 African Cultures and Civilisations to Topics vary from year to year, but are designed to c. 1500(core) (3) CAR100 Special Regulations for the Certifi- immerse students in recent advanced scholarship cate in Archives and Records Management in areas of expertise of current staff. The course Semester 2 Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- begins with a historiographical introduction by HIS202 Africa in the Era of the Atlantic Slav demic Regulations and Faculty of Humanities

154 Regulations, the following Departmental Regu- Progression from Semester to Semester General Education Courses lations shall apply: Progression from semester to semester shall ap- GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) ply according to Regulation 00.9. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Entrance Requirements Fundamentals I (2) The normal requirements for entrance to the Assessment and Examinations certificate in Archives and Records Management Evaluation of students’ performance in the Cer- Semester 2 Program shall be: Botswana General Certificate tificate in Archives and Records Management Core Courses of Secondary Education or equivalent with at Program shall be based on continuous assess- BIM101 Introduction to Information least passes in three subjects including English. ment and a formal examination at the end of Science (3) Applicants with at least one year work experi- each semester. The weighting between continu- LIS114 Collection Development and ence in a registry or related institutions will be ous assessment and formal examination shall be Management (3) preferred. 2:3. Optional Courses Programme Structure DIS110 Special Regulations for the Diploma LIS104 Introduction to the Internet and Web The Certificate in Archives and Records Manage- in Library and Information Studies Design (3) ment extends over two semesters for full-time Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- LIS106 Information Resources study or four semesters for part-time (distance demic Regulations and the Faculty of Humani- Management (3) learning/sandwich) study in the single subject ties, the following Departmental Regulations LIS112 Introduction to Publishing and the Archives and Records Management leading to shall apply: Book Trade (2) the award of the Certificate in Archives and Records Management. Students can take a mini- Entrance Requirements Level 200 mum of 6 credits of optional courses or elective The normal requirement for entrance to the Semester 3 courses. The Program shall consist of a minimum Diploma in Library and Information Studies Core Courses of 30 credits. All core courses must be passed. Program shall be a Certificate in Library and LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) Information Studies from this University or its LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) Level 100 equivalent from any other recognized institution, LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (2) Semester 1 AND at least one year’s experience in a library or General Education Courses should Core Courses related institution. Candidates with a Certificate not exceed 6 credits for both LIS110 Administration and Management of in Library and Information Studies from this Uni- semesters Information Centers (3) versity shall be admitted directly to Level 2 of the REC011 Introduction to Records Diploma Program. Botswana General Certificate Optional Courses Management (3) of Secondary Education or equivalent. All can- LIS203 African Information Environment (3) REC012 Introduction to Archives (3). didates for admission must have a minimum of LIS211 Information and Society (3) REC015 Introduction to Office Skills (3) credit in English Language. BIM200 Information Management Systems REC017 Introduction to Information Development (3) Technology (3) Programme Structure The Diploma in Library and Information Studies Semester 4 General Education Courses Programme extends over four semesters for full- Core Courses GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) time study or six semesters for part-time (dis- LIS200 Organising Information (3) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills tance learning) study in the single subject Library LIS205 Library Practice and Attachment (3) and Information Studies leading to the award of LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge Fundamentals I (2) the Diploma in Library and Information Studies. Management (3) Semester 2 BIM202 Introduction to Databases and Core Courses Level 100 Information Retrieval (3) General REC013 Intro to Principles of Archival Ar Semester 1 Education Courses should not exceed rangement (3) Core Courses 6 credits for both semesters REC014 Search Room Operations (3) LIS100 The Information Environment (3) REC016 Practicum (3) LIS101 Introduction to Organising Optional Courses Information (3) LIS212 Information Resources in Business (3) Optional Courses LIS103 Basic Reference Sources and LIS230 Legal Aspects in Information (3) LIS104 Intro. to the Internet and Web Services (3) Design (3) LIS110 Administration and Management of Progression from Semester to Semester LIS106 Information Resources Information Centres (3) Progression from semester to semester shall ap- Management (3) BIM100 Introduction to Information ply according to Regulation 00.9. Management (3)

155 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Assessment and Examinations General Education Courses formal examination at the end of each semester. Evaluation of students’ performance in the Di- GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) The weighting between continuous assessment ploma in Library and Information Studies shall GEC121 Computing and Information Skills and formal examination shall be 2:3. be based on continuous assessment and a formal Fundamentals I (2) examination at the end of each semester. The BIS220 Special Regulations for the Bachelor weighting between continuous assessment and Semester 2 of Library and Information Studies (BLIS) formal examination shall be 2:3. Core Courses – Single Major REC013 Intro to Principles of Archival Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- DAR110 Special Regulations for the Diploma Arrangement (3) demic Regulations and the Faculty of in Archives and Records Management REC014 Search Room Operations (3) Humanities Regulations, the following Depart- Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- REC016 Practicum (3) mental Regulations shall apply: demic Regulations and the Faculty of Humani- ties Regulations, the following Departmental Optional Courses Entrance Qualifications Regulations shall apply: LIS104 Intro. to the Internet & Web The normal requirements for entrance to the Design (3) BLIS single major degree shall be: Entrance Requirements LIS106 Information Resources a) A pass in the Diploma in Library and Informa- The normal requirements for entrance to the Management (3) tion Studies from this university or its equivalent Diploma in Archives and Records Management from any other recognized institution Programme shall be: Level 200 b) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary a) Certificate in Archives and Records Manage- Semester 3 Education or equivalent. All candidates for ad- ment from this University or its equivalent from Core Courses mission must have a minimum of credit in Eng- any other recognized institution; REC212 Managing Media Archives (3) lish Language. b) Botswana General Certificate of Secondary REC213 Intro. to Preservation and c) Candidates with at least one year’s experience Education or equivalent with a credit in English; Conservation (3) in a library or related institution will be given c) Candidates with a credit in the Certificate in REC218 Computer Applications in Archives preference. Archives and Records Management from this and Records Management (3) d) Candidates with a Diploma in Library and In- University shall be admitted directly to Year Two LIS101 Introduction to Organizing formation Studies of this university or its equiv- of the Diploma Programme. Those with a pass Information (3) (pre-req.uisite for alent from any other recognized institution may in the Certificate in Archives and Records Man- LIS 200) be admitted directly to Level 3 of the program. agement of this University plus two years post e) Candidates with a Certificate in Library and qualification experience will be admitted directly General Education Courses Information Studies of this university or its to Year Two. Semester 4 equivalent from any other recognized institu- Core Courses tion may be admitted directly at Level 2 of the Programme Structure LIS200 Organising Information (3) program. The Diploma in Archives and Records Manage- (pre-req.uisite, LIS101) ment Programme extends over four semesters REC211 Administrative History (3) Programme Structure for full-time study or six semesters for part-time REC215 Microphotography & The BLIS is a full-time Programme extending (distance learning/ sandwich) study in the sin- Reprographics (3) over eight semesters in the single subject Library gle subject Archives and Records Management REC216 Records Centre Management (3) and Information Studies leading to the award of leading to the award of the Diploma in Archives the Bachelors Degree in Library and Information and Records Management. The Programme shall Optional Courses Studies. consist of a minimum of 30 credits per year. All BMS207 Public Relations, Writing and core courses must be passed. Reporting (3) Level 100 LIS212 Information Resources in Business (3) Semester 1 Level 100 LIS230 Legal Aspects in Information (3) Core Courses Semester 1 LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge LIS100 The Information Environment (3) Core Courses Management (3) LIS101 Introduction to Organising LIS110 Admin. and Management of Info. Information (3) (pre-req.uisite Centres (3) Progression from Semester to Semester for LIS200) REC011 Introduction to Records Progression from semester to semester shall ap- LIS103 Basic Reference Sources and Management (3) ply according to Regulation 00.9. Services (3) REC012 Introduction to Archives (3) LIS110 Admin. and Management of Info. REC015 Introduction to Office Skills (3) Assessment and Examinations Centres (3) REC017 Introduction to Information Evaluation of students’ performance for the BIM100 Introduction to Information Technology (3) Diploma in Archives and Records Management Management (3) shall be based on continuous assessment and a

156 General Education Courses Level 300 GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) Semester 5 Optional Courses GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Core Courses LIS425 Global Information System (3) Fundamentals I (2) LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) LIS426 Independent Study (3) LIS304 Understanding the User (3) Semester 2 LIS303 Advanced IT Applications (3) Progression from Semester to Semester Core Courses (pre-re. LIS202) Progression from semester to semester shall ap- BIM101 Introduction to Information ply according to Regulation 00.9. Science (3) General Education Courses LIS114 Collection Development and Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters. Assessment and Examinations Management (3) Evaluation of students’ performance in BLIS shall Optional Courses be based on continuous assessment and a formal Optional Courses LIS309 School Librarianship (3) examination at the end of each semester. The LIS104 Intro. to the Internet and Web LIS310 Health Information Systems (3) weighting between continuous assessment and Design (3) formal examination shall be 2:3. LIS106 Information Resources Semester 6 Management (3) Core Courses Award of the BLIS Single Major Degree LIS112 Intro. to Publishing and the Book LIS305 Advanced Organization of Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 Trade (2) Information (3) (pre-req. LIS200) credits including all core courses and optional LIS 306 Professional Attachment (3) courses or elective courses, and twenty General Level 200 Education Courses. In addition, Regulation 00.85 Semester 3 General Education Courses shall apply. Core Courses Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters. LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) BIS230 Special Regulations for the Bachelor (pre-req. for LIS303) Optional Courses of Arts, Library and Information Studies LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) LIS311 Business Information Systems (3) (BALIS) LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (2) LIS312 Legal Information Systems (3) Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- (pre-req.uisite for LIS404) LIS313 Gender and Information demic Regulations and the Faculty of Humani- Management (3) ties Regulations, the following Departmental General Education Courses LIS314 Agricultural Information Systems (3) Regulations shall apply: Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters. Level 400 Entrance Requirements Optional Courses Semester 7 The normal requirements for entrance to the LIS203 African Information Environment (3) Core Courses BALIS Combined Major Degree Programme are LIS211 Information and Society (3) LIS401 Organising Internet Resources (3) that applicants shall have the Botswana General LIS230 Legal Issues of Information (3) LIS402 Marketing of Information Services (3) Certificate of Secondary Education or equivalent, BIM200 Info. Management Systems LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) with a credit in English. Those applicants who Development (3) (pre-req.uisite, LIS227) will major in Social Science or Science Subjects BIM402 Research in Information must obtain a minimum of credit in Mathemat- Semester 4 Management (3) ics or Computer Science. Core Courses LIS200 Organising Information (3) Optional Courses Programme Structure (pre-req.uisite, LIS101) CSI461 Computer Communications Network The BALIS is a full-time programme extending LIS208 Principles of Data Management (3) over eight semesters in the single subject Library Communications (3) LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) and Information Studies and another subject BIM202 Intro. to Databases and Info. LIS412 Information Policies (3) leading to the award of a BALIS Combined Major Retrieval (3) ENV440 Geographic Information Systems (2) with another subject. The Programme shall con- LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge Semester 8 sist of a minimum of 30 credits per year. All core Management (3) (pre-req. for LIS403) Core Courses courses must be passed. LIS404 Advanced Infopreneurship (3) General Education Courses (pre-req. LIS206) Level 100 Should not exceed 6 credits for both semesters. LIS406 Database Management Systems and General Education Courses (4 to 6) Design (3) Other Subject Core Courses (12) Optional Courses LIS408 Project Work (3) (Must have taken LIS212 Information Resources in Business (3) BIM402) LIS230 Legal Issues in Information (3) General Education Courses (4 credits)

157 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Semester 1 Semester 7 Sciences I (3) Core Courses LIS Core Courses STA116 Business Statistics I (4) LIS100 The Information Environment (3) LIS401 Organising Internet Resources (3) LIS101 Introduction to Organising LIS402 Marketing of Information Services (3) General Education Courses Information (3) (pre-req.uisite for LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) GEC111 Communication and Study Skills I (2) LIS200) BIM402 Research in Information GEC121 Computing and Information Skills BIM100 Introduction to Information Management (3) Fundamentals I (2) Management (3) Semester 8 Semester 2 Semester 2 LIS Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) BIM101 Introduction to Information BIM101 Introduction to Information LIS406 Database Management and Science (3) Science (3) Design (3) STA102 Maths for Business and Social LIS114 Collection Development and LIS408 Project Work (3) Sciences II (3) Management (3) STA114 Statistical Tools for Business (3) Progression from Semester to Semester Level 200 Progression from semester to semester shall ap- General Education Courses Semester 3 ply according to Regulation 00.9. GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) General Education Courses (4 to 6) GEC122 Computing and Information Skills Other Subject Core Courses (12) Assessment and Examinations Fundamentals II (2) Core Courses Evaluation of student performance in BALIS shall LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) be based on continuous assessment and formal Level 200 LIS202 IT Tools and Applications (3) (pre-req. examination at the end of each semester. The Semester 3 ui site for LIS303) weighting between continuous assessment and Core Courses LIS211 Information and Society (3) formal examination shall be 2:3. BIM200 Information Management Systems Development (3) Semester 4 Award of BALIS CSI241 Structured Programming (4) Core Courses Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 cred- CSI292 Information Systems LIS200 Organising Information (3) its, including all core courses in both subjects. In Fundamentals (3) (pre-req.uisite, LIS101) addition, Regulation 00.85 shall apply. LIS208 Principles of Computer Optional Courses Communication (3) BIS210 Bachelor of Information BIM201 Web Information Management (3) BIM202 Intro. to Databases and Info. Systems (Information Management) LIS206 Introduction to Infopreneurship (2) Retrieval (3) (BIS) Degree (pre-req.uisite for LIS404) Entrance Requirements LIS211 Information and Society (3) Level 300 The normal requirements for entrance to the General Education Courses (4 to 6) Bachelor of Information Systems (Informa- GECs and Electives Other Subject Core Courses (12) tion Management) Degree Programme shall be General Education Courses and electives to the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary be chosen by the student from any discipline Semester 5 Education or equivalent with a credit in English throughout the University. Core Courses Language and Mathematics. LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) Semester 4 LIS303 Advanced IT Applications (3) Programme Structure Core Courses (pre-req.uisite, LIS202) The BIS Degree is a full-time programme extend- BIM202 Introduction to Databases and LIS304 Understanding the User (3) ing over eight semesters in the subject of Infor- Information Retrieval (3) mation Management, leading to the award of a CSI272 Computer Communication Network Semester 6 Bachelor of Information Systems Fundamentals (3) Core Courses Degree. CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) LIS305 Advanced Organisation of BIM204 Designing and Implementing Information (3) (pre-req. LIS200) Level 100 Intranets (3) LIS306 Professional Attachment (3) Semester 1 Core Courses Optional Courses Level 400 LIS100 The Information Environment (3) BIM205 Business Process Modeling (3) General Education Courses (4 to 6) BIM100 Introduction to Information LIS227 Introduction to Knowledge Other Subject Core Courses (12) Management (3) Management (3) (pre-req.uisite for STA101 Maths for Business and Social LIS403)

158 GECs and Electives Systems (3) (pre-req.uisite BIS100) W. Heuva, BA (Rhodes), BA Hons (Rhodes), MA General Education Courses and electives to General Education Courses and electives to be (Rhodes), PhD (Kwazul Natal) be chosen by the student from any discipline chosen by the student. L.Tutwane, BA (UB), Dip Creative Writing (Haw- throughout the University. ick), MA (Cardiff) [On Study Leave] Semester 8 Level 300 Core Courses Staff Development Fellows Semester 5 BIS420 Strategic Information Systems (3) P. Matambo, BA (Nelson Mandela) [On Study Core Courses CSI472 Social Issues of Information Leave] BIM300 Distributed Systems (3) Technology (3) BIS302 Decision Support Systems I (3) Senior Technician CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) Optional Courses K. Senne, UHD (Kingston, London) LIS304 Understanding the User (3) LIS404 Advanced Infopreneurship (3) (pre-req.uisite, LIS206) Technician Optional Courses LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) P. Matlhape, Dip. Graphic Design (Limkokwing, LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) General Education Courses and electives to be Malasia), BA (Curtin) BIM301 Information Security (3) chosen by the student. BIS308 Marketing Information Systems (3) BACHELOR OF MEDIA General Education Courses and electives to be Progression from Semester to Semester STUDIES (BMS) (Revised) chosen by the student. Progression from semester to semester shall ap- ply according to Regulation 00.9. The Bachelor of Media Studies (BMS) that has Semester 6 been taught since 2002 is now being phased out Core Courses Assessment and Examination and replaced with a revised BMS, a BA (Media CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Evaluation of students’ performance shall be Studies) and a minor programme in Media Stud- BIM303 Industrial Attachment (3) based on continuous assessment and a formal ies. By 2012 all students (apart from those tak- BIS307 Project Management of Info. examination at the end of each semester. The ing repeats) will be enrolled in the revised pro- Systems (3) weighting between continuous assessment gramme. What follows is the revised BMS and and examinations shall be determined in each BA (Media Studies). For students taking the old Optional Courses course. BMS, the programme is unchanged from previ- BIS303 Electronic Commerce (3) ous years, and such students should consult their CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) Award of the Degree old calendars. CSI392 Ergonomics and Human Computer Candidates must obtain a minimum of 120 cred- Interaction (3) its including all core courses and optional or elec- 1.0 Entrance Requirements CSI362 Database Concepts (3) tive courses, and 20 General Education Courses. 1.0.1 The normal minimum entrance require- General Education Courses and electives to be In addition, Regulation 00.85 shall apply. ment shall be the Botswana BGCSE or the equiv- chosen by the student. alent with credit in English and in three other DEPARTMENT OF MEDIA subjects. Level 400 STUDIES 1.0.2 Candidates who fulfill Regulation 1.0.1, Semester 7 have a credit in English and work experience in Core Courses Professor Media are preferred. BIM400 Individual Project (3) D.Kerr, BA (Newcastle-Upon-Tyne), DCC (Univer- 1.0.3 Candidates who do not meet Regulation BIM402 Research in Information sity of London), PhD (Eötvös Lórent, Budapest) 1.0.1 but have the BGCSE or equivalent and the Management (3) CMS from a recognised institution may be ad- CSI471 Object Oriented Systems Senior Lecturer mitted directly to Level 100 of the Programme. Development (3) E.Akpabio, BA (Calabar), MA (Lagos), PhD (Uyo) 1.0.4 Candidates with a Diploma in Media Stud- CSI461 Computer Communications Networks ies or its equivalent may be admitted directly to Management (3) Lecturers Level 300 of the Programme. K. Ramojela, BA (Columbia, Chicago), MA (Emer- son) 1.1 Programme Structure Optional Courses S. Mosanako, Bachelor Social Work (UB), Masters 1.1.1 The Bachelor in Media Studies is a full- LIS403 Knowledge Management (3) Journalism (Westminster), time programme extending over eight semesters. (pre-req.uisite LIS227) N. Mankhi, Bed (St. Mark & St. John), Dip Ed (UB), The programme should contain a minimum of 76 LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) MA (Westminster) and a maximum of 88 credits. Part-time study for LIS412 Information Policies (3) W. Lesitaokana BA (Melbourne), Advanced Di- the Degree is also possible. It is expected that CSI414 Information Interfaces and ploma of Arts (Melbourne) MA (Emerson) part-time students would finish their course- Presentation (3) W. Njuguna, Dip. Journalism (Kalmar), BA (Mes- work in not more than ten semesters. BIS405 Legal and Ethical Issues of Info. siah), MA (Daystar), MA (Harvard) 1.1.2 In Levels 2 (2nd semester) 3 and 4 of the

159 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Degree Programme, five specialised streams will BMS228 Broadcast Interviewing & Level 4 Semester 7 be offered: Presentation Techniques 3 credits BMS420 Media project or Dossier 1 2 credits a) Print Media OPTIONAL CORE b) Radio broadcasting BMS229 Basics of Video Production 3 credits BMS421 Current Issues in African media c) Television broadcasting OPTIONAL 3 credits CORE d) Public Relations BMS230 Writing for PR & Copy-writing 3 BMS422 Broadcast Programming 3 credits e) Film and Video credits OPTIONAL OPTIONAL BMS231 Major Film & Video Genres 3 credits BMS423 Investigative Journalism 3 credits Level 1 Semester 1 OPTIONAL OPTIONAL BMS110 History of World Media, 3 Credits 2 CORE, 1 OPTIONAL, 7 credits BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing & CORE 3 GECs or ELECTIVES Production 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS111 Media in Botswana, 3 credits CORE 9 Credits BMS425 TV & Video Drama 3 credits OPTIONAL ENG 121 Intro to English Language, 16 CREDITS BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & Description and Usage: 3 credits Advertising 3 credits OPTIONAL CORE Level 3 Semester 5 BMS427 African Cinemas 3credits OPTIONAL ENG 113 Introduction to Literature and Prose: BMS320 Media & Society 3 credits CORE 2 CORE, 1 or 2 OPTIONAL 3 credits CORE BMS 321 Media Law 3 credits CORE 1 OR 2 GECs or ELECTIVEs GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills (1): BMS322 Audio Technology 3 credits OPTIONAL 15 CREDITS 2 credits CORE BMS323 Photojournalism 3 credits OPTIONAL GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills (1): BMS324 Broadcast News Writing & Production Level 4 Semester 8 2 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS428 Media Project or Dossier 2 4 credits 16 CREDITS BMS325 Basics of TV Production 3 credits CORE OPTIONAL BMS429 Media Management & Level 1 Semester 2 BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising Entrepreneurship 3 credits CORE BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS430 On-Line Media Production 3 credits 3 credits CORE BMS327 History of Film & Video documentary OPTIONAL BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication 3 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS431 Health & Scientific Reporting credits, CORE 2 CORE, 1 OR 2 OPTIONAL 9 or 3 credits OPTIONAL ENG 111 Studies in Prose: 3 credits CORE 12 credits, BMS432 Live Radio Broadcasting 3 credits ENG 123 Introduction to Literature, Drama and 1 or 2 GECS or ELECTIVES OPTIONAL Poetry: 3 credits CORE 3 or 6 Credits BMS433 TV Entertainment Shows 3 credits GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills (2): 15 CREDITS OPTIONAL 2 credits CORE BMS 434 Public Communication Campaign GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills (2) Level 3 Semester 6 3 credits OPTIONAL 2 credits CORE BMS328 Communication Research Methods BMS 435 Current Cinema 3 credits OPTIONAL 16 CREDITS 3 credits CORE 2 CORE 1 or 2 OPTIONALS BMS329 Developmental Communication 3 1 or 2 GECs or ELECTIVES Level 2 Semester 3 credits CORE 15 CREDITS BMS220 Introduction to Techniques of Digital BMS330 Media attachment 3 credits CORE Media 3 credits CORE BMS331 Print Journalism Editing 3 credits BA (MEDIA STUDIES). BMS221 Introduction to Journalism 3 credits OPTIONAL CORE BMS332 Beat Reporting 3 credits OPTIONAL 1.0 Entrance Requirements BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting BMS333 Radio Documentary writing & As for BMS 3 credits CORE Production 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising BMS334 TV & Video Documentary Writing & 1.1 Programme Structure 3 credits CORE Production 3 credits OPTIONAL 1.1.1 The B.A. (Media Studies) is a full-time BMS224 Introduction to Film and Video 3 BMS335 Motion Graphics 3 credits OPTIONAL programme extending over eight semesters, as credits CORE BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns 3 credits the Major part of a Combined Major/Minor pro- 15 CREDITS OPTIONAL gramme . The Media Studies programme should BMS337 Cinema Language in World Film contain a minimum of 54 and a maximum of 56 Level 2 Semester 4 3 credits OPTIONAL credits. Part-time study for the Degree is also BMS225 Media Attachment 1 credit CORE 3 CORE, 1 OPTIONAL 12 credits possible. It is expected that part-time students BMS226 Ethics for Media Professionals 3 1 GEC or ELECTIVE 3 credits would finish their coursework in not more than credits CORE 15 CREDITS ten semesters. BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting & Writing 3 credits OPTIONAL

160 Level 1 Semester 1 Techniques 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & BMS110 History of World Media, 3 Credits BMS229 Basics of Video Production, 3 credits, Advertising 3 credits OPTIONAL CORE OPTIONAL BMS427 African Cinemas 3credits OPTIONAL OR BMS230 Writing for PR & Copy-writing, 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) BMS111 Media in Botswana, 3 credits CORE 3 credits, OPTIONAL ENG 121 Intro to English Language, BMS231 Major Film & Video Genres, 3 credits, Level 4 Semester 8 Description and Usage: 3 credits OPTIONAL 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF: CORE 6 CREDITS (Media) BMS429 Media Management & ENG 113 Introduction to Literature and Prose: Entrepreneurship 3 credits CORE 3 credits CORE Level 3 Semester 5 BMS430 On-Line Media Production 3 credits GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills (1): EITHER OPTIONAL 2 credits CORE BMS320 Media & Society 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS431 Health & Scientific Reporting GEC 121 Computing and Information Skills (1): OR 3 credits OPTIONAL 2 credits CORE BMS 321 Media Law 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS432 Live Radio Broadcasting 3 credits 1 ELECTIVE or COURSE FROM MINOR AND 1, 2, OR 3 OUT OF OPTIONAL PROGRAMME 3 credits BMS322 Audio Technology 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS433 TV Entertainment Shows 3 credits 16 CREDITS BMS323 Photojournalism 3 credits OPTIONAL OPTIONAL BMS324 Broadcast News Writing & BMS 434 Public Communication Campaign Level 1 Semester 2 Production 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS112 Introduction to Media Technology, BMS325 Basics of TV Production 3 credits BMS 435 Current Cinema 3 credits OPTIONAL 3 credits CORE OPTIONAL 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) OR BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising 3 BMS113 Theories of Mass Communication credits OPTIONAL Minor Programme in Media Studies 3 credits, CORE BMS327 History of Film & Video documentary ENG 111 Studies in Prose: 3 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL 1.0 Entrance Requirements ENG 123 Introduction to Literature, Drama and 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) As for BMS Poetry: 3 credits CORE GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills (2): Level 3 Semester 6 1.1 Programme Structure 2 credits CORE 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF: 1.1.1 The Minor programme in Media Studies GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills (2) BMS329 Developmental Communication is a full-time programme extending over eight 2 credits CORE 3 credits OPTIONAL semesters, as the Minor part of a Combined 1 ELECTIVE or COURSE FROM MINOR BMS331 Print Journalism Editing 3 credits Major/Minor programme . The Media Studies PROGRAMME 3 credits OPTIONAL programme should contain a minimum of 30 16 CREDITS BMS332 Beat Reporting 3 credits OPTIONAL credits. Part-time study for the Degree is also BMS333 Radio Documentary writing & possible. It is expected that part-time students Level 2 Semester 3 Production 3 credits OPTIONAL would finish their coursework in not more than ANY TWO OF THE FOLLOWING BMS334 TV & Video Documentary Writing & ten semesters. Streams are available in Journal- BMS222 Introduction to Broadcasting, Production 3 credits OPTIONAL ism, Public Relations or Mediated Drama 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS335 Motion Graphics 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS220 Introduction to Techniques of Digital BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns 3 credits Level 1 Semester 1 Media, 3 credits, OPTIONAL OPTIONAL BMS 110 History of World Media, 3 credits, BMS221 Introduction to Journalism, 3 credits BMS337 Cinema Language in World Film OPTIONAL OPTIONAL 3 credits OPTIONAL OR BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising, 6 OR 9 CREDITS (Media) BMS 111 Media in Botswana, 3 credits, 3 credits, OPTIONAL OPTIONAL BMS224 Introduction to Film and Video, Level 4 Semester 7 3 CREDITS 3 credits, OPTIONAL 1, 2 OR 3 OUT OF: 6 CREDITS (Media) BMS421 Current Issues in African media Level 1 Semester 2 3 credits CORE BMS 112 Introduction to Media Technology, Level 2 Semester 4 BMS422 Broadcast Programming 3 credits 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS226 Ethics for Media Professional, OPTIONAL OR 3 credits, CORE BMS423 Investigative Journalism 3 credits BMS 113 Theories of Mass Communication, AND ONE OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONAL 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS227 Print Journalism Reporting & Writing, BMS424 Radio Drama Script-writing & 3 CREDITS 3 credits, OPTIONAL Production 3 credits OPTIONAL BMS228 Broadcast Interview & Presentation BMS425 TV & Video Drama 3 credits OPTIONAL

161 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

Level 2 Semester 3 BMS 425 TV & Video Drama Script & BMS 113 THEORIES OF MASS ONE OF: production, 3 credits, OPTIONAL COMMUNICATION (3) BMS 221 Introduction to Journalism, BMS426 Economic & Social Issues in PR & A survey of some major theories of Mass Com- 3 credits, OPTIONAL Advertising, 3 credits, OPTIONALs munication, including their applications in com- BMS223 Introduction to PR & Advertising, 3 or 6 CREDITS munication practice (both mediated and non- 3 credits, OPTIONAL mediated) BMS 222 Introduction to Broadcasting, Level 4 Semester 8 3 credits, OPTIONAL ONE OR TWO OF: BMS 232 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNIQUES OF BMS 224 Introduction to Video & Film , BMS 429 Media Management & DIGITAL MEDIA (3) 3 credits, OPTIONAL Entrepreneurship, 3 credits, OPTIONAL An introduction to principles and practice of 3 CREDITS BMS431 Health and Scientific Reporting, design for digital media (desk-top publishing, 3 credits, OPTIONAL digital imaging and web design). Level 2 Semester 4 BMS433 TV/Video entertainment Shows, ONE OF: 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS 221 INTRODUCTION TO BMS 227 Print Journalism Reporting & BMS 435 Current Cinema, 3 credits, OPTIONAL JOURNALISM (3) Writing, 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS 434 Public Communication Campaign, A survey of print and on-line journalism in- BMS 229 Basics of Video Production, 3 credits, OPTIONAL dustries, including a description of the whole 3 credits, OPTIONAL 3 or 6 CREDITS production process and the main requirements BMS 230 Writing for Public Relations, of a journalist, including the basic elements of 3 credits, OPTIONAL Assessment story writing. Course and assessment linked to BMS 231 Major Cinema Genres, 3 credits, Assessment shall be as per General Academic UB Horizon. OPTIONAL Regulation 00.8 3 CREDITS BMS 222 INTRODUCTION TO Progression from one Semester to the next BROADCASTING (3) Level 3 Semester 5 Progression from one Semester to the next shall A survey of radio and television industries, in- ONE OF: be as per General Regulations 00.9 cluding a description of the whole production BMS 321 Media Law, 3 credits, OPTIONAL process and the main requirements of a broad- BMS 325 Basics of TV Production, 3 credits, Award of Degree caster. OPTIONAL The award of the Degree shall be as per General BMS 320 Media and Society, 3 credits, Regulations 00.8 BMS 223 INTRODUCTION TO PR & OPTIONAL ADVERTISING (3) BMS326 Research for PR & Advertising, COURSE LISTINGS A survey of the Public Relations and advertising 3 credits OPTIONAL industries, including a description of the whole 3 CREDITS BMS 110 HISTORY OF WORLD MEDIA (3) production process and the main requirements A brief history of world media from the invention of a worker in the Public Relations and Advertis- Level 3 Semester 6 of writing through to the internet and other 21st ing industries. Course and assessment linked to TWO OF: century developments. The course will also look UB Horizon. BMS 329 Development Communication, at some of the major social impacts of media de- 3 credits, OPTIONAL velopments through the ages. BMS 224 INTRODUCTION TO FILM & BMS 331 Print Journalism Editing, 3 credits, VIDEO (3) OPTIONAL BMS 111 MEDIA IN BOTSWANA (3) A survey of the history of world film, from silent BMS 332 Beat Reporting, 3 credits, OPTIONAL A brief history of media in Botswana, includ- movies through to the digital age, including the BMS 333 Radio Documentary Writing & ing indigenous communication techniques, and major production methods. production, 3 credits, OPTIONAL showing links to media in the region and the BMS 334 TV/Video Documentary Writing & wider world. A survey of current media houses, BMS 225 MEDIA ATTACHMENT (1) Production, 3 credits, OPTIONAL trends and genres in Botswana is included. A one month internship in a media company BMS336 PR & Advertising Campaigns, during which the student observes and becomes 3 credits, OPTIONAL BMS 112 INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA familiar with media organization and partici- 6 CREDITS TECHNOLOGY (3) pates in work practices An introduction to communication principles Level 4 Semester 7 followed by a survey and simple explanation of BMS 226 MEDIA ETHICS (3) ONE OR TWO OF: the major technologies used by 20th and 21st An analysis of theoretical issues concerning me- BMS 423 Investigative Journalism, 3 credits, century media. dia ethics and their practical application in vari- OPTIONAL ous case studies of media within Botswana and BMS 424 Radio Drama Scriptwriting & beyond. Production, 3 credits, OPTIONAL

162 BMS 227 PRINT JOURNALISM REPORTING BMS 324 BROADCAST NEWS WRITING & radio documentaries and features. AND WRITING (3) PRODUCTION (3) A practical course in how to report and write sto- Electronic news gathering, news writing and BMS 334 TV AND VIDEO DOCUMENTARY ries for print media journalism. The course will production for both radio and television. WRITING & PRODUCTION (3 be closely linked to UB Horizon, with students Skills for pre-production work, production and expected to write stories for the newspaper, for BMS 325 BASICS OF TV PRODUCTION (3) post-production for TV/Video documentaries which they will be assessed. The techniques of planning, writing and produc- and features. tion of television programmes both in the studio BMS 228 BROADCAST INTERVIEWING & and outside. BMS 335 MOTION GRAPHICS (3) PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES (3) A mainly practical course in special visual effects Techniques of interviewing and presentation for BMS 326 RESEARCH FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS and animation for television and video. radio and television (course split into radio or & ADVERTISING (3 television after mid-semester break). Market and product research in order to moti- BMS 336 PR & ADVERTISING vate campaigns in the fields of Public Relations CAMPAIGNS (3) BMS 229 BASICS OF VIDEO PRODUCTION (3) and Advertising. Skills for planning, designing, writing and im- A mainly practical course on the basic require- plementing total campaigns for Public Relations ments of pre-production, production and post- BMS 327 HISTORY OF FILM & VIDEO and Advertising. Course and assessment linked production in the making of video films. DOCUMENTARY (3) to UB Horizon. The history and genres of Film and Video docu- BMS 230 WRITING FOR PUBLIC RELATIONS & mentary, linked to practical work in documen- BMS 337 CINEMA LANGUAGE IN WORLD COPY WRITING (3) tary and feature script-writing. FILM (3) A mainly practical course on the basic require- A survey of important cinematography and edit- ments of copy-writing for both print and broad- BMS 328 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH ing styles (such as montage, neo-realism, cinema cast media in the field of Public Relations and METHODS (3) noire and magic realism), along with mini video Advertising. Course and assessment linked to UB An intensive course explaining the principles of projects to apply the theories in practice. Horizon. research and useful quantitative and qualitative media research methodologies. BMS 420 MEDIA PROJECT & DOSSIER I (3) BMS 231 MAJOR CINEMA & VIDEO The course will allocate students to individual tu- GENRES (3) BMS 329 DEVELOPMENT tors who will take students through the research A survey of the major genres, such as comedy, COMMUNICATION (3) process up to the completion of the project pro- adventures, blockbusters, thrillers, art films, dra- A survey of major development communication posal for their chosen topics. mas and animated films. theories and their application in different media projects as part of total communications strate- BMS 421 CURRENT ISSUES IN AFRICAN BMS 320 MEDIA & SOCIETY (3) gies. MEDIA (3) A theoretical course analyzing the way media The course will provide an overview of current represent various social groups and the way the BMS 330 MEDIA ATTACHMENT II (3) issues affecting African media including the media impact upon society. A three month internship in a media company press or broadcast organizations that influence during which the student observes and becomes the media. BMS 321 MEDIA LAW (3) familiar with media organization and partici- A survey of laws relevant to journalism, broad- pates in work practices. BMS 422 BROADCAST PROGRAMMING (3) casting and telecommunications, with case stud- How to design short and long term programme ies to illustrate their application. BMS 331 PRINT JOURNALISM EDITING (3) schedules for radio and television broadcasting. A course that grounds students in the principles The 2nd half of the semester may be split into BMS 322 AUDIO TECHNOLOGY (3) and practices of editing for print journalists and radio & television. A mostly technical course training students in editors. Course and assessment linked to UB Ho- the correct use of various types of microphones, rizon. BMS 423 INVESTIGATIVE JOURNALISM (3 mixers and other examples of audio technology. In depth, carefully researched, critical journalism BMS 332 BEAT REPORTING (3) for print or broadcast media. For students taking BMS 323 PHOTOJOURNALISM (3) A course that prepares students for reporting in the print pathway; the course and assessment The fundamentals of taking and editing both specialized fields such as crime, sport, environ- are linked to UB Horizon. digital and non-digital photographs for print, ment, health and entertainment. television and on-line journalism. Course and BMS 424 RADIO DRAMA SCRIPT-WRITING & assessment linked to UB Horizon. BMS 333 RADIO DOCUMENTARY WRITING & PRODUCTION (3) PRODUCTION (3) Writing drama scripts and producing them for Skills for script-writing (and other pre-produc- radio broadcasts, including casting, rehearsing, tion work), production and post-production for recording and post-production editing.

163 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

BMS 425 TV & VIDEO DRAMA (3) lic media communication campaigns for govern- tributed by the instructor to the students during Writing drama scripts and producing them for TV ment or NGO social change agencies the first week of class lectures, course assess- and Video drama, including casting, rehearsing, ment will be by a standard (750-1,000 word) recording and post-production editing BMS 435 CURRENT CINEMA (3) written assignment, a mid-term test, and a final Current issues in film and video production, dis- examination, weighted 1: 1: 2 respectively. BMS 426 ECONOMIC & SOCIAL ISSUES IN PR tribution, exhibition, reception and aesthetics. 11. Students from other departments and other & ADVERTISING (3) faculties, who wish to take TRS courses as elec- The impact of economic and social issues on tives, may take any course for which they have Public Relations and Advertising campaigns in- DEPARTMENT OF THEOLOGY the pre-req.uisites. cluding issues of ethics and corporate responsi- AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES 12. Students pursuing a Single Major with con- bility. centration in Biblical studies are recommended Bachelor of Arts in Humanities and to include Biblical languages either Hebrew (for BMS 427 AFRICAN CINEMAS (3) Degree Programme Old Testament) or Greek (for New Testament). The course will include skills in film reviewing. Special Regulations for the BA Programme Programme Structure BMS 428 MEDIA PROJECT & DOSSIER II (3) 1. Theology and Religious Studies is offered Single Major Programme A research project involving any one or any as a Single Major Subject, a Major Subject in a In a Single Major Degree, a student shall take the combination of media to show the student has Combined Major programme, a Major and Minor following: acquired the skills of using media techniques for Subject and as a multidisciplinary degree as stip- communication. ulated in General Regulations 22.37 and 00.2114 Level: 100 and departmental regulations 1.1 to 2.4. Semester 1: 1 core course, any one optional BMS 429 MEDIA MANAGEMENT & 2. A multidisciplinary degree including Theology course. ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3) and Religious Studies may, in accordance with Semester 2: 1 core course, any one optional A practical and theoretical course on how to set General Regulation 00.2114 be approved in spe- course. up and grow a small media company, and how cial cases, but only at the discretion of the TRS management/organizational issues relate to the Department. Level: 200 wider economic landscape. 3. All courses offered in the TRS Department will Semester 3: 1 core course, any one optional be semester long. However, students taking TRS course. BMS 430 ON-LINE MEDIA PRODUCTION (3) 326 Directed Research I will also be required to Semester 4: 1 core course, any one optional Preparation of material for online publish- take TRS 420 Directed Research II. course. ing; this includes streaming of video and audio 4. Unless indicated otherwise all courses will content, formatting images and text, and web- carry 3 credits. Level: 300 programming. Course and assessment linked to 5. Not all courses listed may be offered in any Semester 5: Three core courses and any three Media Studies and UB Horizon web-sites. one semester. optional courses. 6. Students pursuing a Single Major in TRS are Semester 6: Three core courses and any three BMS 431 HEALTH & SCIENTIFIC required to take a total of 96 credits in TRS optional courses. REPORTING (3) consisting of 48 credits from the core courses A journalism course on the special skills needed and additional credits from optional and other Level: 400 for researching and writing stories on issues of courses. Semester 7: Three core courses and any three Health and Science. The course and assessment 7. Students pursuing a Major in TRS as part of optional courses. are linked to UB Horizon. a combined Major/Minor are required to take a Semester 8: Three core courses and any three total of 84 credits in TRS consisting of 48 cred- optional courses. BMS 432 LIVE RADIO BROADCASTING (3) its from the core courses and additional credits Techniques of radio for Studio and Outside live from optional and other courses. MAJOR (TRS)/ MINOR Broadcast shows in News, Educational and En- 8. Students pursuing a Major in TRS as part of tertainment fields. a combined Major/Major are required to take a In a Major/Minor Degree a student shall take the total of 60 credits in TRS consisting of 24 cred- following courses: BMS 433 TV/VIDEO ENTERTAINMENT its from the core courses and additional credits SHOWS (3) from optional and other courses. Level: 100 Production of entertainment programmes such 9. Students pursuing a Minor in TRS as part of Semester 1: 1 core course, any one optional as game shows, talk shows, and music shows for a combined Minor/Major are required to take a course. television or video total of 36 credits in TRS consisting of 24 cred- Semester 2: 1 core course, any one optional its from the core courses and additional credits course. BMS 434 PUBLIC COMMUNICATION from optional and other courses. CAMPAIGNS (3) 10. Unless otherwise specified in the published Level: 200 Planning, designing and implementation of pub- course description or in a written syllabus dis- Semester 3: 1 core course, any one optional

164 course. Semester 8: Semester 4: 1 core course, any one optional 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Optional Courses course. 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, TRS102 Religion and Science (3) TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Phi- TRS103 Religions of Botswana (3) Level: 300 losophy) any two optional courses. TRS104 Christianity and the rise of New Semester 5: Religious Movements in Botswana (3) 2 core courses in the area of specialisation (TRS TRS105 Asian Religions: A Survey (3) 301 for Theology, TRS 304 for Biblical Stud- MINOR (TRS) /MAJOR TRS106 Ethics: Classical Theories (3) ies, TRS 302 for Religious Studies and TRS 305 for Philosophy), other area and two optional In a Minor/ Major Degree the student shall take Semester 2 courses. the following courses: Core Courses TRS107 African Traditional Religions (3) Semester 6: Level: 100 2 core courses in the area of specialisation (TRS Semester 1: 1 core course. Optional Courses 315 for Theology, TRS 316 for Religious Studies, Semester 2: 1 core course. TRS108 History of Philosophy I: Classical TRS 317 for Biblical Studies and TRS 318 for Phi- Greek Philosophy (3) losophy), any two optional courses. Level: 200 TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (3) Semester 3: 1 core course. TRS110 God in the Hebrew Bible (3) Level: 400 Semester 4: 1 core course. TRS111 Epistemology I: Theory of Semester 7: Knowledge (3) 2 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Level: 300 TRS112 Bible and Gender (3) 401 for Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, Semester 5: TRS 403 for Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Phi- 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Level 200 losophy), and two optional courses. 301 for Theology, TRS 302 for Religious Studies, Semester 3 TRS 303 for Biblical Studies and TRS 304 for Phi- Core Courses Semester 8: losophy) and any one optional course. TRS201 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (3) 2 core course from the area of specialisation (TRS 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, Semester 6: Optional Courses TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Phi- 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS TRS202 Hebrew Bible Narratives (3) losophy), and any two optional courses. 314 for Theology, TRS 315 for Religious Studies, TRS203 African Traditional Religions in TRS 316 for Biblical Studies and TRS 317 for Phi- Botswana (3) Level: 200 losophy) and any one optional course. TRS204 Theologies of Gender (3) Semester 3: 1 core course and any one optional TRS205 History of Philosophy II: course. Level: 400 Post-Aristotle to Medieval (3) Semester 4: 1 core course and any one optional Semester 7: TRS206 Beginning Biblical Greek I: New course. 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Testament Greek (3) 401 for Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, TRS207 Introduction to Christian Theology (3) Level: 300 TRS 403 for Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Phi- TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History & Semester 5: losophy) and any one optional course. Story (3) 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS 301 for Theology, TRS 302 for Religious Studies, Semester 8: Semester 4 TRS 303 for Biblical Studies and TRS 304 for Phi- 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Core Courses losophy), and any two optional courses. 415 for Theology, TRS 416 for Religious Studies, TRS209 History of Christian Thought (3) TRS 417 for Biblical Studies and TRS 418 for Phi- Semester 6: losophy) and any one optional course. Optional Courses 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS TRS210 Gospel Narratives (3) 314 for theology, TRS 315 for Religious Studies, TRS211 Ecclesiology (3) TRS 316 for Biblical Studies and TRS 317 for Phi- Entry Requirements TRS212 Beginning Biblical Greek II: New losophy) and any two optional courses. The normal entry requirements shall be as stipu- Testament Greek (3) lated in General 20.2 and Departmental Regula- TRS213 Johannine corpus (3) Level: 400 tions. TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Intro. to the basic Semester 7: Arabic (3) 1 core course in the area of specialisation (TRS Level 100 TRS215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and 401 for Theology, TRS 402 for Religious Studies, Semester 1 Reality (3) TRS 403 for Biblical Studies and TRS 404 for Phi- Core courses TRS216 History of Philosophy III: losophy) and any two optional courses. TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (3) Post-Medieval to 19th Century (3)

165 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

TRS220 Critical Thinking (3) TRS401 New Religious Movements (3) ism and Christianity. TRS221 Politics of Gender (3) TRS402 Religion and Politics (3) TRS222 Religion and development (3) TRS403 The Doctrine of Sin in the Bible (3) TRS102 Religion and Science (2) TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal Identity (3) This course will study the assumptions, practices, Level 300 and methodologies of what is commonly called Semester 5 Optional Courses “religion” and what is commonly called “Science”. Core Courses TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew I: Examination It will ascertain the similarities and differences, TRS301 Christology (3) of selected Hebrew texts (3) continuities and discontinuities between the two TRS302 Missionaries in 19th Century South TRS406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation of domains. Africa (3) Arabic texts (3) TRS303 Creation and the Bible (3) TRS407 Islam’s socio-cultural, legal and TRS103 Religions of Botswana (2) TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture (3) political structures (3) This course will study the different religious TRS408 Directed Research I: Research traditions that exist in Botswana with the view Optional Courses Methods (3) towards a better understanding of their beliefs, TRS305 Judaism (3) TRS409 African Christian Theologies (3) rituals and practices. It will survey ATR, Christi- TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: Exam. Of TRS410 Theory of Government (3) anity, Islam, Hinduism, Bahái, Sikhism and Bud- selected texts (3) TRS411 Politics and Development of dhism as they have developed and are currently TRS307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic Biblical Thought 3) practiced in Botswana. construction (3) TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (3) TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: TRS413 Hinduism (3) TRS104 Christianity and the Rise of New Introduction to Hebrew Script (3) TRS414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (3 ) Religious Movements in Botswana (2) TRS309 Psychology of Religion (3) This course will study changes that have taken TRS310 Professional Ethics (3) Semester 8 place in the Christian churches of Botswana TRS311 Metaphysics II: Idealism (3) Core Courses since independence. It will examine the rise of TRS312 Logic II: Logic and the Sciences (3) TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (3) New Religious Movements and the integration TRS313 History of Christianity: Medieval to TRS416 Religion and Modernity (3) of Christian belief and practice with cultural tra- the Reformation (3) TRS417 Paul’s Epistles (3) dition. TRS418 Contemporary African Philosophy (3) Semester 6 TRS105 Asian Religions A Survey (2) Core Courses Optional Courses This course will present a comprehensive survey TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (3) TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew Texts of Asian religions, namely Jainism, Sikhism, Zo- TRS315 Sociology of Religion (3) and Dead Sea Scrolls (3) roastrianism, Confucianism, Bahái, Shinto and TRS316 History and Mythology of Jesus (3) TRS420 Directed Research II: Research Taoism. TRS317 Theodicy: The Co-existence of God Project (3) and Evil (3) TRS421 History of Christianity: Modern and TRS106 Ethics: Classical Theories (2) contemporary (3) This course will offer an introduction to moral Optional Courses TRS422 Epistemology III: Rationalism & philosophy particularly by exploring the origins TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: Empiricism (3) of ethical refl ection among the classical Greek Translation of Hebrew Texts (3) TRS423 History of Philosophy IV: philosophers, including the Sophists, Socrates, TRS319 Philosophy of Religion (3) Contemporary (3) Plato and Aristotle. TRS320 Epistemology II: Theories of Truth (3) TRS424 Buddhism (3) TRS321 Metaphysics III: Body/mind TRS425 The theology of the Reformation(3) TRS107 African Traditional Religions (2) Problem (3) TRS426 Religious Rituals and Sacred This course will study the beliefs and practices of TRS322 History of Christianity in Southern Places (3) African traditional religions from a phenomeno- Africa (3) TRS427 Applied Ethics(3) logical point of view. It will focus in particular on TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation of TRS428 Religious Pluralism (3) the traditional religions of Southern Africa. selected texts (3) TRS324 Intermediate Arabic I: Arabic THEOLOGY AND RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSE TRS108 History of Philosophy I: Classical grammar (3) DESCRIPTIONS Greek Philosophy (2) TRS325 Foundational Structures of Islam (3) This course will study the thought of major Greek TRS326 Directed Research I: Research TRS101 Introduction to Biblical Studies (2) Philosophers of the classical period, including Methods (3) This course will present a general overview of the pre-Socratics (e.g Parmenides, Heraclitus, the contexts in which the Old Testament and the Pythagoras and Pratogoras), Socrates, Plato, and Level 400 New Testament came into being and a survey of Aristotle, and the post- Aristotle schools of Stoi- Semester 7 the contents of both testaments. It will consider cism, Epicureanism and Skepticism. Core Courses various ways in which the Bible is used in Juda-

166 TRS109 Biblical Interpretation (2) surrounding the issues of gender and gender tian Church, its nature and functions in relation This course will study different methods, both identity. It will examine traditional theological to other doctrines, such as the doctrine of God, modern and contemporary, of reading the Bible. positions as well as those of feminist/womanist Christology, and sacraments. It will examine the It will explore modern historical critical methods theologians scriptural, historical and systematic dimensions like textual, form, compositional and redactional of the doctrine of the Church from its origin in criticisms. TRS205 History of Philosophy II: Postaris- New Testament times through the patristic pe- totle To Medieval (2) riod, the Reformation, and the post-Reformation TRS110 God in the Hebrew Bible (2) This course will study the development of philos- period. This course will study the diverse depictions of ophy from the time following the classical Greek God in the Hebrew Bible, including the identi- Philosophers until the Middle Ages. In particular TRS212 Beginning Greek II: New ties of the surrounding cultures. In particular, it it will examine the interaction of philosophy and Testament (2) will explore such themes as anthropomorphism, religious thought, both Christians and Islamic. This course is a continuation of Beginning Koine creation, monotheism and mythology, the justice Greek I. of God, the fi gure of Wisdom, female imagery TRS206 Beginning Greek I: New Testament TRS213 Johannine Corpus (2) and God. Greek (2) This course will study the Johannine Corpus both This course will introduce students to the basic the Gospel of John and the Epistles of John. It TRS111 Epistemology I: Theory of elements of New Testament Greek (Koine) and will examine the historical, philosophical and Knowledge (2) teach them how to write it. It will focus on basic political factors that shaped its theology in the This course will introduce students to the theory Koine grammar and how to read some prescribed apostolic period. of knowledge. Students will explore how Plato, texts. René Descartes, Baruch de Spinoza and Gottfried TRS214 Beginning Arabic I: Introduction von Leibniz approached the theory of knowledge TRS207 Introduction to Christian to Basic Arabic (2) from a rationalist point of view. Theology (2) This course will introduce students to the Ara- This course will study the nature of theology, its bic script and teach them how to write it. It will TRS112 Bible and Gender (2) different branches and its relevance to society. It study basic Arabic grammar and how to read ba- This course will explore the construction of gen- will focus on the different methods used in do- sic prescribed texts. der and identity in the Hebrew and Christian Tes- ing theology, its sources, its relationships with taments. It will examine how different types of other sciences and its application. TRS215 Metaphysics I: Appearance and biblical literature constructed gender over vari- Reality (2) ous times and circumstances. TRS208 The Hebrew Bible as History and This course will introduce student to basic and Story (2) fundamental concepts of metaphysics. Students TRS201 Logic I: Introduction to Logic (2) This course will study both the historical texts will examine why the Platonic theory assigns re- This course will defi ne “Philosophy” and Logic”, in the Hebrew Bible and the eternal historical ality to the “forms” and appearance to the sen- and examine in detail informal fallacies and factors that have shaped the formation of the sible objects. deductive methods of reasoning. It will explore Hebrew Bible. It will examine in detail the theo- the nature of defi nitions, decisions, and classifi logical focus and agenda of Hebrew Bible his- TRS216 History of Philosophy III: cations. torical texts. Post-Medieval of 19th Century (2) This course will survey the main strands of phi- TRS202 Hebrew Bible Narratives (2) TRS209 History of Christian Thought (2) losophy from the Renaissance to modern times. This course will study several short narratives This course will study the development of Chris- It will consider Renaissance philosophy, the criti- from the Hebrew Bible selected from different tianity and Christian thought from the New Tes- cal examination of reason and pragmatism. books. Focus will be on the literary dimension of tament period to its establishment as the state the story, narrative technique, effect on a reader, religion of the Roman Empire under Constantine. TRS301 Christology (2) ideology and social location implied inthe nar- It will emphasize relations between the Church This course will study the meaning and signifi rative. and the state and how these affected the life of cance of the person of Jesus Christ. It will exam- the Church and of Christian believers. ine critically the life of Jesus from the time of his TRS203 African Traditional Religions in conception to his resurrection and the develop- Botswana (2) TRS210 Gospel Narratives (2) ing understanding of Christology through the fi This course will study the beliefs and practices of This course will study gospels of the New Testa- rst five years of Christian thought. traditional religions in Botswana. It will survey a ment, Mark, Matthew, Luke and John. Students large number of the ethnic groups in the country, will study the gospels through employing dif- TRS302 Missionaries in Nineteenth Century with emphasis on continuity and change in their ferent perspectives such as historical, literacy, Southern Africa. (2) mutual relationships and in their development. sociological and liberation methods. This course will investigate early missionaries’ at- titudes toward African culture, beliefs and prac- TRS204 Theologies of Gender (2) TRS 211 Ecclesiology (2) tices. It will draw much of its information from This course will explore theological questions This course will study the doctrine of the Chris- primary sources.

167 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

TRS303 Creation and the Bible (2) W. F. Hegel and others. Concepts such as exist- This course is a continuation of Beginning Bibli- This course will focus on the creation texts of the ence, being causality, change, time and other cal Hebrew I. Hebrew Bible. They will be compared and con- shall be examined. trasted with other ancient Near Eastern creation TRS319 Philosophy Of Religion (2) accounts. This will also examine creation in the TRS312 Logic II: Logic And The This course will study some fundamental is- New Testament. Sciences (2) sues connected with the human activity called This course will examine the place of logic in “religion”. It will use rational, critical analysis to TRS304 African Philosophy and Culture (2) philosophy, the sciences, and other human ac- investigate the nature of belief, worship, and This course will examine how philosophy and tivities and relations. It will study the concepts sacrifi ce, the question of the existence ofa culture have interacted in an African context. It (in)validity and soundness of arguments, and supernatural being, and the roles that religion will investigate the thought of several African the different patterns that arguments can fol- plays in the lives of human beings. thinkers. low. It will consider the benefi ts of symbols and will introduce students to the use of elementary TRS320 Epistemology II: Theories Of TRS305 Judaism (2) symbolic language. Truth (2) This course will present an introduction to the This course will examine the concepts of knowl- main beliefs and practices of the several forms of TRS313 History Of Christianity: Medieval edge and belief and relate them to theories of post-biblical Judaism. The course will cover some To Reformation (2) truth. It will discuss theories such as the “corre- of the milestones of the history of the Jewish This course will study the development of the spondence theory”, the “coherence theory”, and people. church from the Middle Ages to the Reforma- the “pragmatist theory”. tion. It will examine the separation between TRS306 Intermediate Greek I: Examination Eastern and Western Christianity, scholasticism, TRS321 Metaphysics III: Body/mind of Selected Texts (2) sacramentalism and opposition to monarchic Problem (2) papacy. This course looks at the mind and body problem. This course will build on the knowledge of New It will examine different theories that arose as Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax ac- TRS314 Christian Moral Theology (2) an attempt to answer the questions concerning quired in Beginning Koine Greek I and II. This course will examine the moral implications dualism, behaviourism, functionalism, epiphe- of being a Christian in a secular society in the nomenalism and others. TRS307 Beginning Arabic II: Arabic context of the teachings of the Christian church. Construction (2) It will focus on issues related to Christian be- TRS322 History Of Christianity in Southern This course is a continuation of Beginning Ara- haviour in regard to marriage and other ethical Africa (2) bic I. issues. This course will study the origin and develop- ment of the Christian Church in Southern Africa TRS308 Beginning Biblical Hebrew I: TRS315 Sociology of Religion (2) from its inception to the present. It will examine Introduction to Hebrew Script (2) This course will study the infl uence of religion the cultural context in which the Church was This course will introduce the student to the He- in society. It will examine sociological theories of introduced and the role of foreign missionary brew script and teach them how to write it. It religion and the concrete interaction of religion societies in that process. studies basic Hebrew grammar and how to read and particular societies. basic prescribed texts. TRS323 Intermediate Greek II: Translation TRS 316 History of Mythology (2) of Selected Texts (2) TRS309 Psychology of Religion (2) This course will study the presentation of Jesus This course will build on the knowledge of New This course will critically discuss the relationship in the four gospels. It will investigate how each Testament vocabulary, grammar and syntax ac- between religion and psychology. It will study gospel characterizes Jesus and the signifi cance quired in Beginning Koine Greek I and II and in- and examine the various theories, principles, of such characterisation, as well as the character termediate Koine Greek I. Students will translate and methods spruced by the psychologists of of Jesus that emerges in Paul’s writings. and study closely selected passages from one religion. book of the New Testament. TRS 317 Theology: The Co-existence Of God TRS310 Professional Ethics (2) And Evil (2) TRS324 Intermediaries Arabic I: Arabic This course will examine the question of whether This course will examine various philosophical ar- Grammar (2) professional morality is independent of and guments for the existence of God. It will discuss This course will study intermediate Arabic gram- separate from ordinary morality. It will look at the various proofs that have been proposed con- mar and examine classical and contemporary business, medicine, law and political ethics. cerning the existence of God and will examine Arabic texts. It will also expose the student to the problem of Evil and the diffi culties it poses standard Arabic oral drills. TRS311 Metaphysics II: Ideal Ism (2) for arguments for the existence of God. This course will study issues of particular impor- TRS325 Foundation Structures Of Islam (2) tance in the philosophy of the metaphysical ide- TRS318 Beginning Biblical Hebrew II: This course will study the basic doctrines and alists George Berkeley, Immanuel Kant, George Translation Of Biblical Texts (2) practices of Islam. It will introduce the primary

168 sources of Islam and survey the social history TRS408 Directed Readings: Research century, and the contributions their thought has of the Muslim community from its emergence Methods (2) made to the development of contemporary sys- through its early years. In this course the student will undertake inde- tematic theology. pendent study under the guidance of a super- TRS401 New Religious Movements (2) visor who will be responsible for advising and TRS416 Religion and Modernity (2) This course will examine new Christian theolo- instructing the student in matters of research This course will study the relationship and inter- gies from new Christian movements emerging method as well as content. action between religion and popular culture. It today in various regional, social and intellectual will explore the significance and importance of settings across the world. It will pay special at- TRS409 African Christianity Theologies (2) religious expressions contained in various media tention to theological and social developments This course will comprise readings from African such as films, theatre, music and others. in Africa. theologians that focus on important theologi- cal issues facing the African Church today. It will TRS402 Religion And Politics (2) examine the question of the enculturation of the TRS417 Paul’s Epistle (2) This course will foster a rethinking of the rela- Church in Africa, taking into account the cultur- This course will cover the Pauline and Deutero- tionship between religion and politics and ana- al, social, economic and political factors in both Pauline letters of the New Testament. It will use lyze the changing dimensions of society, religion, colonial and postcolonial Africa. different methods to analyze the socio historical and the state. context that gave rise to Pauline letters. TRS410 Theories Of Government (2) TRS403 The Doctrine Of Sin In The This course will discuss the theory of the state, TRS418 Contemporary African Bible (2) such thinkers as Plato, Thomas Hobbes, John Philosophy (2) This course examines the concepts of “Sin” and Locke, Jean-Jacques Rousseau and Karl Marx This course will study some of the major issues “evil” in the Hebrew Bible and the Christian New have presented it. that have shaped, and continue to shape, Afri- Testament. It will investigate related concepts can’s social, economic and political landscape. It such as law and commandment, purity/impurity, TRS411 Politics and the Development of will examine the development and application judgement, punishment, and forgiveness. Biblical Thought (2) of such theories as humanism, African socialism This course will foreground the idea that the and others. TRS404 Metaphysics IV: Personal texts of the Bible were written, collected, ed- Identity (2) ited and read in political environments. Political TRS419 Intermediate Hebrew II: Hebrew This course will examine the question of person- agendas, in turn, have left discernible traces in Texts and Dead Sea Scrolls (2) hood. The course will look at different criteria biblical literature. This course will build on the knowledge of Bibli- of personal identity. It will also look at divided cal Hebrew vocabulary, grammar and syntax ac- minds and consciousness. TRS412 Ecumenical Theology (2) quired in Beginning Biblical Hebrew I and II. Set This course will study the theological founda- texts from the Hebrew Bible and the Dead Sea TRS405 Intermediate Hebrew: tions of the ecumenical movement, whose aim Scrolls will be studied closely. Examination of Selected Texts (2) is to achieve organic church unity. It will inves- This course will build on the knowledge of Bibli- tigate the New Testament, especially the Johan- TRS420 Directed Research (2) cal Hebrew vocabulary, grammar and syntax ac- nine and Pauline writings, to discern the scrip- In this course the student will undertake inde- quired in Beginning Biblical Hebrew I and II. The tural basis for ecumenical theory and practice. pendent study under the guidance of a super- student will study closely set texts from all three visor who will be responsible for advising and main divisions of the Hebrew Bible. TRS413 Hinduism (2) instructing the student in matters of research This course will study Hinduism from the Har- method as well as content. TRS406 Intermediate Arabic II: Translation rappan culture to contemporary period. The ap- of Arabic Texts (2) proach will be thematic including themes such TRS421 History Of Christianity: Modern This course is continuation of Intermediate as creation, sacrifice, polytheism and others. and Contemporary (2) Arabic I yet students who have not successfully This course will study the expansion of the completed that course may take TRS 406. TRS414 Metaphysics V: Materialism (2) church from Europe and America to other parts This course will examine the main tenets of ma- of the world during the missionary era of the TRS407 Socio-Cultural, Legal and Political terialism: the uniformity of law, the denial of nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It will dis- Structures of Islam (2) teleology, the denial of any form of existence be- cuss issues such as colonialism and missiology. This course will study the growth of the early yond that envisaged by the natural sciences. Par- Muslim community. It will trace and reflect criti- ticularly attention will be given to the thought TRS422 Epistemology: Rationalism And cally upon the development and evolution of the of Karl Marx, William James and John Dewey. Empiricism (2) theological, jurisprudential and mystical schools. The student will study the philosophy position It will explore the thoughts and practices of indi- TRS415 Twentieth Century Theologians (2) that knowledge is only attained through the vidual representatives of these schools. This course will study several major theologians, senses, and that truth must conform to the rules Protestant and Roman Catholic, of the twentieth of logic and of material science.

169 FACULTY OF HUMANITIES

TRS423 History of Contemporary GEC233 Logic I: Introduction To Logic (2) Philosophy (2) This course will define “philosophy” and “logic” This course will study the basic tenets of logi- and examine in detail informal fallacies and de- cal positivism and ordinary language philosophy. ductive and inductive methods of reasoning. It It will also explore philosophical questions that will explore the nature of definitions, decisions arise from contemporary concerns such as war and classifications. and peace and others. GEC263 The Politics Of Gender (2) TRS 424 Buddhism (2) This course will discuss the roles and contribu- This course will study the origin, development tions of men and women in nation building. It and basic concepts of Buddhism. It will trace will examine in particular the disadvantaged po- ways in which different “Buddhisms” developed. sition women hold in most societies.

TRS42 The Theology of the GEC264 Religion And Development (2) Reformation (2) This course undertakes a study of religion amidst This course will study the religious, social eco- social transformation in different countries with nomic and political factors that led to the special reference to sub- Saharan Africa. In the Reformation and counter –Reformation in the process of assessing the role of religion, taking sixteenth century Europe. It will consider some into account the theories of development, secu- of the important theological themes that domi- larization and modernization. It also looks at the nated the thinking of the Reformers. paradigms in conflict in the socio-political and economic spheres. TRS426 Religious Rituals and Sacred Places (2) GEC333 Logic II: Logic And The This course will study the role of sacred sites, Sciences (2) shrines, rivers, mountains, worship centers and This course will examine the place of logic in other sacred places in several religious tradi- philosophy, the sciences, and other human ac- tions. tivities and relations. It will study the concepts of validity and soundness of arguments and the TRS427 Applied Ethics (2) different parts that arguments can follow. This course will study the concept of human rights, the nature and origin of human rights, GEC334 Epistemology II: Theories of and some specific contemporary ethical issues Truth (2) that arise from the question of human rights, This course will examine the concepts knowledge such as abortion, infanticide and others and belief and relate them to theories of truth. It will discuss theories such as “correspondence TRS428 Religion And Pluralism (2) theory”, “the coherence theory” and “the prag- This course will discuss the relationship between matic theory”. religion and religious pluralism. It will explore the theories pertaining to religious pluralism, and probe the related notions or religious language, religious dialogue and inter-religious coopera- tion.

GEC232 Critical Thinking (2) This course will train students not to take any- thing they hear, read, write and do for granted without first critically assessing and analyzing them. In order to do these students will examine key logical concepts and principles such as laws of identity, non contradiction and exclude mid- dle. Some logical formal and informal will also be dealt with.

170 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CHEMISTRY COMPUTER SCIENCE ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE GEOLOGY MATHEMATICS PHYSICS

FACULTY OF SCIENCE

DEAN Prof. M.P. Modisi, BSc (Ibaden), M.S (S.Dakota Tech.), PhD (McMaster)

DEPUTY DEAN Prof. V.R.K. Murty, BSc, MSc,PhD(ANDHRA), LMIRPS, MSAIP, MISRP, MIOP(London)

FACULTY ADMINISTRATOR M.P. Tshebo, B.A (UB), MSc (Salford) L.M. Paledi, B.A (UB), MPA (UB)

ICPMS SPECIALIST M. Zhai, BSc (Beijing), PhD (McMaster)

NMR SPECIALIST M. Bezabih, BSc, MSc, (ADDIS), PhD (UB)

XRD SPECIALIST S. Diskin, BA, MSc (Trinity College Dublin), PhD (Oxford Brooks University)

171 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

DEPARTMENT OF gramme as per Departmental Special Regula- Semester 2 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES tions 2.3. BIO112 Diversity of Animals and Plants (vii) Offer a Combined Degree Minor/Major pro- (pre-req. to Single Major, Major/ Bachelor of Science gramme as per Departmental Special Regula- Minor and Major/Major) (4) Biological Sciences tions 2.4. BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) BIO123 Introduction to Microbiology and General Provisions SINGLE MAJOR (Biological Sciences) Stored Products Entomology Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- To be admitted into the Single Major (Biological demic Regulations and the Faculty of Science Sciences) programme, a student must have ob- Semester 3 Special Regulations, the following Departmental tained at least Grade C (GPA: 2.5) in both BIO111 BIO211 Cell Biology (pre-req. to BIO307) (3) Regulations shall apply. and BIO112. (also offered in sem.4) BIO212 Genetics (pre-req. to BIO308) (3) Programmes and Titles of Degrees Semesters 1 and 2 (also offered in sem.4) The Department of Biological Sciences offers the All students who wish to pursue the Biological BIO214 Intro. to Mammalian Physiology following programmes leading to the award of Sciences programme as Single Major should, in (pre-req.to BIO317) (3) the mentioned degrees: addition to BIO111 and BIO112, take CHE101 and BIO216 General Microbiology (pre-req. to (i) Single Major programme leading to the award CHE102. BIO309, BIO310, BIO312, BIO416, of the degree of Bachelor of Science (Biological BIO418, BIO419, BIO420, BIO436) (3) Sciences, Single Major); B.Sc. (Biological Scienc- Semesters 3 and 4 (also offered in sem.4) es). Students must take BIO211, BIO214, BIO217 BIO217 Animal Diversity (ii) Combined degree (Major/Minor) programme and BIO218 in Semester 3. Students must take (pre-req. to BIO315) (3) with Biological Sciences as the Major leading to BIO212, BIO213, BIO215 and BIO216 in Semes- BIO218 Biology of Flowering Plants (3) the award of the degree of Bachelor of Science ter 4. Students are also advised to take as elec- BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) (B.Sc.). tives CHE211 & CHE213 (Analytical Chemistry), BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) (iii) Combined degree (Major/Major) programme CHE232 & CHE234 (Organic Chemistry) and with Biological Sciences and another Science CHE242 & CHE244 (Physical Chemistry). Semester 4 subject leading to the award of the degree of BIO211 Cell Biology (3) (also offered Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.). Semesters 5 and 6 in sem.3) (iv) Combined degree (Minor/Major) programme Students must take BIO301, BIO307 and at least BIO212 Genetics (3) (also offered in sem.3) with Biological Sciences as the Minor leading to two Optional Courses in Semester 5. Students BIO213 Plant Structure and Function the award of the degree of Bachelor of Science must take BIO306, BIO308 and at least two Op- (pre-req. to BIO316) (3) (B.Sc.). tional Courses in Semester 6. BIO215 Principles of Ecology (pre-req. to BIO313, BIO314, BIO408, BIO409, Entrance Requirements Semesters 7 and 8 BIO411, BIO412, BIO426, BIO429, Admission to the Biological Sciences shall be as Students must take BIO450 and at least 3 Op- BIO434) (3) specified in the Faculty of Science Special Regu- tional Courses in semester 7. Students must BIO216 General Microbiology (pre-req. to lations. Entrance requirements specific to par- take BIO450 and at least 3 Optional Courses in BIO309, BIO310, BIO312, BIO416, ticular programmes shall be as specified under semester 8. BIO418, BIO419, BIO420, BIO436) (3) the specific programmes below. (also offered in sem.3) Level BIO225 Human Physiology and the Structure of the Programme Semester Environment (3) The Department of Biological Sciences shall: Core Courses BIO232 Human Physiology (3) (i) Offer courses at levels 100 to 400 for the un- All courses are worth 3 credits each except dergraduate programme BIO111 and BIO112 (worth 4 credits each) and Semester 5 (ii) From time to time, design and offer courses BIO450 (which is worth 6 credits). Students who BIO301 Quantitative Biology (3) for specific needs of other Departments in the wish to pursue Single Major, Major/Minor or Ma- BIO307 Biochemistry (pre-req. to BIO417) (3) University provided there are no suitable courses jor/Major in Biological Sciences must take and BIO309 Mycology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) already on offer. pass BIO111 & BIO112. BIO313 Dynamics of Savannah Ecosystems (iii) Contribute to General Education Courses of- (pre-req. BIO215) (3) fered through the Faculty of Science. Semester 1 BIO315 Invertebrate Zoology (3) (iv) Offer a Single Major Degree programme as BIO111 Principles of Biology (pre-req. to BIO316 Plant Physiology (pre-req. BIO213) (3) per Departmental Special Regulations 2.1. Single Major,Major/Minor and Major/ BIO317 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology (v) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Minor pro- Major) (4) (pre-req. to BIO214) (3) gramme as per Departmental Special Regula- BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and tions 2.2. Biochemistry (3) Semester 6 (vi) Offer a Combined Degree Major/Major pro- BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3) BIO306 Developmental Biology (3) Service Courses in Chemistry. The Department offers the follow- BIO308 Molecular Biology Bachelor of Environmental Health ing programmes: (pre-req. to BIO417) (3) BIO225 Human Physiology and the BIO310 Bacteriology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) Environment (3) • Single Major programme leading to a Bachelor BIO311 Plant Systematics (3) BIO305 Insect Pest/Vector Control (3) of Science Degree in Chemistry BIO312 Virology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) Bachelor of Nursing Education • A Combined Degree with a Major in Chemistry BIO314 Conservation Biology BIO120 Introductory Biochemistry (3) and a Major or Minor in another Science subject (pre-req. BIO215) (3) BIO223 Parasitology for Health Sciences (3) leading to a Combined Bachelor of Science BIO318 Chordates (3) BIO231 Human Anatomy (3) Degree BIO232 Human Physiology (3) Semester 7 1.1 Entry Requirements BIO403 Applied Botany (3) Home Economics Education To enter into any of the Chemistry programmes, BIO409 Life History Strategies (pre-req. Courses for the Bachelor of Education in Home in addition to fulfilling the faculty requirements BIO215) (3) Economics Education shall be specifi ed by the for progression from Year One to Year Two, stu- BIO412 Aquatic Biology (pre-req. BIO215) (3) Department of Home Economics. Two such dents must have a minimum average grade of BIO417 Biotechnology (pre-req. BIO307 & courses are: C+ (for Single major), C (for Major in Chemistry) BIO308) (3) BIO122 Anatomy, Physiology and and C- (for Minor in Chemistry) in CHE101 and BIO419 Medical Microbiology Biochemistry (3) CHE102. (pre-req. BIO216) (3) BIO123 Intro. to Microbiology and Stored BIO421 Entomology (3) Products Entomology 1.2 Programme Outlines and Structures BIO423 Exercise Physiology (3) (a) Common First Year Programme BIO425 Parasitology (3) Assessment Two general Chemistry courses, CHE101 and BIO427 Evolution (3) (a) All courses except BIO450 shall normally (un- CHE102, each consisting of 3-credit lectures and BIO431 Plant Responses to Environmental less otherwise stated) be assessed on the basis a 1-credit lab, will be offered to the common Stress (3) of continuous assessment and one fi nal exami- programme for first year Science students. BIO432 Plant Tissue Culture (3) nation in the ratio of 2:3 (CA:Exam). Continuous BIO436 Environmental Microbiology Assessment shall be comprised of at least one (b) Single Major Programme (pre-req. BIO216) (3) written test, one practical and one assignment. In the Single Major programme, students take 85 BIO437 Micro techniques in Biology (3) (b) There shall be no written examination in credits of core courses, 20 credits of General Ed- BIO450 Research Project (yr long - 6) BIO450. The course shall be assessed as follows: ucation courses, and will have opportunities to Project Proposal (including proposal seminar select more credits from a range of optional and Semester 8 presentation) 20%, Experimental Work 10%, Fi- elective courses. Eleven (11) credits of each of BIO408 Wildlife Biology of Southern Africa nal Seminar Presentation 15% and Final Report Mathematics and Physics courses, are included (pre-req. BIO215) (3) 55%. in the core credits. BIO411 Wetlands Ecology and Management (pre-req. BIO215) (3) Progression from Semester to Semester (c) Combined Degree Programme (Chemistry BIO416 Immunology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) Progression from semester to semester shall be Major) BIO418 Food Microbiology as specifi ed in Faculty Regulations 23.6 and Students in the Combined Degree programme (pre-req.BIO216) (3) General Regulations 00.92. with a Major in Chemistry, in addition to the 34 BIO420 Plant Pathology (pre-req. BIO216) (3) credits taken in Year One, must complete a mini- BIO422 Applied Entomology (pre-req. BIO315 Award of a Degree mum of 47 credits in Chemistry, a minimum of 3 or BIO421) (3) To be awarded a degree, a student must satisfy credits each in Mathematics and Physics, and 12 BIO424 Vertebrate Structure (3 ) requirements set in Faculty Regulations 23.7 and credits in General Education courses. Students BIO426 Behavioural Ecology General Academic Regulations 00.851 must also meet the requirements for the second (pre-req. BIO215) (3) Major or Minor as specified by the appropriate BIO429 Ecological Impact Assessment department. (pre-req. BIO215) (3) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY BIO430 Post-harvest Physiology (3) (d) Combined Degree (Major/ Minor) BIO434 Plant Ecology (pre-req.BIO215) (3) 1.0 Departmental Regulations for Programme (Chemistry Minor) BIO450 Research Project (yr long - 6 ) Undergraduate Courses Students in the Combined Degree (Major/Minor) The Department has a curriculum that will en- programme with a Minor in Chemistry, in addi- Bachelor Of Education (B.Ed) able undergraduates to qualify for a Bachelors tion to the 34 credits taken in Year One, must Degree Degree in the single subject of Chemistry, and a complete 18 credits in Chemistry core courses B.Ed students can take any of the courses in Bio- Bachelors Degree with a Major in Chemistry and consisting of 12 core credits in Year Two, 4 core logical Sciences as prescribed by the Faculty of a Major or a Minor in one other Science subject. credits in Year Three, and 2 credits of Year Three Education as long as they satisfy course pre-req. The Department also offers a Minor programme practicals.

173 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

Common First Year Programme (1) (CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; Co- CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry Semester 1 req CHE221) (3) (pre-req. CHE322) CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) CHE 431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102, Reactions and Design of Organic (4 credits) MAT122) Synthesis (3) (pre-req. CHE331 & PHY111 Geometrical optics, Mechanics, CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) CHE332) Vibrations &Waves (3) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) Co-req CHE242) (pre-req. CHE341) GEC111 Communication & Study skills I Semester 5 Optional Courses: Take at least ONE course from Service Courses Core Courses the following CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home CHE311 Separation Techniques (3) CHE413 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Economics (3) (pre-req. CHE211) Laboratory (2) (pre-req. CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for BNS (3) CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) CHE311& CHE312 ) (pre-req. CHE221&CHE223) CHE423 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory Recommended Electives CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (2) (Pre req CHE 323;Co-req ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) (1) (Pre req CHE 223 ; Co-req CHE421) MGT100 Principles of Management (3) CHE321) CHE433 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional Laboratory (2) (pre-req. CHE334) Semester 2 Groups II (3) (pre-req.CHE232) CHE443 Physical Chemistry Laboratory III (2) CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 ) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and (pre-req. CHE343) (pre-req. CHE101) Electrochemistry (2) CHE446 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4 ) (pre-req.CHE 242) (2) (pre-req. CHE341 & CHE342) PHY121 Electricity & Magnetism, Modern CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II Physics (3) (1) (pre-req. CHE242 & Recommended Elective PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) CHE 244) PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State GEC121 Communication & Study skills II CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1) Physics (2)

Recommended Electives Recommended Electives Semester 8 ACC100 Introduction. to Accounting (3) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) Core Course ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) PHY313 Mathematical Methods of Physics I CHE452 Student Research Project (3) MKT100 Principles of Marketing (3) (2) (pre-req. CHE352)

Chemistry as Single Major Programme Semester 6 Optional Courses: Take at least 9 Credits from the Semester 3 CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2) following Core Courses (pre-req. CHE211) CHE412 Sample Handling & Biochemical CHE211 Introduction to Analytical Chemistry CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II Analysis (3)-core (pre-req. (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102) (1) (pre-req. CHE 211/CHE 213 ; CHE311& CHE312) CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I Co req CHE311 & CHE 312) CHE416 Environmental Chemistry (2) (1) (Pre - req CHE !01 & CHE CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic (pre-req. CHE311 and CHE312 Co-req 102; Co-req CHE211) Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE321) CHE 412) CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical Groups I (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 (pre-req. CHE232 & CHE 331) Chemistry (2) & CHE102) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (pre-req. CHE311 &CHE312) CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1) (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE 331) CHE422 Advanced Organo-metallic and Solid (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102) CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its State Chemistry (3) (pre-req. 322) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) Applications (3) CHE426 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry PHY211 Mechanics & Physical Optics (2) (pre-req. CHE242&CHE 341 (2) (pre-req. CHE321 & CHE322) PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) Co-req CHE322) CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and CHE352 Literature Project (1) (pre-req. Biomolecules (3) (pre-req. CHE331) Semester 4 CHE351) CHE436 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry Core Courses (2) (pre-req. CHE331) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main Semester 7 CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (3) Group Chemistry (2) (pre-req. Core Courses (pre-req. CHE341) CHE 101 & CHE102) CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques (3) CHE470 Excited State Chemistry (2) CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (pre-req. CHE311& CHE312)

174 Chemistry as Major Subject in Combined Semester 6 ,Co- req CHE211) Degree CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2) CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional Semester 3 (pre-req. CHE211) Groups I (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 Core Courses CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II & CHE102) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical (1) (pre-req. CHE211/CHE213 CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 & Co -req CHE311 & CHE 312) (pre-req. CHE 101 &CHE102) CHE102) CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE321) Semester 4 (1) (Pre - req CHE !01 & CHE CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) Core Courses 102 ; Co-req CHE211) (pre-req. CHE232 & CHE 331) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main CHE232 Structure and Survey of Functional CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II Group Chemistry (2) (pre-req. Groups I (2) (pre-req. CHE 101 (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE331) CHE 101 &CHE102) & CHE102) CHE352 Literature Project (1) (pre-req. CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (1) CHE234 Organic Chem. Lab I (1) (Pre- CHE351) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE 102 req CHE 101 & CHE102) Co-req CHE221) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) Semester 7 CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) PHY211 Mechanics & Physical Optics (2) Core Course (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE102, PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional MAT122) Groups II (3) (pre-req. CHE232) CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I Semester 4 Optional Courses: Take at least 6 Credits from the (1) (pre-req. CHE101&CHE102, Core Courses following Co-req CHE242) CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques (3) Required to take at least 6 Credits including 2 Group Chemistry (2) (pre-req. (pre-req. CHE311& CHE312) Credits of Laboratory from the CHE Courses in CHE 101 & CHE102) CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry Semester 5 and 6 CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I (3) (pre-req. CHE322) (1credit) (CHE 101 & CHE 102 ;Co-req CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry, Synthetic Semester 5 CHE221) Reactions and Design of Organic CHE311 Separation Techniques (3) CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry (2) Synthesis (3) (pre-req. CHE211) (pre-req. CHE 101 & (pre-req. CHE331& CHE332) CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) CHE102, MAT122) CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (3) (pre-req. CHE221&CHE223) CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (1) (pre-req. CHE341) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) (pre-req. CHE 101 & CHE 102 ; (Pre req CHE 223,Co-req CHE321) Co-req CHE242) Semester 8 CHE331 Structure and Survey of Functional Core Course Groups II (3) (pre-req. CHE232) Semester 5 CHE342 Quantum Chemistry & its CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and Core Courses Applications (3) Electrochemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE311 Separation Techniques (3) (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE341, Co-req CHE242) (pre-req. CHE211) CHE322) CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (1) CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2) CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE 244) (pre-req. CHE221&CHE223) (1) (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE331) CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1) CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II CHE452 Student Research Project (3) (1 ) (Pre – Req CHE 223; Co (pre-req. CHE352) Semester 6 req CHE321) CHE312 Analytic Spectroscopy (2) CHE341 Applications of Thermodynamic and Recommended Elective (pre-req. CHE211) Electrochemistry (2) (pre-req. ENV476 Natural Resources Management and CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II CHE242) Economics (2) (1), (pre-req. CHE 211/213, CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II Chemistry As Minor Subject In Combined Co req CHE 311 & CHE 312) (1) (pre-req. CHE242&CHE 244) Degree CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1) Chemistry (3) (pre-req. CHE321) Semester 3 CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry (2) Recommended Electives Core Courses (pre-req. CHE232 & CHE 331) BIO307 Biochemistry (3) CHE211 Introduction to Analytical CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory II (1) PHY313 Mathematical Methods of Physics I Chemistry (2) (pre-req. CHE (pre-req. CHE234 & CHE 331) (2) 101 &CHE102) CHE342 Quantum Chemistry and Applications CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I (3) (pre-req. CHE242 & CHE (1) (Co-req CHE101 & CHE102 341, Co-req CHE322)

175 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

CHE352 Literature Project (1credit) (pre-req. programmes students must meet the Faculty of Engineering (3) CHE351) Science entry requirements as specified in spe- CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) cial regulations of the Faculty of Science 23.2. CSI331 Numerical Methods (3) Recommended Electives In addition, the following Departmental Special BIO308 Molecular Biology (3) Regulations shall apply for entry to Level 200. Optional Courses MGT303 Entrepreneurship and New Business For admission into Level 200 of the Department CSI314 Decision Support Systems (3) Formations (3) of Computer Science the student must have met CSI372 Expert Systems (3) one of the following requirements: Semester 7 a) Passed with minimum grade of C in each of Semester 6 Not required to take any Chemistry courses. MAT111, MAT122, or STA 101 and STA 102, and Core Course one other Science subject. CSI332 Programming Languages (3) Semester 8 b) Awarded a Diploma in Computer Studies or CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Not required to take any Chemistry courses. equivalent programme from this University or CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Recommended Electives other similar institution and passed with a mini- CSI362 Database Concepts (3) ENV476 Natural Resources Management and mum average of 60%. CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata (3) Economics (2) c) Passed A-level or equivalent examination and CSI312 Programming Languages achieved at least D in Mathematics and Physics Translation (3) 1.3 Assessment and Examination and any other science subject The coursework shall be continuously assessed. Optional Courses Continuous assessment shall consist of writ- Bachelor of Science, Computer CSI392 Human Computer interaction (3) ten tests, assignments and laboratory exercises Science CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) where applicable. The weighting of final exami- Single Major nation where applicable, shall not be less than Semesters 1 &2 Semester 7 50% of the overall grade for a given course. (Courses shall apply as prescribed in the relevant Core Courses Faculty regulations.) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) 1.4 Progression from one Semester to the CSI403 Project I (2) next Semester Semester 3 CSI421 Operating Systems (3) Progression from one semester to the next shall Core Courses CSI423 Systems Programming (3) be as per General Regulations 00.9 CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I(3) CSI461 Communication Networks CSI241 Structured Programming (4) Management (4) 1.5 Award of Degree CSI261 Machine Organisation(3) The award of the degree shall be as per General CSI292 Information Syst. Fundamental (3) Optional Courses Regulations 00.852 CSI411 Complexity and Computability Optional Courses Theory (3) DEPARTMENT OF MAT221 Calculus (3) CSI433 Algorithmic Graph Theory (3) COMPUTER SCIENCE PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) CSI414 Information Interfaces and Presentation (3) Programmes and Programme Titles Semester 4 CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) The Department of Computer Science offers the Core Courses CSI491 Pattern Recognition (3) following undergraduate and postgraduate pro- CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) CSI493 Computer Graphics I (3) grammes: CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures (4) • Single major programme leading to award of: CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) Semester 8 a) BSc (Computer Science); CSI272 Communication Network Core Courses b) BIS (Computer Information Systems). Fundamentals (3) CSI405 Project II (4) • Combined major/minor programme leading to CSI351 Assembly Language Programming (3) CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) award of: CSI441 Software Engineering (3) a) BSc (Computer Science (major), other subject Optional Courses CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) (minor); MAT212 Linear Algebra (3) CSI481 Database Systems (3) • Combined minor/major programme leading to PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics (2) award of: Optional Courses a) BSc (Computer Science (minor), other subject Semester 5 CSI431 Formal Methods (3) (major); Core Course CSI434 Knowledge Management Systems (3) CSI311 File Systems and Data CSI422 Operations Research (3) Entry Requirements Management (4) CSI452 Computer Simulation and Undergraduate Entry Requirements CSI322 Algorithms Analysis and Design (3) Modelling (3) For admission into the Single major or Combined CSI341 Introduction to Software CSI422 Operations Research (3)

176 CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and Systems (3) Semester 8 CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) CSI442 Artificial Intelligence (3) Core Courses CSI241 Structured Programming (4) CSI494 Computer Graphics II (3) CSI405 Project II (4) CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) CSI441 Software Engineering (3) CSI292 Information System Fundamental (3) Bachelor of Science, Computer CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) Science CSI481 Database Systems (3) Optional Courses - Combined Major LIS223 Digital Libraries (3) Students must take a minimum of 12 credits Bachelor of Computer Science – Combined Mi- MGT203 Quantitative Methods (3) from core CS courses and a minimum of 3 cred- nor Students must take a minimum of 6 credits MAT221 Calculus I (3) its from another approved programme, exclud- from core CS courses and a minimum of 9 cred- ing GEC courses, in each semester. Students may its from other approved programmes, excluding Semester 4 also take any optional courses offered by the GEC courses, in each semester. Students may Core Courses Department. also take optional courses offered by the Depart- CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) ment. CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures (4) Semester 3 CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) Core Courses Semester 3 CSI272 Communication Networks CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) Core Courses Fundamentals (3) CSI241 Structured Programming (4) CSI241 Structured Programming (3) CSI261 Machine Organisation (3) CSI261 Machine Organization (3) Optional Courses CSI292 Information System MAT212 Linear Algebra (3) Fundamentals (3) Semester 4 MAT Calculus II (3) Core Courses LIS227 Intro to Knowledge Management (3) Semester 4 CSI242 Data Abstraction and Data MGT200 Organisational Design & Core Courses Structures (3) Development (3) CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (3) CSI272 Communication Network CSI242 Data Abstraction and Structures (4) Fundamentals (3) Semester 5 CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) Core Courses CSI272 Communication Networks Semester 5 CSI311 File Systems and Data Fundamentals 3) Core Courses Management (4) CSI311 File Systems and Data CSI322 Algorithm Analysis and Design (3) Semester 5 Management (4) CSI341 Introduction to Software Core Courses CSI341 Introduction to Software Engineering (3) CSI311 File Systems and Data Engineering (3) CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) Management (4) BIS302 Decision Support Systems I(3) CSI322 Algorithms Analysis and Design (3) Semester 6 CSI341 Introduction to Software Core Courses Optional courses Engineering (3) CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) CSI371 Information Systems Resource CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Management (3) LIS300 Online Information Retrieval (3) Semester 6 Semester 7 LIS310 Health Information Systems (3) Core Courses Core Courses MGT301 Organizational Behaviour (3) CSI332 Programming Languages (3) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) CSI461 Communication Networks Semester 6 CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Management (3) Core Courses CSI362 Database Concepts (3) CSI332 Programming Languages (3) CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata (3) Semester 8 CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) Core Courses CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) Semester 7 CSI471 Object-Oriented Systems (3) CSI362 Database Concepts (3) Core Courses CSI481 Database Systems (3) CSI382 Formal Languages and Automata (3) CSI315 Web Technology and Applications (3) CSI403 Project I (2) Business Information Systems Optional Courses CSI421 Operating Systems (3) Bachelor of Science (Computer CSI314 Decision Support Systems (3) CSI461 Communication Networks Information Systems) CSI372 Expert Systems (3) Management (3) CSI373 Economics of Information Semester3 Technology (3) Core Courses CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3)

177 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) Level 200 ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices LIS311 Business Information Systems (3) Semester 3 (2, Area 4) LIS312 Legal Information Systems (3) Core Courses ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and the LIS314 Agricultural Information Systems (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) Developing World (2, Area 3) (not BIS309 Accounting Information Systems (3) available 2008/09) Optional Courses ENV321 Urbanisation in the Developing Semester 7 ENV211 Elements of Human Geography I (3) World (2, Area 3) Core Courses (pre: ENV102) (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/ CSI315 Web Technology and Technology (3) ENV214 Elements of Physical Environment I POP303/URP200/204) CSI403 Project I (2) (3) (pre: ENV101) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) CSI461 Communication Networks ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Areas 1 and 4) Management (4) Semester 4 (not available 2008/09) CSI421 Operating Systems (3) Core Courses ENV306 Globalisation, Socioeconomic and ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) Environmental Change (2, all areas) Optional Courses (not available 2008/09) CSI414 Information Interfaces and Optional Courses ENV307 Human Settlements: Principles Presentation (3) ENV219 Elements of Human Geography II (3) and Morphology (2, all areas) (pre: CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) (pre: ENV102) ENV210/211/212/219/POP303/ MGT400 Strategic Management (3) ENV220 Elements of Physical Environment II URP200/204) LIS407 Emerging Technologies (3) (3) (pre: ENV101) ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices ENV440 Geographic Information Systems (3) (2, Areas 1 and 2) Levels 300 to 400 ENV310 Medical Geography (2, all areas) Semester 8 Single Major Programmes ENV319 Economic Geography (2, all areas) Core Courses In accordance with General Academic Regula- (not available 2008/09) CSI405 Project II (4) tion 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8 the Single ENV321 Urbanisation in the Developing CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) Major Programme in Environmental Science shall World (2, Area 1) CSI441 Software Engineering (3) consist of 10 to 12 core and optional courses for (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/ CSI481 Database Systems (3) each of the Human Environment Areas of Spe- POP303/URP200/204) cialisation, with optional courses selected from Optional Courses the following lists. Availability of courses and Semester 6 LIS425 Global Information Systems (3) areas of specialisation are subject to the staffing Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) BIS417 Information Systems Auditing (3) situation in the particular semester and/or year. ENV311 Environment, Population and In accordance with Departmental Regulation Development (3, Area 1) DEPARTMENT OF 1.4,Entry into the programme is by application (pre: ENV302 or POP120) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE to HoD. ENV312 Sustainable Development (2, all areas)(pre: ENV301) 4. Entrance Requirements Human Environment Areas of Specialisation ENV314 Project Proposal (2, all areas) Normal entry requirements shall be as stipulated Courses in the Human Environment Areas of (pre: ENV303) in General Regulation 20.00 in this Calendar and Specialisation fall into the following career ar- ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Departmental Regulation 1.4 (see Departmental eas: Theory (2, all areas) Handbook). a) Area 1: Population, Economy and Resources; (pre: ENV210/211/212/219/383/ b) Area 2: Rural and Agricultural Development; POL301/SOC322/SOC327) 5.1 Human Environment Programmes c) Area 3: Management of the Urban and Indus- ENV313 Elementary Techniques in Population Level 100 trial Environment; Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV302) All courses at this level are core courses. d) Area 4: Tourism Development and Policy. ENV316 Agricultural Development (2, Area 2) Semester 1 ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis ENV101 Introduction to the Physical and Semester 5 (2, Area 4) (pre: ENV309) Human Environments I (2) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV320 Botswana’s Environment (2, all areas) ENV103 Elementary Quantitative Techniques ENV301 Environmental Issues (2, all areas) (not available 2008/09) in Geography I (3) ENV303 Directed Readings (2, all areas) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV304 Quantitative Techniques in Human ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Theory Semester 2 Geography (3, all areas) (2, all areas)(ENV210/211/212/219/ ENV102 Introduction to the Physical and ENV302 Concepts and Principles in 383/ POL301/SOC322/327) Human Environments II (2) Population Geography (2, Area 1) ENV339 Methods and Techniques in ENV104 Elementary Quantitative Techniques ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Area 2) (not Environmental Appraisal (2, all areas) in Geography II (3) available 2008/09) ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2,

178 Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309) Industrialisation (2, Area 3) (not ENV306 Globalisation, Socioeconomic and POP305 Population Dynamics, Policies and available 2008/09) Environmental Change (2, all areas) Programmes (3, Area 1) Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (not available 2008/09) ENV403 Gender and Environment (2, all areas) ENV307 Human Settlements: Principles Semester 7 ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment and Morphology (2, all areas) (pre: Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (3, all areas) (not available ENV210/211/212/219/ ENV400/414 Project Data Collection, Analysis in 2008/09) POP303/URP200/204) and Reporting I (1, all areas) ENV427 Energy and Environment (2, all areas) ENV310 Medical Geography (2, all areas) ENV426 GIS for Socioeconomic Applications (not available 2008/09) ENV319 Economic Geography (2, all areas) (3, all areas) (pre: ENV215) ENV476 Natural Resource Management (not available 2008/09) ENV401 Advanced Techniques in Population and Economics (2, all areas) (not ENV339 Methods and Techniques in Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV313) available in 2008/09) Environmental Appraisal (2, all areas) ENV402 Natural Resource Conservation and ENV416 Transport and Environment ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Areas 1 and 4) Management (3, all areas) (not (2, Areas 2, 3 and 4) B Environmental (not available 2008/09) available 2008/09) Policy (2, Areas 1, 2 and 3) ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (2, ENV404 Rural Development Theory and ENV419 Development Geography (3, all areas) Areas 1and 2) Practice (2, Area 2) (not available 2008/09) ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and the ENV405 Urban and Rural Survey Techniques ENV484 Urbanisation and Environment Developing World (2, Areas 1 and 2) (2, Area 2) (2, Area 3) (pre: ENV307/321/ (not available 2008/09) ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Area 4) URP213,301) ENV321 Urbanisation in the Developing World (pre: ENV309&318) POP423 Population and Development (3, Area (2, all areas) pre ENV210/211/212/219/ ENV423 Urban Social Theory (2, Area 3) (pre: 1 and 2) POP303/URP200/204) ENV315/383/POL301/SOC421/433/ Major/Minor Programme with Environmental URP400/407) Science as the Major Semester 6 ENV424 Industry and the Environment In accordance with General Academic Regula- Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (2, Area 3) (not available 2008/09) tion 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8, the Sin- ENV311 Environment, Population and Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) gle Major Programme in Environmental Science Development (3, Area 1) ENV406 Regional Development Studies shall consist of 7 to 8 core and optional courses, ENV312 Sustainable Development (2, all (2, all areas) (not available with optional courses selected from accompa- areas)(pre: ENV301) in 2008/09) nying lists. The areas of specialisation specifi ENV313 Elementary Techniques in ENV425 The African Environment (3, all areas) ed under Regulation 2.1 shall also apply to this Population Geography (3, Area 1) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2, all areas) Programme. Availability of courses and areas of (ENV302) ENV404 Rural Development Theory and specialisation are subject to the staffi ng situ- ENV316 Agricultural Development (2, Area 2) Practice (2, Areas 1 and 4) ation in the particular semester and/or year. In ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Areas 1 and 2) (pre: accordance with Departmental Regulation 1.4, (2, Area 4) (pre: ENV309) ENV309&318) entry into the programme is by application to ENV384 Advanced Physical Geography ENV423 Urban Social Theory (2, Area 1) (pre: HoD. (2,Humanities) (pre: ENV101/214/220) ENV315/383/POL301/SOC421/433/ Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) URP400/407) Semester 5 POP306 Population and Development ENV424 Industry and the Environment Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) (3, all areas) (2, Area 4) (not available 2008/09) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2, all areas) ENV315 Environmentalism and Social Theory ENV302 Concepts and Principles in (2, all areas)(ENV210/211/212/219/ Semester 8 Population Geography (2, Area 1) 383/POL301/SOC322/327) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV304 Quantitative Techniques in Human ENV320 Geography of Botswana (2, all areas) ENV408 Tourism and Development Geography (3 credits, all areas) (not available 2008/09) (2, Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309&318) ENV305 Rural Geography (2, Area 2) (not ENV339 Methods and Techniques in ENV414/400 Project Data Collection, Analysis available in 2008/09) Environmental Appraisal (2, all areas) and Report II (2, all areas) ENV309 Tourism I: Principles and Practices (not available in 2008/09) (pre: ENV400/414) (2, Area 4) ENV318 Tourism II: Tools and Analysis (2, ENV456 Remote Sensing for Socio-economic ENV317 Industrialisation Trends and Areas 1 and 2) (pre: ENV309) Applications (3, all areas) (pre: Developing Countries (2, Area 3) POP305 Population Dynamics, Policies and ENV216) (not available 2008/09) Programmes (3, Area 1) ENV415 Rural Development in Botswana (2, ENV383 Advanced Human Geography Areas 1 and 2) (2, Humanities Students) Semester 7 ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Area 4) (pre: ENV102/211/219) Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV481 Concepts and Principles of Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) ENV401 Advanced Techniques in Population

179 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

Geography (3, Area 1) (pre: ENV313) ENV484 Urbanisation and Environment (2, ENV412, ENV415, ENV416, ENV418, ENV419, ENV404 Rural Development Theory and Area 3) (pre: ENV307/321/ POP423, ENV427, ENV456, ENV476, ENV481, Practice (2, Area 2) URP213,301) POP423 Population and ENV482, ENV483, ENV484. ENV405 Rural Survey Techniques (2, Area 2) Development (3, Areas 1 and 2) ENV407 Eco-tourism (2, Area 4) (pre: Combined Major/Minor Programme with En- ENV309&ENV318) Combined Major/Major Programme vironmental Science as the Minor ENV424 Industry and the Environment (2, Combined Major/Major students shall take 5 to In the Combined Major/Minor Programme with Area 3) (not available 2008/09) 6 credits of core and/or optional Environmen- Environmental Science as Minor, students shall Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) tal Science courses in each of Semesters 5 to 8. take 3 to 4 credits of Environmental Science ENV406 Regional Development Studies No areas of specialization are prescribed under courses in each of Semesters 5 to 8. No areas (2, all areas) (not available 2008/09) this Programme. However, candidates could use of specialisation apply to this Programme. The ENV425 The African Environment (3, all areas) templates for Single Majors or Major/Minors (En- availability of courses is subject to the staffi ng ENV426 GIS for Socioeconomic Applications vironmental Science Major) to guide their selec- situation in the particular semester. (3, all areas) (pre: ENV215) tion of courses. Availability of courses is subject ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2, all areas) to the staffi ng situation in the particular semes- Semester 5 ENV402 Natural Resource Conservation ter and/or year. (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- and Management (3, all areas) (not req.) available 2007/08) Semester 5 In Semester 5, Combined Major/Minor students ENV407 Ecotourism (2, Areas 1 and 2) (pre: (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- shall take core course ENV301 and at least 2 ad- ENV309&ENV318) req.) In Semester 5, Combined Major/Major ditional credits from the following Environmen- ENV404 Rural Development Theory and students shall take core course ENV301 and an tal Science optional courses: ENV302, ENV304, Practice (2, Areas 1 and 4) additional 4 credits from the following list of ENV305, ENV306, ENV307, ENV309, ENV310, ENV423 Urban Social Theory optional courses: ENV302, ENV304, ENV305, ENV317, ENV319, ENV321, ENV339 and ENV383. (2, Areas 1 and 3) ENV306, ENV307, ENV309, ENV310, ENV317, For students registered in the Faculty of Humani- (pre:ENV315/383/POL301/ ENV319, ENV321, ENV339 and ENV383. For stu- ties, ENV383 shall be taken as a core course. SOC421/433/URP400/407) dents registered in the Faculty of Humanities, ENV424 Industry and the Environment (2, ENV383 shall be taken as a core course. Semester 6 Area 4) (not available 2008/09) (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- Semester 6 req.) Semester 8 (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- In Semester 6, Combined Major/Minor (Envi- Core Courses (By Area of Specialisation) req.) ronmental Science Minor) students shall take ENV415 Rural Development in Botswana (2, In Semester 6, Combined Major/Major students core course ENV312 and at least 2 additional Areas 2 and 4) shall take core course ENV312 and an addition- credits from the following Environmental Sci- ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Area 4) al 4 credits from the following list of optional ence optional courses: POP305, ENV313, ENV311, ENV424 Industry and Environment (2, Area 3) courses POP305, ENV311, ENV313, ENV315, ENV315, ENV316, ENV318, ENV320, and ENV384. (not available 2008/09) ENV316, ENV318, ENV320, and ENV384. For stu- For students registered in the Faculty of Humani- Optional Courses (By Area of Specialisation) dents registered in the Faculty of Humanities ties, ENV384 shall be taken as a core course. ENV403 Gender and Environment (2, all areas) ENV384 shall be taken as a core course. ENV412 Environmental Impact Assessment Semester 7 (3, all areas) (not available in Semester 7 (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- 2008/09) (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- req.) ENV418 Environmental Policy (2, Areas 1, 2 req.) In Semester 7, Combined Major/Minor (Envi- and 3) There are no core courses for the Combined Ma- ronmental Science Minor) students shall take ENV419 Development Geography (2, all areas) jor/Major Programme in Semester 7. Students 3 to 4 credits from the following Environmen- (not available 2008/09) shall take, therefore, 5 to 6 credits from the fol- tal Science options: ENV401, ENV402, ENV404, ENV427 Energy and Environment (2, all areas) lowing list of optional courses: ENV401, ENV402, ENV405, ENV406, ENV408, ENV423, ENV424, (not available 2008/09) ENV404, ENV405, ENV406, ENV407, ENV408, ENV425, ENV440, and ENV447. ENV456 Remote Sensing for Socioeconomic ENV423, ENV424, ENV425, ENV426, ENV447. Applications (3, all areas) (pre: Semester 8 ENV216) Semester 8 (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- ENV476 Natural Resource Management and (See above or Dept Handbook for course pre- req.) Economics (2, all areas) req.) In Semester 8, Combined Major/Minor (Environ- ENV416 Transport and Environment (2, Areas There are no core courses for the Combined Ma- mental Science Minor) students shall take 3 to 2, 3 and 4) jor/Major Programme in Semester 8. Students 4 credits from the following Environmental Sci- ENV483 Advanced Map-work and Air Photo shall take, therefore, 5 to 6 credits from the fol- ence options: ENV402, ENV403, ENV412, ENV415, Interpretation (3, Humanities) lowing list of optional courses: ENV402, ENV403, ENV416, ENV418, ENV419, POP423, ENV427,

180 ENV456, ENV476, ENV481, ENV482, ENV483 and ENV332 Air Photography (3) ENV452 Soil survey and land evaluation (3) ENV484. (pre: ENV215/216) (pre: ENV334/385) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) ENV458 Water Resources Development and 5.2 Physical Environment Programmes ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) Management (2) The Physical Environment Programmes are de- (pre: ENV218) ENV463 Environmental Quality and signed for students registered in the Faculty ENV340 Biogeography (2) Management: Water and Wastewater of Science and are subject to Departmental Reg- ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specific (3) (pre: ENV462) ulations 1.4.1.2 to 1.4.1.5. Hazards (3) ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) (pre: ENV342) Level 100 Semester 6 ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) In accordance with Faculty Special Regulation Core Courses (pre: ENV335) 23.45, Environmental Science is not offered a ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) ENV480 Internet Kalahari Transect Land-use this level to students registered in the Faculty of (pre: ENV301) Change Modelling II (3) Science. ENV314 Project Proposal (2) (pre: ENV303) (not available) ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for Levels 200 to 400 Environmental Science (3) Combined Major/Minor Programme with En- Semester 3 vironmental Science as the Major Core Courses Optional Courses In accordance with General Academic Regulation ENV210 Introduction to the Human ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) 00.62, the Combined Major/Minor Programme in Environment I (2) ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Physical Environment shall consist of 7 to 8 cred- ENV213 Introduction to the Physical ENV339 Methods and Techniques for its from core and optional courses, with optional Environment I (2) Environmental Appraisal (2) (not courses selected from the following lists. Courses available in 2008/09) ENV303, ENV400 and ENV414 jointly satisfy Fac- Optional Courses ENV342 The Climate System (3) ulty Regulation 23.47. Availability of courses is ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) ENV385 Soil Geography (3) subject to the staffi ng situation in the particular semester. Semester 4 Semester 7 Core Courses Core Courses Semester 3 ENV212 Introduction to the Human ENV400/414 Project Data Collection, Analysis Core Courses Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) and Reporting I (1) (pre: ENV314) ENV210 Introduction to the Human ENV218 Introduction to the Physical ENV440 Geographical Information Environment I (2) Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) Systems (3) (pre: ENV215) ENV213 Introduction to the Physical Environment I (2) Optional Courses Optional Courses ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) Optional Courses ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) Single Major Programme ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) In accordance with General Academic Regula- ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) Semester 4 tion 00.62, in each of Semesters 5 to 8 the Single ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) (pre: Core Courses Major Programme in Environmental Science shall ENV340) ENV212 Introduction to the Human consist of 10 to 12 core and optional courses for ENV462 Environmental Quality and Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) each of the Physical Environment Areas of Spe- Management: Land and Air (3) ENV218 Introduction to the Physical cialisation, with optional courses selected from ENV475 Pedology (2) Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) the following lists. Availability of courses is sub- ENV477 Internet Kalahari Transect Land-use ject to the staffi ng situation in the particular Change Modelling I (3) Optional Courses semester and/or year. ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) Semester 8 Semester 5 Core Course Semester 5 Core Courses ENV414/400 Project Data Collection, Analysis Core Courses ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) and Reporting II (1, all areas) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV303 Directed Readings (2) ENV303 Directed Readings (2) ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental Optional Courses Science (3) (pre: ENV216) ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) (pre: Optional Courses ENV338) ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental Optional Courses ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (pre: Science (3) (pre: ENV216) ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) ENV450) ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2)

181 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

ENV332 Air Photo Interpretation (3) ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation (3) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) (pre: ENV215/216) (pre: ENV334/385) ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) ENV458 Water Resources Development and (pre: ENV218) ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) Management (2) ENV340 Biogeography (2) (pre: ENV218) ENV462 Environmental Quality and ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c ENV340 Biogeography (2) Management: Water and Waste (3) Hazards (3) ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specific (pre: ENV362) Hazards (3) ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) Semester 6 (pre: ENV342) Core Courses Semester 6 ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) Core Courses (pre: ENV335) (pre: ENV301) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) Combined Major/Major Programme In accord- ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for (pre: ENV301) ance with General Academic Regulation 00.62, Environmental Science (3) ENV314 Project Proposal (2) (pre: ENV303) the Major/Major Programme in Physical Environ- ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for ment shall consist of 5 to 6 credits from core and Optional Courses Environmental Science (3) optional courses, with optional courses selected ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) from the following lists. Course ENV485 satisfi es ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Optional Courses Faculty Regulation 23.47. Availability of courses ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) is subject to the staffi ng situation in the par- Environmental Appraisal (2) ) ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) ticular semester. (not available) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV342 The Climate System (3) Environmental Appraisal (2) Semester 3 ENV385 Soil Geography (3) (not available) Core Courses ENV342 The Climate System (3) ENV210 Introduction to the Human Semester 7 ENV385 Soil Geography (3) Environment I (2) Core Courses ENV213 Introduction to the Physical None Semester 7 Environment I (2) Core Course Optional Courses ENV400/414 Project Data Collection, Analysis Optional Courses ENV440 Geographical Information and Reporting I (1) (pre: ENV314) ENV209 Quantitative Techniques for Systems (3) (pre: ENV215) Environmental Science I (3) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) Optional Courses ENV215 Introduction to Spatial Analysis (3) ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ENV440 Geographical Information ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Systems (3) (pre: ENV215) Semester 4 ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) Core Courses ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) (pre: ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ENV212 Introduction to the Human ENV350) ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) Environment II (2) ENV462 Environmental Quality and ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) ENV218 Introduction to the Physical Management: Land and Air (3) (pre: ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) Environment II (2) ENV382) (pre: ENV350) ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) ENV462 Environmental Quality and Management: Land and Air (3) Optional Courses Semester 8 (pre: ENV362) ENV216 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) Core Courses ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) ENV217 Quantitative Techniques for None Environmental Science II (3) Semester 8 Optional Courses Core Course Semester 5 ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) (pre: ENV414/400 Project Data Collection, Analysis Core Course ENV338) and Reporting II (2, all areas) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) (pre: (pre: ENV400/414) ENV450) Optional Courses ENV452 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation (3) Optional Courses ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental (pre: ENV334/385) ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) Science (3) (pre: ENV216) ENV458 Water Resources Development and (pre: ENV338) ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) Management (2) ENV451 Rangeland Management II (2) ENV332 Air Photography (3) ENV462 Environmental Quality and (Pre: ENV450) (pre: ENV215/216) Management: Water and Waste (3)

182 (pre: ENV382) ENV337 Dynamic Meteorology (3) Regulation 4.0. ENV478 Climates of Southern Africa (2) ENV339 Methods and Techniques for ENV479 Applied Hydrology II (3) (pre: Environmental Appraisal (2) (not Entry Requirements ENV335) available) (a) Admission to the Geology Single Major and ENV485 Research Essay (2) ENV342 The Climate System (3) Combined Degree Programmes shall be as speci- ENV385 Soil Geography (3) fied in the Faculty of Science Regulations 23.2.1 Combined Minor/Major Programme with and 23.4. Environmental Science as Minor Semester 7 (b) Students who wish to register for Geology In accordance with General Academic Regula- Core Courses (Single Major or Combined Degree) at Level 200 tion 00.62, the Major/Minor Programme in Phys- None must have taken and passed Mathematics, Phys- ical Environment shall consist of 3 to 4 core and ics, Chemistry and Geology or Mathematics, optional courses, with optional courses selected Optional Courses Physics and Chemistry at Level 100. from the following lists. Availability of courses is ENV440 Geographical Information (c) In accordance with the Faculty of Science subject to the staffi ng situation in the particular Systems (3) (pre: ENV215) Special Regulation 23.2.4, a Geology student semester. ENV441 Applied Hydrology I (3) (pre: ENV335) (Single Major and Combined Degree) can regis- ENV442 Boundary Layer Climates (3) ter directly at Level 200 but cannot be exempted Semester 3 ENV447 Environmental Hazards (2) from Level 100 Geology courses. Core Courses ENV449 Land Reclamation (3) (d) A student admitted to Level 200 Geol- ENV210 Introduction to the Human ENV450 Rangeland Management I (3) ogy who has not completed Level 100 Geology Environment I (2) ENV462 Environmental Quality and courses must take them during the first semester ENV213 Introduction to the Physical Management: Land and Air (3) (pre: of Level 200. Environment I (2) ENV382) (e) A student admitted to Level 200 Geology ENV475 Pedology (2) (pre: ENV332) who has successfully completed Level 100 Geol- Semester 4 ogy courses must comply with the University of Core Courses Semester 8 Botswana Academic General Regulation 00.311 ENV212 Introduction to the Human Core Courses by taking relevant General Education courses or Environment II (2) (pre: ENV210) None Elective courses in consultation with the Head ENV218 Introduction to the Physical of Department. Environment II (2) (pre: ENV213) Optional Courses ENV445 Arid Lands Geomorphology (2) Award of Degree Semester 5 (pre:ENV338) To be awarded a Bachelor of Science Degree in Core Course Geology or a Bachelor of Science for a Combined ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY Degree involving Geology as a subject, a stu- dent must satisfy General Academic Regulations Optional Courses Programmes and Titles of Degrees 00.85 and 00.9 and Faculty of Science Special ENV330 Remote Sensing for Environmental The Department of Geology offers the following Regulation 23.7. Science (3) (pre: ENV216) Programmes leading to the award of the men- ENV331 Hydro-meteorology (2) tioned Degrees: Course Structure ENV332 Air Photo Interpretation (3) (pre: • Single Major Programme, leading to the Geology courses shall be offered at Levels 100 to ENV215/216) award of a Bachelor of Science Degree in 400 for the Undergraduate Programme as out- ENV334 Principles of Soil Science (3) Geology as per Departmental Regulation 2.2 lined in Regulations 2.1 to 2.4 below and Levels ENV338 Introduction to Geomorphology (3) • Combined Major/Minor with a Geology major 600 to 700 for Master of Science candidates. (pre: ENV218) leading to the award a Bachelor of Science ENV340 Biogeography (2) degree as per Departmental Regulation 2.2 Level 100 ENV382 Analytical Methods for Specifi c • Combined Major/Major Degree Programme Semester 1 Hazards (3) with Geology and one of Chemistry, GEO101 Introduction to Geology (4) Environmental Science and Physics leading to Semester 6 the award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per Semester 2 Core Course Departmental Regulations 2.2 GEO102 Introduction to Mineralogy (3) ENV312 Sustainable Development (2) • Combined Major/Minor with Geology as a Mi- (pre: ENV301) nor leading to the award of the degree in which Levels 200, 300 and 400 the student is enrolled as per Departmental Bachelor of Science, Geology Single Optional Courses Regulation 2.2 Major ENV336 Advanced Statistical Techniques for • Master of Science Programme leading to the Environmental Science (3) award of a Master of Science Degree in At Level 200, the Single Major Programme con- ENV335 Principles of Hydrology (3) Hydrogeology as per Departmental sists of 19 credits of core courses and 9 credits of

183 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

elective courses from Statistics and Mathemat- Semester 7 ics. In addition, students must take a minimum Core Courses Semester 5 of 4 credits of General Education Courses. GEO401 Research Project (6, year long) Core Courses GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) GEO305 Ore Geology (3) Semester 3 GEO407 Economic Geology (3) GEO307 Petrology I (2) Core Courses GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) GEO312 Research Methods & Computer GEO201 Structural Geology (3) Optional (choose at least 1) Applications in Geol. (2) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) GEO315 Introduction to Exploration GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) GEO410 Advanced Methods in Exploration Geophysics (3) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) Geophysics (3) STA113 Basic Statistics (3) Semester 6 Semester 8 Core Courses Semester 4 Core Courses GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4) Core Courses GEO401 Research Project (6, year long) GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (2) GEO402 Geotectonics (2) GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) GEO314 Petrology II (2) Applied to Geology (2) GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) GEO206 Petrography (3) + 4 credits of GEC’s/Electives Level 400 GEO207 Chemical Geology (3) At Level 400, the Major/Minor Programme shall MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) Bachelor of Science, Combined consist of 15 credits of core courses and (Geology Major) at least 2 to 3 credits from optional courses. Level 300 At Level 300, the Single Major Programme will Level 200 Long Vacation/Winter Semester consist of 35 credits of core courses which in- At level 200, the Major/Minor programme shall GEO401 Research Project (Data Acquisition) clude a winter course GEO301 (Field Mapping) to consist of 19 credits of core courses. In addition, be done during the long vacation/winter semes- the students must take the relevant General Semester 7 ter after Level 200. Education Courses and comply with Academic Core Courses Long Vacation/Winter Semester General Regulations 00.62 GEO401 Research Project (year long) GEO301 Field Mapping (3) GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Semester 5 Semester 3 Core Courses Core Courses Semester 8 GEO302 Igneous Petrology (3) GEO201 Structural Geology (3) Core Courses GEO303 Sedimentary Petrology (3) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) GEO401 Research Project (6) GEO305 Ore Geology (3) GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) GEO306 Exploration Geophysics I (3) Students who are registering at level 200 and Optional Courses (choose at least 1) GEO312 Research Methods & Computer have not taken GEO101 and GEO102 in the fi rst GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Applications in Geology (2) year have to register for these courses at level GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) 200. Semester 6 Bachelor of Science, Combined Core Courses Semester 4 Major GEO304 Advanced Structural Geology (4) Core Courses Level 200 GEO308 Metamorphic Petrology (3) GEO202 Optical Mineralogy (2) At level 200, the Major/Major Programme shall GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing consist of 11 credits of core courses for GEO310 Exploration Geophysics II (3) Applied to Geology (2) all streams ( Geology/Chemistry; Geology/ Envi- GEO311 Paleontology and Stratigraphy (3) GEO206 Petrography (3) ronmental Science; and Geology/Physics. GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) GEO207 Chemical Geology (3) In addition, the student must take the relevant General Education Courses and comply with Level 400 Level 300 Academic General Regulation 00.62 At Level 400, the Single Major Programme shall At Level 300, the Major/Minor Programme (Geol- consist of 23 credits of core courses and at least ogy Major) shall consist of 23 credits. In addition, Semester 3 3 credits from optional courses. the students must take relevant General Educa- Core Courses tion Courses. GEO201 Structural Geology (3) Long Vacation/Winter Semester GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) GEO401 Research Project (Data Acquisition) Long Vacation/Winter Semester Students who are registering at level 200 and GEO301 Field Mapping (3) have not taken GEO101 and GEO102 in the

184 first year have to register for these courses at GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Semester 5 level 200. GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) Core Courses GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) GEO307 Petrology I (2) Semester 4 Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Major GEO315 Introduction to Exploration Core Courses Students Geophysics (3) GEO203 Photogeology and Remote Sensing (a) Students who wish to do a research project in Applied to Geology (2) Geology must register for GEO406 (in Semester 6 GEO206 Petrography (3) semester 2). Core Courses (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) Level 300 must register for a project in the other subject. GEO314 Petrology II (2) At Level 300, the Major/Major Programme is of- fered in the 3 following streams: Bachelor of Science, Combined Level 400 a) Geology/Chemistry; Major (Geology/Environmental At level 400, the Major/Major programme shall b) Geology/Environmental Science; Science) consist of 3 credits of core courses and 5 to 6 c) Geology/Physics. credits of optional courses. In addition, the stu- Semester 5 dents must take the relevant General Education The programme consists of 13 credits of core Core Courses courses and comply with the Faculty of Science and optional courses. In addition, the students GEO305 Ore Geology (3) General Regulation 00.62 must take the relevant General Education cours- GEO307 Petrology I (2) es and comply with Academic General Regula- Semester 7 tion 00.62 Semester 6 Core course Core Courses GEO404 Geology of Africa (3) Long Vacation/Winter Session GEO309 Hydrogeology (3) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Core Course for all Streams GEO314 Petrology II (2) GEO301 Field Mapping (3) Semester 8 Level 400 GEO402 Geotectonics (2) Bachelor of Science, Combined At level 400, the Major/Major programme shall GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) Major (Geology/Chemistry) consist of 3 credits of core courses and 5 to 6 Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Major credits of optional courses. In addition, the stu- Students (a) Students who wish to do a research Semester 5 dents must take the relevant General Education project in Geology must register for GEO406 (in Core Courses courses and comply with the Faculty of Science semester 2). GEO305 Ore Geology (3) General Regulation 00.62 (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 GEO307 Petrology l (2) must register for a project in the other subject. Semester 7 Semester 6 Core course Bachelor of Science, Combined Core Courses GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) Major/Minor (Geology minor) GEO313 Theoretical Geochemistry (3) Optional Courses (choose at least 1) GEO314 Petrology II GEO407 Economic Geology (3) The combined Major/Minor programme with Ge- GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) ology as a Minor shall consist of 24 credits of Level 400 core courses taken in Semesters 3 to 8. At level 400, the Major/Major programme shall Semester 8 Core Courses consist of 3 credits of core courses and 5 to 6 Optional Courses (choose at least 2) GEO101 Introduction to Geology (4) credits of optional courses. In addition, the stu- GEO402 Geotectonics (2) GEO102 Introduction to Mineralogy (3) dents must take the relevant General Education GEO403 Exploration Geochemistry (3) GEO201 Structural Geology (3) courses and comply with the Faculty of Science GEO405 Engineering Geology (3) GEO204 Sedimentology (3) General Regulation 00.62 Important Notice for 4th Year Combined Major GEO205 Introduction to Hydrogeology (3) Students GEO206 Petrography (3) Semester 7 (a) Students who wish to do a research project in GEO305 Ore Geology (3) Core course Geology must register for GEO406 (in semester GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) GEO408 Environmental Geology (3) 2). It is important to note which courses are taken in Optional Courses (choose at least 1) (b) Students who do not register for GEO406 the first semester or second semester GEO407 Economic Geology (3) must register for a project in the other subject. of the academic year (Refer to Single Major Pro- GEO409 Geology of Botswana (3) gramme for such information) Bachelor of Science, Combined Semester 8 Major (Geology/Physics) Service Courses Optional Courses (choose at least 2) The following are offered as service courses for

185 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

non-Geology Majors Semester 2 MAT324 Differential Equations (3) GEO103 Geology for Teachers (3) MAT122 Introductory Mathematics II (4) Optional Courses GEO104 Introductory Geology for MAT342 Computing II (3) Engineers(2) Level 200 MAT344 Numerical Methods for Linear Semester 3 Algebra 3) General Education Courses Core Courses MAT352 Dynamics I (3) GEC250 Earth Processes, Mineral Resources MAT211 Introductory Set and Number MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) and Development (2) Theory (3) GEC251 Groundwater and Society (2) MAT221 Calculus I (3) Semester 7 In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme shall Assessment and Examination Optional Courses (6 credits) consist of 9 credits of core courses. An additional (a) 2.5.1 If not stated otherwise, the examination MAT251 Vectors and Introductory 6 credits may be taken from optional courses in will represent 2/3 and the continuous assess- Mechanics (3) accordance with General Regulation 00.62. The ment 1/3 of the final marks. MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical project course MAT400 shall run over Semesters (b) GEO301 shall be examined by continuous as- Statistics (3) 7 and 8. sessment only. Semester 4 Core Courses Progression Core Courses MAT400 Project (3) Student progression is made in accordance with MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) The University of Botswana General Academic MAT222 Calculus II (3) MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) Regulation 00.9 Optional Courses (6 credits) Optional Courses DEPARTMENT OF MAT242 Computing I (3) MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) MATHEMATICS MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) MAT425 Measure Theory (3) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) MAT431 General Topology (3) Programmes and Titles of Degrees MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) The Department of Mathematics offers the fol- Semester 5 MAT451 Dynamics II (3) lowing Programmes leading to the award of the In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme shall MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) mentioned degrees: consist of 9 credits of core courses. MAT461 Optimisation and Control Theory (3) • Single Major Programme leading to the award An additional 6 credits may be taken from op- MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3) of a Bachelor of Science Degree in Mathematics tional courses in accordance with General as per Departmental Regulation 2.1 Regulation 00.62.Levels 300 and 400 Semester 8 • Combined Major/Minor Programme with Core Courses In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme shall Mathematics as the Major, leading to the award MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) consist of 12 credits of optional courses in ac- of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per Depart- MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) cordance with General Regulation 00.62. mental Regulation 2.2 MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) • Combined Major/Major Programme leading to Optional Courses the award of a Bachelor of Science Degree as per MAT404 Topics in Advanced Mathematics (3) Departmental Regulation 2.3 Optional Courses (6 credits) MAT412 Number Theory (3) • Combined Major/Minor Programme with Math- MAT251 Vectors and Introductory MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) ematics as the Minor leading to the award of a Mechanics (3) MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) Bachelor of Science Degree as per Departmental MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) Regulation 2.4. It is stipulated that the student Statistics (3) MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) must be registered in the Faculty of Science. MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) Theory (3) MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) Entry Requirements MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) Admission to the Mathematics Programmes shall MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) be as specified in Faculty of Science Regulation MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) 23.21. Semester 6 MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme shall MAT472 Linear Models (3) Single Major (Mathematics Major) consist of 9 credits of core courses. An additional MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3) Level 100 6 credits may be taken from optional courses in MAT476 Statistical Computing (3) Semester 1 accordance with General Regulation 00.62. MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) Core Courses Combined Major/Minor Programme (Mathemat- MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) ics Major) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3)

186 Semester 3 MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Combined Major/Major Programme In Semester 3, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Semester 3 gramme with Mathematics as the Major shall MAT324 Differential Equations (3) In Semester 3 the Combined Major/Major Pro- consist of 6 credits of core courses and 3 credits gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. from optional courses. Optional Courses Additional credits may be taken from optional Core Courses MAT342 Computing II (3) courses in accordance with General Regulation MAT211 Introductory Set and Number MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear 00.62. Theory (3) Algebra (3) Core Courses MAT221 Calculus I (3) MAT352 Dynamics I (3) MAT211 Introductory Set & Number MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Theory (3) Optional Courses (3) MAT221 Calculus I (3) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Semester 7 Mechanics (3) In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- Optional Courses MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical gramme shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. MAT251 Vectors and Introductory Statistics (3) Additional credits may be taken from optional Mechanics (3) courses. The project course MAT400 shall run MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Semester 4 over Semesters 7 and 8. Statistics (3) In Semester 4 the Combined Major/Minor Pro- gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses Core Courses Semester 4 and 3 credits from optional courses. MAT400 Project (3) In Semester 4, the Combined Major/Major Pro- MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. Core Courses MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) Additional credits may be taken from optional MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) courses in accordance with General Regulation MAT222 Calculus II (3) Optional Courses 00.62. MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) Core Courses Optional Courses (3) MAT425 Measure Theory (3) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) MAT242 Computing I (3) MAT431 General Topology (3) MAT222 Calculus II (3) MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) MAT451 Dynamics II (3) Optional Courses MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) MAT242 Computing I (3) Semester 5 MAT461 Optimisation and Control Theory (3) MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) In Semester 5 the Combined Major/Minor Pro- MAT471 Multivariate Statistics (3) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) gramme shall consist of 9 credits of core courses. Additional credits may be taken from optional Semester 8 Semester 5 courses. In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major Pro- Core Courses gramme shall consist of 9 credits of optional gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) courses. Additional credits may be taken from optional MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) courses in accordance with General Regulation MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) Optional Courses 00.62. MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) Core Courses Optional Courses MAT412 Number Theory (3) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) MAT251 Vectors and Introductory MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) Mechanics (3) MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) Optional Courses (3) Statistics (3) MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) Theory (3) MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) Semester 6 MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Major Pro- MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) gramme shall consist of 3 credits of core MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) courses. An additional 3 credits may be taken Semester 6 MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) from optional courses in accordance with In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Minor Pro- MAT472 Linear Models (3) General Regulation 00.62. gramme shall consist of 9 credits of core MAT474 Stochastic Processes (3) Core Courses courses. Additional credits may be taken from MAT476 Statistical Computing (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) optional courses. Core Courses

187 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

Optional Courses MAT221 Calculus I (3) (Secondary) MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the Bach- MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Semester 4 elor of Education (Secondary) Programme shall MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) In Semester 4, the Major/Minor Programme with take credits from the following core courses: MAT342 Computing II (3) Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 Semester 5 MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear credits of core courses in accordance with Gen- MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) Algebra (3) eral Regulation 00.62. MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) MAT352 Dynamics I (3) Core Courses MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I (3) MAT212 Introduction to Linear Algebra (3) MAT389 Linear Programming and Game Semester 7 MAT222 Calculus II (3) Theory for Teachers (3) In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major Pro- gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. Semester 5 Semester 6 Additional credits may be taken from optional In Semester 5, the Major/Minor Programme with MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) courses in accordance with General Regulation Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 cred- MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) 00.62. The project course MAT400 shall run over its of core courses in accordance with General MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) Semesters 7 and 8. Regulation 00.62. Semester 7 Core Courses MAT481 Geometry for Teachers I (3) Core Courses MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) MAT323 Vector Calculus (3) MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Algebra MAT421 Functions of a Complex Variable (3) for Teachers (3) Semester 6 Optional Courses In Semester 6, the Major/Minor Programme with Semester 8 MAT361 Maths. Programming and Game Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 credits MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Theory (3) of core courses. MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) Core Course MAT484 Introduction to Probability and MAT400 Project (3) MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) Statistics for Teachers (3) MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) MAT425 Measure Theory (3) Semester 7 Assessment and Examination MAT431 General Topology (3) In Semester 7, the Major/Minor Programme with Performance in each course shall be evaluated MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 3 credits by the combination of continuous assessment of core courses. and final examination marks in the ratio of 1:2, Semester 8 except for the computing courses, where the In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major Pro- Core Course ratio shall be 1:1. The project course MAT 400 gramme shall consist of 6 credits of optional MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) will have 30% of the final mark allocated to the courses in accordance with General Regulation Semester 8 supervisor’s evaluation of the work done, 50% 00.62. In Semester 8, the Major/Minor Programme with of the final mark allocated to the final report, Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 credits which will be assessed by two internal examiners Optional Courses of core courses. and 20% of the final mark allocated to the oral MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Core Courses examination. MAT402 History of Mathematics (3) MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Progression from Semester to Semester MAT416 Abstract Algebra III (3) Courses for Non-Mathematics Majors (Service In order to proceed from one semester to the MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) course) next, a student must obtain a cumulative MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) MAT201 Ancillary Mathematics (3) GPA, which is in accordance with General Regu- MAT462 Mathematical Modelling (3) Engineering Mathematics lation 00.9. MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) Combined Major/Minor Programme MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) Award of Degree (Mathematics Minor) MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy Semester 3 MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) the appropriate provisions of General In Semester 3, the Major/Minor Programme with MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3) Academic Regulation 23.71. Mathematics as Minor shall consist of 6 cred- MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IVA (3) its of core courses in accordance with General MAT394 Engineering Mathematics IVB (3) Regulation 00.62. MAT491 Engineering Mathematics V (3) DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS Core Courses MAT492 Engineering Mathematics VI (3) MAT211 Introductory Set and Number 1.0 Departmental Regulations Theory (3) Bachelor of Education Degree 1.1 General Provisions

188 Subject to the provisions of General Academic 2.0.2 In addition to Physics courses, an under- PHY315 Introduction to Potential Fields in Regulations and the Faculty of Science Special graduate candidate majoring in Physics shall Geophysics (2) Regulations, the following Departmental Regu- take General Education Courses (GECs) and elec- PHY331 Relativity (2) lations shall apply: tives in accordance with General Regulation PHY332 Literature Survey in Physics (2) 00.2124. 1.2 Programmes and Titles of Degrees Semester 6 The Department of Physics offers the following 2.0.3 The Department of Physics offers service In Semester 6, the Single Major Programme shall Programmes leading to the award of the men- courses in Physics to Non-Physics Majors as out- consist of 12 credits of core courses. Additional tioned degrees: lined in Regulation 2.4. credits may be taken from optional courses in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. • Single Major Programme leading to the award 2.0.4 The Department of Physics offers GECs un- Core Courses of a Bachelor of Science Degree in Physics as/ der Area 5: Science and Technology as outlined PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) Departmental Regulation 2.3.1 in Regulation 2.5. PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) • Combined Major/Minor with a Physics Major PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) leading to the award of a Bachelor of Science 2.1 Level 100 PHY341 Mathematical Methods for Physics II Semester 1 (2) Degree as/Departmental Regulation 2.3.2 PHY111 Geometrical Optics, Mechanics, PHY349 Physics Practicals 3.4 (2) •Combined Major/Major Programme with Phys- Vibrations and Waves (3) PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) ics and another subject other than Physics as PHY119 Physics Practicals 1.1 (1) Majors leading to the award of a Bachelor of Sci- Optional Courses ence Degree as/Departmental Regulation 2.3.3 Semester 2 PHY324 Electronics II (2) •Combined Major/Minor with Physics as the Mi- PHY121 Electricity and Magnetism, Modern PHY325 Environmental Physics (2) nor leading to the award of the Degree in which Physics (3) PHY425 Applied Acoustics (2) the student is enrolled, as/Departmental Regula- PHY129 Physics Practicals 1.2 (1) tion 2.3.4 Semester 7 •Master of Science Programme in Physics lead- 2.2 Level 200 In Semester 7, the Single Major Programme shall ing to the award of a Master of Science Degree Semester 3 consist of 12 credits of core courses. Additional as/Departmental Regulation 5.0 PHY211 Mechanics and Physical Optics (2) credits may be taken from optional courses in •MPhil and PhD Programmes in Physics leading PHY212 Properties of Matter and accordance with General Regulation 00.62. to the award of MPhil (Physics) and PhD (Phys- Thermodynamics (2) Core Courses ics) Degrees, respectively, as/Departmental Regu- PHY219 Physics Practicals 2.1 (1) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) lation 6.0. PHY431 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State Semester 4 Physics II (2) 1.3 Entry Requirements PHY221 Electricity and Magnetism (2) PHY432 Quantum Mechanics II (2) 1.3.1 Admission to the Physics Programmes shall PHY222 Electronics and Nuclear Physics(2) PHY433 Mathematical Methods for be as specified in the Faculty of Science Regula- PHY229 Physics Practicals 2.2 (1) Physics III (2) tion 23.21. PHY438 Research Project in Physics I (2) 2.3 Levels 300 and 400 PHY439 Physics Practicals 4.3 (2) 1.3.2 To register in Level 300 of the Physics Single 2.3.1 Single Major Programme Major Programme, a student must have obtained Optional Courses a minimum of a CGPA of 3.0 in Physics courses Semester 5 PHY413 Energy Physics (2) by the end of Level 200. In Semester 5, the Single Major Programme shall PHY414 Digital and Microprocessor consist of 12 credits of core courses. Additional Systems (2) 1.4 Award of Degree credits may be taken from optional courses in PHY415 Applied Optics (2) To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy accordance with General Regulation 00.62. PHY434 Fluid Dynamics (2) the appropriate provisions of General Academic Regulation 23.71. Core Courses Semester 8 PHY311 Mechanics (2) In Semester 8, the Single Major Programme shall 2.0 Programme Structure PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) consist of 12 credits of core courses. Additional 2.0.1 The Physics courses shall be offered at Lev- PHY313 Mathematical Methods for credits may be taken from optional courses in els 100 to 400 for the undergraduate programme Physics I (2) accordance with General Regulation 00.62. as outlined in Regulations 2.1 to 2.3 below, Lev- PHY314 Electronics I (2) els 600 to 700 for the Master of Science candi- PHY339 Physics Practicals 3.3 (2) Core Courses dates and Levels 800 and 900 for the MPhil and PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) PhD candidates. Physics I (2) PHY441 Nuclear Physics (2) Optional Courses PHY442 Solid State Physics II (2)

189 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

PHY443 Mathematical Methods for PHY414 Digital and Microprocessor Semester 8 Physics IV (2) Systems (2) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Major Pro- PHY448 Research Project in Physics II (2) PHY415 Applied Optics (2) gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. PHY449 Physics Practicals 4.4 (2) PHY418 Project in Physics 4.1 (2) Additional credits may be taken from optional courses chosen from PHY423, PHY424, PHY425 Optional Courses Semester 8 or PHY428 in accordance with General Regula- PHY423 Introduction to Seismology (2) In Semester 8, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- tion 00.62. PHY424 Radiation Physics (2) gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses Core Courses PHY444 Electronics III (2) and at least 4 credits from optional courses. PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) PHY445 Atomic Physics (2) Core Courses PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) PHY421 Solid State Physics I (2) PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) 2.3.2 Combined Major/Minor Programme (Phys- PHY422 Microcomputing for Physics (2) ics Major) PHY429 Physics Practicals 4.2 (2) 2.3.4 Combined Major/Minor Programme (Physics Minor) Semester 5 Optional Courses In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- PHY423 Introduction to Seismology (2) Semesters 5 to 8 gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses PHY424 Radiation Physics (2) In Semesters 5 to 8, the Combined Major/Minor and at least 4 credits from optional courses. PHY425 Applied Acoustics (2) (Physics Minor) Programme shall consist of 4 to Core Courses PHY428 Project in Physics 4.2 (2) 5 credits of any of the Physics courses from the PHY311 Mechanics (2) core courses or optional courses of the Combined PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) 2.3.3 Combined Major/Major Programme Major/ Minor Physics Programme as defined in PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) Regulation 2.3.2, in the given semester. To com- Semester 5 plete the Physics Minor Programme, a candidate Optional Courses In Semester 5, the Combined Major/Major Pro- must take 4 credits of practical courses, PHY319 PHY313 Mathematical Methods for gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. or PHY329 at Level 300, and PHY419 or PHY429 Physics I (2) Additional credits may be taken from optional at Level 400. PHY314 Electronics I (2) courses from PHY313, PHY314 and PHY315 in PHY315 Introduction to Potential Fields in accordance with General Regulation 00.62. 2.4 Service Courses Geophysics (2) Core Courses The following Physics courses are offered as PHY311 Mechanics (2) service courses for non- Physics majors. Semester 6 PHY312 Quantum Mechanics I (2) In Semester 6, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- PHY319 Physics Practicals 3.1 (2) PHY161 Physics for Nurses (3) gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses PHY162 Physics Applied to Home and at least 4 credits from optional courses. Semester 6 Economics (3) Core Courses In Semester 6, the Combined Major/ Major Pro- PHY360 Air Pollution Control I (2) PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. PHY460 Air Pollution Control II (2) PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) Additional credits may be taken as optional PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) courses from PHY323, PHY324 and PHY325 in Bachelor of Education (Secondary) accordance with General Regulation 00.62. Degree Optional Courses Core Courses Semesters 5 to 8 PHY323 Vibrations, Waves and Optics (2) PHY321 Electromagnetism (2) In Semesters 5 to 8, students pursuing the Bach- PHY324 Electronics II (2) PHY322 Thermal Physics (2) elor of Education (Secondary) Degree Programme PHY325 Environmental Physics (2) PHY329 Physics Practicals 3.2 (2) shall choose credits from the core courses or optional courses of the Combined Major/Minor Semester 7 Semester 7 Physics Programme as defined in Regulation In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Minor Pro- In Semester 7, the Combined Major/Major Pro- 2.3.2, or from the Combined Major/Major Pro- gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses gramme shall consist of 6 credits of core courses. gramme as defined in Regulation 2.3.3, in the and at least 4 credits from optional courses. Additional credits may be taken as optional given semester. The courses chosen must include Core Courses courses chosen from PHY413, PHY414, PHY415 practical courses PHY319, PHY329, PHY419 and PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) and PHY418 in accordance with General Regula- PHY429. PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State tion 00.62. Physics I (2) Core Courses 2.5 General Education Courses PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) PHY411 Atomic and Nuclear Physics (2) The Department of Physics offers the following PHY412 Statistical Mechanics and Solid State courses under the Area 5: Science and Technol- Optional Courses Physics I (2) ogy, with a tag of General Education Courses. PHY413 Energy Physics (2) PHY419 Physics Practicals 4.1 (2) GEC252 Origin of the Universe (2)

190 GEC253 Energy and Society (2) tests; Gravimetry, titrimetry; Introduction to CHE244 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I analytical spectroscopy and electro analytical (1 credit) 3.0 Assessment and Examination chemistry. This is an introduction to laboratory techniques Performance in each course shall be evaluated by in physical chemistry, Experiments dealing with the combination of continuous assessment and CHE213 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory I properties of solutions, Calorimetry, thermody- final examination marks in the ratio of 1:2, ex- (1 Credit) namics, electrochemistry and chemical kinetics. cept for Physics practicals and Physics projects, Practical experience in analytical procedures, which will be assessed by continuous assessment classical and modern methods of analytical 300 Level Courses only. chemistry, an overview of analytical instrumen- CHE311 Separation Techniques (3 credits) tation and the progress made towards develop- Introduction to chromatographic separation and 4.0 Progression from Semester to Semester ment of analytical methodology, gravimetric detection techniques: Liquid-liquid extraction; In order to proceed from one semester to the analysis, titrimetric analysis, Electro analytical/ column chromatography, TLC, GC and HPLC, next, a student must maintain a cumulative GPA, spectrophotometry. Supercritical fluid; Capillary electrophoresis. which is in accordance with General Regulation Detection systems include FID/ECD & thermal 00.9. CHE221 Atomic Structure, Bonding and Main conductivity for GC. UV-Vis,/ DAD/ fluorescence Group Chemistry (2 Credits) detector for HPLC. Electrochemical / conductivity Course Descriptions Structure of the atom based on elementary detectors for Ion Chromatography. quantum theory. Bonding in simple molecules DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY based on molecular orbital and valence bond CHE312 Analytical Spectroscopy (2 credits) 100 Level Courses theories; Trends in periodic properties and chem- Introduction to spectroscopic methods. Molecu- CHE101 General Chemistry I (4 credits) ical reactions of s- and p-block elements. lar absorption & emission:- UV-visible, IR, phos- Course covers fundamental concepts and prin- phorescence, fluorescence, Fourier transform ciples of chemistry, i.e. the structure of matter, CHE223 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory I spectroscopy. Atomic absorption & emission quantitative as well as qualitative aspects of (1 credit) techniques; AAS / AES and ICP-MS; NMR and X- chemistry. This course covers qualitative inorganic analysis, ray spectroscopy. the synthesis of a selection of compounds, as CHE102 General Chemistry II (4 credits) well as solution chemistry of main group ele- CHE314 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory II This is a continuation of CHE101. The funda- ments. (1 credit) mental principles associated with properties of Introduction to practical aspects of spectroscopic chemical systems will be presented. CHE232 Structure And Survey Of Functional methods of analysis: UV-visible, IR, Fourier trans- Groups I (2 credits) form spectroscopy, GC, HPLC, AAS/AES, etc. CHE107 Chemistry Applied to Home Survey of various functional Groups; Aspects Economics (3 credits) of stereochemistry; Review of alkanes, alkenes CHE321 Coordination Chemistry (2 credits) The role that chemistry plays in everyday life and alkynes: addition and substitution reactions. Introduction to nomenclature, properties and will be presented. Atomic structure, periodic Organic halogen compounds: substitution and reactions of coordination compounds & com- table, oxidation and reduction, chemistry of elimination reactions, aromatic compounds, and plexes; isomerism and magnetic properties . Va- carbon compounds, acids and bases, soaps and electrophilic substitution reactions. Introduction lence bond and crystal field theories; absorption detergents, food and energy, fats, carbohydrates, to chirality’s: Acids and bases: alcohols, ethers, spectra; field strength; Jahn-Teller effects; cova- proteins, minerals and vitamins, additives, poi- epoxides, carbonyls compounds. lency and electron delocalization in complexes. sons and toxins, gases, polymers and plastics, Thermodynamics of complex formation. Hard cosmetics. CHE234 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and soft acids and bases. Non-aqueous chemis- (1 credit) try . The chemistry of d-block elements and their CHE109 Introductory Chemistry for Bachelor Course topics include: Purification and sepa- compounds. Trends in the properties of elements of Nursing Science, Bns (3 credits) ration of organic compounds-distillation and of groups 3 to 12. Topics include: Structure and bonding, stoichi- fractional distillation, crystallization and recrys- ometry, solutions, chemistry of certain elements, tallization melting point and refractive index de- CHE322 Group Theory and Organometallic electricity and chemical change, osmosis, reac- termination; Introduction to qualitative analysis Chemistry (3 credits) tion rates and catalysis, radioactivity. of organic compounds; Preparations of simple Introduction to group theory and basic knowl- organic compounds. edge of organo-metallic chemistry. Fundamental 200 Level Courses concepts of organometallic chemistry; organo- CHE211 Introduction To Analytical Chemistry CHE242 Introductory Physical Chemistry metallic chemistry of transition elements; cata- (2 credits) (2 credits) lytic applications of organometallic compounds. Basic principles of analytical chemistry, concepts Basic principles of thermodynamics: first, sec- of classical and modern methods in analytical ond and third laws of thermodynamics; rates of CHE323 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory II chemistry, statistical treatment of experimental chemical reactions. (1 credit) data including error analysis and significance Involves use of modern instruments to charac-

191 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

terize organic compounds. Synthesis of inorgan- Microscopic concepts of physical chemistry. Ba- traction, supported liquid membrane. Enzymatic ic compounds and their characterization using sic principles of quantum mechanics, postulates, analysis methods; application of immobilised various techniques such as NMR, IR and UV-VIS simple quantum mechanical systems (particle in enzymes, competitive binding immunoassays, spectroscopy; Reactions of transition elements a1-D and 3-D box), rotational and vibrational enzyme immunoassays, proteomics, and genom- and their compounds energy levels in molecules, rotational, vibrational ics. Properties of antibodies. Polymer structure and electronic spectroscopy, photophysical and elucidation of carbohydrate polymers; precipita- CHE331 Structure And Survey Of Functional photochemical processes in molecules and at- tion assays. Groups II (3 credits) oms, photochemical kinetics. Spectroscopic methods in organic chemistry: CHE413 Advanced Analytical Chemistry UV, IR NMR and MS. Stereochemistry: Chirality, CHE343 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II Laboratory (2 credits) chiral compounds without stereogenic centres, (1 credit) Modern instrumental methods of analysis: prochiral centres. Theory of aromaticity, nucle- Practical familiarization with microscopic and atomic absorption (AAS), flame emission, graph- ophilic aromatic substitution reactions and poly- time dependent macroscopic aspects of physical ite furnace-AAS, inductively coupled plasma- cyclic aromatic hydrocarbons-. Conformations chemistry. Laboratory experiments in applica- AAS. Sample handling strategies. Micro high of cycloalkanes. Reactions of enolate anions: tion of quantum chemistry, spectroscopy, pho- performance anion exchange chromatography. Aldol, Claisen and Knoevenegel condensations, tochemical kinetics, conductivity and transport Hyphenated techniques; LC-MS, MS-capillary Michael addition and Robinson annulation reac- phenomena. electrophoresis, electrochemistry workstations tions. Enamines. The Mannich reaction. CHE351 Chemical Informatics (1 credit) CHE416 Environmental Chemistry CHE332 Physical Organic Chemistry Use of conventional and electronic chemical in- (2 credits) (2 credits) formation resources. An overview of information Introduction to environmental pollutants and Study of reaction mechanisms. Review of nu- resources in chemistry. Purpose of scientific lit- their analysis using local case studies e.g., SO2 cleophilic substitution and elimination reactions erature. Peer review process. Electronic and non- emission from the BCL mine; Pesticide analysis, – E1, E2, SN1, SN2, SNi, and E1CB. Structure electronic databases. Searching methodologies industrial waste management; Selection of safe – reactivity relationships: equilibrium and rate including Internet searching (use of chemical methods of disposal. Degradation reactions and constants - the Hammett equation. Methods web browsers). Searching for information using the dispersal pathways of materials into the en- for determining reaction mechanisms. Pericyclic chemical names, CAS numbers, structures, sub- vironment. reactions: Frontier Molecular Orbital Theory, cy- structures, molecular formulas, etc. Searching cloadditions, electrocyclic reactions and sigmat- material safety data sheets (MSDS). CHE418 Special Topics in Analytical ropic rearrangements. Chemistry (2 credits) CHE352 Literature Based Project (1 credit) Special topics selected from the following: Ap- CHE334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory III Course will cover professional writing in chemis- plication of Analytical Chemistry, Food, Drugs (1 credit) try and scholarly project reports. Writing styles in and Forensic Analysis, Chemostatistics and Clini- Introduction to modern synthetic and character- chemistry: comprehensive report on an assigned cal Analysis. ization methods for organic compounds: Prepa- topic in chemistry under the supervision of an ration of liquid and solid products then separa- academic staff. Thorough search of the chemical CHE421 Advanced Transition Metal tion, purification and identification by physical literature including the latest information avail- Chemistry (3 credits) and spectroscopic properties- UV, IR and NMR able on the subject. Advanced topics in transition metal chemistry techniques. Chemical and spectroscopic meth- and introductory bio-inorganic chemistry. Elec- ods in qualitative analysis of organic compounds. 400 Level Courses tronic properties of transition metal complexes; Molecular modeling. Simulation of spectra. CHE411 Advanced Analytical Techniques magnetic properties of transition metal complex- (3 credits) es; inorganic reaction mechanisms; introduction CHE341 Applications Of Thermodynamic Advanced analytical methods: Statistical treat- to photo-chemical reactions; f-block chemistry; and Electrochemistry (2 credits) ment of experimental data; Electroanalytical introduction to bioinorganic chemistry Introduction to the applications of chemical Chemistry;-potentiometry, voltammetry, cou- thermodynamics to solutions and electrochemi- lometry, classical and modern polarography, CHE422 Advanced Organometallic and Solid cal processes. Partial molar quantities, thermo- Instrumentation and application of GC-MS, State Chemistry (3 credits) dynamics of mixing, properties of ideal solutions, LC-MS, CE-MS, tandem MS, Thermochemical Organometallic Chemistry: Main group or- non-ideal solutions, activity and activity coef- and Radiochemical methods of analysis; isotope ganometallics; structure and chemistry of ficient, phase diagrams, chemical equilibrium, dilution and activity analysis. (C5H5)2MLn complexes; organometallic chemis- conductivity, ion activities, standard potentials, try in synthesis; stereochemically non-rigid mol- electrochemical cells applications of standard CHE412 Sample Handling and Biochemical ecules; metal clusters and metal-metal bonds; potentials. Analysis (3 credits) low- and high-nuclearity clusters; NMR spectra; Sampling strategies, sample preparation and Latimer diagrams, oxidation state stability. Solid CHE342 Quantum Chemistry And Its clean-up techniques; solid phase extraction, state chemistry: lattices; crystal packing; ion- Applications (3 credits) solid phase micro-extraction, dialysis, solvent ex- icstructures; crystal defects; metallic bonding;

192 spinels. pounds. pre-req.: MAT122/STA102 Sets, relations and functions Propositional and CHE423 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory CHE436 Special Topics in Organic predicate calculus; Mathematical proofs; In- (2 credits) Chemistry (2 credits) duction; Basic number theory — well-ordering, Physical methods in Inorganic Chemistry: the Selection may be made from the following spe- divisibility and congruence; Discrete probability; study of physical and chemical properties of cialised topics: Chemistry of drugs; Chemistry of Algebraic structures — groups and rings transition metal and organometallic complexes lipids; Selected natural products; Agrochemicals; using electronic, infrared, and nuclear magnetic Free radicals and photochemistry; Polymer ma- CSI232 Discrete Mathematics II (2) resonance spectroscopy techniques as well as terials pre-req. : CSI231 optical isomerism, reaction kinetics, and inert Counting - basics, pigeon-hole principle, permu- atmosphere techniques. CHE441 Advanced Physical Chemistry I tations and combinations, generating permuta- (3 credits) tion and combinations, principle of inclusion and CHE426 Special Topics in Inorganic Entropy and probability, partition functions, ap- exclusion. Discrete probability and probability Chemistry (2 credits) plications of statistical thermodynamics. Colloi- theory: Sequences and summations. Recurrence Selection may be made from the following dal solutions, electrical double layer, Liquid-gas relations: Graphs - representation, isomorphism, specialised topics: Nanochemistry, Synthesis of and liquid-liquid interfaces, Gibbs adsorption connectivity, Euler and Hamilton paths. Trees inorganic materials for the fabrication of semi- equation, spreading, solid-gas interface, adsorp- - application, traversal, sorting, spanning and conductors; Molecular orbital calculations; Ki- tion isotherms, rates of surface processes, ad- minimum spanning trees. netics and mechanisms of inorganic reactions in sorption and catalysis. solution media; Applied homogeneous catalysis CSI241 Structured Programming (4) with organometallic compounds; Chemistry and CHE442 Advanced Physical Chemistry II pre-req.: GEC122 applications of boranes, carboranes and metal- (3 credits) Problem solving with computer: The program- loboranes. Reaction kinetics, techniques of fast reactions, ming process. High level language programming: theories of reaction rates, reaction in solution, data types, input/output, control structures, CHE431 Heterocyclic Chemistry Synthetic composite reactions, chain reactions, explosions,. functions, objects and classes, file I/O; simple Reactions and Design of Organic Synthesis Transport phenomena. Polymers, kinetics of po- data structures like arrays and records. Pro- (3 credits) lymerization, osmometry, viscometry, gel-per- gramme design concepts. Programme testing, Aromaticity and reactions of heterocyclic com- meation chromatography., TGA, DSC. Introduc- debugging and documentation Practical prob- pounds – furan, pyrrole, thiophene, pyridine, tory polymer processing. lem-solving exercises. indole, and quinoline. Synthetic reaction, Protec- tive groups.; Molecular rearrangements. Design CHE443 Physical Chemistry CSI242 Data Abstraction and of organic synthesis: introduction to disconnec- Laboratory III (2 credits) Structures (4) tion approach / retrosynthetic analysis. Laboratory experiments in polymers, surface and pre-req. : CSI241 colloid chemistry. Abstraction, decomposition, Abstract Data Types, CHE432 Secondary Metabolites and information hiding; records, sets, arrays, tables, Biomolecules (3 credits) CHE446 Special Topics in Physical stacks, queues, binary trees, trees, graphs, etc. Carbohydrates: structure, nomenclature, stere- Chemistry (2 credits) Object-orientated paradigm; practical applica- ochemistry and reactions of monosaccharides Detailed treatment of topics chosen from: solid- tion in problem-solving. and disaccharides. Structure and properties state chemistry; irreversible thermodynamics; of polysaccharides. Amino acids and proteins: molecular dynamics; intermolecular forces; at- CSI252 Operating System Concepts (3) structure, nomenclature and stereochemistry of mospheric and/or astrophysical chemistry. History, evolution, philosophies, structures of amino acids and peptides, analysis of peptides OS systems. Introduction to the concepts proc- and proteins. Chemistry of purines and pyri- CHE452 Senior Research Project (3 credits) esses; resource management; virtual machines; midines. Nucleosides, nucleotides and nucleic The course involves scientific bench work re- scheduling; memory management; file systems; acids. Mechanisms of co-enzymes. Examples of search. Will comprise a study leading to a written device management, allocation techniques, secondary metabolites from the acetate, meval- report and shall be based on an original investi- memory protection; virtual memory; paging and onate and shikimic acid pathways. gation of a chemical problem. To be carried out segmentation. OS in security and protection: under the supervision of a member of staff. OS interface and distributed/network. Detailed CHE433 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHE470 Excited State Chemistry (2 credits) comparative study of features and architecture Laboratory (2 credits) of current OS Advanced laboratory techniques in organic synthesis- multi-step synthesis of organic com- DEPARTMENT OF CSI261 Machine Organization (3) pounds. Extraction and isolation of naturally COMPUTER SCIENCE Introduction to computer hardware: Computer occurring compounds from plant origin- ap- 2.5 BSc/BIS Degree Course Details systems organization: CPU organization; mem- plication of chromatographic and spectroscopic ory organization; I/O devices characteristics. Dig- methods. Analysis of mixtures of organic com- CSI231 Discrete Mathematics I (3) ital logic circuit; Combinational logic: sequential

193 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

logic. Data representation; data coding: error Abstract machine concept CSI341 Introduction to Software detection and correction. Microprogramming Engineering (3) based on a simplified machine example; sample CSI314 Decision Support Systems II (3) The software development process Design ob- macro-architecture. Some examples from Intel- Structure of the decision problem DSS Framework jectives. Function oriented and object oriented 80x86 architectures and applications: DSS Model Representation. design methodologies. Documentation Imple- DSS; Data Warehousing, Data marting and Data mentation strategies Debugging, anti bugging CSI272 Computer Communications Mining for DSS; DSS Re-engineering; Modelling Introduction to specifications verification, and Networks Fundamentals (2) and decision support; Decision model construc- validation Elementary proof of correctness Code Network basic Concepts Data transmissions, tion; Forecasting; Optimisation and Simulation; and design reading, structured walkthroughs. Multiplexing, Concentrators; Front-end Control- Group support systems. Model Based Manage- Testing strategies Software reliability issues Con- lers line connectors, components of data com- ment Systems. DS and IS DSS Development Tools figuration management. CASE tools Team project munications system, network topologies, ISO- Group DSS; DSS development project assignments OSI reference model, LAN, WAN, Internet; Net- work Components and Technologies. Installation CSI315 Web Technology and CSI342 Systems Analysis and Design (3) of networks particularly LAN and WAN Network Applications (3) General Systems Theory: development life cycle; tools, cables, hubs, and routers, NICs. Practical in- pre-req. : CSI241 analysis; description and modelling techniques: volving cables preparations etc, network installa- The Internet, intranet and Web technologies; Systems development project planning: con- tion. NOS and installation. Systems development; Rapid Applications Devel- cepts and tools; System Requirements; design: opment concept; Web application development, implementation, changeover and maintenance CSI292 Information Systems architectures, environments, and technologies. overview; Documentation; Systems development Fundamentals (3) Web applications Web Development using Web- management; Modern systems development Fundamental Systems Concepts; Systems com- authoring tools Database –Web connectivity tools, implementation, techniques, and method- ponents and relationships; IS in perspective; In- Scripting languages for Web development; Web ologies; Systems Analysis and Design project. formation and knowledge economy; Information application Client/Server technologies Project. as an organizational resource; Processing mod- CSI351 Assembly Language els; IS Architectural Framework: IS infrastructure: CSI322 Algorithm Analysis and Design (3) Programming (3) Organisations as systems; IS in organizational pre-req.: CSI242 Assembly language programming Language hi- context; IS Development frameworks: Life cycles Measuring algorithm performance: worst case erarchy, the assembly-linking process and the and Methodologies; Global IS; Fundamentals of analysis; average case analysis; lower bounds. role of the OS in assembly level programming. IS for Enterprise: Elements of Socio-economics Techniques of efficient algorithm design: greedy Machine level data structures Assembly lan- of of IS. Case studies method, dynamic programming graph traversal. guage programming techniques: advanced data Illustration with topics from integer and polyno- structures like arrays; advanced I/O. Interrupt CSI311 File Systems and Data mial arithmetic; matrix multiplication; random handling and introduction to concurrent pro- Management (4) number generation; sorting; searching; graph gramming. Use and definition of macros; con- pre-req.: CSI242 and tree algorithms. Introduction to complexity ditional assembly object modules and linking As- Techniques for storing, accessing, and managing theory Parallel and Randomized algorithms sembly/high-level language interface. Run-time long-term data in computer systems Hardware considerations and software aspects of data processing: proc- CSI331 Numerical Methods I (3) essors, storage devices, communications, file I/O Approximation and errors Finite differences In- CSI352 Industrial Attachment (2) control. Techniques for organizing and managing terpolation Solution of linear an non – linear pre-req.: Completion of All Level 200 files: DBMS. Data organisation methods in rela- equations. Numerical integration Curve fittings courses tion to physical database design. Major practical data management systems implementation CSI332 Programming Languages (3) CSI361 Computer Architecture (3) pre-req.: CSI241 pre-req. : CSI261 CSI312 Programming Language Principles of programming language design. A The computer system: interconnection struc- Translation (3) brief history of major developments Procedural ture; internal & external memory; input/output; pre-req. : CSI241, CSI351/CSI361 and non-procedural paradigms (languages- relationship between the architecture and the The principles and design aspects of program- functional, logic, object-oriented, parallel) Vir- OS. Advance topic in computer organization: ming language translation. Compiler organisa- tual machines and language translation Binding pipelining; horizontal vertical microprogram- tion Lexical analysis, Syntax analysis, type check- time Sequence control. Representation of data ming architecture; microprogramming applica- ing, code generation, optimisation Alternative types; data control, sharing, and type checking. tions. Alternative architectures: parallel process- parsing strategies, comparison with respect to Encapsulation Polymorphism Run-time storage ing; vector processing; RISC vs. CISC. time and space trade offs. Grammars and ambi- management: allocation, recovery, and reuse of guity Data representation Error recovery strate- storage. CSI362 Database Concepts (3) gies Symbol table design Binding Compiler writ- Principles and concepts of the DBS DBMS archi- ing tools: Incremental compiling, interpreters’ tecture Databases and data modelling Services

194 of DBMS Overview of database languages Trans- CSI392 Human Computer Interaction (3) ation/methodology; Graphical user interface actions The relational model. Mapping from a Basic principles and methodology for user inter- (GUI) I/O strategies; Interaction styles Natural conceptual model to a relational model Database face design, Background of human information language prototyping; Screen design Stand- design methodologies The network and hierar- processing and human factors. Practical case ardization; Style guides Theory and methods; chical models. Database Design languages Over- studies Techniques for user-centred analysis User-centred design User interface management view of commercially available systems. Practical and design Prototyping tools Introduction to systems Voice I/O Windowing systems Group and work with DBMS Usability Engineering and evaluation methods. Organization interface: Hypertext/Hypermedia: Methods for enhancing system usability includ- Sound and Music Computing. CSI371 Information Systems Resources ing systems ergonomics Management (3) CSI416 Topics in Information Systems (3) Information Systems resources (ISR) ISR Man- CSI393 Multimedia Computing (3) Selected current topics in Information Systems agement objectives, responsibilities, principles Multimedia computing concepts and principles; may be offered depending on the qualification and environment. IS Management, Control Multimedia computing application, Multimedia and interest of available teaching staff. This and Maintenance (MCM) concepts IS Manage- computing application packages; Multimedia course would be offered in first semester. ment tasks and state models; Tasks at ISR Tasks components - Sound, Graphics, Animation, Vid- Management level; IS Control and Maintenance eo; Understanding multimedia components and CSI421 Operating Systems (3) Processes modeling; Organisation of ISR man- developing contents; Web Integration of multi- pre-req.: CSI252 agement ISR Management types. ISR Manage- media components; Visual communication; Da- Issues in analyzing, designing and implementing ment issues; practice; IT infrastructure Library; tabase integration of multimedia components. operating systems (OSs); Models of OS structure resources planning; and impact on organisa- Processes: models, scheduling. Memory manage- tional planning cycle Case studies CSI403 Project I (2) ment: allocation techniques, memory protection; Project proposal, Literature review, Systems virtual memory; paging and segmentation. File CSI372 Expert Systems (3) Analysis and Design It shall be a pre-req. course System: structure; directories; implementation; pre-req.: CSI241 which must be passed before taking CSI405. security and protection and deadlocks. Distrib- Expert System technology forward and back- uted OSs: design issues; communications; syn- ward reasoning State space, decompositions and CSI405 Project II (4) chronization; processes and processors. In-depth game trees Heuristic search. Plausible reasoning pre-req. : CSI403 case studies of implementation of selected Op- Bayesian probability theory Certainty factors and Continuation of CSI405 covering implementa- erating Systems. other approach to uncertainty Knowledge rep- tion and full documentation in form of a project resentation (KR) Knowledge acquisition. Hybrid report CSI422 Operations Research (3) expert systems design. ES development tools ES Operations Research (OR): concepts, tools, tech- and database systems. Intelligent data handling CSI411 Complexity and Computability niques, applications in solving practical problems. theory (3) Topics include: linear programming, parametric CSI373 Economics of Information pre-req.: CSI322 programming, dual, post optimal analysis, inte- Technology (3) Computational complexity of algorithms Phrases ger programming, the transportation problem, Economic aspects of IT; systems managers, sys- like NP-Complete and NP-Hard have already networks, simulation, queuing theory, inventory tem users, the IT industry, and national policy- become common to the lexicon of algorithm control and forecasting models. OR packages and makers; the systems management perspective; designers. Computability, addresses time-hon- their uses performance and capacity, system financing, and oured issues such as the famous halting prob- price-for- service strategies. Cost/ benefit trade- lem, and, of course, some of the more interesting CSI423: Systems Programming (3) off and measurement. Impacts of IT industries variations on the Turing machine theme. pre-req.: CSI241 and markets National issues Global competition Introduction to Systems Programming Proc- Informatics policies, and the role of IT in devel- CSI412 Topics in Computer Science (3) ess Control and Scheduling Processes Threads opment A selected advanced topic in computer science and Threads Programming File I/O and Signal may be offered depending on the qualification Processing. Memory Management Programming CSI382: Formal languages and Automata (3) and interest of available teaching staff. This Distributed Systems and Client Server Program- pre-req.: CSI231 and CSI232 course would be offered in first semester ming Unix socket programming. Java Systems Theory of formal languages The Chomsky hierchy Number of hours/week: 4 lecture hours, or Programming: SWING, multithreading and net- of formal grammars and the corresponding au- equivalent. working. tomata Finite state automata and regular ex- pressions Deterministic and nondeterministic CSI414 Information Interfaces and CSI431 Formal Methods (3) finite state automata, Criterion for regularity Presentation (3) Introduction to Formal Methods: Introduction; Context-free grammars and push down automa- General: Multimedia IS; Animations Artificial, Rationale for use of formal methods; Review of ta Pumping Lemma for regular and context-free augmented and virtual realities. Audio I/O; Hy- specification methods; Properties of specifica- languages Push-down automata in parsing pro- pertext Navigation and maps; Video; Users Inter- tions; Specification classes; Overview of formal gramming languages Decision problems faces; Auditory feedback: Benchmarking; Evalu- method approaches. Mathematical Basis for

195 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

Formal Methods: Propositional logic; Predicate end analysis. Playing games by searching trees Object-orientation paradigm; analysis design, calculus; Theories and proof systems; Reasoning minimax procedure, pruning: Alternative search OO databases; Software reusability Abstraction and proof techniques. Formal Specification using strategies. Searching and rule base systems. Lan- Polymorphism Object messages and encapsula- Z : Z notation and structure; Building Z specifi- guage for AI problem solving: Natural Language tion Classes, inheritance, and class categories cations; Functional and data refinement; Proving Processing. Computer vision systems and image Foundations and collection classes Iconic user properties of Z specifications; Use of automated processing: Neural networks. interfaces. Design and implementation Survey theorem proving tools. of Object Oriented features of programming CSI451 Knowledge Engineering (3) languages, modelling database and knowledge CSI432 Intelligent Interfaces and pre-req.: CSI372 – based systems. Systems (3) The facility of KE and problem solving – an over- pre-req.: CSI372 view Fuzzy sets and fuzzy operations Fuzziness CSI472 Social Issues of Information Tech- Introduction to Natural Language Processing and probability. Fuzzy systems Neural Networks nology (3) Natural Language Interfaces The linguistic Ap- Theoretical and Computational models Real and Historical development and transfer of Science plication if NLP NLP as a tool for Linguistic Re- artificial neurons Fuzzy neurons and fuzzy neu- and Technology of computing; Social context of search. Software for Natural Language Systems ral networks NN for Knowledge Engineering and computing; Perspectives to computer systems Comparison between Natural Language Interac- problem Solving NN as a problem solving para- development; Risks and liabilities of computer- tive Interfaces and direct manipulation, graphi- digm Hybrid Symbolic and Fuzzy Systems based systems; intellectual property; Privacy cal interfaces and civil liberties; Computer crime; Ethics and CSI452 Computer Simulation (3) professionalism issues; IT in socio-economic CSI433 Algorithmic Graph Theory (3) pre-req.: CSI331 and MAT271 development: Computing technology transfer to pre-req.: CSI322 Models, model development, verification, and Developing countries. Case studies Graph Algorithms: depth first search, breadth validation; Simulation Study; Discrete and Con- first search, connected components, topological tinuous Probability distributions Linear congru- CSI481 – Database Systems (3) sorting, shortest path algorithm, network flow, ential method for generating uniform random pre-req.: CSI362 string searching, parallel computation, graph numbers; Tests for uniformity and independ- Database systems development framework, partitioning, and graph isomorphism. ence; Inverse transform technique, Accept- Planning; Logical and Physical DB design Query ance-rejection technique ; Student, Chi-square processing. Backup and recovery Concurrency CSI434 Knowledge Management and Kolmogorov-Smirnov tests, Covariance and Management; Performance tuning DB security, Systems (3) Correlation, ANOVA; Testing for significance of integrity and control. DBS architectural frame- pre-req.: CSI362 regression. works: Client/Server, Distributed and parallel Knowledge systems theoretical foundations in- DBS. Object-oriented DB KB and DBS Intelligent frastructure enabling technologies, emerging CSI461 Computer Communications Net- DB Data and DBA; Data Warehouse DB Design; applications and management Knowledge-based works Management (4) Web-DBS; DB Programming languages Current Economy; Knowledge Management systems; pre-req.: CSI272 topics Types of knowledge Technologies KM technical Data communications: theory, and systems infrastructure; Data Warehousing/Data Mining structures. Networks types, structures, ISO-OSI CSI482 Information Systems Engineering (3) and Knowledge delivery Systems; Knowledge reference model Protocols types and structure. Information Systems(ISs) Engineering principles; modeling; Application of AI technologies in KMS Protocol layers: functions. LAN and WAN and Design for ISs; IS architectural (ISA): frameworks, development; Case studies; ISDN; Network management and Administration models, and concepts; IS Strategies, Planning; methodologies; .IS Requirements Engineering; CSI441 Software Engineering (3) CSI462 Distributed Systems (3) IS Engineering; Enterprise IS Integration: Frame- pre-req. CSI341 pre-req.: CSI411 and CSI361 work, dimensions, and impacts; Legacy IS re-en- Conventional development Requirements analy- Design issues of Distributed Systems (DS), Ar- gineering; Data Warehouse systems engineering; sis architectural high-level design, implementa- chitecture, design, and implementation of DS. Web-based systems engineering; IS Engineering tion testing maintenance Formal development Comparison of DS to PC’s and centralized sys- impacts assessment; . Practical I Project planning and control Metrics and meas- tems. Performance security and reliability issues urement Software reliability modelling AI/KBS Process communication: IPC, remote procedure CSI484 National Information Systems approaches environments AI/KBS development calls (RPC), java communications, transactions; Infrastructure (3) techniques Principles of object-oriented systems processing and concurrency control. Naming, se- IS Technology (IST) and techno-economic de- Prototyping Software reuse curity, Distributed file system, replication, shared velopment; National IST (NIST); Components and memory, distributed algorithms and message Perspectives; IT structure and System. Human CSI442 Artificial Intelligence (3) passing. capital economic growth, and policy; National pre-req. : CSI372 development vision versus IST infrastructure vi- Proof techniques: State space search: exhaus- CSI471 Object Oriented Systems sion Models to Strategic thrusts: E-Governance; tive, heuristic, performance evaluation. Search- Development (3) IST culture issues; Telecommunications regula- ing decompositions, AND/OR graphs, means- pre-req.: CSI241 tion. Legislative framework for IST; translating

196 vision to reality, thrusts to action; Case studies GEC 221 Information Management Skills (2) nometry; Series; Induction; Complex numbers; pre-req.: GEC122 Permutations and combinations. CSI491 Pattern Recognition (3) Word processing and database management; pre-req. : CSI372 application package facilities; DB application MAT122 Introductory MathematicS II (4) Introduction to Pattern Recognition Statistical package facilities; problem-solving methods Data Calculus; Co-ordinate geometry; Vectors. Decision theory, Image processing and Analysis. communication and network systems Evaluating Pattern recognition models Pattern Recognition information sources; Electronic information re- MAT191 Design Mathematics I (3) Design Methodology. NN for Pattern recognition sources. Information management using inter- Basic Algebra; Trigonometry, Statistics. Pattern Recognition implementation – interac- mediate to advanced Database management; tive systems, special architectures Pattern rec- Electronic information communications Topic MAT192 Design Mathematics II (3) ognition applications – computer vision, signal analysis; integrated information management. Co-ordinate Geometry; Matrices and Determi- processing, text processing etc nants; Calculus. GEC222 Problem-Solving with CSI493 Computer Graphics I (3) Spreadsheet (2) MAT201 Ancillary Mathematics (3) pre-req. : CSI241 pre-req.: GEC122 Linear algebra; Calculus; Probability and statis- Computer Graphics (CG)?, Image Analysis(IA) vs. Problem solving Concepts and principles Spread- tics. CG. Hardware devices Software packages 2D- sheet problem-solving methodology: Problem- Graphics; homogenous coordinates, Transforma- specification and solution design. Advanced MAT211 Introductory Set And tions, Clippings 3D-Grahics 2D screens, projec- Spreadsheet features. Survey of Spreadsheet Number Theory (3)Logic; Sets; Relations; tion Realism (basic illumination models, primary application domains Spreadsheet programming Integers; Modular Arithmetic. and secondary effects. Practical problem-solving using spreadsheet fa- cilities Further information skills: Electronic in- MAT212 Introductory Linear Algebra (3) CSI494 Computer Graphics II (3) formation sourcing and evaluation; Information Linear equations; Matrices; Vector spaces; Trans- pre-req. : CSI493 synthesis; Practical lab exercises. formations; Eigenvectors. Colour Models and Colour Applications; Model- ling in 3D; Surface Rendering; Lighting effects; GEC 223 Web Application Skills (2) MAT 221 Calculus I (3) Computer Animation; Interaction; Computer pre-req.-GEC122 Techniques of integration; Applications of inte- Graphics in Scientific Visualization; Graphics on The Internet and Web technologies; Systems de- gration; Improper integrals; Generalized the World Wide Web; Graphics and multimedia velopment Web Application development cycle; mean value theorem; Taylor’s theorem; Differen- systems. Web-Based Systems, structure and applications; tial equations; Sequences and series. Survey of Web application development tools GEC Area 2 and use; HTML components and syntax; Web MAT 222 Calculus II (3) GEC121 Computing and Information Skills planning, design using programmatic (e.g. script- Power series; Conic sections; Differential calcu- for Degree Students I (2) ing) and non-programmatic approaches; Use of lus; Multiple integrals. Hardware and software systems concepts and tables and pictures; Validation and verification, principles OS and file management basics Ap- error checking; Qualities of a good web site; MAT 242 Computing I (3) plications areas of computers; Data Commu- Static versus Dynamic web concepts; Practical Elements of programming; Procedures and nications and network systems; Internet and subroutines; Structured design; Introduction to Electronic mails basics; Computers and society GEC321 Multimedia Information modularization. issues; Information skills and organisation In- Presentation Skills (2) formation need, and sources Security and legal pre-req.: GEC122 MAT244 Numerical Methods (3) issues. Problem-solving with computers Practical Multimedia information resources; Use of fa- Computer arithmetic; Numerical approximation laboratory exercises. cilities in appropriate Presentation application and integration. packages Integrated use of presentation appli- GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills cation packages with related application pack- MAT251 Vectors and Introductory for Degree Students II (2) ages (e.g. Word processing, Spreadsheet, and Mechanics (3) pre-req.: GEC121 Database packages). Advanced information skills: Vectors; Vector calculus; Particle motion in a Advanced operating systems file management; Topic analysis - Information needs analysis and straight line; Newton’s laws of motion; Kinemat- Spreadsheet and database management; Use of problem definition; Use of advanced electronic ics; Dynamics in space; Statistics. basic spreadsheet application package facilities; information resources. Basic database application package facilities; MAT252 Newtonian Mechanics (3) Principles of problem-solving with comput- DEPARTMENT OF Work, power and energy; Momentum; Simple ers. Design and specification with pseudo-code MATHEMATICS harmonic motion; Statics of rigid bodies; Centre and other tools; evaluating information sources; of gravity; Dynamics of a rigid body. Practical MAT111 Introductory Mathematics I (4) Basic algebra; Introduction to functions; Trigo-

197 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

MAT271 Introduction to Mathematical Direct and iterative methods for solving sys- MAT389 Linear Programming and Game Statistics (3) tems of linear equations; Numerical methods for Theory For Teachers (3) Sample space and probability function; Distribu- computation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Mathematical formulation of linear program- tions of random variables; Expectations; Normal matrices. ming (LP) problem; Graphical method; The distribution; Applications of t, chi-square and F simplex procedure and other techniques; Game distributions; Sampling distributions; Statement MAT352 Dynamics I (3) theory; Two-person games; Zero-sum games; of central limit theorem; Confidence intervals Central forces, systems of particles, variable Mixed strategies; Graphical solution; The best and testing of hypothesis. mass; Non-inertial frames; Rigid body motion; mixed strategy as an LP problem. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian dynamics. MAT291 Engineering Mathematics I (3) MAT391 Engineering Mathematics III (3) Determinants and matrices; Application of de- MAT361 Mathematical Programming and Laplace transforms; Vector analysis; Interpola- rivatives; Number sequences and series; Partial Game Theory (3) tion; Numerical solution of differential equa- derivatives; Application of integration. Graphical solution for linear programming; tions; Fourier series representation of periodic Simplex method and new developments; K-T functions. MAT292 Engineering Mathematics II (3) condition and basic methods for non-linear pro- Ordinary differential equations; Statistics; Prob- gramming; Linear programming method for two MAT392 Engineering Mathematics IVA (3) ability; Binomial, Poisson and normal distribu- person zero-sum games. Laplace transforms; Partial differential equa- tions. tions; Complex analysis. MAT371 Mathematical Statistics I (3) MAT311 Abstract Algebra I (3) Review of probability; Distributions of random MAT394 Engineering Mathematics IVB (3) Groups; Factor groups; Homomorphisms; Rings. variables; Conditional distributions; Normal, Partial differential equations; Laplace trans- gamma, t, chi-square and F distributions; Dif- forms. MAT312 Abstract Algebra II (3) ferent modes of convergence; Limiting distri- Group actions; p-groups; Rings; Fields. butions; Introduction to estimation theory and MAT400 Project (3) hypothesis testing. MAT402 History Of Mathematics (3) MAT 321 Real Analysis I (3) The origins of mathematics; Greek mathemat- The real number system; Sequences of real num- MAT372 Mathematical Statistics II (3) ics; Mathematics in other cultures; The European bers; Series; Functions; Continuity; Differenti- Estimation theory; Classical methods of esti- renaissance; Modern mathematics. ability; Integration. mation versus Bayes estimation; Theory of uni- formly powerful tests and likelihood ratio tests; MAT404 Topics in Advanced MAT 322 Real Analysis II (3) Introduction to linear models; Linear regression Mathematics (3) Introduction to Rn as a metric space; Differen- and ANOVA models. Topics to be determined. tiation in Rn ; Power series; Integration in Rn. MAT381 Calculus for Teachers I (3) MAT411 Linear Algebra (3) Differentiation; Integration. Vector spaces; Linear transformations; Eigen- MAT 323 Vector Calculus (3) MAT382 Calculus for Teachers II (3) values and eigenvectors; Inner product spaces; Vectors and applications to lines and planes; Complex numbers; Differential equations; Partial Multilinear algebra. Curves and surfaces; Differentiation and integra- differentiation tion of vector functions; The divergence theorem MAT412 Number Theory (3) and Stoke’s theorem. MAT383 Linear Algebra for Teachers (3) Brief revision of elementary number theory; Linear equations; Matrices; Transformations; Quadratic reciprocity; Number theoretic func- MAT324 Differential Equations (3) Vectors; Geometric equations. tions; Sums of squares; Algebraic integers. Second order linear differential equations; Power series solutions to ordinary differential equa- MAT384 Computing for Teachers (3) MAT414 Combinatorics and Graph tions; Systems of differential equations; Bound- Introduction to computing; Basics of program- Theory (3) ary value problems for ordinary differential ming; laboratory exercises. Graphs; Planar graphs; Paths; Directed graphs; equations and partial differential equations. Networks; Matchings. MAT387 Mechanics for Teachers I(3) MAT342 Computing II (3) Vectors; Co-ordinate systems; Kinematics; Ve- MAT416 Abstract Algebra III Recursion, pointers and linked lists; Object ori- locity; Acceleration; Projectiles; Relative motion Group theory; Field theory. ented programming; Dynamic memory alloca- and circular motion. tion; Mathematical usage of objects and mod- MAT421 Functions of a Complex ules. MAT388 Mechanics for Teachers II (3) Variable (3) Newton’s law of motion; Momentum and im- The elementary functions; Analytic functions; MAT344 Numerical Methods of Linear pulse; Conservation of momentum; Work, power Series; Calculus of residues; Introduction to con- Algebra (3) and energy; Simple harmonic motion. formal mappings and analytic continuation.

198 MAT422 Functional Analysis (3) MAT453 Electromagnetic Theory (3) Logic; Axiomatic systems; Incidence geometry; Normed linear spaces; Inner product spaces; Electric fi eld; Electric currents in linear conduc- Euclidean geometry. Fundamental theorems for normed linear spaces; tors; Biot-Savart law; Magnetic fi eld; Potentials Applications. and related boundary value problems; Maxwell’s MAT482 Geometry for Teachers II (3) equations. Analytic Geometry in the Euclidean plane and MAT423 Mathematical Methods (3) space; Transformational Geometry in the Eucli- Laplace transforms and applications; Fourier se- MAT454 Introduction to Fluid Dynamics (3) dean plane. ries; Fourier transforms and applications; Classifi Tensor methods; Two dimensional steady fl ow; cation of partial differential equations; Bound- Stream lines and streak lines; Properties of fl MAT483 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) ary value problems. uids; Mass conservation; Continuity equations; Sequences; Functions; Continuity; Derivatives; Convective derivative; Vorticity. Riemann integral. MAT424 Dynamical Systems (3) Periodic attractors; Stability and bifurcations; MAT 461 Optimization And Control MAT484 Introduction to Probability and Chaos and chaotic attractors. Theory (3) Statistics For Teachers (3) Calculus of variation; Pontryagin maximum prin- Sample space and probability function; Distribu- MAT425 Measure Theory (3) ciple; Optimal control of linear systems; Linear tions of random variables and their moments; Measure spaces; Measurable functions; Integra- systems with quadratic cost. Binomial, Poisson, normal and other probability tion; Spaces of functions; Product measures. functions; Estimation and hypothesis testing. MAT 462 Mathematical Modelling (3) MAT426 Partial Differential Equations (3) Population models; Competing species; Epidemic MAT485 Number Theory and Abstract Initial boundary problems for parabolic, elliptic models; Van der Pol and Lotka- Volterra equa- Algebra for Teachers (3) and hyperbolic equations. tions. Elementary number theory; The Diophantine equation; Congruences; Fermat’s and Wilson’s MAT431 General Topology MAT 471 Multivariate Statistics (3) theorems; Group theory; Polynomials. Topological spaces; Bases and sub-bases; Con- Multivariate, marginal and conditional distribu- tinuous mappings; Hausdorff spaces; Compact tions; Multivariate normal distribution Np (m,S). MAT491 Engineering Mathematics V spaces; Connected spaces. Wishart distribution and Hotelling T2 distribu- Partial differential equations; Bessel functions; tion; Maximum likelihood estimation of m and Legendre polynomials; Reliability theory MAT432 Algebraic Topology (3) S of Np (m,S) distribution; Likelihood ratio test Homotopy theory; Homology theory; Categories for testing Ho: m = mo; Multivariate regression; MAT492 Engineering Mathematics VI and functors. Canonical correlations; Principal components. Tests of hypothesis; Linear programming; Sto- chastic processes. MAT441 Numerical Analysis (3) MAT 472 Linear Models (3) Multi-step linear methods and Runge Kutta General linear model and linear hypotheses; methods for ordinary differential equations; Fi- Models of full rank and models not of full rank; nite difference methods for partial differential Estimable functions; Testable hypotheses; The equations. exponential family and generalized linear mod- els; Introduction to fi xed models; Illustration of MAT442 Computational Mathematics (3) fi tting models to real life data with a computer Symbolic calculations with a computer; Auto- package. matic symbolic differentiation and integration; Symbolic solution of differential equations; Ap- MAT 474 Stochastic Processes (3) proximation of functions with a computer. Stochastic processes in both discrete and con- tinuous time; Markov chains; Poisson processes; MAT451 Dynamics II (3) Renewal theory; Branch processes; Applications. Further work on systems of particles; Lagrang- ian and Hamiltonian dynamics; Variational prin- MAT 476 Statistical Computing (3) ciples; anonical transforms; Hamilton-Jacobi Use of symbolic computation in statistics with a theory. computer algebra system; Developing computa- tional methods for selected problems of multi- MAT452 Quantum Mechanics (3) variate statistics; Using a statistics package for Quantization rules; Application to the hydro- estimation and testing of hypotheses in different gen atom; Schrodinger wave equation; Poisson statistical models with real life data and/or data brackets and commutation relations;The uncer- supplied by simulation. tainty principle. MAT481 Geometry for Teachers I (3)

199 ECONOMICS LAW POLITICAL & ADMINISTRATIVE STUDIES POPULATION STUDIES PSYCHOLOGY SOCIAL WORK SOCIOLOGY STATISTICS

FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

DEAN Prof. H. K. Siphambe, BA (UB), MA (Western Michigan), PhD (Manitoba)

DEPUTY DEAN R.G. Majelantle, BA (UB), PGDipPopStud (Rips, Ghana), MA (Pennyslvania)

FACULTY ADMINISTRATORS M. B. Maje, BA PGDE (UB), MEd (Birmingham) N. A. Nkanga, BA, MLIS, (UB), MSc HRM (Cardiff)

200 Introduction 24.01 Failure, without good cause, to deliver an ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) The Faculty of Social Sciences comprises the fol- assignment within the first 24 hours of the due ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for lowing Departments: date shall carry a penalty of 5 percentage marks. Economists (3) •Economics Failure to submit the assignment before the end •Law of the week from the due date shall incur a zero Semester 2 •Political and Administrative Studies mark. ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) •Population Studies ECO232 Intermediate Statistics for •Psychology DEPARTMENT OF Economists (3) •Social Work ECONOMICS •Sociology Level 300 •Statistics. Bachelor of Arts in Economics Core Courses Degree Programme Semester 1 Programmes of Study ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) Until recently, the Faculty concentrated mainly Special Departmental Regulations for the ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3) on its Combined Major Programmes, which al- Bachelor of Arts in Economics (Combined ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) lows students to choose any 2 areas of study Degree and Economics Minor) ECO341 Econometrics I (3) from the Departments mentioned above, i. e. ECO463 Economics of Botswana and South- Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences (BASS), and Entry Requirements ern Africa (3) with special permission, from courses offered by Subject to the provisions of General Regulation other Faculties or Departments, e.g. Environmen- 20.20, at least a credit in Mathematics shall be Semester 2 tal Science and Accounting. required for all students intending to take Eco- ECO312 Microeconomics II (3) nomics as a Major or Minor subject. Alternative ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) However, in order to more effectively meet the qualifications may be accepted as per General ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) demand for fully trained Social Scientists, the Academic Regulation 20.24b. Requirements for ECO342 Econometrics II (3) Faculty has been trying to activate its Single entry into the Bachelor of Arts (Economics) De- ECO465 History of Economic Thought (3) Major Programmes to provide for specialisation gree Programme are determined by the Depart- in particular areas. During the academic year ment of Economics Board and may vary from Level 400 1981/82, the Faculty changed its Year 1 and Year year to year. The Department offers Economics Core Courses 2 Programmes from the unit to the subject sys- as a Single Major Bachelor of Arts (Economics) Semester 1 tem. With the introduction of the subject system, Degree, a Combined Major (Major/Major) Degree ECO431 Research Methods in Economics (3) students in the Faculty are still being provided for the BASS and other Degrees, and a Minor in Plus: 4 Optional Courses. with the facility of electing 1 of their majors as Economics. Students majoring in other subjects Environmental Science (Faculty of Science), and may take courses in Economics provided the pre- Semester 2 Accounting (Faculty of Business). Furthermore, requisites are satisfied. ECO432 Project in Applied Economics (3, core) in response to the growing need for middle- Plus: 4 Optional Courses. level manpower, the Departments of Population Single Major Programme Studies, Law, Social Work, Sociology and Statis- Students intending to take Economics as a Single Optional Courses tics offer Programmes leading to the Diploma in Major shall take and pass the following courses: ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for Population Studies, Diploma in Law, Social Work, Non-Majors Criminal Justice Studies and Statistics. Consist- Level 100 ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for ent with its objectives, the Faculty started of- Core Courses Non-Majors fering its first Post Graduate Programme during Semester 1 ECO411 Development Economics the 1990/91 academic year. This was the Mas- ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) ECO412 Development Problems and Policy ters in Public Administration. Since then six (6) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social ECO421 International Trade more Post Graduate Programmes have been in- Sciences I (3) ECO422 International Finance troduced. These are the Master of Arts in Law, STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3) ECO441 Economics of Agriculture in Statistics, in Economics, Population Studies, ECO442 Agricultural Policy and Rural Development Studies and Social Work. A new Semester 2 Development Masters degree programme in Politics and In- ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ECO451 Environmental Economics ternational Relations has been introduced in STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social ECO452 Resource Economics August 2007. Sciences II (3) ECO463 Economics of Botswana and STA121 Elements of Probability (3) Southern Africa Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social ECO465 History of Economic Thought Sciences Level 200 ECO466 Public Finance 24.00 General Regulations of the University shall Core Courses ECO467 Labour Economics apply. Semester 1 ECO468 Industrial Economics

201 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

ECO469 Money and Banking Level 400 in Economics shall write a research proposal ECO473 Financial Economics Core Courses that shall be graded, and there shall be no final ECO474 Health Economics Semester 1 examination for that course. The proposal for ECO475 Transport Economics ECO341 Econometrics I (3) this course will normally be used as a basis for ECO463 Economics of Botswana and ECO432 Project in Applied Economics. NB: ECO221 and ECO222 are not available for Southern Africa (3) Progression from one Semester to Semester Students taking Economics as a Major. Plus one Optional Course Progression from one Semester to the next shall be as per General Regulations 00.9 NB: Students in Levels 300 and 400 may take any Semester 2 of the above-listed optional courses provided ECO342 Econometrics II (3) DEPARTMENT OF LAW they satisfy the pre-requisites. Plus: 2 Optional Courses. The Department of Law offers programmes and Combined Major Programme Minor in Economics courses leading to the award of the following Students intending to take Economics as a Com- Students intending to take Economics as a Mi- qualifications: bined Major shall take and pass the following nor subject shall take and pass the following courses: courses: • Diploma in Law (DIL) • Bachelor of Laws (LLB) Level 100 Level 100 • Master of Laws (LLM) Core Courses Core Courses Semester 1 Semester 1 Departmental Regulations General ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Provisions STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social Subject to the provisions of Academic General Sciences I (3) Sciences I (3) Regulations and Faculty of Social Sciences Regu- STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3) lations, the following Departmental Regulations Semester 2 shall apply. Semester 2 Core Courses ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) Entry Requirements STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social The normal requirement for admission to the Sciences II (3) Sciences II (3) Diploma in Law Programme shall be the Bot- STA121 Elements of Probability (3) swana General Certificate of Secondary Educa- Level 200 tion (BGCSE) obtained with a minimum of three Level 200 Core Courses credits, one of which shall be in English lan- Core Courses Semester 1 guage, or an equivalent qualification. Relevant Semester 1 ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) work experience shall also be an advantage. An ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Semester 2 applicant in possession of a Certificate in Law of ECO231 Intermediate Mathematics for ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) this University, obtained with a minimum clas- Economists (3) sification of a merit, or an equivalent qualifica- Levels 300 and 400 tion shall also be eligible for admission to Level Semester 2 Students are required to take 2 Optional Cours- 200 of the Diploma in Law programme. Subject ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) es. to Academic General Regulations 00.4, a student ECO232 Intermediate Statistics for admitted to the Diploma in Law programme with Economists (3) Assessment a Certificate in Law shall be exempted from tak- The continuous assessment (CA) of each course ing Level 100 courses on the Diploma in Law pro- Level 300 will normally include at least 2 components as gramme deemed equivalent to those passed un- Core Courses outlined in the General Academic Regulation der the Certificate in Law programme, but shall Semester 1 00.811. These 2 components will normally be in be required to take General Education and Core ECO311 Microeconomics I (3) written form. However, non-written presenta- courses that are not deemed equivalent to any of ECO321 Macroeconomics I (3) tions will count for no more than 10 percent of the courses passed under the Certificate in Law. ECO331 Mathematics for Economists I (3) the CA. The CA will count for 40 percent of the total assessment while the final examination will Duration Semester 2 count for 60 percent of the total assessment. The normal duration for the Diploma in Law pro- ECO312 Microeconomics II (3) This applies to all courses except ECO432 (Project gramme shall be four (4) semesters on a full time ECO322 Macroeconomics II (3) in Applied Economics) basis. A student admitted to the programme with ECO332 Mathematics for Economists II (3) a Certificate in Law shall however be entitled to Research Proposal complete the Diploma in Law within a period of All students taking ECO431 Research Methods not less than two (2) semesters.

202 Programme Structure. Botswana (4) Semester 4 The Diploma in Law Programme shall consist of LAW212 Sales and Consumer Law in LAW215 Labour Law in Botswana (4) Level 100 General Education Courses (GEC) in Botswana (3) LAW216 Insurance Law in Botswana (3) the areas of Communication and Study Skills LAW208 Human Rights Law in Botswana (3) LAW217 Insolvency & Secured Transactions (3) and Computer and Information Skills, specified Total Number of credits 16. LAW218 Tax Law in Botswana (3) Core (C) and Optional (O) courses in the princi- And one of: pal subject Law offered at Levels 100 and 200, Semester 4 LAW210 Electoral Law and Procedures (3) and Electives in other subject areas offered at LAW204 Deeds Registration in Botswana (4) LAW211 Local Government Law (3) comparable levels. Level 100 Core and Optional LAW203 Environmental Laws of Botswana (3) Elective (3) Courses are foundation courses, which students LAW211 Local Government Law (3) Total Number of credits 16 admitted to the programme without a Certifi- LAW215 Labour Law in Botswana (4) Minimum Total Credits for the Programme: 67 cate in Law, shall normally be required to take And One of Credits. before attempting the Core and Optional courses LAW210 Electoral Law and Procedures (3) at Level 200. Level 200 courses shall be offered LAW217 Insolvency and Secured Award of Diploma and taken in the designated areas of specializa- Transactions (3) • 1 A student shall be eligible for the award of tion identified as Private Law, Public Law and Elective (3) the Diploma in Law upon completion of a mini- Commercial Law. Subject to variations approved Total Number of Credits 17 mum of 67 credits from the courses indicated on from time to time, courses for the Diploma in the programme structure. Law shall be arranged as follows:- Public Law • 2.4.2 A student admitted to the Diploma in Law Level 200 programme with a Certificate in Law or equiva- Level 100 Semester 3 lent qualification in accordance with Special Semester 1 LAW206 Civil Litigation and Process (4) Regulation General Education Courses LAW207 Advanced Criminal Litigation (3) • 2.1.2 shall be eligible for the award of the Di- GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) LAW208 Human Rights Law in Botswana (3) ploma in Law upon completion of a minimum of GEC121 Computer and Information Skills (2) 33 credits from Level 200 courses indicated on And at least two of: the programme structure. Core Courses LAW209 Criminology and Penology (3) LAW101 Introduction to the Botswana Legal LAW105 Law of Obligations I (4) Assessment System (3) Elective (3) 1. The following Special Regulations shall sup- LAW102 Criminal Law in Botswana I (3) Total Number of Credits 16. plement Academic General Regulations and Fac- LAW103 Constitutional Law in Botswana (3) ulty Regulations on assessment and grading of And, Either Semester 4 law courses on the Diploma in Law Programme. LAW104 Trial Practice I (4) LAW210 Electoral Law and Procedures (3) 2. Except for LAW 109, each law course on the Or LAW211 Local Government Law (3) programme shall be assessed through continu- LAW105 Law of Obligations I (4) LAW215 Labour Law in Botswana (4) ous assessment and a formal examination at or Total Number of Credits 17 before the end of the semester. And at least two of: Semester 2 LAW110 Law of Obligations II (4) Continuous Assessment GEC112 Communication and Study Skills (2) LAW203 Environmental Laws of Botswana (3) 1. Continuous assessment shall consist of at GEC122 Computer and Information Skills (2) Elective (3) least two or more pieces of the following: writ- And Total Number of Credits 17 ten assignments, written tests, oral tests, mock LAW106 Customary Law (3) trials, moots, class or seminar exercises, practi- LAW107 Criminal Law in Botswana II (3) Commercial Law cals, projects, research exercises, or independent LAW108 Administrative Law in Botswana (3) Level 200 study. And Either Semester 3 2. Except for course LAW 109, the ratio between LAW109 Trial Practice II (4) LAW212 Sales and Consumer Law in continuous assessment and the formal examina- Or Botswana (3) tion shall be 2:3. LAW110 Law of Obligations II (4) LAW213 Negotiable and other Instruments of 3 In LAW 109 students shall be assessed from Total Number of Credits17 Payment (3) mock trials, seminar exercises, field trip reports LAW214 Companies and Partnerships in and other exercises as shall be determined by the Private Law Botswana (4) Departmental Board and indicated at the begin- Level 200 LAW201 Introduction to Property Law (3) ning of the course. A final mark of 100 per cent Semester 3 LAW205 Law of Persons and the Family in for the course shall consist of marks allocated LAW201 Introduction to Property Law (3) Botswana (4) for each component of the assessment in pro- LAW202 Land and Mineral Resources Law (3) Total Number of Credits 17 portions to be determined by the Departmental LAW205 Law of Persons and the Family in Board and indicated at the beginning of the

203 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

course. Programme Structure LAW201 Introduction to Property Law (3) 4. Failure without good cause to submit continu- 1. The LLB programme shall consist of specified GEC / Elective (4) ous assessment work within twenty-four hours Core (C) and Optional (O) courses in the prin- Total Number of Credits 16 of the due date shall carry a penalty of 5 per- cipal subject Law offered at Levels 100 to 500, centage marks. Failure to submit the work within and Electives (E) and General Education Courses Level 300 forty-eight hours of the due date shall carry a (GEC) in other subject areas offered at compa- Semester 5 penalty of 50 percentage marks. Failure to sub- rable levels. LAW202 Land and Mineral Resources Law (3) mit the work within one week from the due date 2. Students shall normally be required to take LAW331 Civil Procedure and Practice (4) shall incur a zero mark. Formal Examinations and complete credits for the Core courses in LAW332 Evidence (4) Formal written examinations for all Core and the manner and sequence indicated in the pro- LAW333 Criminal Procedure (3) Optional law courses on the programme shall gramme structure. The Core courses at each level LAW334 Employment Law (3) be of the type and for the duration approved by and semester from Levels 100 to 400 have gener- Total Number of Credits 17 Departmental Board and indicated in the course ally been designed and arranged to prepare LLB outline or at the beginning of each course. students for other Core courses at each succes- Semester 6 sive higher level. LAW335 Sale, Lease and Credit Agreements (3) Bachelor of Laws (LLB) Degree 3. Optional courses on the LLB programme shall LAW336 Negotiable Instruments and Banking be offered subject to optimal student and ap- Law (3) Entry Requirements proval of the Departmental Board. LAW337 Labour Relations Law (3) 1.The normal requirement for admission to the 4. Subject to changes approved from time to LAW338 Law and the Environment (3) Bachelor of Laws degree programme shall be time, LLB courses shall be arranged as follows:- LAW339 Succession and Administration of the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Estates (2) Education (BGCSE) obtained at one sitting with a Level 100 And one of minimum of five credits, one of which shall be in Semester 1 LAW340 Insurance and Agency Law (3) English language, or an equivalent qualification. GEC111 Communication and Study Skills (2) LAW217 Insolvency and Secured 2. An applicant in possession of a Diploma in GEC121 Computer and Information Skills Transactions (3) Law from this University, obtained with a mini- Fundamentals I (2) LAW218 Tax Law in Botswana (3) mum classification of a credit, or an equivalent LAW131 Introduction to Law (3) Total Number of Credits 17 qualification shall also be eligible for admission LAW132 Comparative Legal History and to the LLB programme. Systems (3) 3. Subject to Academic General Regulation 00.4, LAW133 Law of Persons (3) a student admitted to the LLB programme with GEC / Elective (4) Level 400 a Diploma in Law shall be exempted from tak- Total Number of Credits 17 Semester 7 ing Levels 100 and 200 courses on the LLB pro- LAW431 Public International Law I (3) gramme designated by the Departmental Board Semester 2 LAW432 Jurisprudence (4) as equivalent to courses passed under the Di- GEC112 Communication and Study Skills II (2) LAW433 Clinical Legal Education I (4) ploma in Law Programme and shall be allocated GEC122 Computer and Information Skills LAW434 Law of Business Associations I (3) comparable credits under the LLB programme for Fundamentals I(2) And One of the exemptions. A student admitted to the LLB LAW106 Customary Law (3) LAW439 Gender and the Law (3) programme with a Diploma in Law will not nor- LAW134 Family Law (3) LAW440 Law and the Media (3) mally be entitled to register for courses offered LAW135 Law and Social Research Methods (2) LAW441 Law and Health Care (3) at levels 300, 400 and 500 of the LLB programme GEC / Elective (4) LAW442 Social Security Law (3) before completing and accumulating credits for Total for Number of Credits 16 Elective (3) levels 100 and 200 Core, Optional, Electives and Total Number of Credits 17 General Education Courses. Level 200 Semester 3 Semester 8 Duration LAW231 Criminal Law, General Principles (3) LAW435 Public International Law II (3) The normal duration for the LLB degree pro- LAW232 Delict, General Principles (3) LAW436 Clinical Legal Education II (4) gramme shall be ten (10) semesters on a full-time LAW233 Contract Law (4) LAW437 Human Rights Law (3) basis. Students entitled to exemptions in terms LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) LAW438 Law of Business Associations II (3) of Academic General Regulations, Faculty and GEC /Elective (2) And one of Special Departmental Regulations may however Total Number of Credits 15 LAW439 Gender and the Law (3) complete the programme within a shorter period LAW440 Law and the Media (3) which, for students with a Diploma in Law, may Semester 4 LAW441 Law and Health Care (3) not be less than six (6) semesters on a full time LAW235 Specific Offences in Criminal Law (3) LAW442 Social Security Law (3) basis. LAW236 Specific Delicts (3) Elective (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Total Number of Credits 16

204 Level 500 written assignments, written tests, oral tests, cent. A student who fails to submit the research Semester 9 mock trials, moots, class or seminar exercises, paper for examination by the relevant date shall LAW531 Clinical Legal Education III (4) practicals, projects, research exercises or inde- be awarded an incomplete Grade (I) in accord- LAW532 Conveyancing Principles and pendent study. ance with Academic General Regulation 00.844. Practice (4) 2. Except for the courses LAW135, Law and So- Delay and Failure to Submit Continuous Assess- LAW535 Research Paper (3) cial Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical Legal ment Work Subject to Special Departmental And at least two of Education I; LAW436, Clinical Legal Education Regulations 3.6.4 and 3.65, failure without good LAW536 International Moot (3) II; LAW531, Clinical Legal Education III; LAW535, cause to submit continuous assessment work LAW537 Private International Law I (3) Research Paper; and LAW536, International within twenty-four hours of the due date shall LAW538 International Organizations (3) Moot, the ratio between continuous assessment carry a penalty of 5 percentage marks. Failure to LAW539 International Business and the formal examination in law courses shall submit the work within forty-eight hours of the Transactions (3) be 2:3. due date shall carry a penalty of 50 percentage LAW540 Intellectual Property Law I (3) 3. Law and Social Research Methods,LAW135, marks. Failure to submit the work within one Total Number of Credits 17 Law and Social Research Methods, shall be as- week from the due date shall incur a zero mark. sessed through at least two or more pieces of Semester 10 continuous assessment work. Each piece of con- Formal Examinations LAW533 Introduction to Notarial Practice (4) tinuous assessment work shall be marked and Formal written examinations for Core and Op- ACC407 Accounting for Lawyers (4) shall contribute towards the final mark of 100 tional law courses on the LLB programme And at least three of per cent for the course. shall be of the type and for the duration ap- LAW536 International Moot (3) 4 Clinical Legal Education Courses I to III shall be proved by the Departmental Board and indicated LAW541 Intellectual Property Law II (3) assessed as follows: in the course outline or at the beginning of each LAW542 International Trade Law (3) course. LAW538 International Organizations (3) a) LAW 433 Clinical Legal Education I LAW543 Private International Law II (3) 1. Participation in seminars and written Service Courses LAW539 International Business assignments - 30% Subject to optimal student demand and the Transactions (3) 2. Oral examination on work performed in the availability of staff and other resources, the De- Total Number of Credits 17 Legal Clinic - 20% partment of Law shall offer the following cours- 3. End of semester examination - 50% es at levels 100 to 600 to students not registered Minimum Total Credits for the Programme: 165 Total 100% for law programmes. Credits Level 100 b) LAW 436 Clinical Legal Education II GEC277 Law and Society in Botswana Award of Degree 1. Oral Examination on work performed in the (2 sem 1 or 2) A student shall be eligible for the award of the Legal Clinic - 40% LAW151 Law and Social Work (4 sem 1) LLB degree upon completion of a minimum of 2. Moot/Mock trial documents and 165 credits from the Core, Optional, Electives performance - 60% Level 200 and GECs indicated in the programme structure. Total 100% LAW251 Foundations of Business Law (3, Sem 1) Assessment c) LAW 531 Clinical Legal Education III LAW252 Specific Business Transactions 1. The following Special Regulations shall sup- 1. Internship Report - 30% (4, Sem 2) plement Academic General Regulations and 2. Moot/mock trial documents and LAW253 Foundations of Engineering Law Faculty of Social Sciences Regulations on as- performance - 50% (3, Sem 3) sessment and grading of law courses on the LLB 3. Oral examination on work performed in the programme. Legal Clinic - 20% Level 300 2. Except for courses LAW135, Law and Social Total 100% LAW351 Introduction to Company Law Research Methods; LAW433, Clinical Legal Edu- (4, Sem 1) cation I; LAW436, Clinical Legal Education II; International Moot LAW353 Planning and Environmental Law LAW531, Clinical Legal Education III; LAW535, The Course Law536, International Moot, shall be (3, Sem 1 or 2) Research Paper; and LAW536, International assessed as follows: Moot, each Core and Optional course on the LLB 1. Documents prepared for the Moot - 60% Level 400 programme shall be assessed through continu- 2. Advocacy skills in the Moot - 40% LAW452 Construction Law (3, Sem 1 or 2) ous assessment and a formal written examina- Total 100% LAW453 Labour and Industrial Property Law tion taken at or before the end of the semester. (3, Sem 1 or 2) Research Paper Continuous Assessment The final version of the research paper in course 1. Continuous assessment shall consist of at least LAW535 shall be submitted for examination by two or more of the following pieces of work: the relevant date and marked out of 100 per

205 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL demic Regulation 23.71 and the Special Regula- Level 200 AND ADMINISTRATIVE tions of the Faculty of Social Sciences. Semester 1 STUDIES Core Courses 4.6 Degree Structure PAD201 Organization Theories (3) Subject to the provisions of the General Aca- 4.6.1 The Public Administration and Political Sci- ECO221 Basic Macroeconomics for non- demic Regulations, the following Departmental ences courses shall be offered at Levels 100 to Majors; or Regulations shall apply. 400 for the undergraduate programmes. ECO 211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) 4.6.2 In addition to Public Administration and LAW234 Constitutional Law 4.2. Programmes and Titles of Degrees Political Sciences courses, an undergraduate Plus one Elective and two GECs. The Department of Political and Administrative candidate majoring in these courses shall take Total Credits 16 Studies offers the following undergraduate the General Education Courses (GECs) and Elec- programmes leading to the award of the under- tives in accordance with the General Regulation Semester 2 mentioned degrees: 00.2124. Core Courses 4.2.1 Single Major Public Administration Pro- 4.6.3 The Department of Political and Admin- PAD202 Public Administration in grammes (PAS Regulations 2.1) leading to the istrative Studies offers undergraduate Public Botswana (3) award of the BA (Public Administration) Administration and Political Science courses (as ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for 4.2.2 Single Major Political Science Programme Combined Majors including a Major combined non-Majors; or (PAS Regulations 2.2) leading to the award of the with a Minor) to students majoring in other sub- ECO 212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) BA (Political Science) jects. In addition, the Department offers single SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social 4.2.3 Combined Major/Major Programme (PAS majors in Political Science and Public Adminis- Research (3) Regulations 2.3) leading to the award of the BA tration. (Social Sciences) 4.6.4 The Department of Political and Admin- Plus one Optional Course, one Elective and one 4.2.4 Combined Major/Minor Programme (PAS istrative Studies offers GECs as outlined in the GEC. Regulations 2.4.1 and 2.4.2) leading to the award General Academic Regulations. Total Credits 17 of BA (Social Sciences) 4.2.5 Combined Minor in Public Administration 5.0 Undergraduate Degree Course Listings. Level 300 + Major in Other Programme Semester 1 4.2.6 Combined Minor in Political Science + Ma- 5.1 Bachelor of Social Science Core Courses jor Other Programme Degree in Public Administration PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) (Single Major) PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) 4.3 Entry Requirements PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Admission to the programmes offered by the De- Level 100 One Optional Course from: partment shall be on the basis of performance in Semester 1 SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) the Botswana General Certificate of Secondary Core Courses PAD 308 Industrial Relations Education (BGCSE) examination, or its equiva- PAD101 Introduction to Public POL 306 International Political Economy lent, and as specified in the General Academic Administration (3) POL 310 Contemporary Africa Regulations. ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC POL 101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Total Credits 17 4.4 Assessment STA III Basic Statistics (3) Performance in each course shall be evaluated Plus one Elective and two GECs Semester 2 by the combination of continuous assessment Total Credits 16 Core Courses and final examination marks in the ratio of 2:3 PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) in favour of the final examination. The only ex- Semester 2 PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) ceptions are internships, projects and seminars, Core Courses LAW237 Administrative Law (3) which shall be assessed only through assign- PAD102 Institutions and Processors of Public Two Optional courses from: ments. The final examination for every course Administration (3) POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern shall normally be 2 hours long. However, the POL 102: Modern State (3) Africa (3) department reserves the right to review the ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) SOC327 Political Sociology (3) mode of assessment, and respective lectures STA112 Statistical Tools for Social POL308 Politics and Management of Natural shall specify approved mode of assessment prior Research (3) Resources or to any intake or at the start of the semester in Plus one Elective and two GECs ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or which the course is taken. Total Credit 16 ENV476 Natural Resources Management and Economics (2) 4.5 Award of Degree Plus one GEC To be awarded a Degree, a student must satisfy Total Credits 17 the appropriate provisions of the General Aca-

206 Level 400 Level 200 Level 400 Semester 1 Semester 1 Semester 1 Core Courses Core Courses Core Courses PAD401 DevelopmentAdministration (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) POL401 International Relations (3) PAD403 Internship (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) non-major or 211: Intermediate POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) Two Optional Courses from Micro Economic (3) Two Optional Courses from PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy (3) LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) PAD407 Comparative Public Plus one Elective and two GECs. POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Administration (3) Total Credits 16 PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) PAD413 Leadership & Governance (3) PAD413 Leadership & Governance (3) Plus one Elective Semester 2 Plus one Elective Total Credits 18 Core Courses Total Credits 18 POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Semester 2 ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics Semester 2 Core Courses for non-major: or 2/2 Intermediate Core Courses PAD406 Ethics and Public Administration (3) Macro-economics (3) POL405 Comparative Politics (3) PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social POL409 Security Studies (3) Admin (3) Research (3) Two Optional Courses from PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) One Optional Course from POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) Two Optional Courses from POL204 Media and Politics (3) POL411 Research Project in Political PAD408 International Administration (3) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Science (3) PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC PAD408 International Administration (3) PAD412 Research Project in Public Total Credits= 17 Plus one Elective and one GEC Administration (3) Total Credits 17 Plus one GEC Level 300 Total Credits 17 Semester 1 5.3 Bachelor of Social Science POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Degree Programme 5.2 Bachelor of Social Science POL306 International Political Economy (3) Degree Programme in Political POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) Major in Public Administration + Major in Politi- Science (Single Major) One Optional Course from cal Science POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) Level 100 SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Level 100 Semester 1 Plus one Elective and one GEC Semester 1 Core Courses Total Credits 17 Core Courses POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) PAD101 Introduction to Public PAD101 Introduction to Public Semester 2 Administration (3) Administration (3) Core Courses POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3) POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Plus two GECs. LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Plus one Elective and two GECs. Total Credits 16 Two Optional Courses from Total Credits 16 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Semester 2 Semester 2 Africa (3) Core Courses Core Courses SOC327 Political Sociology PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public POL102 Modern State (3) POL308 Politics & Management of Administration (3) PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public Natural Resources (3)/core-coding POL102 The Modern State (3) Admin.(3) ENV 301: Environmental Issues (2) or ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3) ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) ENV 476: Natural Resource STA 112 Statistical Tools for Social STA112 Statistical Tools for Social Management & Economics (2) Research (3) Research (3) Plus one GEC Plus two GECs. Plus One Elective and two GECs. Total Credits= 18 Total Credits 16 Total Credits 16

207 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Level 200 or ENV 476: Natural Resource Semester 2 Semester 1 Management & Economics (2) Core Courses Core Courses Plus one GEC POL102 Modern State (3) PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Total Credits 17 ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) STA112 Statistical Tools for Social ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for Level 400 Research (3) Non-Majors (3); or ECO211: Semester 1 Plus 2 GECs and Intermediate Micro Economics (3) Core Courses One Other Major course (6). LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) PAD401 Development Administration (3) Total Credits 19 Plus one Elective and one GEC POL 401 International Relations (3) Total Credits 17 PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Level 200 Semester 2 Three Optional Courses from Semester 1 Core Courses PAD403/POL410 Internship in Public Core Courses PAD202 Public Administration in Administration/Political Science (3) POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Botswana (3) PAD407 Comparative Public LAW 234 Constitutional Law (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Administration (3) ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for PAD 405 Case Studies in Public Policy Non-Economists (3) or Non-Majors (3); or ECO212: PAD413 Leadership & Governance ECO211 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Plus 2 GECs and one Other Major course (6). Two Optional Courses from POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) Total Credits 18 POL204 Media and Politics (3) Plus on Elective Semester 2 SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Total Credits 18 Core Courses Research (3) POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Semester 2 ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Core Courses Non-Majors (3) or Plus one GEC PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public ECO212 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Total Credits 17 Administration (3) SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Research (3) Level 300 Two Optional Courses from Semester 1 PAD 406 Ethics and Public Management (3) Plus one GEC and one Other Major course (6) Core Courses PAD408 International Administration (3) Total Credits 17 PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) PAD 410 Public Financial Administration POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) POL409 Security Studies (3) Level 300 Three Optional Courses from PAD 412/ POL411 Research Project in Public Semester 1 POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) Administration/Political Science (3) Core Courses PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Plus one Elective and one GEC POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) POL302 Politics in South Africa (3) Total Credits 17 POL306 International Political Economy (3) PAD303 Local Government Management (3) One Optional Course from POL306 International Political Economy (3) 5.4 Bachelor of Social Science POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) Degree Programme SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Plus one GEC (2) or Optional Course from Other Major Total Credits 18 Major in Political Science and Major in Another Plus one Elective or one GEC Subject. Total Credits 18 Semester 2 Level 100 Core Courses Semester 1 Semester 2 PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Core Courses Core Courses POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3) ECO111 Basic Micro-Economics (3) LAW237 Administrative Law (3) Three Optional Courses from STA111 Basic Statistics (3) One Optional Course from POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Plus 2 GECs and one Other Major course (6). POL305 Politics of Southern (3) POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Total Credits 19 POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern Africa (3) Africa (3) PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) POL308 Politics & Management of Natural POL308 Politics and Management of Resources (3) or Natural Resources (3) /core-coding ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or ENV 301: Environmental Issues (2) ENV476 Natural Resource Management and

208 Economics Level 200 PAD403 Internship (3) Plus one GEC and One Other Major course (6) Semester 1 PAD407 Comparative Public Total Credits 17 Core Courses Administration (3) PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy (3) or Level 400 LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) Optional Course from other major Semester 1 ECO221 Intermediate Microeconomics for One other Major Course Core Courses Non-majors (3) or ECO 211 Total Credits 18 POL401 International Relations (3) Intermediate Microeconomics (3 POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Plus one GEC and one Other Major course. Semester 2 Two Optional Courses from Total Credits 17 Core Courses POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Semester 2 Administration (3) POL411 Research Project in Political Science Core Courses One Optional Course from (3) or Optional Course from other PAD202 Public Administration in PAD406 Ethics and Accountability (3) major Botswana (3) PAD408 International Administration (3) Plus Other Major course (6) ECO222 Intermediate Macroeconomics for PAD 410 Public Financial Administration (3) Total Credits 18 Non-Majors (3) PAD412 Research Project in Public SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social Administration or Optional Course Semester 2 Research (3) from other major Core Courses Plus one Elective, one GEC and other Major POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Plus one GEC and Other Major course (6). Courses (6) Two Optional Courses from Total Credits 17 Total Credits 18 POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) POL409 Security Studies (3) Level 300 6.6Bachelor of Social Science PAD408 International Administration (3) or Semester 1 Degree Programme: Major in Optional Course from other major Core Courses Political Science and Minor in Other Plus one Elective or one GEC and Other Major PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) Subject course (6) PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Total Credits 18 One Optional Course from Level 100 PAD303 Local Government Management (3) Semester 1 5.5 BA Social Science Degree Programme Major or Optional Course from other major Core Courses Public Administration + Other MAJOR Plus one Elective, or one GEC and Other Major POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) courses (6) PAD101 Introduction to Public Level 100 Total Credits 18 Administration (3) Semester 1 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) Core Courses Semester 2 STA111 Basic Statistics (3) PAD101 Introduction to Public Core Courses Plus two GECs and Minor course (3). Administration (3) PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) Total Credits 19 ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) LAW 237 Administrative LAW (3) STA 111 Basic Statistics (3) One Optional course from Semester 2 Plus 2 GECs and Other Major courses (6). PAD 304 Public Enterprise Management (3) Core Courses Total Credits 19 POL308 Politics & Management of POL102 The Modern State (3) Natural Resources (3) /core-coding PAD102 Institutions and Processes in Public Semester 2 ENV 301: Environmental Issues (2) Admin. (3) Core Courses or ENV 476: Natural Resource ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) PAD102 Institutions & Processes of Public Management & Economics (2) STA 112 tatistical Tools for Social Research (3) Administration (3) or Optional Course from the Major Plus two GECs and one Minor course.(3) ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) Plus one Elective or one GEC and Other Major Total Credits 19 STA112 Statistical Tools for Social courses (6) Research (3) Total Credits 18 Level 200 Plus one GEC and one Other Major courses (6) Level 400 Semester 1 Total Credits 17 Semester 1 Core Courses Core Courses POL201 Botswana Politics (3) PAD401 Development Administration. (3) ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Non-Majors (3) or Two Optional Courses from ECO211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3)

209 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

One Optional Course from POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) Semester 2 LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) Core Course Plus one Elective or, two GECs and one Minor Plus one Elective and one Minor Course PAD202 Public Administration in course. Total Credits 15 Botswana (3) Total Credits= 18 ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics for Semester 2 Non-Majors (3) or Semester 2 Core Courses ECO 212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) Core Courses POL405 Comparative Politics (3) One Optional Course from POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) POL409 Security Studies (3) SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social ECO222 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) or One Optional Course from Research (3) ECO212 Intermediate Macro Economics (3) POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor SOC226 Concepts & Principles of Social POL411 Research Project in Political Course Research Science (3) Total Credits 17 One Optional Course from Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor POL204 Media and Politics (3) Course SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Total Credits 17 Plus one GEC and one Minor course Level 300 Total Credits 17 5.7 Bachelor of Social Science Semester 1 Degree Programme: Major in Public Core Courses Level 300 Administration + Minor PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) Semester 1 PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) Core Courses Level 100 Two Optional Courses from POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Semester 1 PAD303 Local Government Management (3) POL310 Contemporary Africa (3) Core Courses PAD308 Industrial Relations (3) One Optional Course from PAD101 Introduction to Public SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) POL302 Politics of South Africa (3) Administration (3) Plus one GEC and one Minor Course POL306 International Political Economy (4) ECO111 Basic Micro Economics (3) Total Credits 17 SOC338 Democracy and Development (3) POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Plus one Elective or one GEC and one Minor STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Semester 2 course Plus two GECs and one Minor Course. Core Courses Total Credits 18 Total Credits 19 PAD307 Human Resource Development (3) LAW 237 Administrative Law (3) Semester 2 Semester 2 One Optional Course from Core Courses Core Courses PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public POL308 Politics and Management of Natural POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Administration (3) Resources (3) or LAW237 Administrative Law (3) POL102 Modern State (3) ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or One Optional Course from ECO112 Basic Macro Economics (3) ENV476 Natural Resource Management and POL309 Politics of Poverty in Southern STA112 Statistical Tools Social Research (3) Economics (2) Africa (3) Plus two GECs and one Minor Course. Plus two GECs and one Minor course. POL308 Politics and Management of Natural Total Credits 19 Total Credits 16 Resources (3) or ENV301 Environmental Issues (2) or Level 200 Level 400 ENV476 Natural Resource Management and Semester 1 Semester 1 Economics (2) Core Courses Core Courses Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) PAD401 Development Administration (4) course (3) LAW234 Constitutional Law (3) PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) Total Credits 17 ECO221 Intermediate Micro Economics for One Optional Course from Non-Majors (3) or PAD403 Internship (3) Level 400 ECO211 Intermediate Micro Economics (3) PAD407 Comparative Public Semester 1 Plus one Elective, two GECs and one Minor Administration (3) Core Courses Course. PAD405 Case Studies in Public Policy POL401 International Relations (3) Total Credits 19 Analysis (3) POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) Plus one Elective and one Minor course One Optional Course from Total Credits 15 POL406 Africa in World Politics (3)

210 Semester 2 Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional two GECs. Core Courses Course, one Elective and one GEC. Total Credits 16 PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public Total Credits 17 Administration (3) Semester 2 PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) Semester 2 Core Courses for Minor One Optional Course from Core Courses for Minor PAD202 Public Administration in PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Botswana (3) PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional PAD412 Research Project in Public Course, one Elective and one GEC. Course, one Administration (3) Total Credits 17 Elective and one GEC. Plus one Elective, one GEC and one Minor Total Credits 17 course Level 400 Total Credits 17 Semester 1 Level 300 Core Courses for Minor Semester 1 POL401 International Relations (3) Core Courses for Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (3) OR: 5.8 Bachelor of Social Science Course, one Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Degree Programme: Minor Political Elective and one GEC. Course, one Science + Major in Other Subject Total Credits 17 Elective and one GEC. Total Credits 17 Level 100 Semester 2 Semester 1 Core Courses for Minor Semester 2 Core Courses for Minor POL405 Comparative Politics (3) Core Courses for Minor POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional PAD307 Human Resource Management (3) STA111 Basic Statistics (3) Course, one Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Plus two Major Core Courses (6), and two GECs. Elective and one GEC. Course and two GECs. Total Credits 16 Total Credits 17 Total Credits 16

Semester 2 5.9 Bachelor of Social Science Level 400 Core Courses for Minor Degree Programme: Minor in Semester 1 POL102 The Modern State (3) Public Administration + Major in Core Courses for Minor STA 112 Statistical Tools for Social Other Subject. PAD401 Development Administration (4) Research (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and Level 100 Course and one Elective. two GECs. Semester 1 Total Credits 18 Total Credits 16 Core Courses for Minor PAD101 Introduction to Public Semester 2 Level 200 Administration (3) Core Courses for Minor Semester 1 STA 111 Basic Statistics (3) PAD406 Ethics & Public Management (3) OR: Core Courses for Minor Plus two Major Core Courses, and two GECs. PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public POL201 Botswana Politics (3) Total Credits= 16 Administration Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional two GECs. Semester 2 Course, one Elective and one GEC. Total Credits 16 Core Courses for Minor Total Credits 17 PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public Semester (2) Administration (3) DEPARTMENT OF POPULATION Core Courses for Minor STA112 Statistical Tools for Social STUDIES POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) Research (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Optional Plus two Major Core Courses, and two GECs. Diploma in Population Studies Course, one Elective and one GEC. Total Credits= 16 Total Credits 17 Special Regulations for Diploma in Popula- Level 200 tion Studies Level 300 Semester 1 Subject to the provisions of the Academic Gen- Semester 1 Core Courses for Minor eral Regulations 000 and 100, and the Faculty of Core Courses for Minor PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) Social Sciences Special Regulations, the follow- POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) Plus two Major Core Courses, one Elective and ing Special Regulations shall apply:

211 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Entrance Requirements POP202 Introduction to Population and Duration of the Programme The normal requirement for entrance into Di- Developments (3 credits) The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts De- ploma in Population Studies shall be: POP206 Population Policy of Botswana gree in Population Studies Programme shall be 8 (3 credits) to 10 semesters of full-time study. a) A minimum of 3 credits (one of which is Math- General Education Courses (6 credits) Level 100 ematics) in the Botswana General Certificate of Semester 1 Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent; Semester 4 Core courses (9 credits) or: Core Courses (3 credits) POP120 Introduction to Substantive b) A GPA of at least 2.0 at the Certificate in Civil POP203 Demographic Data Analysis and Demography (3 credits) Registration and Population Dynamics of this Report Writing (3 credits) STA101 Mathematics for Business and Social University or its equivalent; Optional courses (3 credits) Sciences (3 credits) Select one from the following: STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3 credits) Duration of the Programme POP204 Reproductive Health and Family The normal duration of the Diploma in Popula- Planning (3 credits) Semester 2 tion Studies Programme shall be 4 to 6 semesters POP205 Demography of Southern Africa Core courses (6 credits) on a full-time basis or 8 to 12 semesters on a (3 credits) POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and part-time basis. Elective courses (6 credits) Technical Demography (3 credits) General Education courses (3 credits). STA102 Mathematics for Business and Social Programme Structure Sciences (3 credits) The curriculum and methods of assessment shall It is recommended that all Diploma students General Education courses (8 credits) be as follows: take POP202: Introduction to Population and Development. Level 200 Level 100 Semester 3 Semester 1 Assessment Core courses (6 credits) Core courses (6 credits) Each course shall be evaluated by a combination POP220 History of Fertility, Mortality and POP120 Introduction to Substantive of continuous assessment and final examination Migration (3 credits) Demography (3 credits) or semester paper in the ratio of 2:3. POP221 Theories of Fertility, Mortality and STA116 Introduction to Statistics (3 credits) Migration (3 credits) Elective courses (6 credits) Award of Diploma General Education courses (3 credits) In order to be awarded the Diploma, a student Students entering the degree programme after must have completed a minimum of 60 credits the completing of their diploma should take Students planning to enter a degree programme and have a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0. STA101 as well if the course was not taken dur- after the completing of their Diploma should ing the diploma studies. take STA101 as well. Bachelor of Arts Degree Special Regulations for the Major/Major Semester 4 Semester 2 Programme in Population Studies Core courses (6 credits) Core courses (6 credits) Subject to the provisions of the Academic Gen- POP222 Demography of Botswana (3 credits) POP121 Introduction to Epidemiology and eral Regulations 000 and 200, the following Spe- POP223 Demographic Techniques (3 credits) Technical Demography (3 credits) cial Regulations shall apply: Optional courses (3 credits) POP110 Elements of Research Methods (3 Select one from the following: credits) Entrance Requirements POP224 Demographic Aspects of the Elective courses (6 credits) The normal requirement for entrance into the LabourForce (3 credits) General Education courses (3 credits) Bachelor’s Degree in Population Studies Pro- POP225 Demographic Aspects of the HIV/ Students planning to enter a degree programme gramme shall be: AIDS Epidemic (3 credits) after the completing of their Diploma should Elective courses (3 credits) take STA102 as well. a) A minimum of 5 credits (one of which is Math- General Education courses (3 credits) ematics) in the Botswana General Certificate of Level 200 Secondary Education (BGCSE) or its equivalent; Students entering the degree programme after Semester 3 Or: the completing of their diploma should take Core courses (6 credits) b) A GPA of at least 2.0 in the Diploma in Popu- STA102 as well if the course was not taken dur- POP200 Methods of Demographic Analysis (3 lation Studies of this University or its equiva- ing the diploma studies. credits) lent; Other qualifications for entrance to the POP201 Computing for Demographers (3 Bachelor’s Degree in Population Studies may be credits) accepted on their own merit as alternatives as Optional courses (3credits) shown by the General Regulation 00.052. Select from the following:

212 Level 300 00.9. 2.4 Programme Structure Semester 5 Level 100 Core course (6 credits) General Education Courses offered by the De- Semester 1 POP300 Sources, Evaluation, Adjustment and partment. Core Courses Analysis of Demographic Data Semester 1 & 2 STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3) (3 credits) GEC 372 Migration and Globalisation (2) STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (3) POP302 Research Methods (3 credits) GEC278 Population and Society (2) PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Optional course (3 credits) *) or equivalent course POP304 Inter-relationships of Fertility, DEPARTMENT OF Mortality and Migration (3 credits) PSYCHOLOGY Semester 2 Core Courses Semester 6 Programmes PSY102 Biological Basis of Human Core courses (6 credits) The Department offers two degree programmes Behaviour (3) POP301 Computer Applications in Population at undergraduate level: Analysis (3 credits) i) Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences degree Level 200 Optional courses (3 credits) with Psychology as Combined Major (Major/Ma- Combined Major students are expected to enroll Select from the following: jor) and in at least two psychology courses per Semes- POP303 Migration, Urbanisation and ii) Bachelor of Psychology degree, which is a ter. Development (3 credits) semi-professional programme. POP305 Population Policies and Programmes 2.0 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences with Psy- (3 credits) chology as Combined Major General Education courses (4 credits) Semester 3 2.1 Aims of the Programme Core Courses Level 400 The main aim of a Bachelor’s programme with PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) Semester 7 Psychology as a Combined Major is to introduce Core courses (9 credits) students to the discipline of psychology and Optional Courses POP400 Integrating Population Variables into provide them with basic knowledge about major PSY202 Social Psychology (3) Development Planning (3 credits) substantive areas of research in psychology. PSY203 Developmental Psychology of POP401 Research Paper (3 credits) Childhood and Adolescence (3) POP402 Indirect Estimation Techniques 2.2 Entrance Requirement PSY204 History and Philosophy of (3 credits) Subject to provisions of General Academic Reg- Psychology (3) ulations 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall be Semester 8 required for applicants intending to enroll for Semester 4 Optional courses (6 credits) Psychology as a Combined Major. Core Courses Select from the following: PSY208 Statistics for Psychology I (3) POP403 Population, Development and 2.3 General Provisions. Environment (3 credits) 2.3.1 Psychology as a Combined Major shall Optional Courses POP404 Gender, Reproductive Health and consist of an eight semester programme and PSY206 Developmental Psychology of Development (3 credits) with core and optional psychology courses. Adulthood and Old Age (3) POP405 Demographic Dimensions of Poverty 2.3.2 Subject to special regulations of pro- PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour (3 credits) grammes in other departments, students may Relations (3) POP406 Demographic Aspects of Ageing pursue a combined major in psychology and any (3 credits) other major of their choice. Level 300 POP407 Demographics (3 credits) 2.3.3 Students who enroll for psychology as For the Combined Major, all but one Level 300 Elective courses (2 credits) part of a combined degree (major/major) shall psychology courses are optional in order to en- General Education courses (2 credits) be expected to combine courses from psychol- able the student flexibility in his/her choice of ogy and the second subject in the ratio of 50:50 courses. Level 300 Combined Major students are Assessment (major/major). expected to enroll in at least two psychology Each course shall be evaluated by a combination 2.3.4 Students at any level of their university courses per Semester. of continuous assessment and final examination studies may be allowed to enroll in a psychology or semester paper in the ratio of 2:3. course at another level with the permission of Semester 5 the Head of Department. Optional Courses Progression PSY302 Psychological Testing and In order to proceed from one semester to the Psychometrics (3) next, a student must obtain a Cumulative GPA PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) that is in accordance with General Regulation PSY304 Health Psychology (3)

213 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

PSY305 Organisational and Personnel 3.2 Entrance Requirement *) or equivalent course Psychology (3) Subject to provisions of General Academic Reg- ulations 20.2, a credit in Mathematics shall be Semester 2 Semester 6 required for applicants intending to enroll for a Core Courses Core Courses B.Psych. degree. PSY102 Biological Basis of Human PSY311 Research Methods in Psychology (3) Behaviour (3) 3.3 General Provisions Optional Courses 3.3.1 The B.Psych. degree shall consist of an Level 200 PSY309 Human Factors in the Work eight-semester programme. Semester 3 Environment (3) 3.3.2 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. Core Courses PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) degree shall take a minimum of 87 credits in psy- PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) chology courses (consisting of 54 credits in core PSY202 Social Psychology (3) Level 400 and 15 credits in optional psychology courses For the Combined Major, all Level 400 psychol- and 18 credits in the internship), 6 credits from Optional Courses ogy courses are optional in order to enable the core Mathematics and Statistics courses, and (students choose at least one) student flexibility in his/her choice of courses. 20 credits from General Education Courses. Re- PSY203 Developmental Psychology of Level 400 Combined Major students are expect- quired credits from another subject taken during Childhood and Adolescence (3) ed to enroll in at least two psychology courses Level 100 and Level 200 shall be determined by PSY204 History and Philosophy of per Semester. this other subject. Psychology (3) 3.3.2.1 The core and optional psychology cours- es shall consist of 6 credits at Level 100, 12 cred- Semester 7 its at Level 200, 24 credits at Level 300 and 33 Semester 4 credits at Level 400. Core Courses Optional Courses 3.3.2.2 B.Psych. students at any level of their PSY208 Statistics for Psychology I (3) PSY406 Psychological Challenges of university studies may be allowed to enroll in a HIV/AIDS (3) psychology course at another level with the per- Optional Courses PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) mission of the Head of Department. (students choose at least one) PSY409 Sensation and Perception (3) 3.3.2.3 A student who intends to pursue a PSY206 Developmental Psychology of B.Psych. degree shall enroll in a Bachelor’s pro- Adulthood and Old Age (3) Semester 8 gramme of any faculty at Level 100 and Level PSY207 Psychology of Work and Labour 200 and study psychology together with another Relations (3) Optional Courses major subject. PSY410 Applied Psychology (3) 3.3.2.4 Students shall normally be selected for Level 300 PSY411 Psychopathology (3) the B.Psych. programme after completing Level Semester 5 PSY412 Research Project (3) 200 to start the programme at Level 300 (fifth Core Courses semester). PSY301 Abnormal Psychology I (3) 2.5 Assessment 3.3.2.5 Students who are not selected for the PSY302 Psychological Testing and Assessment of psychology courses shall be based B.Psych. programme may continue with psychol- Psychometrics (3) on any one or combinations of the following: ogy as a Combined Major. PSY303 Cognition and Learning (3) tests, assignments, written examinations, oral 3.3.2.6 The B.Psych. programme shall consist examinations as approved by the Department. of core and optional psychology courses that Optional Courses include lectures, seminars, laboratory work and (students choose at least one) 3.0 Bachelor of Psychology (B.Psych.) supervised practical work and a research project PSY304 Health Psychology (3) Programme based on empirical data. PSY305 Organisational and Personnel 3.3.2.7 The B.Psych. programme shall include Psychology (3) 3.1 Objectives of the Programme a supervised internship undertaken over six Students who graduate with a Bachelor of months with a minimum of 960 hours practical Semester 6 Psychology (B.Psych.) degree shall be qualified experience. Core Courses to work as semi-professionals in the field of PSY306 Counselling I (3) psychology, more specifically as “psychological 3.4 Programme Structure PSY307 Psychological Assessment (3) counsellors”. In order to become full professional Level 100 PSY311 Research Methods in Psychology (3) psychologists, graduates would, however, require Semester 1 post-graduate training in Psychology on either Core Courses Optional Courses Masters or Doctorate level that provides course- STA101*) Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3) (students choose at least one) work and internship. STA116*) Introduction to Statistics (3) PSY309 Human Factors in the Work PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Environment (3)

214 PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) 3.6 Special Departmental Regulation DEPARTMENT OF Subject to provisions of the General Examination SOCIAL WORK Level 400 Regulations, admission to an examination of a Semester 7 course that contains essential practical compo- Diploma in Social Work (DSW) Core Courses nents (e.g. PSY305, PSY306, PSY403, PSY404 and Programme PSY401 Research Project (3) PSY405) shall be subject to or given if a student PSY402 Abnormal Psychology II (3) has achieved a class attendance of at least 80% Entry Requirements PSY403 Counselling II (3) and a continuous assessment mark of at least Subject to the General Regulations 200 and the 50%. Students who fail to achieve the required Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social Sci- Optional courses minimum class attendance or continuous as- ences, the following Special Regulations of the (students choose at least two courses) sessment mark in courses with an essential prac- Department of Social Work shall apply: PSY404*) Psychotherapy (3) tical component may be permitted to repeat the The normal minimum requirement is a BGCSE PSY405**) Training and Human Resource course only once. with credit in English or a Certificate in - So Development (3) cial Work from this University or an equivalent PSY406 Psychological Challenges of 3.7 Progression from Level to Level qualification. Students shall be subject to the HIV/AIDS (3) 3.7.1 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. guidelines and regulations of the Department’s PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) degree must achieve an average of at least 60% Fieldwork Manual. *) This course is recommended to students who (Grade Point 3.0) in all core psychology courses wish to pursue a career in the field of clinical at Level 100. DSW Programme Structure and Content psychology. **) This course is recommended to 3.7.2 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. The Diploma in Social Work (DSW) programme students who wish to pursue a career in the field degree must achieve an average of at least 60% has a total of 72 to 74 credits. of industrial psychology. (Grade Point 3.0) in all core psychology courses at Level 200. Level 100 Semester 8 3.7.3 A student who intends to pursue a B.Psych. Semester 1 Core Course degree may be permitted to register for the pro- DSW100 Introduction to Social Work and its PSY408 Internship* (18 credits) gramme only at Level 300 but not before. Literature (3) The internship shall start with the first week of 3.7.3.1 The intake into the B.Psych. programme DSW101 Social Work with Communities and Semester VIII and continue for at least eight at Level 300 shall be based on academic merit Groups (3) weeks in the Winter vacation. and restricted to a specifi ed number of students DSW102 Social Services in Botswana (2) per annum. The number of students selected into DSW103 Social Work with Youth (3) 3.5 Assessment the B.Psych. programme shall be determined by DSW104 Social Work in Health Services (3) 3.5.1 Assessment of psychology courses shall be the Department from time to time. GEC 111 Communication and Study Skills 1 (2) based on any one or combinations of the follow- 3.7.3.2 The criteria for selection into the B.Psych. GEC121 Computing and Information Skills ing: tests, assignments, written examinations, programme shall take into consideration aca- Fundamentals 1 (2) oral examinations, practical examinations as ap- demic performance, performance in a selection proved by the Department. interview and the number of spaces available for Semester 2 3.5.2 Assessment of the performance on the practical training. SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) internship shall consist of an evaluation of the 3.7.3.3 A student who does not meet the re- DSW105 Social Work with Families and intern according to criteria set by the Depart- quirements for the B.Psych. programme may be Children (3) ment. permitted to continue his/her studies with psy- DSW106 Psychology for Social Work (3) 3.5.2.1 A student who fails the internship shall chology as a combined major. DSW107 Social Work and Disabilities (3) be permitted to repeat the internship DSW108 Interpersonal Communication (3) only once. 3.8 Award of the Degree STA111 Elementary Statistics (2) 3.5.2.2 A student who, for a good reason, fails In order to be awarded the B.Psych. degree, a GEC112 Communication and Study Skills 2 (2) to complete the internship may be awarded an student must meet the requirements of the GEC122 Computing and Information Skills “I” (incomplete) grade and may, with the consent Academic General Regulations, Faculty and Fundamentals II (3) of the Head of Department and the Dean of the Departmental Special Regulations and obtain Faculty, be allowed an additional period, not ex- a minimum of Grade Point of 3.0 (60%) in the Level 200 ceeding ten weeks, to complete the work. internship. Semester 1 3.5.3 A student who fails the B.Psych. require- SWF200 Fieldwork (Block Placement) (3) ments may be permitted to continue his/her psy- SWF201 Fieldwork and Professional chology studies as a combined major. Development (3) DSW200 Introduction to Counselling in Social Work (3) DSW201 Introduction to Social Policy (2) DSW202 Selected Issues in Social Work (2)

215 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

DSW205 Probation (3) centre. DYD103 Principles and Practice of Youth in General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 cred- Development Work its) Programme Structure and Content GEC111 Communication and Study Skills 1 Structure GEC121 Computing and Information Skills NB: SWF200 is a 12-week block placement in so- The programme will last for a minimum of four Fundamentals 1 cial welfare agencies that takes place during the semesters and a maximum of eight semesters. It DYD106 Learning Processes long vacation between Levels 1 and 2. is comprised of core courses and the University’s General Education Courses. Students are expect- Semester 2 Semester 2 ed to cover a total of 65 credits. DYD104 Working with People in their DSW203 AIDS and Home Based Care (3) Communities DSW204 Social Work and Social Content DYD 105 Gender and Development Development (3) Level 100 DYD 107 Management Skills DSW206 Management and Supervision in the Semester 1 GEC 112 Communication and Study Skills 2 Human Services (3) DYD 101 (3) GEC 122 Computing and Information Skills DSW207 Culture, Change and Social Work in DYD 102 (3) Fundamentals 2 Botswana (3) DYD 103 (3) DSW 106 Psychology for Social Work SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) GEC 111 (2) NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or an GEC 121(2) Level 200 Elective course. DYD 106 (3) Semester 1 GEC/Elective Credits: 16 DYD 208 Project Planning, Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation Assessment Level 100 DYD 209 Policy, Planning and Implementation Assessment shall be as per General Academic Semester 2 DYD 210 Conflict Resolution and Management Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also DYD 104 (3) Skills be stated in each course outline. DYD105 (3) GEC/Gender DYD 211 Promoting Enterprise and Economic DYD 107 (3) Development Progression from Semester to Semester CSS 112 (2) DYD 212 Youth and Health Progression from one semester to the next shall GEC 122 (2) DYD 213 Sustainable Development and be as per General Academic Regulations 00.9. DSW 106 (3) Environmental Issues Award of the Diploma 16 Credits Semester 2 The award of the Diploma shall be as per General DYD 214 Proposal Development Regulations 00.852. Level 200 DYD 215 Statistics for Development Workers Semester 1 BNS 101 HIV/AIDS Education, Prevention and Diploma in Youth in Development DYD 208 (3) Control Work (DYD) DYD 209 (3) DYD 216 Youth in Especially Difficult DYD 210 (3) Circumstances Entry Requirements DYD 211 (3) DSW 200 Introduction to Counselling in The normal minimum requirement is a BGCSE, DYD 212 (3) Social Work six credits with Credit in English or a Certificate DYD 213 (3) in Adult Education or Social Work from this Uni- 18 credits Assessment versity or an equivalent qualification in related Students will be assessed through written as- areas. [Preference will be given to students who Level 200 signments, supervised tests, projects, and, at hold such qualifications]. Applicants with Certifi- Semester 2 the end of each semester, examinations. The cate in Adult Education or Social Work from this DYD 214 (3) assignments to be done will be provided in the University or an equivalent qualification in relat- DYD 215 (3) Students’ Information and Assignment Booklet. ed areas may be exempted from certain courses. DYD 216 (4) The ratio between continuous assessment and BNS101(2) HIV/AIDS formal examination shall be 1:1, where the CA Mode of Delivery DSW 200 (3) may constitute 50% [which may include As- As is the case with current UB distance educa- 15 credits(TOTAL- 65) signments, Supervised Tests, and Projects] and tion programmes, teaching will be done prima- Examination, 50%. rily through printed course modules. Other pos- Course Listings sible future additions are audio and video tapes, Level 100 Award of a Diploma web-based instruction, e-mail interactions, etc. Semester 1 Subject to General regulation 00.85, to be award- Additional face-to-face tutorial support will be DYD101 Commonwealth Values in Youth in ed a Diploma in Youth in Development Work, a provided in designated centres, but with the Uni- Development Work student must successfully complete a minimum versity of Botswana serving as the initial tutorial DYD102 Young People and Society of 65 credits.

216 ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) credits each) Bachelor of Social Work LAW151 Social Work and Law (4) *GEC (2-3 credits) Programme General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 cred- its) Semester 2 Entry Requirements SWF401 Integrative Fieldwork Practice (3) Subject to the General Regulations 200 and the Semester 1 (Direct Entry) Students shall take two of the following Special Regulations of the Faculty of Social Sci- BSW201 Introduction to Working with BSW407 Seminar (3) ences, the following Special Regulations of the Families and Individuals (3) BSW408 Seminar (3) Department of Social Work shall apply: POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) BSW409 Seminar (3) LAW151 Social Work and Law (4) BSW410 Seminar (3) 1. The normal minimum requirement for entry STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) or: into the Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) Pro- ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3) BSW415 Research Project II (3, 1 seminar) gramme is a credit in Mathematics. *GEC (2-3 credits) General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 *GEC (2-3 credits) credits each) 2. Students shall be subject to the guidelines NB: Direct entry students are exempted from *GEC (2-3 credits) and regulations of the Department’s Fieldwork BSW200. * NB: A student can choose to take a GEC or an Manual. Elective course. 3. Applicants with a Diploma in Social Work Semester 2 NB: Students with a minimum of a B average from this University or an equivalent qualifica- SWF101 Orientation to Fieldwork (1) can choose BSW406 and BSW415 in place of tion with a minimum grade of a credit shall be BSW202 Social Policy (3) one seminar in Semester 1 and one seminar in eligible for entry at Level 2 of the first semester BSW203 Social Work and Mental Health (3) Semester 2. of the second year of the BSW Programme. BSW204 Theory and Social Work Practice (3) NB: SWF300 and SWF400 are 9-week fieldwork BSW205 Introduction to Group Work (3) placements in social welfare agencies that take BSW Programme Structure and Content STA112 Statistical Tools for Social place during the long vacation between Levels 2 The BSW programme has a total of 129-137 Research (3) and 3 and Levels 3 and 4 respectively. credits. Level 300 Assessment Level 100 Semester 1 Assessment shall be as per General Academic Semester 1 SWF300 Fieldwork I (Block Placement) (3) Regulations 00.8. Assessment criteria shall also BSW100 Reading and Writing in Social SWF301 Reflective Practice on Fieldwork (2) be stated in each course outline. Work (2) BSW301 Administration and Change in the BSW101 Introduction to Psychology (3) Social Services (3) Progression from Semester to Semester POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) BSW302 Counselling (3) Progression from one semester to the next shall LAW151 Social Work and Law (3) BSW303 Social Work Practice with AIDS (3) be as per General Academic Regulations 00.9. SOC121 Introduction to Sociological *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3) Concepts and Principles (3) Semester 2 Award of the Degree GEC111 Communication Skills II (2) SWF302 Fieldwork Practice, Culture and Social The award of the Degree shall be as per General GEC121 Computing and Information Skills Work (2) Regulations 00.852. Fundamentals I (2) BSW305 Community with Practice (3) BSW306 Research in Social Work (3) Semester 2 BSW307 Social Service Planning (3) DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY BSW102 Oral Communication (3) *General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 cred- BSW103 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) its) Diploma Programme in Criminal BSW104 Introduction to Social Work (3) Justice Studies SWF102 Helping in the Community– Level 400 Fieldwork Experience (3) Semester 1 Entry Requirements GEC112 Communication Skills II (2) SWF400 Fieldwork II (Block Placement) (3) The normal Entry Requirements shall be as stipu- GEC122 Computing and Information Skills SWF402 Linking Theory and Fieldwork (2) lated in General 10.2 Fundamentals II (3) BSW401 Supervision in Social Work (3) Students shall take one of the following Duration Level 200 BSW402 Seminar (3) The normal duration for the Diploma in Criminal Semester 1 (Regular) BSW403 Seminar (3) Justice Studies programme shall be four (4) se- BSW200 Introduction to Community Work (3) BSW404 Seminar (3) mesters on a full-time basis. BSW201 Introduction to Working with BSW405 Seminar (3) or: Families and Individuals (3) BSW406 Research Project I (3) Programme Structure STA111 Elementary Statistics (3) General Education Course/Elective (2 or 3 The Diploma in Criminal Justice Studies shall

217 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

consist of levels 100 and 200 core and optional Semester 2 Requirements for the Single Major Degree in courses, General Education Courses (GECs) and Core Courses Sociology electives in other subject areas offered at com- SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) Only students with a cumulative GPA of at least parable levels. A student wishing to graduate 3.5 (B-) for all Sociology courses taken during with the Diploma in Criminal Justice Studies Optional Courses the first and second years of their studies will shall take and pass the following courses: Any two of the following courses: be invited to pursue a single major degree i Soci- SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) ology. A student pursuing a single major degree Level 100 SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) in Sociology must take and pass the following Semester 1 LAW235 Specific Offences in Criminal Law (3) Sociology courses: Core Courses Electives (3) GEC (3) SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Level 100 Concepts and Principles (3) Assessment Semester 1 LAW101 Introduction to the Legal System (3) Performance in each course shall be evalu- Core Courses ated by the combination of continuous assess- SOC121 Introduction to Sociological Optional Courses ment scores (CAS) and final examination marks; Concepts and Principles (3) SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern each contributing 50 percent to the final grade STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or Society awarded. The final examination in every course Equivalent course(s) approved by the LAW102 Criminal Law in Botswana will normally be not less than two hours. Semi- Department Electives (3) nars, internships and research projects will be Optional Courses GEC (3) assessed through assignments, term papers and Any one of the following courses: (research) reports. SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Semester 2 SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern Core Courses Progression from one Semester to another Society (3) SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) Semester Electives (3) Optional Courses Progression from one Semester to the next shall GEC (4) Any two of the following courses: be as per General Regulation 00.9 SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) Semester 2 SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural Award of Diploma Anthropology (3) The award of the Diploma shall be as per General Optional Courses SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) Regulation 00.852 Any one of the following courses: SOC133 The History of Punishment in SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) Botswana (3) Degree Programme in Sociology SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural Electives (3) Anthropology (3) GEC (3) Entry Requirement SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) The normal Entry Requirements shall be as stipu- SOC133 The History of Punishment in Level 200 lated in General 20.2 Botswana (3) Semester 1 Electives (3) Core Courses Duration of Programme GEC (4) SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts Research (3) Degree in Sociology shall be eight (8) semesters Level 200 LAW207 Advanced Criminal Litigation (3) on a full-time basis. Students who are granted Semester 1 exemptions under the Departmental regulations Core Courses Optional Courses may be able to complete the programme in a SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Any two of the following courses: shorter period of time. Theory (3) SOC227 Criminal Justice Internship (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Programme Structure Optional Courses Africa (3) The Department offers Sociology as a subject in Any one of the following courses: SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice the following Programmes: SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Process (3) Africa (3) LAW211 Local Government Law in 1.Single Major Programme leading to the award SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Botswana (3) of Bachelor of Arts Degree (Sociology) SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) Electives (3) 2.Combined Major/Major Programme leading to SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice GEC (3) the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree System (3) 3.Combined Major/Minor (with Sociology as Mi- Electives (3) nor) Programme leading to the award of Bach- GEC (4) elor of Arts Degree.

218 Semester 2 Any one of the following courses: Electives (3) Core Courses SOC428 Family and Kinship (3) GEC (4) SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) Research (3) SOC434 Social Movements (3) Level 200 SOC432 Work and Occupations (3) Semester 1 Optional Courses SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Core Courses Any one of the following courses: Electives (3) SOC224 Introduction to Sociological SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) Theory (3) SOC233 Families and Households (3) Semester 2 SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Core Courses Optional Courses Societies (3) SOC421 Contemporary Sociological Any one of the following courses: SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) Theories (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) SOC422 Research Project (6) Africa (3) STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Electives (3) SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) GEC (5) Optional Courses SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice Any one of the following courses: System (3) Level 300 SOC438 The Medical Prof and Allied Electives (3) Semester 1 Occupations (3) GEC (4) Core Courses SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) SOC443 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) Semester 2 SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) SOC444 Contemporary Research in Core Courses Criminology (3) SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social Optional Courses Electives (3) Research (3) Any two of the following courses: SOC328 Comparative Social Institutions (3) Requirements for a Combined Major/Major Optional Courses SOC329 Urban Sociology (3) Degree Any one of the following courses: SOC331 Industry and Society (3) A student intending to pursue a double major SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) degree with Sociology as a major subject must SOC233 Families and Households (3) SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3) take and pass the following Sociology courses: SOC241 Social Structure of S. African Electives (3) Level 100 Societies (3) GEC (3) Semester 1 SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) Core Courses SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) Semester 2 SOC121 Introduction to Sociological STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) Core Courses Concepts and Principles (3) Electives (3) SOC341 Qualitative Research Methods (3) STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or GEC (5) Equivalent course(s) approved by the Optional Courses Department Level 300 Any four of the following courses: Semester 1 SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) Optional Courses Core Courses SOC326 Race and Ethnicity (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) SOC327 Political Sociology (3) SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) SOC332 Traditional and Alt Medical SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern Systems (3) Society (3) Optional Courses SOC335 Rural Sociology (3) Electives (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC343 Advanced Criminological Theories (3) GEC (4) SOC328 Comparative Social Institutions (3) Electives (3) SOC329 Urban Sociology (3) Semester 2 SOC331 Industry and Society (3) Level 400 Optional Courses SOC334 Sociology of Development (3) Semester 1 Any one of the following courses: SOC342 Crime and Victimization (3) Core Courses SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) SOC424: African Social Thought (3) SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural SOC436: Micro Sociological Theories (3) Anthropology (3) SOC441: Research Proposal (3) SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) SOC133 The History of Punishment in Optional Courses Botswana (3)

219 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Semester 2 Concepts and Principles (3) STA241 Statistical Analysis (3) Core Courses STA111 Elementary Statistics (3); or Electives (3) SOC341 Qualitative Research Methods (3) Equivalent course(s) approved by the GEC (5) Department Optional Courses Level 300 Any two of the following courses: Optional Courses Semester 1 SOC324 Sociology of Gender (3) Any one of the following courses: Core Courses SOC326 Race and Ethnicity (3) SOC125 Theories of Deviance and Crime (3) SOC322 Classical Sociological Theories (3) SOC327 Political Sociology (3) SOC130 Crime and Punishment in Modern SOC339 Quantitative Research Methods (3) SOC332 Traditional and Alt Medical Society (3) Systems (3) Electives (3) Level 400 SOC335 Rural Sociology (3) GEC (4) Semester 1 SOC343 Advanced Criminological Theories (3) Core Courses Semester 2 SOC441 Research Proposal (3) Level 400 Semester 1 Optional Courses Semester 2 Core Courses Any one of the following courses: Core Courses SOC441 Research Proposal (3) SOC122 The Social Structure of Society (3) SOC421 Contemporary Sociological SOC123 Introduction to Social and Cultural Theories (3) Optional Courses Anthropology (3) SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) Any two of the following courses: SOC127 Introduction to Penology (3) Assessment SOC133 The History of Punishment in Performance shall be evaluated by the combina- SOC424 African Social Thought (3) Botswana (3) tion of continuous assessment scores (CAS) and SOC428 Family and Kinship (3) Electives (3) final examination marks; each contributing 50 SOC431 Sociology of Law (3) GEC (4) percent to the final grade awarded. Seminars, in- SOC432 Work and Occupations (3) ternships and research projects will be assessed SOC434 Social Movements (3) Level 200 through assignments, term papers and research SOC436 Micro Sociological Theories (3) Semester 1 reports. SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Core Courses SOC224 Introduction to Sociological Progression from one Semester to another Semester 2 Theory (3) Semester Core Courses Progression from one Semester to the next shall SOC421 Contemporary Sociological Optional Courses be as per General Regulation 00.9 Theories (3) Any one of the following courses: SOC442 Data Analysis and Report Writing (3) SOC234 Social Problems in Southern Award of Degree Africa (3) The award of the degree shall be as per General Optional Courses SOC236 Social Inequality (3) Regulation 00.852 Any one of the following courses: SOC242 Concepts of Health and Illness (3) SOC245 Gender and the Criminal Justice SOC438 The Medical Prof and Allied System (3) DEPARTMENT OF STATISTICS Occupations (3) Electives (3) SOC439 Special Topics in Sociology (3) GEC (4) Diploma in Statistics Programme SOC443 Sentencing Theory and Practice (3) SOC444 Contemporary Research in Semester 2 Special Regulations for the Diploma in Sta- Criminology (3) Core Courses tistics Programme SOC226 Concepts and Principles of Social Re- Subject to the General Academic Regulations Requirements for a Combined Major/Minor search (3) 000 and 100, the following Special Departmental [Sociology Minor] Regulations shall apply: A student intending to pursue a degree with So- Optional Courses ciology as a minor subject must take and pass Any one of the following courses: 1.2 Direct Entry into the Diploma the following Sociology courses: SOC225 Sociology of Policing (3) Programme SOC233 Families and Households (3) Students possessing an Ordinary Level pass with Level 100 SOC241 Social Structure of S. African grade C or better in Mathematics, or an addition- Semester 1 Societies (3) al Mathematics paper are eligible for direct en- Core Courses SOC243 Crime and Social Justice (3) try admission to the Diploma Programme; those SOC121 Introduction to Sociological SOC246 Communities and Crime (3) who have a credit of C or better in the extended

220 Mathematics option for BGCSE are also eligible Experiments (3) tistics Examination of this University or who pos- for admission. STA391 Field Survey (3) sess the equivalent qualification can be admitted MAT222 Calculus II (3) to Semester 5 of the Programme. 1.3 Duration of the Programme The normal duration of the Programme is 4 se- Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) Duration of the Programme mesters on a full-time basis carrying a minimum The normal duration for the Bachelor of Arts De- of 65 accumulated credits for required courses. Semester 1 gree in Statistics Programme shall be 8 semesters MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3,) on a full-time basis. Students, who were granted 1.4 Programme Structure Level 200 Economics Course (3,) exemption under the Departmental Regulations, The core Programme comprises 10 courses Level 200 Population or Environmental Science may be able to complete the Programme in a in Statistics, 4 courses in Mathematics and 2 Course (3, Sem 2) shorter period of time. courses in Economics, totaling 49 credits. In ad- dition, there are 2 optional/elective courses with General Education Courses Programme Structure 6 credits and 5 General Education Courses with One GEC course at 200 level (2 credits). 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics part of 10 credits. Students can take electives from other the Programme requires 10 core courses in Sta- related disciplines. The Statistics component of Assessment tistics totaling 29 credits, normally taken during the programme is listed below: Each course shall be assessed through continu- the first 4 semesters. In addition courses from ous assessment and a final examination at the the other major as well as electives and General 1.5 Core Courses end of the semester as per Departmental Regu- Education Courses are required as per Faculty Level 100 lations. The final written examination normally Regulations. Core courses are listed in Sections STA113 Basic Statistics (3, Sem 1) shall be of 2 hour duration. The weighting for 1.4.1, 1.4.2 and 1.4.3. MAT111 Introductory Concepts of continuous assessment to examination shall be 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part of Mathematics I (4, Sem 1) in the ratio of 1:2, unless otherwise specified. the Programme consists of 8 core courses in Sta- ECO111 Basic Microeconomics (3, Sem 1) tistics totaling 24 credits normally taken in Se- STA121 Elements of probability (2, Sem 2) Award of Diploma mester 5 and upwards. In addition, students are STA241 Statistical Data Analysis (3, Sem 2) A student shall be eligible for the award of the required to take 12 credits of optional courses MAT112 Introductory Concepts of Diploma in Statistics after completing a and 4 credits of General Education Courses. Core mathematics II (4, Sem 2) minimum of 65 credits for courses specified in and optional courses are given in Sections 1.4.1, ECO112 Basic Macroeconomics (3, Sem 2) section 7.3. 1.4.2, and 1.4.3.

Elective Courses Classification of the Diploma Assessment Semester 1: A 200 Level course from Populations The award of the Diploma shall be classified as Normally the assessment for any course is based Studies/Environmental Science or any other re- Distinction, Merit, Credit or Pass, according to on the continuous assessment and the final ex- lated discipline (3, sem1) the GPA as per General Regulation 10.4. amination in the ratio of 1:2, unless otherwise Semester 2: A 200 Levelcourse from Populations specified. Studies/Environmental Science or any other re- Undergraduate Programmes lated discipline (3 sem2) The Department offers Statistics as a subject in Award of Bachelor of Arts Degree the combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in Social A student who has completed the entire core,. General Education Courses Sciences and in the Single Major Bachelor of Sci- optional, elective and General Education.Courses Semester 1 ence Degree for both the Social Sciences and Sci- as listed above shall be eligible for.the award of 1. GEC 111 Comm. & Study Skills I (2) ence students. In addition Statistics is offered as the Bachelor of ArtsCombined Degree in Statis- 2. GEC 121 Computing & Info. Skills I (2) a subject for the Combined Bachelor of Science tics. Degree in Science. For the Diploma Programme Semester 2 in Statistics see Faculty Regulation 180. Bachelor of Science in Statistics 3. GEC 112 Comm. & Study Skills II (2) Degree 4. GEC 122 Computing & Inf. Skills II (2) Special Regulations for the Undergraduate The Single Major Bachelor of Science Programme Degree Programmes can be taken by students from the Faculty of Sci- Level 200 Special Regulation for the Combined Bachelor of ence as well as students from the Faculty of So- Semester 2 Arts Degree in Statistics Subject to the General cial Sciences or any other faculty, provided they STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) Academic Regulations 00.00 and 20.00 the fol- satisfy the requirements outlined below. STA272 Statistical Computing (3) lowing Departmental Regulations shall apply: MAT221 Calculus I (3) Special Regulations for the Single Major STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) Entrance Requirements Bachelor of Science in Statistics Degree STA222 Probability I (3) 1 Entrance requirements are subject to the Fac- Subject to General Regulation 20.00 and the STA211 Statistical Methods (3) ulty General Regulations. relevant Faculty of Science Special Regulations, STA351 Analysis and Design of 2 Students who have passed the Diploma in Sta- the following Department of Statistics Special

221 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Regulations shall apply: Award of Bachelor of Science in Statistics 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Statistics part of Degree the Programme consists of 8 core courses in Sta- Entrance Requirements A student who has completed all core, optional, tistics totaling 24 credits, normally for Semester 1 Students who are admitted to the Faculty elective and General Education Course require- 5 and upwards. In addition, there are 3 optional of Science and who have passed each of the ments shall be eligible for the award of the Bach- courses in Statistics totaling 9 credits to be taken 2required Level 100 Statistics and Mathemat- elor of Science (Statistics) Degree. during the same period. Courses from the other ics courses are eligible to join the Bachelor of major electives and General Education Courses Science (Statistics) Single Major Degree Pro- Classification of Degree will supplement the Programme structure. gramme. The award shall be classified according to the 2 Students admitted to other faculties, such as GPA as per General Regulation 20.4. Assessment the Faculty of Social Sciences, who have passed Normally assessment of any course is based on each of the 2 required Level 100 Statistics and Combined Bachelor of Science the continuous assessment and the examination Mathematics courses are eligible to join the Degree in the ratio 1:2, unless specified otherwise in the Bachelor of Science (Statistics) Single Major De- The Combined Major Bachelor of Science Degree Department of Statistics Special Regulations. gree Programme. The decision as to what major Programmes are for students who take Statistics is to be taken should be made as early as pos- as a major with any other subject major from the Award of the Combined Bachelor of Science sible, preferably not later than Semester 5 of the Faculty of Science. Special Regulations for the Degree undergraduate studies. Combined Major Bachelor of Science in Statis- 1 A student who has successfully completed the 3 Students who have passed the Diploma in tics Degree The Programme will be offered under entire core, optional, elective and General Educa- Statistics examination of this University with a the General Regulations of the University, the tion Courses shall be eligible for the award of the credit or who possess equivalent qualifications Faculty of Science Special Regulations, which al- Bachelor of Science Combined Major Degree. can join at level Semester 5 of the Programme on lows Statistics as one of the subjects available to condition of Departmental recommendation. the students at Level 100, and the Department 2 Classification of Degree 4 Students who intend to join the Single Major of Statistics Special Regulations. Subject to Gen- The award shall be classified according to the- Programme are normally expected to complete eral Regulation 20.00 and the relevant Faculty GPA, as per General Regulation 20.4. the courses listed under the Department of Sta- of Science Special Regulations,the following De- tistics Special Regulation 1.3.3 before Semester partment of Statistics Special Regulations shall Level 100 5 of study. apply: Undergraduate Degree Programmes At Level 100 a student majoring in the Combined Duration of the Programme Entrance Requirements Bachelor of Arts Degree in Statistics shall take: The normal duration for the Bachelor of Science 1 The Faculty of Science students can take Statis- Degree Programme shall be 8 semesters on a tics as a Major subject combined with any other Semester 1 full-time basis. Students who join under Depart- Science subject. In order to take Statistics as a STA101 Mathematics for Social Sciences I (3) mental Special Regulation 4.6.1.3 may be able to Major the student should have passed the 2 rel- STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4,) complete the Programme in a shorter period. evant Level 100 courses in Statistics. The decision as to what major to take is to be made as early as Semester 2 Programme Structure possible, preferably not later than Semester 5. STA102 Mathematics for Social Sciences II (3) 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Programme requires 2 Students who intend to join the Bachelor of STA121 Elements of Probability (2) 11 core courses in Statistics and Mathematics to- Science Combined Major Programme in Statistics taling 37 credits, normally to be taken during the are normally expected to complete the courses Elective Courses first 4 semesters. In listed under the Department of Statistics Special Semester 2 addition students are expected to take elective Regulation 1.3.2 before Semester 5. One Course on the advice of HoD (3) and General Educations Courses as required by At Level 100 a student intending to major in their Faculty Regulations. Duration of the Programme Statistics in the Bachelor of Science Programme 2 At Levels 300 and 400, the Programme consists The normal duration for the Bachelor of Science shall take: of 15 core courses in Statistics and Mathematics Combined Major Degree in Statistics Programme totaling 48 credits that are usually taken from shall be 8 semesters on a full-time basis. Semester 1 Semester 5 upwards. In addition, there are 3 op- MAT111 Introductory Concepts of tional Statistics courses totaling 9 credits. Programme Structure Mathematics I (4) 1 At Levels 100 and 200, the Statistics component STA116 Introduction to Statistics (4) Assessment of the Combined Major requires 8 core courses in Normally assessment of any course is based on Statistics and Mathematics totaling 28 credits Semester 2 the continuous assessment and the examination normally taken during the first 4 semesters. In MAT112 Introductory Concepts of in the ratio 1:2, unless otherwise specified in the addition courses from the other major as well as Mathematics II (4, Sem 2) Departmental Special Regulations. electives and General Education Courses are re- STA122 Introductory Concepts of Probability quired as per General Academic Regulations. (4, Sem 2)

222 General Education Courses Optional Course Semester 1 Two GEC courses as required for the Faculty (2+2 1. Two 200 level courses from Math/Comp Sc/ STA361 Time Series Analysis (3, Sem 1) credits) in semester one. Econ/ Pop.Studies/Env. Science (3+3 credit) STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3, Sem 1) Two GEC courses as required by the Faculty (2+2 2. A 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ Econ/ MAT321 Real Analysis I (3, Sem 1) credits) in semester two. Pop. Studies/ Env.Science (3 credit) Semester 2 Level 200 Electives STA382 Operations Research I (3) At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics for One 200 level course (2or 3) STA383 Econometric Methods (3) the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree in Social STA391 Field Survey (3) Sciences shall take: General Education Courses MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) GEC course (2 credit) Semester 1 At Level 300 A student majoring in Statistics STA201 Elementary Calculus (3) Levels 300 for the Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) At Level 300, a student majoring in Statistics shall take: for the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree shall Semester 2 take: Semester 1 STA102 Matrix Algebra (2) Core Courses STA222 Probability I (3) Semester 2 MAT321 Real Analysis I (3) STA211 Statistical Methods (3) Core Courses STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) General Education Courses STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) A GEC course (2 credit) STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) Semester 2 At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics for Semester 2 STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3) the Combined Bachelor of Science Degree shall STA322 Probability II (3,) STA322 Probability II (3) take: STA353 Experimental Design I (3) STA353 Experimental Design (3) STA391 Field Survey (3) Semester 1 Optional Courses (4 courses, 12 credits) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3,) STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) Semester 1 Semester 2 MAT212 Introduction to Algebra (3) STA301 Advanced Calculus (3) STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3) Semester 2 STA361 Time Series Analysis (3) STA361 Time Series Analysis (3) STA222 Probability I (3) STA381 Statistical Quality Control (3) STA211 Statistical Methods (3 Semester 2 Semester 2 MAT322 Real Analysis II (3) Optional Courses STA302 Linear Algebra for Statistics (3) STA382 Operations Research I (3) One 200 level courses from Mathathematics/ STA382 Operations Research I (3) STA383 Econometric Methods (3) Computer Sc/Econ/ Pop.Studies/Env. Science (3, STA384 Economic Statistics (3) STA384 Economic Statistics (3) Sem3) STA391 Field Survey (3) One 200 level course from Math/Comp.Sc/ Econ/ Level 400 Pop. Studies/ Env. Science (3, Sem 4) At Level 300, a student majoring in Statistics for At Level 400, a student majoring in Statistics the Combined Major Bachelor of Science Degree for the Combined Bachelor of Arts Degree shall At Level 200 a student majoring in Statistics for shall take: take: the Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree STA431 Theory of Estimation (3, Sem 1) shall take: Semester 1 STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications (3, Core Courses Sem 1) Semester 1 STA321 Statistical Distributions II (3) STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing MAT221 Calculus I (3) STA352 Regression and Linear Models (3) (3, Sem 2) STA221 Statistical Distributions I (3) STA354 Survey Research Methods (3) Optional Courses (2 courses, 6 credits) ONE From Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 2 STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3) MAT222 Calculus II (3) STA322 Probability II (3) STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3) STA211 Statistical Methods (3) STA353 Experimental Design I (3) STA481 Operations Research II (3) STA222 Probability I (3) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA483 Health Statistics (3) STA272 Statistical Computing (3, Sem 1&2) STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2)

223 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

(will be allowed for exceptionally motivated students). Semester 1 Programme Structure Core Courses The Postgraduate Diploma is done by course work One From STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3) that includes 7 core courses at Levels 5 and 6 to- Semester 2 STA431 Theory of Estimation (3) taling 19 credits and at least 2 optional courses STA433 Introduction to Bayesian STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications(3) totaling 6 credits. One of the core courses is the Inference (3) Project Report STA691. This is a 2-semester Pro- STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3) Semester 2 gramme for full-time students. STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3) STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3) STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical STA432 Theory of Testing of Hypothesis (3) Semester 1 Trials (3) STA433 Introduction to Bayesian Inference(3) Core Courses STA490 Research Project (6, Sem 1 and 2) STA490 Research Project (6 credits, STA621 Probability (2) (will be allowed for exceptionally Semesters 1 and 2) STA631 Statistical Inference I (2) motivated students). Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA641 Statistical Analysis I (3)

At Level 400, a student majoring in Statistics for Semester 1 Semester 2 the Combined Major Bachelor of Science Degree STA483 Health Statistics (3) STA642 Statistical Analysis II (3) shall take: STA672 Multivariate Analysis (3) Semester 2 STA681 Statistical Consultancy (3) STA451 Experimental Design II (3) STA691 Project Report (3) Semester 1 STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear STA421 Multivariate Distributions (3) Model (3) Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 Credits) STA431 Theory of Estimation (3) STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3) STA432 Theory of Hypothesis Testing STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3) (3, Sem 2) STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3) Semester 1 Optional Courses (3 courses, 9 credits) STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical STA601 Mathematical Methods for One From Trials (3) Statistics (3) Semester 1 STA671 Advanced Statistical Computing (3) STA453 Sampling Theory and Applications (3) Postgraduate Programmes in Statistics STA685 Agricultural Statistics (3) STA461 Elements of Stochastic Process (3) Special Departmental Regulations STA686 Economic Statistics and National STA483 Health Statistics (3) The Graduate Level courses in the Department of Accounting (3) STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters Statistics will be guided by the following Depart- Semester 2 1 and 2) (will be allowed for mental Special Regulations: STA651 Advanced Survey Sampling (3) exceptionally motivated students). STA661 Time Series Analysis and Departmental Regulations for the Forecasting (3) One From Postgraduate Diploma in Statistics STA683 Medical Statistics (3) Semester 2 Programme STA684 Econometrics (3) STA433 Introduction to Bayesian General Academic Regulations and the following STA687 Education Statistics (3) Inference (3) Departmental Special Regulations shall apply: STA451 Experimental Design II (3) Assessments STA452 Introduction to Generalized Linear Entrance Requirements Students shall be assessed on their coursework in Model (3) The normal entrance requirement is a Bachelor’s accordance with General Academic Regulations STA462 Applied Stochastic Process (3) Degree with at least 40 percent of the courses in and the Department of Statistics Special Regula- STA471 Multivariate Data Analysis (3) Statistics, from any recognized University. Other tions 6.2. STA482 Agricultural Statistics (3) applicants may be considered in exceptional STA484 Design and Analysis of Clinical cases on the recommendation of the Depart- Award of the Postgraduate Diploma in Trials (3) ment; however they may be required to take Statistics STA490 Research Project (6 credits, Semesters some undergraduate courses as specified by the 1 A student who has passed the core and option- 1 and 2) (will be allowed for Department. al courses and has received 25 hours of credits exceptionally motivated students). shall be eligible for the award of the Postgradu- Duration of the Programme ate Diploma in Statistics. At Level 400 A student majoring in Statistics The normal duration of the Programme on a full- for the Single Major Bachelor of Science Degree time basis is 2 semesters. However a maximum of Classifications shall take: 6 semesters is allowed for part-time students to The award of diploma shall be classified as per complete the Programme. General Academic Regulation 40.73.9.

224 be the last day of lectures of the second semes- taken place over the years. The course will cover Coursework ter. In exceptional cases, it may be extended by essentials of signifi cant organisation theories, 1 Unless otherwise stated, each course is nor- not more than 2 months, if a request is made including early management thought, organisa- mally 3 credits. through the Head of the Department, supported tions as rational instrumental entities as associa- 2 The Project Report (STA691) is a non-taught by the supervisor, at least 2 weeks before the due tions, and as systems. one semester course, where the student does a date. The length of the report shall be around project under a supervisor from the Department. 60 typed, A4 pages (1.5 line spacing). The report PAD202 Public Administration in The topic shall be finalized at the start of the will be internally evaluated and will further be Botswana (3) semester. There will be no formal final examina- externalized. The final assessment grade for the This course is meant to serve as a foundation for tion. The course shall be assessed by 2 research course will be based on the 2 presentations (20 introducing to the students some key aspects exercises and a project report. The 2 research percent) and the report (80 percent). of the organisation and operation of public ad- exercises shall constitute 40 percent and the ministration machinery in Botswana. The course project report shall constitute 60 percent of the Examinations and Assessment covers organization and functioning of central final marks. The project report shall be submitted The written examination for all courses, unless government, local government and public enter- before the last day of the semester. However, a otherwise specified in the course template, will prises. It seeks to explain the nature and charac- request for a one-month extension may be al- normally be of 3 hours’ duration. The continu- teristics of Botswana’s public policies, organisa- lowed by the Head of the Department under ous assessment and the examination shall be tion of development planning and administra- special circumstances, if so recommended by the weighted in the ratio of 1:1. The cumulative GPA tion of public finances. supervisor. This course is open to PGD Statistics shall be computed in accordance with General students only. Academic Regulation 00.86. PAD302 Human Resource Management (3) 3 For Advanced Statistical Computing (STA671) The aim of this course is to introduce students to the final examination will be a practical exam the theory and concepts of managing of 4 hours and the final assessment grade will Course Descriptions human resources. A practical approach will be be based on the continuous assessment and the emphasized. This course will cover topics such as examination in the ratio 1:1. POLITICAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE job design and analysis, human resource plan- 4 The Statistical Consultancy (STA681) course is STUDIES ning, recruitment, training, motivation, perform- centered on consultancy projects which are as- ance appraisal, leadership, discipline and labour- signed in the first 2 weeks of the semester. Some PAD101 Introduction to Public management relations. informal lectures accompany these projects to Administration (3) explain specific technicalities. The final grade is The aim of this introductory foundation course PAD303 Local Government Management (3) based on 3 minor projects and a major project. is to promote the student’s understanding of The aim of this course is to provide students with The minor projects shall account for 50 percent Public Administration and the processes and an understanding of the nature and functioning of the final mark and the major project will ac- institutions through which it formulates and im- of local government management. It attempts to count for 50 percent of the final mark. There will plements public policy. The topics that it covers expose and familiarize students with the various be no formal final examination. include defi nition of Public Administration, In- complexities of local government management. 5 In the Selected Special Topics (STA 783) course, stitutions of the state decision-making, adminis- At the end of the course students should be able the student undertakes up-to-date reviews of 2 tration leadership and responsibility, motivation to critically analyse and evaluate concepts and or 3 statistical techniques. Assessment is based and communication. theories associated with local government, un- on the review reports on the techniques selected, PAD102 Institutions and Processes of Public derstand more deeply the complexities involved a presentation of at least one of the reports at Administration (3) in local government and analyse and apply ap- a Departmental seminar, and a 3-hour open- The aim of this course is to enable students to propriate strategies for effective operation of lo- book examination on the journal articles chosen have an understanding of essentials of public cal government for the report. The report presentation and the administration institutions and processes. It cov- examination carry equal weight for the final ers topics such as the ecology of public adminis- PAD304 Public Enterprise Management (3) grade. tration, decentralization and centralization, local The aim of this course is to promote student’s 6 The Research Treatise (STA790) shall be taken government and intergovernmental relations, understanding of organization and management over a period of 2 semesters totaling 6 credits; public enterprises and public fi nancial adminis- of public enterprise with particular reference to the student will work under a supervisor. The tration and improvement of the performance of developing countries. It also seeks to explore vi- student is expected to demonstrate the ability to public administration. able strategies for remedying the problems faced master and critically analyse a prescribed area of by public enterprises. Topical amongst the rem- advanced statistical literature by making 2 pres- PAD201 Organisation Theories (3) edies is the issue of privatization, its theory and entations and finally presenting a Research Trea- The aim of this course is to introduce students to implications. tise Report. At the end of STA 791 the student organization theories as a basis for understand- should have made the first presentation and the ing organisations and their management. Em- PAD306 Public Policy Analysis (4) second presentation will be at the end of STA792. phasis shall be on critical examination of major This course introduces the fi eld of policy studies, The last date of submission of the Report shall ideas and signifi cant developments that have starting with its rationale, scope, significance,

225 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

and relationships with other disciplines. It also public administration machinery at central or lo- applied to the public sector. It emphasizes the dy- covers conceptual approaches to critical assess- cal government levels by supplementing theory namic nature of change and the increasing role ment of the causes and consequences of public with some work experience This involves 8 weeks of markets and competition in the public sector policies. Policy processes such as agenda setting, attachment of students to government Organi- through various forms of privatization. Some of formulation, implementation, monitoring and zations during the long vacation at the end of the topics covered in the course are context of evaluation, and the interactions of the actors their 3rd year. public fi nancial management, revenue adminis- involved in them are also discussed. Application tration and management fi nancial planning and of analytical tools and models in real world are PAD404 Contemporary Issues in Public aid management, managing budgetary/expendi- discussed through case studies. Administration (3) ture control and signifi cance of budget reforms This course will begin with a discussion of critical and management. PAD307 Human Resource Development and issues in the intellectual development of Public Management (3) Administration as a discipline and examine the PAD411 Local Government Finance (3) The main objective of the course is to enable stu- contemporary issues such as changing role of the It raises critical issues about financial arrange- dents to understand and appreciate the impor- state; political, social and economic environment ments for decentralized revenues and expendi- tance of Human Resource and its development of Public Administration in Africa; challenges of tures. This course is concerned with how differ- in the “art of getting things alone” – frequently good governance; new Public Management; and ent levels of government raise money and how referred to as management in any organisation impact of Globalization. they spend it. At the end of the course students and public sector in particular. The course will should be able to; analyse current issues of lo- cover theory, practice and issues of human re- PAD405 Seminar in Public Policy (3) cal government finance and apply appropriate source planning development and effective de- This course is aimed at examining, through case solutions to the needs of the situation, critically ployment - emphasizing the need for the right studies, the causes, and consequences of govern- evaluate the role of local government in finan- combination of operational skills and managerial ment actions on society. It gives the student a cial management and understand Intergovern- capabilities in both quality and quantity in order chance to critically analyse any contemporary mental fi scal relations. to safeguard continuity and improve perform- policy, project, or programme of choice. ance. PAD401 Development Administration (4) PAD406 Ethics and Public Management (3) PAD412 Research Project in Public Admin- The course discusses the theoretical and practical This course discusses the ideals of public man- istration (3) aspects of state promotion of national develop- agement ethics; the nature, causes and conse- The course is intended to give students major- ment. It seeks to provide an understanding of quences of declining standards; effectiveness ing in Public Administration a chance to do an the context and context of state-directed devel- of mechanisms for checking corruption, mal- extensive search of the literature and produce an opment, by focusing on national development administration and public accountability; and extended research essay. policy processes, planning, and implementation. measures for enhancing the standards of ethics, The course then examines selected critical issues, accountability and responsible conduct in public POLITICAL SCIENCE such as the role and effects of foreign aid, ad- management. ministrative reforms, and globalization, on the POL101 Introduction to Political Science (3) management of national development. Lastly, PAD407 Comparative Public This course is about the study of politics and it considers the future of development adminis- Administration (3) aims to introduce students to the fi eld of po- tration in the context of changing relationships This course is meant to contribute to the under- litical science and the tools used to understand of the state, the private sector, and society. This standing of institutions and processes of Public it. The course aims to ensure that students will course will also include seminar on the course Administration through a comparative perspec- have a basic understanding of the core concepts topics. tive that looks at the features of Public dminis- and main theories of politics and to help them tration in different developed as well as develop- understand how politics is organised and how PAD402 Government Budgeting (3) ing countries with a focus on public bureaucracy. political issues are dealt with in the context of The course exposes students to basic concepts in African countries will receive special attention. modern society. It introduces students to con- Government Budgeting with a focus on political cepts such as political power, political parties, and administrative aspects. The course is divided PAD408 International Administration (3) civil society and human rights. into three main segments the fi rst part considers The aim of this course is to familiarize students the justifi catory aspects of state intervention. with the theories of international organization POL102 The Modern State (3) The second part focuses on Government budgets and administration, and to appreciate the need The course on the Modern State introduces the (evolution of budgeting and expenditure control) for international organisations. major state theories, the legitimacy or illegiti- and the last covers budgetary reforms. macy of the state, state capacity or the power PAD410 Public Financial Management (3) of the state, the democratic and undemocratic PAD403 Internship in Public This course examines a major set of components state, and state and civil society. The course in- Administration (3) in the fi nancial management in public sector fi troduces state- related concepts and theories To enable the students majoring in Public Ad- nancial resources. It explains and analyses how and analyses the productive or unproductive ministration to gain insight into the operation of modern fi nancial management techniques are ways in which the state interacts with business.

226 compare the aims, objectives and evolution of POL201 Politics in Botswana (3) POL301 Modern Political Thought (3) regional co-operation in the North and South. As This course examines the shape and contour of The course is aimed at acquainting students with far as formal, statecentered attempts at regional politics in Botswana through an understanding the major schools of thought that dominate integration are concerned, a number of historical of both the past and present and how various modern political theory in the last half of the and contemporary case studies. The case studies factors infl uence how politics in contemporary twentieth century. The course covers some im- will cover the history and the institutions of re- Botswana are played out within the context of portant philosophical developments that char- gional integration as well as the political dynam- the country’s political economy. It discusses pre- acterize the last half of the twentieth century. It ics, the social and economic dimensions of the colonial social formations, the protectorate era, outlines and interprets such philosophical theo- process and the growing signifi cance of these the rise of nationalism, the construction of the ries as contractarian, communitarian, feminism, processes for the international relations of the Botswana State, political and economic develop- complex equality and entitlement. These theories countries concerned. The course will also focus ments, political participation, quest for equality constitute the core of political philosophy today. on what is being called ‘regionalism from below’. and relations with the outside world. POL302 Politics in South Africa (3) POL308 Politics and Management of Natural POL202 Classical Political Thought (3) The course recognizes the importance of South Resources (3) Classical political philosophy has laid the foun- Africa as a dominant actor within the Southern This course is concerned with an empirical analy- dations of modern political theory. It has African region. It discusses the political economy sis of the natural resource base of the majority been re-stated, reworked and re-interpreted over of white settler domination and the relationship of SADC’s states, historical and current patterns time. This course will outline and critique some between the racial ideology of white supremacy of resource use, typical resource confl icts and of the major classical philosophies. The major and capitalist development in South Africa. The attempts at management, and strategies for classical political thoughts covered in this course course further discusses the interface between sustainable development. The course sets South- include Social Contract, Republicanism, Utilitari- the rise of the apartheid state and African na- ern Africa within wider theoretical, historical anism, Liberalism, and Marxism. tionalism. The course goes on to discuss South and global political-economic and sociopolitical Africa’s domestic and foreign policies, especially context. In addition to country-specific topics, with respect to the Southern African region. It special attention will be given to specifi c envi- POL203 Contemporary Africa (3) concludes with a discussion of the democratic ronmental issues and problems faced by all/some Contemporary Africa is complex and varied the transition in South Africa and its position in the states and peoples in the region continent consists of around fifty states with regional integration. very different histories, colonial experience, POL309 Politics of Poverty in economies, values, and social structures. This POL305 Politics of Southern Africa (3) Southern Africa (3) course will provide students both with a sense of This course examines Southern Africa as a re- Rural and urban poverty and the search for sus- this diversity, and with a grasp of the main pat- gional sub-system within the broader global tainable livelihoods are issues that students of terns currently energizing the continent. It will political economy. It attempts an overview of Political Science ought to be familiar with given discuss a range of contemporary approaches to contemporary Southern African politics focus- existing large poor rural populations of Southern analysing and theorizing African politics, and ing on the national politics of select Southern Africa and the fact that many of the grandaunts will identify key contemporary issues. Topics cov- African countries; cooperation and confl ict in of political science will in future be employed ered in the course include; instability and neo- the region; security and development in the re- by government departments/ ministries dealing Patrimonialism, state collapse, economic decline, gion; and peace and Democracy in the Region. In with issues of rural development and poverty democratization, class analysis, coups and mili- concludes with the discussion on the prospect of eradication. tary in Africa, Gender and politics, civil society, economic cooperation in Southern Africa. POL401 International Relations (3) ethnicity, religion and politics. The course thoroughly examines the emergence POL306 International Political Economy (4) of International Relations as a separate discipline POL204 Media and Politics (3) The course unpacks and problematises Interna- in the broad fi eld of Political Science, what is This course examines the place and role of the tional Political Economy as a discipline, the main distinctive about it, its relationship with inter- media in politics, with a specifi c emphasis on actors in it, the theoretical debates that have national law and diplomacy, the theoretical print and electronic forms of communication It characterized it since its inception and how the disputes that have surrounded it since its emer- examines both Western and developing country forces of globalization are redefi ning and- re gence and the perennial issues of international media industries from a political, economic, and shaping the discipline of International Political security, confl ict management and resolution historical viewpoint. Often called the “fourth Economy. - including the challenging questions of peace- estate,” the media historically have played an keeping and peace-building. important role in the political and democratic POL307 Politics of Regionalism (3) process in the Western world. Since the end of This course explores the several dimensions of POL402 Democratic Theory and Practice (3) the Cold War, the media has come to be seen as regionalism in the current era of Neoliberalism Different forms of democracy will be identifi an important ‘watchdog of democracy’ in tran- and globalisation. There will be a survey of both ed and examined for their strengths and weak- sitional states. new and traditional literature on regionalism nesses, among them Athenian participatory de- and regional integration. The course will then mocracy; the Levelers and Diggers in the English

227 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

Civil War; the contrast between Anglo- American theories, cognitive theories, humanistic and exis- liberalism focused on the individual and property POL409 Security Studies (3) tential perspectives, and systemic theories. and the more radical French tradition; democ- This course will explore and an introduction to PSY202 Social Psychology (3) ratisation in the 19th and early 20th centuries various approaches to the study of security. It will This course emphasises the social basis of human as a potentiality within capitalist development; provide a general introduction to a number of is- behaviour. Concepts of socialization, culture, the elitist counter-attack and the liberal/Elite- sues on the contemporary security agenda and conformity and gender are addressed as well as democratic compromise; the social democratic give an understanding of the changing nature of theories of self-knowledge andself-justification, variant; and the contemporary threat to democ- security concepts and security policies, and their interpersonal attraction, prosocial behaviour and racy from global corporate power. relations to historical and political contexts aggression. Attitudes, attributions, stereotypes and prejudices are discussed in the context of POL403 Modern Ideologies (3) POL410 Internship in Political Science (3) social perception and cognition. In addition, the To understand the ideologies, or great systemic This course involves eight weeks attachment of course emphasises group processes and dynam- bodies of thought, that have shaped the modern students to government non-government ics. world and its political environment. This course organisations during the long vacation at the end will cover discussion of modern ideologies such of their third year, to enable them to gain insight PSY203 Developmental Psychology of as liberalism, conservatism, socialism, national- into the operation of these institutions. During Childhood and Adolescence (3) ism, anarchism, communism, fascism, feminism, this period the students will observe procedures This course traces human development through and religious fundamentalism. and functioning, and participate in work assign- prenatal period, infancy and childhood up to ments given by their supervisors as advised by adolescence. Emphasis is placed on physical, POL405 Comparative Politics (3) the Department. At the end of the attachment cognitive, emotional and social development This course examines a diverse selection of the period, the students will complete assignments and relevant theories. world’s political/ economic systems by contrast- in the form of essays and reports related to their PSY204 History and Philosophy of ing and comparing key aspects of each system, work in the organisations to which they are at- Psychology (3) and by seeking generalizations about them. The tached. This course introduces students to the history of specifi c country case studies we examine will be psychology and its link to philosophy. Schools of drawn from industrialized, transitional, and that POL411 Research Project in Political thought such as Cartesian dualism, materialism, broad category often referred to as less devel- Science (3) behaviourism, functionalism, cognitivism, post- oped/Third World states.The examination and The course is intended to give students majoring modernism as well as African discourses on phi- analysis of each country case study will focus in Political Science a chance to do an extensive losophy are discussed, particularly with regard on the common themes of political history, key search of the literature and produce an extended to psychologically relevant constructs such as institutions, political cultures, political parties, research essay. “individuals”, “self” and “personhood”. interest groups, political issues, and cleavages. PSYCHOLOGY PSY205 Research Methods and Statistics for POL406 Africa in World Politics (3) Psychology I (3) The key objectives of this course are to explore PSY101 Introduction to Psychology (3) This course introduces students to the relation- the place and role of Africa in world politics; This is a foundation course to the study of psy- ship between research and theory, basic research in particular, to unravel the structural position chology as a scientific discipline and it introduc- criteria (validity, reliability, objectivity), methods of Africa in the world economy and what this es students to major themes in psychology such of data generation (e.g. experiment, observation, implies for African development. The origins, di- as cognition, emotion, behaviour, intelligence, questionnaire, interview) and basic descriptive mensions and consequences of the African debt learning, and motivation from various theoreti- and inferential statistics commonly applied in crisis will be given due attention – including the cal perspectives. psychological research. burning issues of democracy and ‘good govern- ance’. It will also consider the evolution and tra- PSY102 Biological Basis of Human PSY206 Developmental Psychology of jectory of the African state system, especially the Behaviour (3) Adulthood and Old Age (3) role of the Organisation of African Unity (now This course is an introduction to essential topics This course examines life-span development the African Union) in confl ict management and in the area of psychobiology and its historical, during early, middle and late adulthood consid- resolution. contextual and empirical development. It deals ering biological, cognitive, emotional and social with the basic units of the central and peripheral factors and the relevance of life events (e.g. mar- POL407 Civil Military Relations (3) nervous system, neuro-anatomy and physiology. riage, parenthood, divorce, first employment, The civil-military relations course explores the It establishes a foundation in understanding the unemployment, retirement, illness, and death) interface between the civilian democratic in- brain behaviour relationship. for development. stitutions and the military. It will cover aspects related to civilian control of military, military PSY201 Theories of Personality (3) PSY207 Psychology 0f Work and Labour professionalism, military’s role in democratiza- This course discusses major theories of person- Relations (3) tion, human rights and the rule of law. ality applied in psychology and psychotherapy This course highlights the psychological func- such as psycho-dynamic theories, behavioural tions of work and the psychological effects

228 of the lack or loss of work (e.g. with regard to are presented as well as the psychological rel- lysed in the context of the social environment. unemployment and retirement). Work ethics, evance of theories about organisational struc- Ethics in consumer psychology are a further part job attitudes, job satisfaction, work motiva- ture and organization development. In addition, of this course. tion, and work related stress are further topics concepts of human resource management such in this course. In addition, the course presents a as recruitment and selection, job description, job PSY401 Research Project (3) psychological approach to labour relations and analysis, and performance appraisal are present- In this project course students carry out an em- related concepts (such as negotiation, collective ed from a psychological perspective. pirical study on an approved topic and under de- bargaining, mediation, and confl ict handling). partmental supervision. The study could be based PSY306 Counselling I (3) on the research proposal submitted in PSY307. At PSY301 Abnormal Psychology I (3) In this course students develop basic skills in in- the end of the course, students submit a research This course familiarises students with a range of terviewing, counselling and rapport building with paper (of approximately 10,000 words). psychological disorders (such as mood disorders, regard to a diverse population. Students build up anxiety disorders, personality disorders, schizo- theoretical knowledge of the process of counsel- PSY402 Abnormal Psychology II (3) phrenia, dissociative disorders, substance-related ling through observing processes of interaction This course is a continuation of PSY301 and fo- disorders, eating disorders, disorders of childhood and non-verbal behaviour and through the prac- cuses on the diagnosis of psychological disorders and adolescence), their causes and conceptuali- tical use of attending and listening skills. (e.g. based on the DSM IV, neuropsychological zation within the various schools of thoughts in tests and examination) and their treatment (e.g. psychology as well as in traditional healing ap- PSY307 Psychological Assessment (3) psychotherapy, psychopharmacological treat- proaches in the African context. This course is a continuation of PSY302 and ment). This course also considers traditional trains students in selection, administration and forms of treatment within the African context. PSY302 Psychological Testing and interpretation of psychological assessment tools Psychometrics (3) (e.g. intelligence tests, personality tests, aptitude PSY403 Counselling II (3) This course introduces students to the principles tests, interest inventories, attitude scales, projec- This course is a continuation of PSY303. The of psychological testing. Classifi cation and con- tive tests, interviews) (up to test level B), and in course expands the students’ repertoire of in- struction of tests, norms, standardization, validity report writing. terviewing and counselling skills and techniques and reliability are addressed, together with criti- PSY308 Research Methods and Statistics for and enables students to apply them in practice. cal views on social and ethical issues of testing Psychology II (3) Students are also enabled to assess clients and in general, and the utilization of psychometrics This course is a continuation of PSY202 and to develop intervention strategies and referral within multi-cultural settings in particular. teaches students how to conceptualise a research expertise. In addition, matters of ethical conduct project. With reference to quantitative and quali- are emphasised. PSY303 Cognition And Learning (3) tative research paradigms, students learn how to This course discusses topics about human use methods of sampling, data generation, and PSY404 Psychotherapy (3) thought a nd memory. Topics include atten- data analysis and interpretation. Ethical issues in This course introduces students to the vari- tion, various kinds of memory, problem solving, psychological research are discussed as well. At ous psychotherapeutic approaches on practical decision making, and language. In addition, the the end of this course, students are expected to level (e.g. Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy, Family course explores learning processes, influences present a research proposal. Therapy, Psychoanalysis, Psychodrama, Gestalt- upon these processes and resultant behaviour. therapy), and also reviews their application to the African context.

PSY304 Health Psychology (3) PSY309 Human Factors in the Work PSY405 Training and Human Resource This is an applied psychology course that focuses Environment (3) Development (3) on the contributions of psychology to the un- This course presents the sensory systems (visual, This course trains students in skills and tech- derstanding of physical and mental health and auditory, haptic and kinaesthetic) with regard niques of training and human resource illness. With regard to prevention and interven- to ergonomic principles. The psychological rel- development. With regard to qualifi cation and tion, behavioural, environmental, psychosocial evance of the compatibility of machines and development of employees, students learn how and cultural factors that may affect health and equipment with human capabilities as well as to conduct a needs assessment and how to de- illness are addressed and applied to various fi the machine-human interaction in its various sign and conduct a training programme that em- elds of health sychology such as cardiology, on- applications (e.g. manufacturing, aviation, trans- phasizes the psychological empowerment of the cology, rehabilitation, and HIV/AIDS. port, architecture, sport, rehabilitation etc.) are workforce (e.g. leadership and managerial skills, major topics in this course. communication and interaction skills, managing PSY305 Organisational and Personnel cultural diversity, competences in team building Psychology (3) PSY310 Consumer Psychology (3) and confl ict resolution). This course familiarises students with the ap- This course introduces students to psychologi- plication of psychology in (work) organisations. cal theories and research that explain consumer PSY406 Psychological Challenges of Leadership theories, processes of decision-mak- needs, motivation and behaviour. Consumer per- Hiv/aids (3) ing, communication and interactive behaviour ception, attitudes and decision making are ana- This is an applied psychology course that em-

229 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES

phasises the psychological effects on people infected or affected by HIV/AIDS, for instance, with regard to identity development, sexual de- velopment, risk-taking behaviour, coping with stigmatisation, HIV/AIDS-related multiple losses (e.g. health, income, social support, death of closed ones), grieving and bereavement, hope- lessness and the threat of death, and suicide. The course also highlights the psychological role of hope and meaning making in the context of HIV/AIDS.

PSY407 Special Topics in Psychology (3) This course provides the opportunity to present various specifi c themes and topics of psychol- ogy depending on students’ and lecturers’ inter- ests or the expertise of visiting/ guest lecturers. Thus, the content taught in this course varies from year to year.

PSY408 Internship (18) The supervised internship (professional on-site supervision and regular supervision through the Department) shall be undertaken over six months with a minimum of 960 hours practical exposure and experience involving competencies and skills in the following areas: - interviewing - confl ict management - assessment and evaluation - professional and ethical conduct - report writing - psychological coping skills (e.g. with regard - administering psychometric tests to transference/counter-transference, stress - referral expertise management, burnout etc.) - counselling - project implementation and management - group supervision - research

230 CHAPTER.57:01PART 1 13. Accounts and annual report 1. Short title and commencement 14. Tenure of office for member UNIVERSITY2. Interpretation OF BOTSWANA ACT 15. Disqualification, removal and Part II -Establishment of University of resignation of member Botswana 16. Meetings of Council 3. Continuance of University 17. Disclosure of interest 4. Functions of University 18. Confidentiality 5. Powers of University 19. Committees of the Council Part III -Governance of University 20. Remuneration and allowances 6. Principal officers and governance bodies 21. Senate 7. Chancellor Part IV –General 8. Vice-Chancellor 22. Indemnity 9. Establishment of Council 23. Statutes 10. Chairperson of Council 24. Repeal of Cap. 57:01 11. Functions of Council 25. Savings 12. Powers of Council 26. Transitional provisions

ACT AND ACTSTATUTES AND STATUTES

An Act to re-enact the University of Botswana Act with substantial revisions to the governance structures of the University and matters incidental thereto. Date of assent: 28.08.2008 ENACTED by the Parliament of Botswana.

231 An Act to re-enact the University of Botswana Act with substantial and the Acquisition of Property Act shall apply with necessary (f), (g), {h) and (i) of subsection (1) shall be prescribed in the revisions to the governance structures of the University and modifications to allow for the vesting of the property acquired in Statutes. matters incidental thereto. the University and for the cost to be defrayed by the University. (3) A member shall be responsible to the Council and not to Date of assent: 28.08.2008 the entity that appointed or elected the member and shall have Date of Commencement: ON NOTICE PART 111- Governance of University a duty to act in good faith, avoid conflict of interest and, to ENACTED by the Parliament of Botswana. Principal officers exercise skill and judgment in the interest of the University. PART I -Preliminary 6. The Principal officers and the governance bodies of the (4) A member shall have collective responsibility for the decisions Short title and commencemen������������t University shall be - of the Council. 1. This Act may be cited as the University of Botswana Act, 2008, and governance bodies Chairperson of theCouncil and shall come into operation on such commencement (a) Chancellor; 10. (1) The Minister shall appoint the Chairperson of Council and operation on such date as the Minister may, by Order published (b) Chairperson of the University Council; members shall elect the Vice-Chairperson from amongst those in the Gazette, appoint. (c) Vice-Chancellor; members that are not employees or students of the University. Interpretation (d) University Council; 2) The Chairperson of the Council shall- 2. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires - (e) Senate; and (a) provide leadership to the Council; “Council” means the University Council established under section (f) Deputy Vice-Chancellors (b) conduct meetings of Council; 9; “member” means a member of the Council; “Minister” means (c) act as the representative and spokesperson of Council; the Minister of Education and Skills Development; “Statutes” Chancellor and means the statutes enacted under section 22; “University” means 7. (1) The Chancellor sha1l be appointed by the President of (d) subject to restrictions and directions of the Council, the University of Botswana established under section 3. Botswana, act for and make decisions on behalf of the Council where it is (2) The Chancellor shall hold office for five years and shall be not feasible or practicable to convene a meeting of the Council PART II -Establishment of University of Botswana eligible for one more term of five years. for that purpose. Continuance of the University (3) The Chancellor shall be the titular head of the University (3) The Vice-Chairperson of the Council shall act as Chairperson 3. (1) The University of Botswana, established in terms of section and shall be its ambassador, promoting goodwill and mobilising in the absence of the Chairperson. 2 of the Act repealed under of University section 23, shall resources for the University. Functions of Council continue to exist as if established under this Act. (4) The Chancellor shall preside over ceremonial assemblies of the 11. (1) The Council shall be the governing body with ultimate (2) The University shall be a body corporate with perpetual University, confer awards of the University and, perform and responsibility for ensuring the performance of the University in succession and common seal, capable of suing and being exercise other functions and powers as described in this Act and accordance with the powers conferred by this Act. sued in its own name and, subject to the provisions of this Act, in the Statutes, (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Council shall- performing such acts as bodies corporate may by law perform. (5) In the absence of the Chancellor, the Chairperson of the (a) set the strategic directions of the University by overseeing the Functions of University Council shall act as Chancellor. development and adoption of the mission and strategic plans 4. The functions of the University shall include the following – Vice- Chancellor of the University; (a) providing higher education and training; 8. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Minister after (b) approve major policies, capital plans, and the annual planning (b) advancing and disseminating knowledge through teaching; consulting the University Council and and budget report; (c) undertaking, promoting and facilitating research and scholarly the Senate. (c) monitor and review the overall performance of the University investigations; (2) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the chief executive officer of in relation to plans, policies, values, academic standards, financial (d) supporting and contributing to the realisation of economic the - University with overall responsibility for academic and management and buildings and estates management; and social development of the nation; administrative leadership as well as chief disciplinary officer of (d) approve the annual report and annual statement of accounts (e) contributing to the cultural and social life of the community; the University, subject to directions of policy that the University of the University; and may give from time to time. (e) ensure the strategic leadership of the University; (f) contributing to the advancement of the intellectual and (3) The Council shall, in consultation with the Senate, appoint (f) enhance the engagement between the University and the human resource capacity of the international community. Deputy Vice-Chancellors in accordance with the Statutes, community; (g) approve the institutional plan of the University; Powers of University (4) When the post of Vice-Chancellor is vacant, or when the and 5. (1)The University shall have the power to do all things Vice- Chancellor is absent, or for any reason unable to perform (h) maintain, through Senate, high levels of academic standards. necessary or expedient for exercising and discharging its the functions of Vice-Chancellor, the Council shall appoint, in Powers of Council functions subject to this Act. accordance with the Statutes, one of the Deputy Vice-Chancellors, 12. (1) The Council shall have the power to do or provide for (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the University shall have or if no Deputy Vice-Chancellor is available, any other suitable any act or thing which it considers necessary or expedient for the power to- member of the University staff, to act as Vice- Chancellor, the performance or exercise of its powers and functions under (a) provide programmes and courses of study, conduct (5) The Vice-Chancellor and the Deputy Vice-Chancellors shall this Act, examinations and other methods of assessment, and award together constitute an executive management team to provide (2) Without prejudice to subsection (1), the Council shall- degrees and other qualifications; executive leadership to the University. (a) determine persons who are authorised to sign contracts, (b) establish relationships and collaborate with other persons Establishment of Council cheques and other documents on behalf of the University, and or bodies, or other institutions of learning, higher education, 9.(1) There shall be established the University Council which shall otherwise regulate procedure in relation to transactions entered training or research, within or outside Botswana, upon such of CouncIl consist of the following 32 members - into by the University; terms as may be provided in the Statutes; (a) 12 people appointed by the Minister, five of whom shall be (b) provide for the safe custody and proper use of the seal of (c) establish or participate in the establishment of trading, appointed by the Minister at his or her discretion and seven on the University; research or other co-operations as may be necessary in the the recommendation of the Council; and discharge of its functions; (b) seven people representative of civil society and the private (c) approve terms and conditions of service for employees of the (d) collaborate with business, professional, cultural, social or sector, appointed by the Chancellor on the recommendation of University, other interests within and outside Botswana as may be necessary Council in accordance with the procedure and criteria specified (3) The Council may, where it deems it necessary or desirable, in the discharge of its functions; in the Statutes; prohibit the admission of a person as a student of the (e) collaborate with alumni and associations of alumni and (c) two people who are not resident in Botswana appointed by University. graduates of the University; the University Council by reason of their special knowledge and (4) The Council shall exercise the powers under subsection (3) (f) receive and accept donations on such terms and conditions competence in tertiary education; notwithstanding the disciplinary powers conferred on the Vice- as shall not be inconsistent with this Act and the functions of (d) one graduate of the University and its antecedents who is Chancellor by section 8(2), the University; not a member of staff of the University elected by the Alumni (5) Without prejudice to the powers conferred on any other (g) maintain, manage, administer and invest funds in a manner Association of the University; person or public officer under any other law, the Council shall which shall not be inconsistent with tliisAct and the functions (e) the Vice-Chancellor and Deputy Vice-Chancellors; have the power, after consultation with the Minister and the of the University; (f) two members of Senate elected by Senate, one of whom shall Senate, to declare the University closed for purposes of offering and be a professor and the other a Dean of Faculty; some or all academic programmes and courses and, whenever (h) acquire and hold movable or immovable property, sell, lease, (g) one member of the academic staff who is not on Senate, possible, indicate the period during which the University shall mortgage or otherwise alienate or dispose of the property, and elected by members of academic staff; (h) two members of the remain closed, enter into other transactions. support staff elected by the support staff, one of whom shall be (6) Notwithstanding subsection (5), where there is an emergency, (3) Where the University has resolved that it is necessary or a senior member of staff; (i) one student elected by the student the Chairperson shall have the power to act on behalf of the expedient to acquire a property under subsection (2) (h), the body of the University. Council and order the University closed. property may be treated as property required for public purposes, (2) The procedure for election of members under paragraphs (d), Accounts and annual reports Meetings of Council (f) the Staff Appeals Committee; and (g) the Physical Resources 13, (1) The Council shall cause the accounts of the University to 16. (1) Subject to this Act and the Statutes, the Council shall Committee. be annual report drawn up, audited and published annually and regulate, its own proceedings. (2) The Council may from time to time establish other Committees at such times and in such manner as the Minister may direct, (2) The Council shall meet at least three times in an academic of a special or general nature, consisting of its members or other (2) The Council shall cause, within six months after the end of year, suitably qualified persons, as it may deem fit. each academic year, a report of the activities of the University to (3) The Chairperson may, upon giving a written notice of not (3) The Council may delegate any of its functions under this Act be drawn up and made available to the public. less than 14 days, and upon a written request of not less than one to a committee established in terms of subsection (2). (3) The Council shall, within 30 days of receiving a copy of the half of the members, call a meeting, (4) The provisions of sections 16 and 17 shall, with necessary audited accounts and the report give such copy and report to (4) The Chairperson may, where the urgency of the matter modifications , apply to a member of a committee. the Minister. does not pennit giving notice as required in paragraph (a), call a Remuneration and Allowances (4) The Minister shall, within 90 days of receiving the report special meeting of the Council, giving a shorter notice, 20. A member may be paid remuneration and allowances, if any, and a copy (5) The Chairperson shall preside at any meeting of Council, but as Government may from time to time determine. of the audited accounts, lay such report and accounts before the in the absence of the Chairperson the Vice-Chairperson shall Senate National Assembly. preside, and in the absence of both the Chairperson and Vice- 21. (1) There shall be a Senate which shall have overall Tenure of office Chairperson, the members present shall elect one of them, not responsibility Senate for the - 14. (1) The Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson of Council shall being an employee or student of the University, to preside at that (i) academic policies and academic plans, hold office for a period of three years and shall be eligible for meeting. (ii) academic development strategy, and re-election for one more term. (6) The quorum at any meeting of Council shall be one half of (iii) research and community service functions of the University. (2) All appointed or elected members, other than the member the members. (2) The Senate shall consist of the Vice-Chancellor and such elected by the student body of the University, shall hold office (7) A decision of the Council on any question shall be taken by other members as shall be specified in the Statutes. for a period not exceeding three years and shall be eligible for the majority of the members present and voting at that meeting, (3) The Senate shall - reappointment or re election for one more term at the end of and in the event of an equality of votes, the person presiding (a) have control and direction of teaching, research, assessment, the first period. shall have a casting vote in addition to that person’s deliberative conferment of degrees and granting of other awards of the (3) The member elected by the student body shall hold office vote, University; for a period not exceeding one year and shall be eligible for re- (8) The Council may invite any person whose presence it considers (b) be responsible for the integration of academic, financial and election for one more term. necessary, to attend and to participate in the deliberations of physical plans through the annual planning and budget report; Disqualification, removal and resignation of member the Council, but ‘such person shall have no vote. (c) be responsible for articulating the objectives, goals, mission 15, (1) A person shall not be appointed, or elected a member or be Disclosure of interest 17. (1) A member who has a direct or an and strategic direction of the University for approval by the qualified to continue to hold office,who indirect interest in a private capacity in any matter Council; (a)in terms of a law In force in any country- to be considered by the Council or a committee of Council shall, (d) be responsive to requests of Council and regularly monitor (i) been adjudged or otherwise declared bankrupt and has not as soon as practicable after the commencement of the meeting, its own performance; and been discharged; or disclose the interest and shall not, unless the Council otherwise (e) establish committees of the Senate and regulate their (ii) made an assignment, arrangement or composition with his directs, take part in any consideration or discussion of, or vote on, membership as it sees fit. or her creditors, which has not been rescinded or set aside; any question relating to the matter. (4) The Senate shall have such other functions and powers as (b) within a period of 10 years immediately preceding the date of (2) A disclosure of interest made under this section shall be shall from time to time be specified in the Statutes. his or her appointment, been convicted - (i) of a criminal recorded in the minutes of the meeting at which it is made, offence in any country; or (3) Where a member fails to disclose his or her interest in PART IV - General (ii) of a criminal offence for which he or she has not received accordance with subsection (1) and a decision by the committee Indemnity a free pardon and notwithstanding that the sentence has been is made which benefits ‘-. such member directly, such decision 22. No matter or thing done or omitted to be done by a member suspended, which, if committed in Botswana, would have been shall be null and void, or a member of a committee shall, if the matter or thing is done committed, the penalty for which would be at least six months (4) A member who contravenes the provisions of subsection (1) or omitted to be done bona fide in the course of operations of imprisonment without the option of a fine, shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine not exceeding P6 the Councilor a committee, render a member or a member of a (2) The Council may remove a member from office after 000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 months, committee personally liable for an action, claim or demand. consultation with the appointing authority if the member- or to both. Statutes (a) is absent without reasonable cause from three consecutive Confidentiality 23. The Council, acting in consultation with the Senate may, meetings of the Council of which the member has had notice; 18.(1) Every member and any person co-opted to a committee from time to time, enact Statutes for the better carrying into (b) is inefficient; shall observe and preserve the confidentiality of all matters effect of this Act. ( c) has been found to be physically or mentally incapable of coming before a committee, and such confidentiality shall subsist Repeal of Cap.57:01 performing his or her duties efficiently; or even after the tennination of his or her tenn of office or his or 24. The University of Botswana Act, (hereinafter referred to as (d) contravenes this Act, Statutes, or other instruments her co-option the repealed Act, is hereby repealed. stipulating the duties and responsibilities of members, or (2) A person to whom confidential information is revealed Savings otherwise misconducts himself or herself to the detriment of the through working with a committee shall not disclose that 25. (1) All Statutes, rules, ordinances and regulations made under. objectives of the Council. information to any other person unless he or she is required to the repealed Act shall, to the extent consistent with this Act, and (3) A member may resign from office by giving 30 days notice in do so in terms of any written law or for purposes of any judicial until otherwise provided for in terms of this Act, continue to writing to the person or officer designated in the Statutes as the proceedings. apply and have effect. Secretary to the Council, (3) A member or an expert engaged to render services that may (2) All principal officers, the Council and the Senate appointed (4) The office of a member shall become vacant after- include access to confidential information shall not, for a period under the repealed Act shall continue to hold and perform the (a) a period of 30 days from the date the member is convicted of two years after leaving office or rendering such expert service, duties and exercise the powers conferred under the repealed Act of an offence referred to under subsection (1) (b), where the use to their personal advantage information acquired by him or until they are replaced by officers and governance structures member does not appeal; her by virtue of being associated with a committee. provided for in this Act. (b) a period of 30 days from the date a ruling against the member (4) Any person who contravenes the provisions of this section Transitional Provisions is made on an appeal made in respect of a conviction against the shall be guilty of an offence and liable to a fine not exceeding 26. (1) Upon commencement of this Act, there shall be member under subsection (1) (b), where the member appeals; P6 000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding 12 months, transferred to and vested in the University, by virtue of this Act (c) a period of 30 days has elapsed from the date the member or to both, and for a second or subsequent offence to a fine not and without further assurance, all property, rights, liabilities and gave notice in writing of his or her intention to resign in exceeding P10 000, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding obligations that, immediately before the commencement of this accordance with subsection (3); two years, or to both. Act, were the property, rights, liabilities and obligations of the (d) a period of 30 days has elapsed from the date the member is Committees of Council former University. given notice in writing by the Council to vacate office; or 19. (1) The Council shall have the following committees whose (2) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, make (e) a member is summarily required by the Council to vacate terms Comm}ttees of of reference and membership shall be as such transitional arrangements not otherwise provided for in this office on the grounds referred to in subsection (2) (d), specified in the Statutes – Act as shall be necessary. (5) Where the office of a member becomes vacant before the (a) the Executive Committee of Council; PASSED by the National Assembly this 14th day of August, 2008. expiry of the member’s term of office, the Secretary shall (b) the Joint Committee of the Council and the Senate; E.S. MPOFU, initiate the process of appointing or ,electing a replacement who (c) the Audit Committee; Clerk of the National Assembly. shall hold office for a full term, (d) the Finance Committee; (e) the Human Resources Committee;

233 ACT AND STATUTES

THE UNIVERSITY OF BOTSWANA STATUTES year within six months after the end of each academic year, as respect of the appointment of Deputy Vice Chancellors. In Exercise of the powers conferred by Section 14 of the University shall be appointed by the Chairperson of Council. (ii) The Joint Committee prescribed by the Statute shall be of Botswana Act (Cap.57:01), the Council of the University of (ii) At each annual meeting the Council will receive an annual constituted as in Statute 13 (ii) except that the Vice Chancellor Botswana hereby makes the following Statutes: report of the activities of the University, together with an audited shall also be a member. Statement of Accounts, and the Council shall take such action as (iii) The Council shall appoint Deputy Vice Chancellors after Part I Preliminary may be necessary and make such appointments as required to be considering recommendations from the Joint Committee of 1. These Statutes shall be cited as the University of Botswana made at an annual meeting. Council and Senate, and for such period and under such Statutes, 1982, which came into operation on 7th October 1983; (iii) Notice of the annual meeting shall be circulated by the conditions as the Council shall as revised from time to time. Secretary of Council at least twenty-one days before the determine. 2. In these Statutes, unless the context otherwise requires: date thereof and a copy of the annual report and the audited “Academic staff ” means an employee of the University whose Statement of Accounts shall be sent to every member of the Part VI Auditor terms and conditions of service include the obligation to Council at least fourteen days before the date of the annual 15. Unless otherwise directed under the provisions of Section 13 undertake teaching, research and service and/or holders of posts meeting. of the Act, the Council shall appoint an Auditor provided that: declared by Council on the advice of Senate to be academic; (iv) An agenda shall be circulated by the Secretary to Council at (a) The person so appointed shall be, in the opinion of the Council, “Act” means the University of Botswana Act (Cap.57:01); least fourteen days before any meeting of the Council. a qualified accountant actively practising his/her profession; and “Chancellor” means the person holding the office of Chancellor (v) The Council shall exclude from its meetings the student (b) No person shall be so appointed who, or any of whose in accordance with Section 5 of the Act; members when it is considering the restricted agenda of partners, is a member of the Council or staff of the University. “Council” means the University Council established under Council. 16. The Auditor appointed in accordance with Statute 15 may Section 8 of the Act; (vi) Subject to these Statutes, Council shall regulate its own require: “Department” means either an academic department of procedure. (i) Any member, servant or agent of the University to produce the University established under Statute 45 in which one or 9. The University’s duly appointed Director of Legal Services such material information in regard to any transaction of the more programmes of study are offered, or an administrative shall act as Secretary to Council and shall be responsible for the University or the management of its affairs as such member, department; management of the Council Committee structure. servant or agent is reasonably able to provide; and “Deputy Vice Chancellor” means a Deputy Vice Chancellor 10 (i) When a vacancy occurs in the membership of the Council (ii) The production for inspection by the Auditor of any book appointed under Part VI hereof; the Secretary shall notify the appointing or electing person or or document relating to the affairs of or any cash or securities “Director” means the head of an institute, an academic centre or body, as appropriate, requesting the appointment or election of belonging to the University by the member, servant or agent of an administrative department; a successor to the vacant office, in accordance with Section 8 of the University in possession of such book, document, cash or “Graduate” means a graduate of the University or a graduate of the Act and the schedule thereto. securities. the former universities, in accordance with the Act; (ii) The Secretary shall arrange the conduct of all elections to 17. The Auditor appointed in accordance with Statute 15 shall “Quorum” means the minimum number of members that must other bodies and offices by the Council, its committees, and such report directly to the Council on whether proper books of be present to constitute a valid meeting. Except where otherwise other groups of University staff as shall be determined from time account have been kept and whether the financial statements specified by the Statutes, the quorum of every committee shall be to time by the Vice Chancellor. of the University: 50% (fifty percent) of the membership thereof; (iii) Elections conducted under Statute 10 (ii) to membership of (a) Were prepared on a basis consistent with the requirements of “Senate” means the Senate established under Section 9 of the Council shall be conducted by secret ballot. the Council and/or in agreement with the books of account; Act; 11. The Secretary shall be responsible for the signing and custody (b) In the case of the income and expenditure statement gives “Staff Development Fellow” means an employee of the of notices and legal documents on behalf of the University and a true and fair view of the income and expenditure of the University who is required to undertake programmes of study or Council shall pass a resolution to such effect for the purpose of University for the financial year; and training in order to become a member of the academic staff; legal process. (c) In the case of the balance sheet gives a true and fair view “Student” means any person currently registered for the receipt of the University’s state of affairs as at the end of the financial of instruction in the University; Part III The University Seal year. “Support Staff” means an employee of the University whose 12. (i) The Secretary to Council shall be responsible to the Council terms and conditions of service do not include the primary for the safe custody of the University Seal. Part VII Finance and Audit Committee obligation to undertake teaching and research; (ii) The University Seal shall be affixed to leases, contracts and 18.(i) There shall be a Finance and Audit Committee of the “University” means the University of Botswana established agreements to which the University is a party, and to parchments Council (in this Part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall under Section 2 of the Act; issued in respect of any degree, diploma or certificate conferred consist of the following members: “Vice Chancellor” means the Vice Chancellor appointed by the authority of the Senate; provided however, that it is (a) Vice Chancellor; pursuant to Section 7 (1) of the Act. specifically recorded that any failure by the University to affix the (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; 3. Nothing in these Statutes shall be interpreted in such a manner University Seal shall not affect the enforceability of such lease, (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Education or as to conflict with the provisions of the Act and where such contract or agreement in any manner whatsoever. representative; conflict occurs the provisions of the Act shall take precedence. (iii) Except as provided in Statute 12 (ii), the University Seal shall (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Finance and 4. The members of the University shall be: be used only on the specific authority of the Council. Development Planning or representative; (a) The members of the Council; (iv) The affixing of the University Seal to any certificates, diplomas, (e) Director of Financial Services; (b) The members of the Senate; degrees or any awards shall be attested to by the Secretary to (f ) One person appointed by the Senate; (c) The employees of the University; Council and witnessed by a Dean of Faculty or School. (g) One member of Council from among those appointed to (d) The professors emeritus; (v) The affixing of the University Seal to any document, other Council from Senate; (e) The graduates; than certificates, diplomas, degrees or awards, as authorised by (h) One student appointed annually by the Students (f ) The students; Council shall be attested to by the Secretary to Council and by a Representative Council of the University; (g) Such other persons as the Council may declare to be witness who shall be a member of the Council. (i) Member of Council appointed to Council from among the members. academic staff; 5. The membership of students on Council, Senate, the Part IV Appointment of the Vice Chancellor (j) Member of Council appointed to Council from among the Committees of Council and Senate, and any other Committees 13.(i) There shall be a Joint Committee of the Council and the support staff; or Boards defined in these Statutes shall cease if they cease to be Senate to recommend to the Council what advice it should give (k) Member of Council elected by the Botswana graduates of the registered students of the University or when they are suspended, to the Chancellor, in terms of Section 7(1) of the Act, on the University of Botswana and its antecedents. provided that during such period of suspension the Student appointment of a Vice Chancellor. (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a chairperson Representative Council may nominate replacement members (ii) The Joint Committee shall consist of the following members: from amongst the members of the Committee. from its membership. (a) A chairperson, who is not the chairperson of Council, (iii) Subject to any directions which may be given by the Council, 6. Unless otherwise specified in these Statutes, the Secretary of appointed by Council from among those of its members who are the Committee shall regulate its own procedure. every Committee or Board shall be appointed by the Chairperson not employees of the University; 19. Subject to such limitations as the Council may impose, the of the Committee or Board. (b) Three persons appointed by the Council from among those of Committee may govern, manage, regulate and advise the Council 7. The Secretary to Council, Senate, and any other Committee or its members who are not members of the Senate; and on the finances, accounts, investments, property business Board defined in these Statutes shall also be the Secretary to the (c) Three persons appointed by the Senate. and generally, the financial affairs of the University; but the respective Executive Committee. Committee shall not approve, without further reference to the Part V Appointment of Deputy Vice Chancellors Council, the annual estimates of expenditure. Without prejudice Part II Meetings of Council 14. (i) There shall be a Joint Committee of the Council and the to the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may: 8. (i) The Council shall hold an annual meeting in each calendar Senate which shall make recommendations to the Council in

234 (a) Recommend policies regarding the management and (h) One member of the support staff elected by the support with Part XXXIII. administration of the finances of the University; staff; 31. (i) Subject to such directions as may be given by the Council, (b) Receive the annual estimates of revenue and expenditure and (i) At the discretion of the chairperson, not more than two every appointment and every promotion of the academic staff of act as an advisory committee to Council on such estimates; additional members with special competence from within or the University below the rank of associate professor, and of the (c) Recommend to Council the form in which the annual outside the University. support staff of the University below the rank of director, shall be estimates of revenue and expenditure and financial statements (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a chairperson made by the Vice Chancellor or such persons as to whom such shall be prepared; from amongst the members of the Committee. powers may be delegated by the Vice Chancellor. (d) Make rules and prescribe procedures for the control of 26. The Committee shall inter alia recommend to Council, for (ii) No appointment or promotion of such members of the expenditure and generally for the administration of financial approval, policies regarding the human resource development academic and the support staff of the University as are specified affairs; and and training needs, the terms and conditions of service, and in Statute 31 (i) shall be made by the Vice Chancellor or such (e) Determine the persons who shall be authorised to sign benefits of the employees of the University. persons as to whom such powers may be delegated until the Vice cheques, contracts and other financial orders and documents on Chancellor has considered every recommendation made by the behalf of the University, provided such persons shall include the Part IX Physical Resources Committee Appointments, Promotions and Review Committee in accordance Deputy Vice Chancellor 27. (i) There shall be a Physical Resources Committee (in this with Part XXXIII. (Finance and Administration). Part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of the 32. The Vice Chancellor may refer decisions in respect of 20. (i) The Committee shall cause to be established a fund (in this following members: University staff appointments or promotions to Council and Statute referred to as “the Fund”). (a) Vice Chancellor; defer their implementation until Council has taken a decision (ii) There shall be paid into the Fund: (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor; on them. (a) Monies representing any gift, donation, legacy or endowment (c) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Education or received by the University without direction as to the purpose to representative; Part XI Staff Appeals Committee which the same shall be applied; (d) Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Finance and 33. (i) There shall be a Staff Appeals Committee of Council (in (b) Monies appropriated in terms of Statute 20 (iii); and/or Development Planning or representative; this Part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of (c) Monies accruing or realised from any investment or deposit (e) One member of Senate appointed by Senate; the following members made under Statutes 20 (iv) or (v). (f ) Director of Institutional Planning; a) two external members of Council appointed by Council; (iii) The annual estimates of the University shall make provision (g) Director of Campus Services; b) one member of Council elected to Council by Senate. for the expenditure of any monies to be appropriated by the (h) Director of Financial Services; ii) council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a Chairperson from Committee for payment into the Fund, and shall specify the (i) Director of the Department of Architecture and Building amongst the members of the Committee. purposes for which those monies may be paid from the Fund. Services in the Ministry of Works, Transport, and Communications iii) subject to any directions which may be given by Council, the (iv) Pending payment from the Fund, monies of the Fund or representative; Committee shall regulate its own procedures. (including monies appropriated for payment into the Fund) shall, (j) A representative of a local authority as a co-opted member; 34. subject to such directions as may be given by the Council, as far as is practicable, be invested. (k) The member of Council appointed to Council from Senate; the Committee shall hear appeals by staff against decisions (v) Monies of the Fund which are not invested in accordance with (l) One external member of Council appointed by Council. of Management and make appropriate recommendations to Statute 20(iv) shall be deposited in a University bank account (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a chairperson Council. specifically opened for that purpose. from amongst the members of the Committee. (vi) Subject to the supervision of the Committee, investments of 28. (i) The Committee shall, inter alia recommend to the Council Part XII Vice Chancellor the monies of the Fund may be released at any time. policies on the physical development of the University and the 35. Subject to the Act, the Vice Chancellor shall be the chief (vii) Monies may be paid from the Fund either for the purposes overall management of construction, maintenance and security executive officer of the University and shall have overall specified under Statute 20 (iii) or for such other purposes as the of buildings, grounds, campus properties, equipment and vehicles responsibility for academic and administrative leadership by Committee may determine. of the University. directing policy formulation and institutional planning and 21. (i) The Committee shall cause to be kept all proper books and development; for the management and development of the records of account of the Part X Staff Appointments and Promotions Committee University by ensuring implementation of University policy; income, expenditure, assets and liabilities of the University. 29. (i) There shall be a Staff Appointments and Promotions and for the achievement of its mission through monitoring and (ii) Within three months of the end of each financial year, the Committee of the Council (in this Part referred to as “the evaluation of the performance of the University in realizing its Committee shall cause to be submitted to the Auditor the Committee”) which shall consist of the following members: goals and objectives. account of the University together with- (a) Vice Chancellor; 36. The Vice Chancellor shall be responsible to the Council for (a) a statement of income and expenditure during such year; (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; maintaining and promoting the reputation and good order, and (c) Principal of the Botswana College of Agriculture; efficient and effective processes and procedures of the University, (b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the University on (d) Two external members of Council appointed by Council; and shall have all such powers as are necessary or expedient the last day of such year. (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans; for the performance of these duties, and may establish such 22. The financial year of the University shall be the period from (f ) Director of Human Resources; committees as the Vice Chancellor may deem necessary for the 1st April in one year to 31st March in the following year. (g) Three professors from within the University, coming from better carrying into effect of these functions. 23. (i) Subject to the approval of the Council, the Committee shall different faculties, elected by Senate for a term of three years 37. The Vice Chancellor shall have overall direction and by regulation prescribe the level of fees payable, and the dates by after which they shall be eligible for re-election for a second responsibility over the academic and administrative work of the which such fees shall be paid, in respect of tuition, maintenance term only. University and the staff thereof, and the officers and servants and such other facilities and services of the University as the (ii) The Council shall appoint, on an annual basis, a chairperson employed in, or in connection with, such work, including (but Council may from time to time determine. from amongst the members of the Committee. without limitation by reason of such particularity) the Deputy (ii) No student shall be awarded a degree or other qualification of (iii) Deans of Faculties and Schools, Directors of Institutes and Vice Chancellors, and has such other powers and shall perform the University unless he/she shall have paid, or have had paid on Centres, and Directors of Administrative Departments to or such other duties as may be conferred upon or assigned to the his/her behalf, all fees including fines due to the University. within which an appointment or promotion is to be made may Vice Chancellor by the Council; it being specifically recorded that 24. The Committee may exercise or perform any duty conferred be invited but only when the business of their Faculty, School, any derogation of responsibility to such officers, servants and or imposed on it with financial implications, subject to such Institute, Centre, or Department is under consideration. (iv) Deputy Vice Chancellors made in accordance with these Statutes limitations as the Council may specify. Subject to any directions which may be given by the Council, the shall be strictly without derogation to the authority of the Vice Committee shall regulate its own procedure. Chancellor as provided for by Section 7 (1) of the Act. Part VIII Human Resources Committee 30. (i) Subject to such directions as may be given by the Council, 38. (i) Subject to such regulation as the Council may approve, the 25. (i) There shall be a Human Resources Committee of the the Committee shall make every appointment and every Vice- Chancellor may, in the performance of his/her duties under Council (in this Part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall promotion of the academic staff of the University of the rank Statute 34, by order: consist of the following members: of associate professor and above, the appointment of Deans and (a) Prohibit the admission as a student of any person to the (a) Vice Chancellor; Deputy Deans of Faculties, Directors of Institutes and Centres, University; (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; and the appointment of support staff of the University of the (b) Prohibit, for such period as shall be specified, any student (c) Director of Human Resources; rank of Director or equivalent. from attending classes or a particular class; (d) A person appointed by Senate; (ii) No appointment or promotion of such members of the (c) Prohibit any student from entering or remaining on such part (e) One Dean of Faculty elected by the Deans; academic and the support staff of the University as are or parts of the University precinct as shall be specified; (f ) One external member of Council appointed by Council; specified in Statute 30 (i) shall be made by the Committee (d) Dismiss or suspend for such period as shall be specified any (g) One member of the academic staff elected by the academic unless it has considered every recommendation made to it by an student or group of students; staff; Appointments, Promotions and Review Committee in accordance (e) Take any other action against any student as the Vice

235 ACT AND STATUTES

Chancellor may in the circumstances deem appropriate. for articulating the mission statement, goals and objectives of University. (ii) The Vice Chancellor may appoint a disciplinary committee, the University for approval by Council. (ii) All members of the University, as defined in Statute 2, shall be with such membership as is deemed appropriate, to assist the 44. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Senate shall have members of the congregation and it shall be open to the Senate Vice Chancellor in the performance of the Vice Chancellor’s power to: to invite other persons to a Congregation. duties under this Statute. (a) Make regulations relating to teaching and instruction within (iii) A Congregation shall be presided over by the Chancellor or in 39. Subject to the Act and to Statute 37, the Vice Chancellor the University including programmes of study and contents of the Chancellor’s absence by the Vice Chancellor. may delegate such powers, duties or functions as is deemed fit courses, provided that the introduction of new programmes of (iv) A Congregation shall be held at least once in each academic and prescribe conditions governing the exercise of any delegated study shall be subject to the approval of the Council; year and shall be called by the authority of the Senate. power, duty or function, provided that, in the absence of express (b) Make regulations governing the admission of persons to provision made by him/her power delegated shall not include programmes of study in the University; Part XVII Honorary Degrees power to sub delegate. (c) Make regulations governing methods of assessing and 50. (i) Any degree may be awarded honoris causa. 40. The Vice Chancellor shall by virtue of office be a member examining the academic performance of students, and (ii) Honorary degrees may from time to time be conferred upon of every Faculty and of every other entity of the University regulations for the conduct of examinations; any person who is not an employee of the University and who established by or under the Statutes and of every board or (d) Make regulations governing the award of such fellowships, has rendered distinguished service in the advancement of any committee appointed by the Council, by the Senate, by any scholarships, studentship, exhibitions and other prizes as the branch of learning or who has otherwise rendered himself/ Faculty or by any other authority of the University established by Council may establish, subject to any conditions made by the herself worthy of such degree. or under these Statutes. founders or donors thereof and accepted by the Council; (iii) At the invitation of the Vice Chancellor, members of the Part XIII Deputy Vice Chancellors (e) Authorise the conferment of degrees, diplomas, certificates University may submit written nominations for the conferment 41. (i) The Deputy Vice Chancellors shall be responsible to and other awards and shall be determined their titles and of honorary degrees upon deserving persons. the Vice Chancellor for providing leadership through policy abbreviations; (iv) Each such nomination shall be accompanied by a statement formulation and planning, management and administration in (f ) By regulation, define academic dress and prescribe the use of the degree recommended and the grounds for making the their respective areas thereof; recommendation. of responsibilities as may be defined in the Ordinances/ (g) Recommend to Council the conferment of the title and (v) The Vice Chancellor shall be the sole authority to ask persons Regulations provided for by Part XXXVII, if any. status of Emeritus Professor on any Professor at or after his/her upon whom it is proposed to confer honorary degrees whether or (ii) By virtue of office, a Deputy Vice Chancellor shall be a member retirement in recognition of long and distinguished service to the not they wish to accept such award. of such other committees of Council and Senate as may from University or to the former University of Botswana and Swaziland (vi) Notwithstanding Statute 50 (i), an honorary degree shall be time to time be prescribed in these Statutes. and their antecedents; conferred only on the authority or a r resolution of the Senate and (h) Initiate proposals relating to the conduct of the University the Council passed by not less than two thirds of the members of Part XIV Senate generally, discuss matters relating to the University and make the Senate and the Council present, on the recommendation of 42. (i) The membership of the Senate shall consist of: representations thereon to the Council; exercise all such other an Academic Honours Committee. (a) Vice Chancellor; powers as are or may be conferred upon the Senate by the Act, (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; by the Statutes, or by the Council, and make such regulations or Part XVIII Academic Honours Committee (c) Three representatives from each faculty elected by the Faculty rules as are necessary in the exercise of those powers. 51. (i) There shall be an Academic Honours Committee of Senate Board , two of whom shall be professors or Associate professors 45. The Senate shall recommend to the Council the establishment (in this part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall consist and the other a senior lecturer or lecturer.; of academic Departments and determine which Departments of the following members: (d) Deans of the Faculties, Schools of the University and the and academic subjects shall form part of or be the responsibility (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who shall be Deans of the Botswana College of Agriculture; of each Faculty or school and may determine that a Department chairperson; (e) Three students one of whom should be a graduate student or academic subject shall form part of or be the responsibility of (b) Three persons appointed by the Council; from among those of appointed annually by the Students Representative Council; more than one Faculty or School. its members who are not members of the Senate; and (f ) Director of Academic Development; 46. The Senate shall meet at least twice each semester. (c) Three professors appointed by the Senate. (g) Two representatives of each Faculty, elected by the Faculty (ii) The Committee shall recommend to Senate the conferment Board one of whom shall be a Professor or an Associate Part XV Executive Committee of Senate of honorary degrees. Professor; 47. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee of the Senate (in (iii) Subject to any directions which may be given by the Council (h) Director of Library Services; this part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of and the Senate, the Committee shall regulate its own procedure. (i) Director of Research and Development; the following members: (j) Deputy Director of Affilliated Institutions; (a) Vice Chancellor; Part XIX Planning and Resources Committee (k) Director of Academic Services; (b) Deputy Vice Chancellors; 52. There shall be a Planning and Resources Committee of Senate (l) Director of Continuing Education. (c) the Deans of the Faculties and Schools of the University and (in this part referred to as “the Committee”) which shall consist of (ii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson of the Senate and the Deans of the Faculties the following members: in the Vice Chancellor’s absence the Deputy Vice Chancellor of the Botswana College of Agriculture; (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Finance and Administration) who (Academic Affairs) shall act as Chairperson of Senate. (d) Two persons who are members of the Senate, elected by shall be the chairperson; (iii) Where Senate is considering any matter where conflict the Senate, one of whom shall be a Professor or an Associate (b) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs); of interest might arise when discussed in the presence of any Professor; (c) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Student Affairs); member, such a member shall be required by the Senate to recuse (e) Director of Academic Services; (d) The Deans of the Faculties and Schools; themselves from any further consideration of the matter. (f ) Director of Continuing Education; and (e) Two members of the academic staff appointed by Senate; (iv) The Senate shall exclude from its meetings the student (g) The Director of Research and Development. (f ) Director of Academic Services; members when it is considering the academic performance in (ii) The Committee may make rules and regulations to govern (g) Director of Financial Services; examinations or otherwise, of individual students, or matters its proceedings provided that the Vice Chancellor may summon (h) Director of Campus Services; relating to a member or members of staff which the Senate in its meetings whenever the Vice Chancellor may deem it necessary (i) Director of Human Resources; discretion shall consider confidential. to do so. (j) The Directors of Institutes and Centres; (v) Senate shall regulate its own procedures by the standing (iii) The Vice Chancellor shall be Chairperson of the Executive (k) Director of Library Services; and orders formulated by itself. Committee and in the Vice Chancellor’s absence the Deputy Vice (l) Director of Institutional Planning. (vi) The Senate may: Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall act as Chairperson. 53. The Committee shall inter alia: (a) Appoint any committee consisting of members of the Senate 48. The Executive Committee may: (a) Review the mission statement, goals, and objectives of the and such other persons as it deems appropriate; (a) Act on behalf of the Senate between Senate meetings and University and recommend to Senate accordingly; (b) Authorise any committee appointed under this Statute to act deal with such matters as may be referred to it by Senate; (b) Co-ordinate the University’s planning and development jointly with any committee appointed by the Council; and (b) At the request of the Vice Chancellor, act as an advisory body strategy; (c) Delegate any of its powers and functions to any committee to the Vice Chancellor; (c) Co-ordinate the methodology of allocation and distribution appointed under this Statute. (c) Deal with such other matters as may from time to time be of internal resources in support of the institutional planning and 43. Senate shall be the academic authority of the University referred to it by Senate. development strategy; and shall have overall responsibility for the academic policies, (d) Review sectional planning submissions in order to ensure plans, and programmes of the University and shall have general Part XVI Congregation their appropriateness and consistency with the mission, strategy control and direction under the Council of the teaching, research, 49. (i) There shall be a Congregation of the University for the and objectives of the University, and advise Senate accordingly; examinations, conferment of degrees and the granting of other purpose of conferring degrees and honorary degrees and (e) Evaluate sectional planning submissions and recommend awards of the University. In addition, Senate shall be responsible for granting diplomas, certificates and other awards of the funding priorities to Senate; and

236 (f) Advise Senate on the integration of academic, financial and 58. Subject to the Statutes and to such limitations as the Senate (e) Such other persons as the Senate may determine; and physical plans into the University’s institutional plan. may impose, a Faculty Board or School may: (f ) Such number of staff development fellows of the Institute or (i) Direct and regulate, within the general academic policy Centre as the Board may determine. Part XX Academic Policy Review and Planning Committee formulated by the Senate, all matters relating to teaching, (ii) The members of the Board referred to in Statute 61 (i) (c) and 54. There shall be an Academic Policy Review and Planning instruction and research within each Faculty or School, including (d) shall vacate their seats at the end of each academic year but Committee of Senate (in this part referred to as the “Committee”) curricula and examinations, and advise the Senate on such shall be eligible for reappointment. which shall consist of the following members: matters; (iii) Subject to the direction of Senate, the Board of an Institute (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who shall be the (ii) Appoint internal and external examiners and recommend to or Centre may: chairperson; the Finance Committee the fees payable to the examiners; (a) Decide on matters of general policy regarding the work of (b) Principal of the Botswana College of Agriculture or (iii) Make recommendations to the Senate in respect of the award the Institute or Centre, after consultation with the staff of the representative; of degrees, diplomas, certificates and other awards, academic Institute or Centre; (c) Deans of the Faculties and Schools of the University and the titles and distinctions within the Faculty; (b) Establish advisory groups to give the Board and the Director Deans of the Faculties of the Botswana College of Agriculture; (iv) Discuss any matters relating to the work of the Faculty and advice on any academic work, research project, or consultancy (d) Director of Library Services; submit recommendations thereon to the Senate; being, or to be, undertaken by the Institute or Centre; (e) Director of Academic Services; (v) From time to time, consider the progress and conduct of the (c) Notwithstanding the generality of Statute 61 (i), advise the (f) Director of Academic Development; students of the Faculty and make regular reports to the Senate; Director of the Institute or Centre on the priorities and emphasis (g) Two persons appointed by Senate, one of whom should be a (vi) Consider all matters referred to it for its consideration by the of scholarship required for the benefit of the nation or of Professor or an Associate Professor; Senate and report to the Senate; particular sectors of the nation; (h) Director of Institutional Planning; (vii) Receive at each meeting oral and/or written reports from (d) Approve the affiliation or attachment to an Institute or Centre (i) Director of Research and Development; Heads of Departments and Faculty representatives on University of individual academics; (j) Director of Continuing Education. committees and boards; (e) Generally direct and approve proposals for activities of the 55. The Committee shall: (viii) Appoint committees consisting of members of the Faculty Institute or Centre in pursuance of its objectives; (i) Review the University’s academic policies and advise Senate and such other persons as it thinks fit and delegate any of its (f) Consider all matters referred to it by Senate and report accordingly; functions to the committees so appointed. thereon to the Senate. (ii) Review proposals from the Faculties, Schools, Institutes and 59. (i) There shall be a School of Graduate Studies, the Board (iv) The quorum of the Board of an Institute or Centre shall be Centres and from the academic support service units for changes of which (“the School Board”) shall consist of the following one third of the membership thereof. in academic policy, ensure their compliance with the academic members: policies of the University, and advise Senate accordingly; (a) Dean of the School, who shall be Chairperson; Part XXII Executive Committees of Boards, Schools, Institutes (iii) Review and advise Senate on the submissions from the b) One person appointed by Senate; or Centres Faculties, Schools, Institutes and Centres and from the academic (c) One representative from each Faculty, School, Institute or 62. (i) There shall be an Executive Committee of the Board of support service units in which are outlined the academic plans Centre who shall be of the rank of at least senior lecturer or each Faculty, School, Institute or Centre. for the accomplishment of the University’s mission, objectives, equivalent; (ii)The Executive Committee shall: and strategies with a statement of the attendant human, (d) One representative of each of the Departments offering (a) Act on behalf of the Board between Board meetings and deal financial, and physical resource requirements; postgraduate programmes; with such matters as may be referred to it by the Board; (iv) Integrate and consolidate the academic planning submissions (e) Director of Library Services or representative; (b) Act at the request of the Dean of a Faculty or School, or the into the University’s academic plan, setting out the resource (f) Two post graduate students elected for a period of one Director of an Institute or Centre as an advisory body to the Dean implications of implementation, and advise Senate accordingly; academic year by and from among the postgraduate students; or Director. (v) Review continually the needs which underpin the elements and (iii) The Committee may make rules and regulations to govern of the University’s academic plan and, where necessary and (g) Such other persons as the Senate may determine. its proceedings, provided that the Dean or the Director may appropriate, suggest changes and improvements to Senate. (ii) The members of the School Board referred to in Statute 59 summon meetings whenever the Dean or Director may deem it (i) (b) and (c) shall vacate their seats at the end of each academic necessary to do so. Part XXI Boards of Faculties, Schools, Institutes and Centres year but shall be eligible for reappointment. 56. Each Faculty, School, Institute or Centre shall have a Board (iii) The quorum of the School Board shall be one third of the Part XXIII Executive Committees of Faculty Boards which shall meet at least twice each semester but otherwise shall membership thereof. 63. (i) The Executive Committee of each Faculty Board (in this regulate its own procedure by the standing orders formulated (iv) The School Board shall exclude from its meeting the student part referred to as “the Committee”) shall consist of the following by it. members when it is considering the academic performance in members: 57. (i) There shall be a Faculty Board of each Faculty which shall examination or otherwise, of individual students, or when it is (a) The Dean of the Faculty; consist of the following members: discussing any matters relating to a member or members of staff (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; a) The Dean of the Faculty, who shall be Chairperson; which the Board in its discretion shall consider confidential. (c) The Heads of Department of the Faculty; (b) The Deputy Dean of the Faculty; 60. Subject to the Statutes to such limitations as the Senate may (d) Two persons elected by the Faculty Board one of whom shall (c) Heads of Departments; impose, the School Board be a professor or an associate professor. (d) Such members of the academic staff of the Departments of shall: (i) Promote the development of quality and relevance in the (ii) The Dean of the Faculty shall be the Chairperson of the the Faculty as the Board may determine; provision of graduate studies; Executive Committee and in his/her absence the Deputy Dean (e) One representative of each of the Faculties including the (ii) Approve admissions and progression for all graduate shall act as Chairperson. Faculties of Botswana College of Agriculture; students; (f ) Director of Library Services or representative; (iii) Provide leadership in the co-ordination and development of Part XXIV Executive Committee of the School of Graduate (g) One representative of each of the Institutes and Centres of graduate studies; Studies the University; (iv) Maintain quality across all graduate programmes; 64. The Executive Committee of the Board of the School of (h) Such number of students as the Board may determine; (v) Assist with fund-raising and marketing of graduate Graduate Studies (in this part referred to as “the Committee”) (i) Such number of staff development fellows of the Departments programmes; shall consist of the following members: of the Faculty as the Board may determine; (vi) Establish guidelines for supervision of graduate students (a) The Dean of the School, who shall be Chairperson; (j) Such other persons as the Senate may determine. (approval of supervisors and monitor the progress of graduate (b) The Faculty representatives on the Board; (ii) The members of a Faculty Board referred to in Statute 57 (i) (e), students); (c) One person appointed by the Senate; (g) and (h) shall vacate their seats at the end of each academic (vii) Maintain clear lines of communication with each faculty and (d) One person who is a member of the School Board, elected by year but shall be eligible for reappointment. department offering graduate studies; the School Board. (iii) The quorum of a Faculty Board shall be one third of the (viii) Work to enhance the facilities available to graduate membership thereof. students. Part XXV Executive Committees of Institutes or Centres (iv) Part-time members of academic staff may attend meetings of 61. (i) There shall be a Board of each Institute or Centre which 65. The Executive Committee of the Board of an Institute or the Faculty Board at the shall consist of the following members: Centre (in this part referred to as “the Committee”) shall consist discretion of the Dean but shall have no vote. (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who shall be the of the following members: (v) A Faculty Board shall exclude from its meeting the student chairperson; (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre, who shall be the members when it is considering the academic performance of (b) Such members of the academic staff as the Board may from Chairperson; individual students, or when it is discussing any other matter time to time determine; (b) The Deputy Director of the Institute or Centre; relating to a member or members of staff which a Faculty Board (c) One member from each Faculty elected by the Faculty Board; (c) The Heads of Departments or Units of the Institute or Centre; in its discretion shall consider confidential. (d) One member of Senate elected by Senate; and

237 ACT AND STATUTES

(d) One person who is a member of the Board of the Institute, by the Academic and Administrative Staff Appointments members: elected by the Board of the Institute. and Promotions Committee taking into consideration the (a) Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who shall be Part XXVI Deans of Faculties and Schools, and Directors of recommendation of the appropriate Appointments, Promotions chairperson; Institutes and Centres and Review Committee. (b) The Deans of the Faculties and the Schools of the University 66.(i) The Dean or Director shall be the chief executive officer (ii) Where there is a vacancy in any of the offices referred to under and the Deans of the Faculties of the Botswana College of of the Faculty, School, Institute or Centre to which he/she is Statute 71 (i), the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall Agriculture; appointed and in the Faculty, School, Institute or Centre shall, cause the position to be advertised within the Faculty, Institute, (c) Two Professors appointed by the Senate; subject to the Act and to these Statutes, be responsible for its or Centre. (d) Director of Human Resources or representative. general administration, the supervision of the academic and the (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director (ii) Where there is a vacancy in the office of the Dean of the support staff, the teaching and study of the subjects assigned to shall make their candidacy known either through an application School of Graduate Studies, the Deputy Vice Chancellor the Faculty, School, Institute, or Centre, or through a nomination or by invitation of the University of (Academic Affairs) shall cause the position to be advertised the welfare and academic progress of the students, and shall Botswana. within the University inviting applications from suitably qualified have such other powers and duties as may be assigned to him/ (iv) In the event of the establishment of a new Faculty, or where members of the University staff. No person shall be eligible for her by the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) on behalf a vacancy of Dean of Faculty has been advertised in accordance appointment as Dean unless he/she has been, for the twelve (120 of, and as directed by, the Vice Chancellor. with Statute 71 (ii) and it has been determined that there are months immediately preceding the appointment, of or above the ii) The Dean or Director shall participate in the formulation, no suitable internal candidates, the University shall, after rank of associate professor. implementation and evaluation of the academic policies of the consultation with the Faculty Appointments, Promotions and (iii) Candidates for the position of Dean shall make their University and shall promote academic excellence in the teaching, Review Committee, extend the search for a Dean internationally. candidacy known either through an application or through a research and service programmes of the University. He/she shall In this event, the requirements shall be for a person holding the nomination. provide academic leadership to the Faculty, School, Institute, or rank of associate professor or above. (iv) The file of candidates shall be reviewed by the Special Centre by planning, directing, and co-ordinating the formulation (v) A Dean appointed in accordance with Statute 71 (iv) above Selection Committee which shall recommend a short list to the and implementation of the academic plans and programmes of shall, upon successful completion of two three-year terms, Staff Appointments and Promotions Committee of persons for the departments of the Faculty, School, Institute, or Centre. have the option to apply to take up appointment at the appointment as Dean of the School. (iii) The Dean or Director, subject to the approval of the Vice appropriate rank in the relevant Department by filling a vacant (v) No person shall be eligible for appointment as Dean unless he/ Chancellor may delegate any powers or duties under this Statute position. Alternatively, the University may offer appointment on she has been, for the twelve months preceding the appointment, subject to such restrictions and conditions as may be imposed, supernumerary basis for a period not exceeding three years. of or above the rank of associate professor. provided that a power delegated shall not include power to sub (vi) The file of candidates shall be reviewed by the appropriate (vi) The Dean shall be subject to an annual performance appraisal delegate. Appointments, Promotions and Review Committee which shall and review undertaken by the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic (iv) By virtue of office, the Dean or Director shall be a member of recommend a short list of candidates to the Staff Appointments Affairs) who shall provide a report to the Staff Appointments and all the boards and committees in the Faculty, School, Institute or and Promotions Committee of persons for appointment as Deans Promotions Committee. Centre. In addition, he/she shall be a member of such committees and Deputy Deans of the Faculties and Directors of Institutes and (vii) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean of the School shall of the Council and Senate as may from time to time be prescribed Centres. hold the initial appointment as such for three years, and shall in these Statutes. (vii) No person shall be eligible for appointment as Dean, Deputy be eligible for re-appointment for a further term of three years 67. Where the Dean of a Faculty is unable, whether by reason Dean, or Director unless he/she has been, for the twelve months provided that he/she shall not hold office for a continuous period of his/her absence from the University, or for any other reason, preceding appointment, of or above the rank of senior lecturer exceeding six years. to carry out his/her functions as such, the Deputy Dean of the or equivalent. (viii) If the Dean intends to extend the term of office, the Deputy Faculty shall act as Dean of the Faculty. If the Deputy Dean is (viii) The Dean, Deputy Dean or Director shall be subject to an Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall submit an assessment of the unable to act as Dean, the Deputy Vice Chancellor may, after annual performance appraisal and review undertaken by the performance of the incumbent to the Special Selection Committee consulting the Dean, if that is reasonably practicable, and the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) who shall provide a which shall make a recommendation to the Staff Appointments and members of the Executive Committee of the Faculty Board report to the appropriate Appointments, Promotions and Review Promotions Committee on the reappointment of the Dean. appoint a person of or above the rank of senior lecturer from Committee which shall recommend to the Staff Appointments (ix) Before the completion of the initial three year term, the Dean among those members of the Faculty Board referred to in Statute and Promotions Committee. shall inform the Deputy Vice Chancellor of his/her intentions 57 (i) (c) to act as Dean of the Faculty. (ix) Subject to these Statutes, the Dean, Deputy Dean, or Director regarding renewal of the term of office; which intention shall be 68. Where the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies is unable, shall hold the appointment as such for three years, and shall recorded in writing at least 60 days prior to the completion of the whether by reason of absence from the University, or for any be eligible for re-appointment for a further term of three years said initial three year term. other reason, to carry out functions as such, the Deputy Vice provided that he/she shall not hold office for a continuous period (x) If the Dean does not intend to renew the term of office, Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall, after consulting the Dean, if exceeding six years. the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall initiate the that is reasonably practicable, and the members of the Executive (x) Before the completion of the initial three year term, the Dean, process of appointment of a new Dean. Committee of the Board of the School of Graduate Studies, Deputy Dean, or Director shall inform the Deputy Vice Chancellor appoint a person of the rank of at least an associate professor of his/her intentions regarding renewal of the term of office; Part XXX Departmental Boards from among members of the Faculty Boards to act as Dean of which intention shall be recorded in writing at least 60 days prior 73. (i) Every Academic Department shall have a Departmental the School. to the completion of the said initial three year term. Board which shall consist of the following members: 69. Where the Director of an Institute or a Centre is unable, (xi) If the Dean, Deputy Dean or Director does not intend to renew (a) The Head of the Department, who shall be Chairperson; whether by reason of absence from the University, or for any his/her term of office, the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic (b) All the full-time members of the academic staff of the other reason, to carry out functions as such, the Deputy Vice Affairs) shall initiate the process of appointment of a new Dean, Department; Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall appoint from among the Deputy Dean or Director. (c) Not more than three students elected annually by the students academic staff of the Institute or Centre a person of or above (xii) If the Dean or Director intends to renew the term of office, of the Department from among themselves; the rank of senior lecturer to act as Director of the Institute or the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs) shall submit (d) Staff Development Fellows of the Department; Centre. an assessment of the performance of the incumbent to the (e) Such other persons as the Department may determine from appropriate Appointments, Promotions and Review Committee time to time. Part XXVII Deputy Deans of Faculties which shall make a recommendation to the Staff Appointments (ii) Part-time members of the academic staff may attend the 70. (i) The Deputy Dean of a Faculty shall assist the Dean in the and Promotions Committee on re-appointment of the Dean or meeting of the Departmental Board at the discretion of the Head formulation, planning and implementation of academic policy Director. In the case of a Deputy Dean or Deputy Director, the of Department but shall have no vote. of the Faculty and shall have responsibility for ensuring the assessment shall be done by the Dean or Director, as the case (iii) A Departmental Board may co-opt representatives of academic welfare of the students registered in the Faculty. may be. (xiii) On completion of two consecutive terms of office, Departments with related interests. (ii) By virtue of office, the Deputy Dean shall be a member of a Dean, Deputy Dean or Director shall not be eligible for further 74.(i) The functions of a Departmental Board shall be to: all the boards and committees in their Faculty. In addition, the apointment to the position of Dean, Deputy Dean or Director (a) Make recommendations for programmes and courses in the Deputy Dean shall be a member of such committees of the until a three year period has elapsed. Department; Council and Senate as may from time to time be prescribed in (b) Consider the general organisation of programmes and these Statutes. Part XXIX Appointment of the Dean of the School of Graduate courses of study and research within the Department and make Studies recommendations to the Faculty Board and the Board of the Part XXVIII Appointments of Deans, Deputy Deans and 72. (i) The Dean of the School of Graduate Studies shall School of Graduate Studies; Directors of Institutes or Centres be appointed by the Staff Appointments and Promotions (c) Make arrangements for the examination of each course in 71. (i) Each Faculty shall have a Dean and a Deputy Dean and each Committee taking into consideration the recommendation of a the Department and selection of external examiners for their Institute or Centre shall have a Director who shall be appointed Special Selection Committee which shall consist of the following academic programmes;

238 (d) Initiate recruitment and recommend candidates for affiliated to the University to ensure observance of affiliation Department shall be represented by a senior member of the appointment to posts within the Department; regulations. academic staff elected by members of the Departmental Board; (e) From time to time consider the progress and conduct of (iii) The Senate shall establish a Board of Affiliation with the (f ) At the discretion of the chairperson, not more than two the students of the Department and make regular reports to following functions: Professors with special competence from outside the Faculty; the Faculty Board and to the Board of the School of Graduate (a)To consider recommendations concerning the growth and and Studies; development of the Affiliated Institutions; (g) The Director of Human Resources or representative. (f ) Consider other academic matters as determined by the (b) To consider matters concerning regulations, syllabi, (ii) Subject to such directions as may be given by the Staff Department. assessment procedures, and teaching methods and to make Appointments and Promotions Committee, the Committee shall (ii) A Departmental Board shall exclude from its meetings recommendations to Senate accordingly; recommend the appointment, the promotion and review of the the student members when it is considering the academic (c) To oversee assessment procedures and to appoint external academic staff of the Faculty. performance in examinations or otherwise, of individual examiners; students, or when it is discussing the appointment or promotion (d) To deal with any matter of affiliation that may be delegated 81. Appointment, Promotion and Review of Academic Staff of a member of staff or any other matter relating to a member by Senate from time to time; in Institutes or Centres or members of staff which a Departmental Board in its discretion (e) To receive reports on other matters concerning Affiliated (i) The appointment, promotion, or review of academic staff who shall consider confidential. Institutions; are members of a Centre or Institute which is not part of a Faculty 75. Every Departmental Board shall meet at least twice each (f ) To encourage research initiatives in the areas of educational shall be considered by the Faculty Appointments, Promotions, semester, but otherwise shall regulate its own procedure expertise of the Affiliated Institutions; and Review Committee of that Faculty which contains the including the creation and establishment of committees. (g) To present periodic reports to Senate; discipline or academic subject area of the staff member under (h)To consider and recommend examination results and awards consideration. Part XXXI Heads of Academic Departments to Senate. (ii) In such circumstances, the membership of the Faculty 76. (i) The Head of a Department shall participate in the (iv) The membership of the Board of Affiliation shall be Appointments, Promotions and Review committee specified formulation, implementation and evaluation of the academic determined by Senate after consultation with the governing under Statute 80 (i) shall be extended to include the Director of policies of the University and shall promote academic excellence bodies of the Affiliated Institutions. the Institute or Centre concerned. in the teaching, research and service programmes of the (v) The Director of Academic Development shall be chairperson (iii) When considering the appointment, promotion or review University. In addition, the Head of a Department shall provide of the Board. of professors of the University who are members of an Institute academic leadership to the Department by planning, directing, or Centre which is not part of a Faculty, the membership of the and co-coordinating the formulation and implementation of the 78. Associate Institutions Committee specified under Statute 80 (i) shall be extended to academic plans and programmes of the Department. (i) The Council may, on the recommendation of the Senate, include a professor or an associate professor of the Institute (ii) The Head of a Department shall be appointed by the Vice designate any academic or research institution situated within or Centre concerned provided where the Department does Chancellor after receiving a recommendation from the Dean of Botswana and seeking to offer programmes leading to the award not have positions of associate professor and professor, or the the Faculty concerned, who shall make such recommendation of degrees, diplomas and other awards of the University of positions are vacant, the Department shall be represented by a after consulting the full-time members of the academic staff Botswana, an Associate Institution of the University. senior member of the Academic Staff elected by members of the of the Department and the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic (ii) The award of degrees, diplomas and other awards of an Departmental Board. Affairs). Associate Institution shall be the responsibility of, and shall be (iv) An Institute or a Centre which is not part of a Faculty shall (iii) No person shall be eligible for appointment as Head of made by, the University of Botswana. have an Appointments, Promotions, and Review Selection Department unless he/she has been, for the twelve months (iii) In respect of degrees, diplomas or other awards to be granted Committee which shall consist of the following members: preceding his/her appointment, of or above the rank of senior by the University, the University Senate shall be entirely responsible (a) The Director of the Institute or Centre who shall be the lecturer. for approving programmes and courses of study, regulating the Chairperson; (iv) The Head of Department shall be subject to an annual conduct of examinations, the marking of examinations, and the (b) Three members of the academic staff of the Institute or Centre performance appraisal and review undertaken by the Dean of the granting of such degrees, diplomas, or awards. elected by the academic staff of the Institute or Centre; Faculty who shall provide a report to the Deputy Vice Chancellor (iv) The governing body of an Associate Institution shall obtain (c) Two co-opted members with special competence, from outside (Academic Affairs). the approval of the University in respect of: the Institute or Centre. (v) Subject to these Statutes, the Head of a Department shall hold (a) The appointment, promotion and review of academic staff (v) No recommendation on the appointment, promotion or the appointment as such for three years, and shall be eligible for and of Deans and Heads of Departments who teach courses, or review of academic staff of the University who are members of an reappointment for a further term of three years provided that are responsible for programmes leading to the awards by the Institute or a Centre which is not part of a Faculty shall be made he/she shall not hold office for a continuous period exceeding University of Botswana; and by a Faculty Appointments, Promotions, and Review Committee six years. (b) The establishment of Boards for each Faculty or Department unless it has considered every recommendation made to it by an (vi) On completion of the second term of office, a Head of a which is responsible for programmes leading to the awards of the Appointments, Promotions, and Review Selection Committee in Department shall not be eligible for further appointment to the University of Botswana. accordance with Statute 81 (iv). position of Head of a Department until a three year period has elapsed. Part XXXIII Appointments, Promotions and Review 82. Support Staff Appointments, Promotions and Review (vii) If the Head of a Department intends to renew the term of Committees Committees office (which intention shall be recorded in writing at least 60 79. (i)The appointment, promotion, and annual appraisal and (i) For the purposes of this Statute, the Library and any other days prior to the completion of the said initial three year term), performance review of every academic member of staff and of group of staff which Council shall specify, shall be regarded the Dean shall, after consultation with the full-time members of every member of the support staff of the University shall be as Departments and the term Head of Department shall be the academic staff and the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic made by an Appointments, Promotions, and Review Committee. correspondingly interpreted. Affairs), make a recommendation to the Vice Chancellor on re- (ii) Appointments, Promotions, and Review Committees shall (ii) Where support staff consists of a cadre confined to a appointment of the Head of Department. make recommendations for the appointment or the promotion single Department, there shall be Departmental Appointments, (viii) If the Head of a Department does not intend to renew of staff in accordance with the provisions of Statutes 30 and 31. Promotions, and Review Committees which shall consist of the his/her term of office, the Dean shall initiate the process of following members: appointment of a new Head of Department. 80. Faculty Appointments, Promotions and Review (a) The Head of Department, who shall be chairperson; Committees (b) Director of Human Resources or representative; Part XXXII Affi liated and Associate Institutions (i) There shall be a Faculty Appointments, Promotions and Review (c) Three members of the staff of the Department; and 77. Affi liated Institutions Committee of each Faculty (in this part referred to as “the (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not more than four (i) The Council may, on the recommendation of the Senate, Committee”) which shall consist of the following members: additional members with special competence from within or approve the affiliation with the University of any other institution (a) The Dean of the Faculty who shall be Chairperson; and where outside the University. of teaching or research situated within or outside Botswana and the Dean is under review, the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic (iii) Where support staff consist of a common cadre which is not may designate it an Affiliated Institution of the University. Affairs) shall be the Chairperson; confined to a single Department, there shall be for each such (ii) In respect of any Affiliated Institution the Senate shall: (b) The Deputy Dean; cadre a Common Cadre Appointments, Promotions, and Review (a) Advise on and assist in the preparation of programmes of (c) Heads of Departments; Committee which shall consist of the following members: instruction; (d) Two members elected by the Faculty Board; (a) The Director, Human Resources, who shall be the (b) Validate programmes of instruction, examinations and the (e) One professor or associate professor from each Department, Chairperson; granting of certificates elected by the members of the Departmental Board; provided (b) The Deputy Director (Appointments and Administration); and other awards of the Affiliated Institutions; and where the Department does not have positions of associate (c) Two members of the staff belonging to the common cadre; (c) Have the right of visitation and inspection of each institution professor and professor, or the positions are vacant, the (d) At the discretion of the chairperson, not more than four

239 ACT AND STATUTES

additional members with special competence from within or 89. Subject to the observance by them of the Statutes and of 3.1 An investigator or investigators, as the case may be, shall, outside the University. regulations prescribed under these Statutes, the students shall having completed the investigation forthwith, submit a report (iv) Heads of Departments to, or within which, an appointment enjoy all the privileges and facilities available to them in the thereon to the Vice Chancellor which report may contain any or a promotion of common cadre staff is to be made shall be University. proposals and such recommendations as he/she or they may invited but only when the business of their Department is under think fit to make. consideration. Part XXXVI Security 3.2 Neither the Vice Chancellor, nor any investigator shall 90. The University reserves the right, through Ordinances disclose to any person any information obtained or disclosed 83. Special Appointments and/or Regulations, to implement measures to control and during any investigation, save as required by the Statutes of the (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Statutes 80, 81, and 82, the to regulate access to, and movement within, its buildings and University. Vice Chancellor may, in the event that he/she is satisfied that premises, and to promulgate such other regulations as may be *Please note that the University of Botswana Statutes are exceptional circumstances so require, and on the recommendation required to establish and maintain good order, and to protect currently under review and/or consolidation. of any academic, support or other unit of the University, appoint persons and property provided that such measures shall at all any person as a member of staff of the University for a period not times be consistent with the preservation of individual rights of exceeding twelve (12) months. movement, association and privacy. (ii) Appointments made under this provision shall be reported periodically to the Staff Appointments and Promotions Part XXXVII Ordinances/Regulations Committee. 91. (i) Subject to the Act and the Statutes, the Council may make Ordinances/ Regulations prescribing any matter which, in the 84. Miscellaneous opinion of Council, is appropriate to be prescribed for the better (i) Where a spouse or relation of a member of Appointments, carrying out of the University’s functions and in furtherance of Promotions Review Committee, constituted under these Statutes these Statutes. is a candidate for appointment or promotion under consideration (ii) Ordinances/Regulations may provide such information, by the Committee, the member concerned shall recuse himself/ activities or acts as, in the opinion of the Council, may be herself from any further consideration of the matter. Where appropriate. the Chairperson is recused in accordance with the provisions (iii) The Council may at any time amend or repeal any Ordinance/ hereof, another member shall be elected to preside. Heads of Regulation. Departments, where recused, must be represented by a senior (iv) Ordinances/Regulations need not be published in the member of staff of the Department. Calendar, but the Council shall publish them in such a manner as i) Subject to Statute 83, no appointment shall be made to the Council considers will best make them known to the persons any vacant post within the approved establishment of any to whom they apply. Department of the University unless the vacancy which exists has been advertised publicly for a reasonable period in such a Part XXXVIII Amendments to Statutes manner as the Council shall determine. 92. Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 15 (2) of the Act, the Council shall not amend, or revoke any Statute which, in Part XXXIV Terms and Conditions of Service of Members of the opinion of the Council, affects academic matters without first University Staff consulting the Senate and considering any representations the 85. (i) Subject to these Statutes, an employee of the University Senate may make upon such Statute, amendment, or revocation shall hold his/ her appointment upon such terms and conditions as the case may be. of service as the Council shall in each case determine. (ii) The terms and conditions of service of every employee of the Preliminary Investigation Procedure under Statute 73 (III) (a) University shall be sent out in a written contract of service. 1.0 Appointment of Committee of Investigation (iii) Without prejudice to the foregoing, every member of staff 1.1 The Vice Chancellor shall, upon reasonable belief that any of the University shall be subject to the general authority of the allegations of misconduct against a member of the academic Council and of the Vice Chancellor. or senior administrative staff of the University may necessitate 86. Every contract of service between the University and an disciplinary proceedings, hold a preliminary investigation into employee of the University shall contain or be deemed to contain the allegations. a provision that the contract is subject to the Employment 1.2 In holding a preliminary investigation as aforesaid the Vice Act, University Act and Statutes, and to all regulations made Chancellor may appoint an investigator or investigators from hereunder. among the academic and senior administrative staff to assist 87. Where an employee of the University is convicted by a court him/her in such preliminary investigation and to report to him/ within or outside Botswana, of an offence which is a criminal her, provided that the supervisor of the member of staff whose offence under the laws of Botswana and in consequence conduct is being investigated, or any member of staff of the thereof is sentenced to imprisonment, whether in respect of the department to which the member of staff whose conduct is being nonpayment of a fine imposed for the offence or otherwise, such investigated belongs, shall not be appointed an investigator as employee shall receive no emoluments in respect of the period afore described, and, further, provided that the investigator or of detention in prison in execution of that sentence unless investigators as afore described shall not be of a rank less senior the Council otherwise directs. In addition to the aforegoing than the member of staff whose conduct is being investigated. such conviction shall render the employee liable for immediate termination in respect thereof. 2.0 Conduct of Investigation 2.1 In investigating any matter referred to be investigated, Part XXXV Students Representative Council the Vice Chancellor or his/her investigator or investigators 88. (i) The affairs of the students of the University shall be may require any person (excluding the member of staff whose governed by a Students Representative Council. conduct is being investigated): (ii) The constitution of the Students Representative Council (a) To furnish in writing or otherwise, such particulars in relation shall be subject to review and/or amendment in such manner as to the matter as may be specified; the Constitution provides and/or as directed by Council should (b) To attend before or then; Council find it necessary orexpedient in the interests ofthe (c) To give a verbal or written statement on oath or otherwise; student body. (d) To produce any document relevant to the investigation. (iii) The function of the Students Representative Council shall 2.2 The Vice Chancellor, or an investigator or investigators shall be: not be bound by any rules of evidence or procedure and no (a) To represent the students in their relations with the authorities person shall be represented by a legal practitioner in any part of of the University and other relevant bodies; the preliminary investigation. (b) To develop the intellectual, cultural, social and sporting life of the students; and 3.0 Report (c) To foster the corporate spirit of the students. Upon completion of the preliminary investigation:

240 University of Botswana Gaborone, Botswana Tel: (+ 267) 355 0000 (Switchboard) (+ 267) 355+ (extention) Fax: (+ 267) 355 6591 Telex: 2429BD Telegrams: University Gaborone